Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 19, 2015.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

eASIC Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3674   77-0532688

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 855-9200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Ronnie Vasishta

President and Chief Executive Officer

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 855-9200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

James F. Fulton, Jr.

David G. Peinsipp

Robert W. Phillips

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Richard J. Deranleau

Senior Vice President, Finance and

Chief Financial Officer

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 855-9200

 

Jorge del Calvo

Davina K. Kaile

Alan B. Kalin

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 233-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer     ¨    Accelerated filer     ¨
Non-accelerated filer     x    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company     ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $75,000,000   $8,715

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

(Subject to Completion)

Issued February 19, 2015

            Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

eASIC Corporation is offering             shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “EASI.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts

and
Commissions(1)

      

Proceeds to

eASIC

 

Per share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2015.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY  

DEUTSCHE BANK

SECURITIES

RAYMOND JAMES   BAIRD   WILLIAM BLAIR
ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS   NORTHLAND CAPITAL MARKETS

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

Global Megatrends are driving the need for custom hardware
Global Networks
Mobility
Cloud Big Data


Table of Contents

LOGO

Custom ICs are essential to differentiate hardware in the marketplace
eASIC provides breatkthrough solutions for delivering Custom ICs
Time-to-Market
Performance
Power
Cost
Think Custom IC
Think eASIC
Wireless
Storage
Wired


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     6   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39   

Industry and Market Data

     41   

Glossary

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     51   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     53   

Business

     85   
     Page  

Management

     100   

Executive and Director Compensation

     107   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     121   

Principal Stockholders

     126   

Description of Capital Stock

     130   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     135   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     137   

Underwriting

     140   

Legal Matters

     146   

Experts

     146   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     146   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have and are likely to have changed since that date.

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “eASIC,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to eASIC Corporation.

eASIC CORPORATION

Overview

We have pioneered a differentiated solution that enables us to rapidly and cost-effectively deliver custom integrated circuits (ICs), creating value for our customers’ hardware and software systems. Our eASIC solution consists of our eASIC platform which incorporates a versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array and customizable single-mask layer, our ASICs, delivered using either our easicopy or standard ASIC methodologies, and our proprietary design tools. Customers can efficiently migrate to our easicopy ASIC from the eASIC platform using our easicopy methodology. We believe our eASIC solution provides the optimal combination of fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low development cost and low unit cost for our customers. Our solution has broad applicability across a wide range of customers, applications and end markets including communications infrastructure, storage and data processing and industrial applications. Our solution should position us to address additional end markets in the future. As of December 31, 2014, we have leveraged our eASIC platform to develop four generations of eASIC product families, and we have designed over 200 custom ICs and shipped over 19 million units.

We believe the need for differentiation through custom ICs is driven by several megatrends, including the proliferation of mobile devices driving the deployment of high capacity and high bandwidth wireless infrastructure, the rapid transition to cloud computing and the emergence of big data analytics. We believe the ability to differentiate hardware and software systems through custom ICs is critical to helping our customers grow faster than their competitors and enhance their profit margins. Historical solutions for customized ICs have included Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Application Specific Standard Products (ASSPs) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). We believe our products avoid the painful tradeoffs associated with these historical solutions. For example, based on the data provided by our customers for both performance and power consumption with respect to our customers’ designs using FPGAs, we performed our own internal analysis using the latest generation of our eASIC platform to demonstrate that we can enable our customers to reduce power consumption by 50% to 80% compared to FPGAs at the same process node while increasing performance by 150% to 200%. By using our eASIC platforms, our customers can significantly reduce non-recurring engineering (NRE) charges and lower design and manufacturing time by nine to 12 months or more when compared to traditional ASIC design and manufacturing processes. We believe our competitive advantages will increase over time as the costs and complexity associated with the development and manufacturing of future generations of ICs continue to rise.

We estimate that our addressable market opportunity across ASIC, ASSP and FPGA applications is approximately $78 billion, based on data from Gartner Research (Gartner). During the year ended December 31, 2014, we sold our products and services to over 14 customers, including Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, NEC, Omnivision, Seagate and Toshiba. In 2012, 2013 and 2014, Ericsson and Seagate together accounted for 73%, 87% and 93%, respectively, of our total revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our total revenues were $29.8 million and $67.4 million, respectively, representing an annual growth rate of 126%, and our net loss was $7.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively. We do not expect our revenues to

 

 

1


Table of Contents

continue to grow at these historical rates in the future. We may not be able to grow or sustain our revenues in the future and expect our expenses to increase substantially in the near term. We design our ICs and use third-party vendors for substantially all of our manufacturing production and operations.

Industry Background

Key technology megatrends driving massive growth in the demand for network bandwidth, computing resources and data storage

The significant and growing demands on networking, compute and storage infrastructure have resulted in service providers, enterprises and datacenter operators requiring OEMs to rapidly introduce next generation networking, server and storage systems which deliver high return on investment with enhanced functionality and performance, while reducing power consumption and physical footprint.

Challenges with historical IC solutions for OEMs

In order to provide semiconductor-based differentiation and customization for their product offerings, OEMs have traditionally had to choose between ASICs, ASSPs and FPGAs. However, these solutions require increasingly painful tradeoffs among time-to-market, performance, power consumption, unit and development costs. As the costs and time required to develop ASICs and ASSPs have increased, we believe that OEMs have become increasingly receptive to finding a better solution to provide the custom ICs they desire. While FPGAs offer a time-to-market advantage, they consume significant amounts of power and are cost prohibitive to high-volume production.

Our Solution

We invented a way to customize ICs while avoiding the painful tradeoffs associated with ASICs, ASSPs and FPGAs. Our eASIC platform utilizes a versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array, which is built using standard mask layers. One custom mask layer is then inserted into the base array, which customizes the IC to meet a specific customer’s requirements. The ability to customize an IC with a single mask layer is achieved using our proprietary architecture and design tools. Once the IC design is completed, the custom mask layer is fabricated and added to the pre-manufactured base array to complete the manufacturing process. Our easicopy ASICs are customized using a full set of masks and are developed using our easicopy methodology. The final packaged and tested IC is then shipped to the customer for implementation into their specific application. We believe this approach provides the optimal combination of benefits including fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low unit cost and low development cost for our customers.

Benefits to Our Customers

Our customers are continuously developing new products in existing and new application areas as they look to differentiate themselves from their competitors, reduce time-to-market, increase market share and enhance margins. In our view, the key benefits of our solutions, as outlined below, help our customers to achieve their goals:

 

    Product Differentiation Through Custom ICs. Our custom ICs are designed to meet the specific technical requirements of our customers in their respective end-markets while balancing their time-to-market, performance, power consumption and overall cost needs.

 

    Fast Time-to-Market. Our eASIC platform offers a time-to-market advantage of up to 12 months or more over traditional ASICs.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    High Performance. Our eASIC platform is designed to meet the high performance requirements that our customers need. We believe that our solution has ASIC-comparable performance that is superior to that offered by FPGAs.

 

    Low Power Consumption. In most of our end markets, power consumption is a key consideration in system design and operation. Our solution is power-efficient and can considerably lower a system’s overall operating cost and power consumption.

 

    Low Development Cost. The versatility of our pre-designed base array and the need to customize only one mask layer in our eASIC platform allows us to lower development cost by significantly reducing design and NRE expenses.

 

    Low Unit Cost. We are able to design and deliver ICs that have a smaller die size when compared with FPGAs. Due to the area efficient die and lower cost IC packaging, our solution offers an attractive cost per unit relative to FPGAs.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to be the leading provider of custom and affordable ICs with fast time-to-market. We believe our solution enables our customers to differentiate their products, become more competitive in their markets and enhance their growth rates, market share and profit margins. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Exploit the Multiple Benefits of our eASIC Platform. We intend to leverage the multiple benefits of our versatile eASIC platform to expand our customer base across a variety of end products.

 

    Expand Market Share within Our Existing Customers. We intend to increase our market share by applying our differentiated design capabilities to new design programs and by continuing to foster deep customer relationships. We believe this will position us to expand into our customers’ adjacent and next generation products.

 

    Sell into New Customers in Existing Markets. We have successfully demonstrated a number of key benefits to top customers within certain applications and markets, such as wireless communications infrastructure and storage. We plan to work with other top OEMs in our existing markets to bring the same benefits to them.

 

    Expand into Adjacent Markets and Enhance Our Product Roadmap to Identify New Use Cases. We intend to leverage the versatility of our eASIC platform to develop new use cases and applications. As we deploy new capabilities including, but not limited to, higher-speed SerDes, increased logic and memory integration and lower power solutions, we plan to use our eASIC platform to expand into adjacent markets.

 

    Invest in Key Sales and Technical Talent. As we grow, we intend to build upon our top tier customer base by increasing our geographic sales and technical resources to enable us to expand our market share with new and existing customers and in adjacent markets.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. In particular, risks associated with our business include:

 

    We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial majority of our revenues. If we fail to retain or expand our customer relationships, our revenues would decline significantly.

 

   

Our success and future revenues depend on our winning designs with our customers, and those customers designing our solutions into their product offerings and successfully selling and marketing

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

such products. The design win process is generally a lengthy, expensive and competitive process, with no guarantee of revenue, and if we fail to generate sufficient revenues to offset our expenses, our business and operating results would suffer.

 

    Our customers may replace or substitute our custom IC solutions with different or lower cost solutions.

 

    The complexity of our custom IC solutions could result in unforeseen delays or expenses from undetected defects, erroneous spins or other bugs which could adversely affect our operating costs, reduce the market adoption of our solutions and damage our reputation with current or prospective customers.

 

    Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect and if we fail to penetrate new markets and scale successfully within those markets, our revenues and financial condition would be harmed.

 

    We may experience difficulties demonstrating the value to customers of newer, higher priced and higher margin solutions if they believe existing solutions are adequate to meet end customer expectations, and our business would be harmed.

 

    Our VMI inventory strategy subjects us to risk of revenue volatility, which could negatively impact our operating results.

 

    Fluctuations in the mix of our custom IC products that we sell may adversely affect our financial results.

 

    We depend on third parties for substantially all of our manufacturing production and operations.

 

    We identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that were a result of the limited internal accounting resources available to us while we were a private company. If not properly remediated, these weaknesses could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054, and our telephone number is (408) 855-9200. Our corporate website address is www.easic.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, should not be relied on in determining whether to make an investment decision, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We have obtained registered trademarks for eASIC, easicopy and eASICore, The Configurable Logic Company and eZ-IP based on use of the trademarks in the United States. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may use these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

Over-allotment option offered by us

             shares

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to use of proceeds for such purposes. We also currently intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay the entirety of the outstanding indebtedness, including applicable prepayment penalties, under our existing debt obligations, though our intentions to prepay our debt obligations may change due to market or other factors. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; however, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of certain of the factors to consider carefully before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.
Proposed NASDAQ trading symbol EASI

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 15,014,485 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

    3,400,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share;

 

   

2,830,500 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (2015 plan), which will become effective as of the date of the effectiveness of the registration

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

statement of which this prospectus forms a part which includes (i) 180,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (2010 plan), and (ii) does not reflect stock options granted after December 31, 2014 ;

 

    530,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 employee stock purchase plan (2015 ESPP), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

    111,505 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of approximately $5.19 per share;

 

    32,268 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of approximately $15.50 per share; and

 

    75,752 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $16.37 per share, that terminate unless exercised immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any;

 

    the conversion of all our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 into an aggregate of 5,145,683 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the 75-for-one reverse split of our common stock and our preferred stock that was effected on August 6, 2014.

 

    the termination and cancellation of all 533,301 outstanding shares of our Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering; and

 

    the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase 98,221 shares of our Series A-2 convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 111,505 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
          2012                 2013                 2014        
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

     

Revenues:

     

Product

  $ 11,843      $ 26,111      $ 65,086   

Service

    1,840        3,666        2,294   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    13,683        29,777        67,380   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues(1):

     

Product

    8,707        14,968        37,366   

Service

    373        748        636   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    9,080        15,716        38,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,603        14,061        29,378   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses(1):

     

Research and development

    11,898        13,026        13,870   

Sales and marketing

    4,494        4,834        5,711   

General and administrative

    2,543        3,076        5,449   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    18,935        20,936        25,030   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (14,332     (6,875     4,348   

Interest expense

    (1,042     (935     (1,443

Other income (expense), net

    72        12        (836
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (15,302     (7,798     2,069   

Provision for income taxes

    (57     (44     (3,216
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (15,359     (7,842     (1,147

Add/(Less): Capital contribution from/(deemed dividend to) common stockholders(2)

    83,386        (338       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 68,027      $ (8,180   $ (1,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(3):

     

Basic

  $ 213.75      $ (0.90   $ (0.12
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (4.06   $ (0.90   $ (0.12
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(3):

     

Basic

    318,249        9,066,797        9,518,377   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    3,786,303        9,066,797        9,518,377   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(3)

      $ (364
     

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(3):

     

Basic

      $ (0.02
     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $ (0.02
     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(3):

     

Basic

        14,664,060   

Diluted

        14,664,060   

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2013              2014      
     (In thousands)  

Cost of product revenues

   $ 1       $ 5       $ 5   

Research and development

     75         256         485   

Sales and marketing

     17         485         286   

General and administrative

     150         573         558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 243       $ 1,319       $ 1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the capital contribution from/(deemed dividend to) common stockholders.
(3) See Notes 1 and 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and our basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 is presented on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 5,145,683 shares of common stock, the related reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on December 31, 2014; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale of              shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     As of December 31, 2014
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
           (In thousands)       

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,790      $ 8,790      

Working capital

     19,630        19,630      

Total assets

     43,118        43,118      

Total deferred revenues

     321        321      

Total non-current income taxes payable

     3,081        3,081      

Total capital lease, non-current portion

     255        255      

Total long-term debt, non-current portion

     15,949        15,949      

Vendor financing arrangement

     1,280        1,280      

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

     1,203             

Total preferred stock

     41,286             

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (35,095     7,394      

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as

 

 

9


Table of Contents
  applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each one million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total asset, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Non-GAAP financial measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and to evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. However, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus should not be considered as the sole measure of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The financial measures set forth below also contain certain comparable GAAP financial measures.

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
           2012             2013               2014        
       (In thousands, except percentages)  

GAAP gross profit

     $ 4,603      $ 14,061      $ 29,378   

GAAP gross margin

       34     47     44

Non-GAAP gross profit

     $ 4,604      $ 14,066      $ 29,383   

Non-GAAP gross margin

       34     47     44

GAAP income (loss) from operations

     $ (14,332   $ (6,875   $ 4,348   

GAAP operating margin (loss)

       (105 %)      (23 %)      6

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

     $ (14,089   $ (5,556   $ 5,682   

Non-GAAP operating margin (loss)

       (103 %)      (19 %)      8

Adjusted EBITDA

     $ (13,609   $ (5,010   $ 6,589   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

       (99 %)      (17 %)      10

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

     $ (10,442   $ (13,478   $ 542   

Free cash flow

     $ (10,966   $ (15,607   $ (4,774

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenues. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss). We define non-GAAP income (loss) from operations as income (loss) from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of the stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP operating margin (loss) as non-GAAP income (loss) from operations divided by revenues. We have presented non-GAAP income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss) because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation gain allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non- GAAP income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss) as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP income (loss) from operations to income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net loss excluding: (1) stock-based compensation; (2) interest expense; (3) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes changes in value of preferred stock warrant liabilities and foreign exchange gains and losses; (4) depreciation and amortization; and (5) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because we believe it is an important measure used by industry analysts and investors to compare our performance against our peer group and analyze our cash generation performance. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Free cash flow. We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less property and equipment purchases, including certain mask sets. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by the business that, after capital purchases, can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions, and strengthening the balance sheet. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and a reconciliation of free cash flow to cash flow provided used in operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, in whole or in part, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operation.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial majority of our revenues. If we fail to retain or expand our customer relationships, our revenues would decline significantly.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from a limited number of customers. We believe that our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to relatively small number of customers. In 2012, 2013 and 2014, Ericsson Inc. (Ericsson) and Seagate Technology plc (Seagate) together accounted for 73%, 87% and 93%, respectively, of our total revenues. In the future, these significant customers may decide not to purchase our custom IC solutions at all, may purchase fewer units than they did in the past or may alter their purchasing patterns by replacing or substituting our IC solutions with different or lower cost solutions. For example, Ericsson has announced their intention to substitute our solution on certain stock-keeping units with alternative solutions. While we expect to win other design awards with Ericsson in the future, we can cannot be assured that this will occur, and failure to achieve design awards in the future would have an adverse impact on our revenues and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our relationships with some customers may deter other potential customers that compete with these customers from buying our solutions. The loss of a key customer, such as Ericsson or Seagate, a reduction in sales to any key customer or the cancellation of a substantial order could happen at any time with limited notice, which in turn would negatively impact our revenues and harm our financial condition and results of operations. Further, the primary markets in which we participate including the wireless and wired infrastructure communications and storage markets, are highly concentrated in the number of companies that serve those markets. As a result, we expect that a high percentage of our revenues will be attributable to a small number of customers in these highly concentrated markets for the foreseeable future.

Our success and future revenues depend on us winning designs with our customers, and those customers designing our solutions into their product offerings and successfully selling and marketing such products. If we do not continue to win designs in the short term, our revenues in the following years will deteriorate.

We sell our custom IC solutions to original equipment manufacturer (OEM) customers that include our solutions in their hardware products. Our technology is generally incorporated into products at the design stage, which we refer to as a design win. As a result, our future revenues depend on our OEM customers designing our custom ICs into their products, and on those products being produced in volume and successfully commercialized. If we fail to convince our current or prospective OEM customers to include our custom ICs in their products and fail to achieve a consistent number of design wins, our results of operations and business will be harmed. In addition, if a current or prospective customer designs a competitor’s offering into its product, it becomes significantly more difficult for us to sell our custom IC solutions to that OEM because changing suppliers involves significant cost, time, effort and risk for the OEM. Even if an OEM customer designs one of our custom ICs into its product, we cannot be assured that the OEM’s product will be commercially successful over time or at all or that we will receive or continue to receive any revenues from that customer. Because of our extended sales cycle, our revenues in future years are highly dependent on design wins we are awarded today.

 

12


Table of Contents

For example, we are currently shipping a majority of our revenues from design wins that we were awarded more than 12 months ago, and it is typical that a design win today will not result in meaningful revenues until one year or later, if at all. If we do not continue to win designs in the short term, our revenues in the following years will deteriorate.

The design win process is generally a lengthy, expensive and competitive process, with no guarantee of revenue, and if we fail to generate sufficient revenues to offset our expenses, our business and operating results would suffer.

Achieving a design win is typically a lengthy, expensive and competitive process because our customers generally take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our custom IC solutions. The time from early engagement by our sales force to actual product introduction typically runs from 21 to 24 months for our current end markets, though it may take longer for new customers or markets we intend to address. In order to win designs, we are required to both incur design and development costs and dedicate substantial engineering resources in pursuit of a single customer opportunity. Even though we incur these costs, we may not prevail in the competitive selection process and, even if we do achieve a design win, we may never generate sufficient, or any, revenues to offset our development expenditures. For example, some of our end customers’ products may have short life cycles which would limit our ability to recoup our upfront expenditures for those customers’ products. In addition, for certain very high production volume ICs, customers have designed a standard ASIC from another supplier to replace our solution. The extent to which our solution is replaced will vary depending on a number of factors, many of which are out of our control. As a result, we will see a decline in our revenue from the designs that are replaced.

Our customers have the option to decide whether or not to put our solutions into production after we have completed our design and prototype work. The delays inherent in our protracted sales cycle increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce or delay its product plans, causing us to lose anticipated revenues. In addition, any change, delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could harm our financial results, as we may have incurred significant expense while generating no revenues. For example, in August 2014, a large customer cancelled a program that included our product for which we had already produced a successful prototype custom IC and were beginning production of our customized IC in anticipation of substantial customer orders. This cancellation resulted in no return on the significant operating expenses we incurred and the write off of certain production assets, which had a negative impact on our gross margins and our quarterly results of operations.

Fluctuations in the mix of our custom IC products that we sell may adversely affect our financial results.

Because of the wide price differences among our custom IC products, the mix of the ICs we sell affects the average selling price of such products and has a substantial impact on our revenues and gross margins. We offer both higher and lower margin products in our eASIC platform and easicopy ASIC product families. If the sales mix shifts towards lower margin products, our overall gross margins will be adversely affected. Fluctuations in the mix and types of our products may also affect the extent to which we are able to recover our fixed costs and investments that are associated with a particular product, and as a result could adversely affect our financial results.

The average selling prices of products in our markets have historically decreased over time and may do so in the future, which could harm our revenues and gross margins.

Average selling prices of semiconductor products in the markets we serve have historically decreased over time. Our revenues come from sales to large customers that have expectations of annual reductions in their purchase price. The average selling prices of our products generally decline as the products mature. In addition, our solutions are designed to address markets requiring high volumes of chips for their products and, at certain high volume levels, our competitors may offer our customers lower cost standard ASICs for their products. Although we can often address these customers’ needs through our easicopy ASICs, our customers may design

 

13


Table of Contents

other solutions into their products. In addition, in order to compete with these lower-cost chips, we may be forced to lower the average selling prices of our solutions.

We seek to offset the reductions in our average selling prices and increase gross margins by reducing the development cost of our IC solutions, developing new or enhanced lower-cost solutions on a timely basis and increasing unit sales. However, there is no guarantee that our efforts will be successful or that they will keep pace with the decline in selling prices of our products, which could ultimately lead to a decline in our revenues and have a negative effect on our gross margins. We may also not be able to increase our sales volume of these lower-cost solutions or achieve the necessary volume of production that would lead to further per unit cost reductions. We expect that we will have to continue to address pricing pressures in the future, which could require us to reduce the prices of our solutions and harm our operating results. If we are unsuccessful in reducing our costs, developing new or enhanced products on a timely basis with higher selling prices or gross profits or increasing our volumes, our business will be harmed.

The complexity of our custom IC solutions could result in unforeseen delays or expenses from undetected defects, erroneous spins or other bugs which could adversely affect our operating costs, reduce the market adoption of our solutions and damage our reputation with current or prospective customers.

Our custom IC solutions are very complex. Given this complexity, our IC solutions have in the past and may in the future contain defects, errors and bugs in production and when they are first introduced or as new versions are released. These defects, errors or bugs could interrupt or delay sale to customers, thus delaying or reducing our revenues. If we incorrectly design a custom IC solution, we may need to modify such solution, which could require significant expenditures and would negatively impact our return on investment. Moreover, if such modifications negatively impact our customers’ product plans, our customers may cancel their program that uses our solution. For example, although the impact to our revenues for this particular case was minimal, in the third quarter of 2014, a customer cancelled a program due to a number of respins that led them to cancel their product plans. If any of our custom IC solutions have reliability, quality or compatibility problems, we may not be able to successfully correct these problems in a timely manner, or at all. If defects, errors or bugs are not found until late in the design cycle or even after we have commenced commercial production of a new product, we may incur significant additional development costs and product recall, repair or replacement costs. These problems may also result in claims against us by our customers or others. Any defects, errors or bugs may damage our reputation and harm our ability to retain existing customers or attract new customers, which in turn would adversely affect our business and financial results.

The success of our custom IC solutions is dependent on our customers’ ability to develop products that achieve market acceptance and are free of design flaws, and our customers’ failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The success of our custom IC solutions is heavily dependent on the timely introduction, quality and market acceptance of our customers’ products incorporating our solutions. Our customers’ products are often very complex and subject to design complexities that may result in design flaws, as well as potential defects, errors and bugs. We have in the past been subject to delays and project cancellations as a result of design flaws in the products developed by our customers. In the past we have also been subject to delays and project cancellations as a result of changing market requirements, such as the customer adding a new feature, or because a customer’s product fails their end customer’s evaluation or field trial. Other times customer products are delayed due to incompatible deliverables or shortages in component parts from other vendors. We incur significant design and development costs in connection with designing our custom IC solutions for customers’ products and if our customers discover design flaws, defects, errors or bugs, in their products, or if they experience changing market requirements, failed evaluations or field trials, or incompatible deliverables or shortages in component parts from other vendors, they may delay, change or cancel a project, and we may have incurred significant additional development costs and may not be able to recoup our costs, which in turn would adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect, and if we fail to penetrate new markets and scale successfully within those markets, our revenues and financial condition would be harmed.

Approximately 87% of our revenues for 2013 and 94% of our revenues for 2014 were derived from customers participating in the wireless communications infrastructure and storage markets. Any deterioration in these markets or reduction in capital spending to support these markets could lead to a reduction in demand for our products, which would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. Our operating results are increasingly affected by trends in these end markets, including increased demand for customization, faster time-to-market, lower costs and lower power consumption, and increased integration of functions into standard ASICs. We may be unable to predict the timing or development of trends in these end markets with any accuracy. While certain of these trends have been beneficial to us, it may not be the case in the future with other end market trends. A market shift towards a standard that we may not support could significantly decrease the demand for our solutions. If our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we currently expect, demand for our technology may not materialize as expected and our business and operating results would suffer.

In the past several years, a significant amount of our revenues have been generated from sales of our solutions to customers that develop wireless communication infrastructure and storage products. Our future revenue growth, if any, will depend in part on our ability to expand within our existing markets, but also to enter new markets, such as the wired communication infrastructure, medical, and industrial markets. Each of these markets presents distinct and substantial challenges and risks and, in many cases, requires us to develop new customized solutions to address the particular requirements of that market. Meeting the technical requirements and securing design wins in any of these new markets will require a substantial investment of our time and resources. We cannot assure you that we will secure design wins from these or other new markets, or that we will achieve meaningful revenues from sales with these markets. Some of these markets are primarily served by only a few large, multinational OEMs with substantial negotiating and buying power relative to us and, in some instances, with internally developed silicon solutions that can be competitive to our products. If any of these markets do not develop as we currently anticipate or if we are unable to penetrate them and scale in them successfully, our projected revenues would decline.

We may experience difficulties demonstrating the value to customers of newer, higher priced and higher margin solutions if they believe existing solutions are adequate to meet end customer expectations, and to that extent our business would be harmed.

As we develop and introduce new solutions, we face the risk that customers may not value or be willing to bear the cost of incorporating these newer solutions into their products, particularly if they believe their customers are satisfied with current solutions. Regardless of the improved features or superior performance of the newer solutions, customers may be unwilling to adopt our new solutions due to design or pricing constraints. Because of the extensive time and resources that we invest in developing new solutions, if we are unable to sell customers new generations of our solutions, our revenues could decline and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be negatively affected.

Our business depends substantially on our customers purchasing additional solutions from us. Any decline in our customer retention or expansion could harm our future results of operations.

As a critical component of maintaining or improving our results of operations, it is important that our customers purchase additional solutions from us after their initial orders. This may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts and may not result in additional sales. In addition, the rate at which our customers purchase additional solutions depends on a number of factors, including the perceived need for additional solutions for their product plans as well as general economic conditions. If our efforts to sell additional solutions to our customers are not successful, our business could suffer.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our VMI inventory strategy subjects us to risk of revenue volatility, which could negatively impact our operating results.

Substantially all of our sales are made on a Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) basis in which we maintain our product inventory at a customer specified location, which we refer to as a hub. Title to that inventory transfers to our customer, and revenues are recognized, when our products are “pulled” from our hub locations by, or delivered to, our customers, the timing for which is entirely determined by our customers. We invoice our customer when this pull transaction occurs. This VMI arrangement causes us to carry a significant amount of inventory on our balance sheet and extends our cash collection cycle. Moreover, our customers are generally not required to make any certain level of purchases within any given quarter and our customers typically do not provide us with firm, long-term purchase commitments, however, we do have certain contractual protections for inventory levels mandated by the customer. A substantial majority of our sales are made on a just-in-time basis through the hub. Accordingly, our customers may make frequent changes to their levels of product purchases with little or no notice to us and without penalty, which may include reductions, cancellations or delays in their product purchases. These changes make our revenues and gross margins volatile from period to period, as they will be highly dependent on the production schedules of our customers. Because production lead times often exceed the amount of time required by our customers to place their orders, we often must build our custom IC solutions in advance of the actual placement of orders, relying on an imperfect demand forecast to project volumes and customer mix. In addition, we maintain the risk of loss on such inventory, and though we cover insurance for lost inventory, such insurance may not be sufficient to cover any losses we may incur.

Our customers generally provide us with non-binding six-month rolling forecasts of their supply needs, and these forecasts vary significantly for each customer and for each six-month period. Accordingly, we have limited visibility as to our customers’ supply needs for more than two quarters out and those forecasts can vary widely from period to period and even within any quarterly period or periods, and as a result, are not always reliable indicators of future demand. As a result, our ability to accurately forecast demand is limited and can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    inaccurate forecasting by our customers;

 

    miscalculations by our customers of their inventory requirements;

 

    changes in market conditions; and

 

    fluctuations in demand for our customers’ products.

Even after a forecast is received, our customers may not place orders or pull inventory from our hub locations. Forecasting our gross margins is difficult because a significant portion of our business is based on multiple pulls by large customers from a hub within the same quarter. If we fail to accurately forecast demand for our solutions or such demand is lower than we expect, then our anticipated sales may not materialize on schedule or at all, and we may experience unanticipated revenue volatility or shortfalls and could possess excess or obsolete inventory or lack sufficient inventory that we may be unable to sell to other customers, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

If we or our customers are unable to project customer requirements accurately, we may not build enough units due to the long lead times for our products from our foundries, which could lead to delays in product shipments and lost sales opportunities in the near term, as well as force our customers to identify alternative solutions, including designing us out of their products, which could affect our ongoing relationships with these customers and decrease our revenues. We have in the past had customers significantly increase their requested production quantities with little or no advance notice. If we do not fulfill customer demands in a timely manner, our customers may cancel their orders, decrease their future orders, or not pull from our hub locations. In addition, the rapid pace of innovation in our industry could render portions of our inventory obsolete. Excess or obsolete inventory levels could result in unexpected expenses or increases in our reserves that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our gross margins may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, which could negatively impact our gross margins, results of operations and our financial condition.

Our gross margins may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including customer mix, market acceptance of our new products, yield, wafer pricing, competitive pricing dynamics, and geographic and market segment pricing strategies.

Further, because we are so dependent on a few large customers, these customers have significant leverage with respect to negotiating pricing and other terms with us and may put downward pressure on our margins. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we have in the past and will in the future offer certain customers favorable prices on our solutions, which would decrease our average selling prices and may impact gross margins. To retain our revenues levels, we may also be forced to offer pricing incentives to our customers to incent them to continue current production levels or cancel or delay their cost reduction programs. For example, during the fourth quarter of 2014, we negotiated with one of our largest customers for a reduction in future pricing based on that customer having increased its forecasted purchase volume.

In addition, as we capitalize the cost of certain of our base arrays after we have tested the technological feasibility of the array and estimated market demand for products using the tested array, a subsequent determination that those base arrays will not be successful in the market would result in our expensing those assets to our cost of goods sold, which would hurt our gross margins and harm our financial condition and results of operations in the period we make that determination.

Because we do not operate our own manufacturing, assembly or testing facilities, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own facilities, and our costs may even increase, which could further reduce our gross margins. We rely primarily on obtaining yield improvements and volume-based cost reductions to drive cost reductions in the manufacture of existing products, introducing new products that incorporate advanced features and optimize die size, and other price and performance factors that enable us to increase revenues while maintaining consistent margins. To the extent that such cost reductions and new product introductions do not occur in a timely manner, or to the extent that our products do not achieve market acceptance at prices with higher margins, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, we maintain inventory of our products at various stages of production and in finished good inventory. We hold these inventories in anticipation of customer orders. If those customer orders do not materialize we may have excess or obsolete inventory which we would have to reserve or write off. In such case, our gross margins would be adversely affected.

If we are unable to successfully develop and introduce new products which achieve market acceptance, we may fail to maintain or increase our market share, which in turn would harm our competitive position and our business and operating results.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to develop and introduce new products based on our custom IC solutions that address customer requirements and compete effectively on the basis of price, functionality and performance. The success of new product introductions is dependent upon several factors, including:

 

    our ability to anticipate customer needs and determine market demand;

 

    our ability to develop products that effectively address those needs and achieve our customers’ strategic goals;

 

    timely completion and first pass success of new product designs;

 

    customer acceptance of advanced features in our new products;

 

    our ability to utilize advanced manufacturing process technologies on circuit geometries of 28nm and smaller;

 

17


Table of Contents
    our ability to develop and support our internally developed software design tools;

 

    our ability to obtain advanced packaging;

 

    our ability to generate new design opportunities and design wins;

 

    the availability of specialized field application engineering resources supporting demand creation and customer adoption of new products;

 

    our ability to compete successfully with the price, performance, functionality and power characteristics of alternative solutions such as standard ASICs, ASSPs or FPGAs; and

 

    the timely introduction, quality and market acceptance of our customers’ products.

Our product research and development efforts may not be successful and our new products may not address the needs of our current and prospective customers or achieve market acceptance. Revenues relating to our mature products are expected to decline in the future, which is normal for our product life cycles. As of December 31, 2014, substantially all of our revenues were from 45 nanometer or older process nodes from which we have been selling and shipping products since the third quarter of 2008. We estimate the life of each eASIC platform process technology to be at least eight years. As the process technology matures, we become increasingly dependent on revenues derived from design wins from newer process technologies as well as anticipated cost reductions in the manufacture of our current products. To the extent that such new product introductions do not occur in a timely manner, or to the extent that our products do not achieve market acceptance at prices with acceptable margins, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, we have only recently begun selling our 28 nanometer process node generation of our eASIC platform. As a result, revenues from our 28 nanometer process node products are just beginning to ramp. While we have been able to demonstrate to our customers certain levels of reductions in power consumption, increased performance or lower design and manufacturing time, the number of instances where we have had the opportunity to demonstrate such results to date has been limited. We cannot be certain that we will be able to demonstrate to our customers the same level of reductions in power consumption, increased performance or lower design and manufacturing time that we have seen to date or that such relative comparisons will not change over time. Accordingly, this generation of our eASIC platform has not generated significant revenues to date and may not achieve broad market adoption.

Our eASIC platform relies on base arrays which require significant expenditures and may not meet market requirements or be commercially successful.

Our solutions incorporate the architecture of our eASIC platform, which relies on our versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array of standard mask layers and an adaptable single mask layer which is layered into the base array, and customized using our proprietary software tools. This platform requires substantial capital expenditures that we have historically funded with our own working capital. If the custom ICs that we have developed, or which we may develop in the future, based on our eASIC platform do not meet the requirements of our customers or otherwise gain market acceptance, then we will not experience revenue growth and our business and results of operations will be harmed. In addition, as we capitalize the cost of certain of our base arrays after we have tested the technological feasibility of the array and estimated market demand for products using the tested array, a subsequent determination that those base arrays will not be successful in the market would result in our expensing those assets to our cost of goods sold, which would hurt our gross margins and harm our financial condition and results of operations in the period we make that determination. Because we have expended, and expect to continue to expend, a substantial amount of our resources on the development of our eASIC platform and the base arrays utilized in our platform, we may not have sufficient cash to fund base arrays that are commercially viable or that will increase or sustain the market acceptance of our solutions, which could harm our revenues and competitive position.

If we fail to compete effectively, we may lose or fail to gain market share, which could negatively impact our operating results and our business.

The global semiconductor market in general, and the wireless communications infrastructure and storage markets in particular, are highly competitive. We compete in different target markets on the basis of a number of

 

18


Table of Contents

competitive factors. We expect competition to increase and intensify as additional semiconductor companies enter our markets, and as internal silicon design resources of large OEMs grow. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could harm our business, revenues and results of operations.

Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller companies specializing in narrow market verticals. In our markets, our primary competitors are Altera, Avago, Broadcom, Marvell, Toshiba and Xilinx. We expect competition in our current markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings and as new competitors enter these markets.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends. Many of our competitors are substantially larger, have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are and have significantly better brand recognition and broader product offerings which may enable them to better withstand adverse economic or market conditions in the future and reducing their pricing so as to compete against us. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    our ability to define, design and regularly introduce new products that anticipate the functionality and integration needs of our customers’ next-generation products and applications;

 

    our ability to build strong and long-lasting relationships with our customers and other industry participants;

 

    our ability to capitalize on, and prevent losses due to, vertical integration by significant customers, including Ericsson and Seagate;

 

    our solutions’ performance and cost-effectiveness relative to that of competing products;

 

    our ability to convince customers of our capability to create lower cost standard ASICs using our easicopy methodology, if and when required by the customer;

 

    the effectiveness and success of our customers’ products utilizing our solutions within their competitive end markets;

 

    our research and development capabilities to provide innovative solutions and maintain our product roadmap;

 

    the strength of our sales and marketing efforts, and our brand awareness and reputation;

 

    our ability to deliver products in volume on a timely basis at competitive prices;

 

    our ability to expand international operations in a cost-effective manner;

 

    our ability to protect our IP and obtain IP rights from third parties that may be necessary to meet the evolving demands of the market;

 

    our ability to promote and support our customers’ incorporation of our solutions into their products;

 

    our ability to continue to develop products at each new technology node; and

 

    our ability to retain high-level talent, including our management team and engineers.

Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties or acquire companies that provide similar products to ours. As a result, new competitors or alliances may emerge that could acquire significant market share. Any of these factors, alone or in combination with others, could harm our business and result in a loss of market share and an increase in pricing pressure. In addition, a number of our competitors are able to sell their solutions through multiple channels, including through distributors and third-party sales organizations, while we rely primarily on direct sales, which may provide our competitors with a strategic advantage in sales of their solutions and could harm our prospects and business.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our industry is subject to rapidly changing standards. We may be unable to make the substantial investments that are required to remain competitive in our business.

We design certain of our products to conform to current industry standards. Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may emerge that may be preferred by our customers or by our third party suppliers. If our customers or our third-party suppliers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our solutions are not compatible, or if the industry groups fail to adopt standards with which our solutions are compatible, our existing solutions would become less desirable to our current or prospective customers. As a result, our sales would suffer, and we could be required to make significant expenditures to develop new solutions. In addition, existing standards may be challenged as infringing upon the intellectual property rights of other companies or may be superseded by new innovations or standards.

The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to bring to market new and enhanced solutions. Our research and development expense was $11.9 million, $13.0 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to increase our research and development expenditures as compared to prior periods as part of our strategy to increase demand for our solutions in our current markets and expanding into additional markets. We are a small company with limited resources, and limited experience achieving revenues. We may not have sufficient resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive. In addition, we cannot assure you that the technologies which are the focus of our research and development expenditures will become commercially successful or generate any revenues.

If we fail to continue to develop internal design tools to differentiate our products, our future growth and revenues could suffer.

We have our own internally developed and maintained software design tools, which we refer to as eTools, that we and our customers use to design the single mask layer that is incorporated into our eASIC Nextreme product family. We depend on eTools to differentiate our custom IC solutions. We must enhance these tools when we advance to each new technology node, and potentially when we add new intellectual property (IP) into our base arrays. If we are unable to continue to develop and support these tools, including maintaining and increasing the usability of the tools by our customers, then our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones could decline, which would harm our financial results and negatively impact our results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide software tools and technology necessary for our solutions and on third-party services for the operation of our business. Any failure of one or more of our vendors, suppliers or licensors to provide such tools, technology or services could harm our business.

We rely on third-party software tools to assist us in the design and verification of new solutions, and we incorporate third-party technology into some of our solutions. To bring new solutions and enhancements to market in a timely manner, or at all, we need software and hardware development tools that are sophisticated enough or technologically advanced enough to complete our design and verifications. The design requirements necessary to meet consumer demands for solutions we may develop in the future may exceed the capabilities of the software design tools available today or that we may develop in the future. This, in turn, may result in our missing design cycles or losing design wins, either of which could result in a loss of market share or negatively impact our results of operations.

Our solutions often require that we invest in third-party IP to meet certain market expectations on functionality requirements, which can be expensive to procure and integrate into our products. If we select the wrong IP to integrate into our products, or we cannot obtain such IP on reasonable terms, we may not meet our revenue growth expectations, or we may be forced to write off the value of that IP and our financial results, cash flows and business would be harmed.

 

20


Table of Contents

The commercial viability of our custom IC solutions could be impaired if errors occur in the third-party technology we use or if we are unable to access third-party software tools. It may be more difficult for us to correct any errors in a timely manner, if at all, because the development and maintenance of the technology is not within our control. We cannot assure you that these third parties will continue to make their technology, or improvements to the technology, available to us, or that they will continue to support and maintain their technology. For example, in 2012, one of our key partners, Magma Design Automation, Inc., which provided us with critical software tools for the production of our 90nm eASIC Nextreme platform, was acquired by Synopsys, Inc. Synopsys notified us of their intent to discontinue support for that product. Subsequently, we moved designs to the 45nm, which eliminated our need for this software. Further, due to the limited number of vendors of some types of technology, it may be difficult to obtain new licenses or replace existing technology. Any impairment of the technology of or our relationship with these third parties could harm our business.

We also rely on third-party vendors to provide critical design services and services for our operations that we cannot or do not create or provide ourselves. Although we believe that adequate substitutes are currently available, we depend on these vendors to consistently meet our business requirements. The ability of these third-party vendors to successfully provide reliable and high-quality services is subject to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our control. While we may be entitled to damages if our vendors fail to perform under their agreements with us, our agreements with these vendors may limit the amount of damages we may receive. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able to collect on any damages, and there is no guarantee that any award of damages we do collect would be sufficient to cover the actual costs we would incur or for which we may be liable to our customers as a result of any vendor’s failure to perform under its agreement with us. We may not be able to replace the services provided to us by any third-party vendors in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us, and a transition from one vendor to another vendor could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete. Any disruption in critical services provided by these third-party vendors could harm our financial results and negatively impact our results of operations.

We depend on third parties for substantially all of our manufacturing operations, including our wafer fabrication, assembly and testing operations which exposes us to certain risks that may harm our business.

We rely on third parties for substantially all of our manufacturing production and operations, including wafer fabrication, assembly and testing. Although we use multiple third-party supplier sources, we depend on these third parties to supply us with material of a requested quantity in a timely manner that meets our standards for yield, cost and manufacturing quality. We do not have any long-term supply agreements with any of our manufacturing suppliers. These third-party manufacturers often serve customers that are larger than us or require a greater portion of their services, which may decrease our relative importance and negotiating leverage with these third parties.

If market demand for wafers exceeds foundry capacity, if market demand for wafers or production and assembly materials increases, or if a supplier of our wafers ceases or suspends operations, our supply of wafers and other materials could become limited. Such shortages of wafers and materials as well as increases in wafer or materials prices could adversely affect our gross margins and could adversely affect our ability to meet customer demands in a timely manner, or at all, and lead to reduced revenues. Moreover, wafers constitute a large portion of our product cost. If we are unable to purchase wafers at favorable prices, our gross margins would be adversely affected.

To ensure continued wafer supply, we may be required to establish other wafer supply sources as these arrangements become economically advantageous or technically necessary, which could require significant expenditures and limit our negotiating leverage. In addition, only a few foundry vendors have the capability to manufacture our most advanced solutions. If we engage alternative supply sources, we may encounter start-up difficulties and incur additional costs. In addition, shipments could be significantly delayed while these sources are qualified for volume production.

 

21


Table of Contents

Certain of our solutions are manufactured or tested in a single location, or a few locations. Certain of these facilities are located internationally, where we are subject to increased risk of political and economic instability, difficulties in managing operations, difficulties in enforcing contracts and our intellectual property rights, and employment and labor difficulties. Any of these factors could result in manufacturing and supply problems, and delays in our ability to provide our solutions to our customers on a timely basis. If we experience manufacturing problems at a particular location, we may be required to transfer manufacturing to a new location or supplier. Converting or transferring manufacturing from a primary location or supplier to a backup fabrication facility could be expensive and could take two or more quarters. During such a transition, we would be required to meet customer demand from our then-existing inventory, as well as any partially finished goods that could be modified to the required product specifications. We do not seek to maintain sufficient inventory to address a lengthy transition period because we believe it is uneconomical to keep more than minimal inventory on hand. As a result, we may not be able to meet customer needs during such a transition, which could delay shipments, cause production delays, result in a decline in our sales and damage our customer relationships.

If one or more of these vendors terminates its relationship with us, or if we encounter any problems with our manufacturing supply chain, our ability to ship our solutions to our customers on time and in the quantity required would be adversely affected, which in turn could cause an unanticipated decline in our sales and damage our customer relationships.

If our foundries do not achieve satisfactory yields or quality, our reputation and customer relationships could be harmed.

We depend not only on sufficient foundry manufacturing capacity and wafer prices, but also on good production yields (the number of good die per wafer) and timely wafer delivery to meet customer demand and maintain profit margins. The fabrication of our products is a complex and technically demanding process. Minor deviations in the manufacturing process can cause substantial decreases in yields, and in some cases, cause production to be suspended. Our foundry vendors, Fujitsu, Global Foundries (GF) and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC), collectively our foundries, from time to time, experience manufacturing defects and reduced manufacturing yields. Changes in manufacturing processes or the inadvertent use of defective or contaminated materials by our foundries could result in lower than anticipated manufacturing yields or unacceptable performance of our devices. Many of these problems are difficult to detect at an early stage of the manufacturing process and may be time consuming and expensive to correct. Poor yields from our foundries, or defects, integration issues or other performance problems in our solutions, could cause us significant customer relations and business reputation problems, harm our financial results and give rise to financial or other damages to our customers. Our customers might consequently seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend.

We may experience difficulties in transitioning to new wafer fabrication process technologies or in achieving higher levels of design integration, which may result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased costs.

We aim to use the most advanced manufacturing process technology appropriate for our solutions that is available from our third-party foundries. As a result, we periodically evaluate the benefits of migrating our solutions to other technologies in order to improve performance and reduce costs. These ongoing efforts require us from time to time to modify the manufacturing processes for our products and to redesign some products, which in turn may result in delays in product deliveries. We may face difficulties, delays and increased expense as we transition our products to new processes, and potentially to new foundries. We depend on our foundries as the principal foundries for our solutions, to transition to new processes successfully. We cannot assure you that our foundries will be able to effectively manage such transitions or that we will be able to maintain our relationship with our foundries or develop relationships with new foundries. If we or any of our foundries experience significant delays in transitioning to smaller geometries or fail to efficiently implement transitions, we could experience reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased costs, any of which could harm our relationships with our customers and our operating results.

 

22


Table of Contents

We have a limited history of profitability, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future, on a quarterly or annual basis.

We incurred net loss for 2013 and 2014 in the amount of $7.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, our accumulated deficit was $46.4 million. We expect to make significant expenditures related to the development of our products and expansion of our business, including research and development and sales and administrative expenses. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen difficulties, complications, product delays and other unknown factors that may require additional expenditures. As a result of these expenditures, we may not generate sufficient revenues to achieve profitability.

If we do not sustain our growth rate, we may not be able to execute our business plan and our operating results and stock price could suffer.

We have recently experienced significant growth. Our revenues increased from $29.8 million in fiscal year 2013 to $67.4 million in fiscal year 2014, representing an annual growth rate of 126%. We do not expect to continue to grow at these historical percentage rates, and we may not be able to grow or sustain our revenues at all in the future. In addition, we expect expenses to increase substantially in the near term, particularly as we make significant investments in research and development and our sales and marketing organization, and expand our operations and infrastructure both domestically and internationally. In addition, in connection with operating as a public company, we will incur additional significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our revenues do not increase to offset these increases in our operating expenses, we may not be profitable in future periods.

Our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. You should not rely on our revenue growth, gross margins or operating results for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, our results of operations could suffer and our stock price could decline.

If we are unable to manage our future growth, we may not be able to execute our business plan and our operating results could suffer.

Our business has grown rapidly. Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage any expansion and growth, including the challenges of managing a company with headquarters in the United States and a large percentage of our employees and consultants in Malaysia, Romania and Russia. To manage our growth successfully and handle the responsibilities of being a public company, we believe we must, among other things, effectively:

 

    enhance our information technology systems for enterprise resource planning and design engineering by adapting and expanding our capabilities, and properly training new hires as to their use;

 

    effectively recruit, hire, train and manage additional qualified engineers for our research and development activities, particularly in our foreign offices and especially for the positions of semiconductor design and systems and applications engineering;

 

    build out our internal infrastructure and implement and improve our administrative, financial, management and operational systems, procedures and controls to scale with the business;

 

    add additional sales, business development, finance and accounting personnel and retain such personnel;

 

    protect and further develop our strategic assets, including our intellectual property rights; and

 

    make business decisions in light of the scrutiny associated with operating as a public company.

We may not be able to manage our future growth in an efficient or timely manner, or at all. In particular, any failure to successfully implement systems enhancements and improvements will likely have a negative

 

23


Table of Contents

impact on our ability to manage our expected growth, as well as our ability to ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new solutions, and we may fail to satisfy customer product or support requirements, maintain the quality of our solutions, execute our business plan or respond to competitive pressures, which could negatively affect our brand, results of operations and overall business.

A significant portion of our operations are located outside of the United States, which subjects us to additional risks, including increased complexity and costs of managing international operations and geopolitical instability.

We have research and development design centers in Malaysia, Romania and Russia, and we expect to continue to conduct business with companies that are located outside the United States, particularly in Eastern Europe and Asia. Our customers based in the United States often use contract manufacturers based in Eastern Europe or Asia to manufacture their products, and these contract manufacturers typically purchase products directly from us. As a result of our international focus, we face numerous challenges and risks, including:

 

    increased complexity and costs of managing international operations, including design and manufacture of our products;

 

    more difficult collection of receivables and longer collection cycles;

 

    difficulties in enforcing contracts generally;

 

    geopolitical and economic instability and military conflicts;

 

    limited protection of our intellectual property and other assets;

 

    compliance with local laws and regulations and unanticipated changes in local laws and regulations, including tax laws and regulations;

 

    trade and foreign exchange restrictions and higher tariffs;

 

    timing and availability of import and export licenses and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses, including export classification requirements;

 

    foreign currency fluctuations and exchange losses relating to our international operating activities;

 

    restrictions imposed by the U.S. government or foreign governments on our ability to do business with certain companies or in certain countries as a result of international political conflicts and the complexity of complying with those restrictions;

 

    transportation delays and other consequences of limited local infrastructure, and disruptions, such as large scale outages or interruptions of service from utilities or telecommunications providers;

 

    difficulties in staffing international operations;

 

    local business and cultural factors that differ from our normal standards and practices;

 

    differing employment practices and labor relations;

 

    heightened risk of terrorist acts;

 

    regional health issues, travel restrictions and natural disasters; and

 

    work stoppages.

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key employees. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team, which could disrupt our business.

 

24


Table of Contents

We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer, or other key employees could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters is located, and in other locations where we maintain offices, is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing semiconductor solutions. We have, from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources if we respond to them. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain whether the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our shares of common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments, which we do not currently have. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if our annual revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our shares of common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million (measured as of the last business day of our second fiscal quarter each year). We cannot predict if investors will find our shares of common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our shares of common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares of common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Our management has limited public company experience and may not be able to effectively or efficiently manage or transition to a public company.

We have never operated as a public company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The individuals who constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex and changing laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance, and we may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition into a public company.

 

25


Table of Contents

We have in the past identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal controls over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2012 to 2013, and the review of the nine month period ending September 30, 2014, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The identified material weaknesses related to (1) our lack of sufficient, qualified personnel in accounting and financial reporting functions with sufficient experience and expertise with respect to the application of U.S. GAAP and related financial reporting during the fiscal years 2012 and 2013, and (2) our controls over the preparation of the provision for income taxes, resulting principally from the allocation of certain costs from our U.S. parent to one of our foreign subsidiaries which resulted in an adjustment to our income tax provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” for information regarding our remediation efforts. Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not and were not required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 in accordance with the provisions of the JOBS Act.

While we believe that we have put in place additional controls over our accounting close procedures, including adding additional staff, adding additional reviews and approvals over monthly provisions, including our income tax provision, our remediation efforts are still in process and have not yet been tested. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting have been fully remediated as of December 31, 2014. In addition, we cannot be certain that any such measures we undertake will successfully remediate those two material weaknesses or that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business.

As a result of becoming a public company, we are subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Rules and regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have increased our legal and finance compliance costs and made some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that our management report on, and our independent auditors attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. Section 404 compliance may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. We may not be able to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we will be required to do so. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the JOBS Act exemptions available to us. In addition, these Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time. Implementing these changes may take a significant amount of time and may require specific compliance training of our personnel. In the future, we may discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. If our auditors or

 

26


Table of Contents

we discover a material weakness or significant deficiency, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in our financial statements and harm our stock price. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud would harm our business. We may not be able to effectively and timely implement necessary control changes and employee training to ensure continued compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulatory and reporting requirements. If we fail to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404, or if in the future our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by the NASDAQ Stock Market (NASDAQ), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or other regulatory authorities. Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or that management or our auditors will conclude that our internal controls are effective in future periods. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation.

If we fail to hire additional finance personnel, strengthen our financial reporting systems and infrastructure, and improve our enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, we may not be able to timely and accurately report our financial results or comply with the requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and SEC reporting requirements.

We intend to hire additional accounting and finance personnel with system implementation experience and Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance expertise. Any inability to recruit and retain such finance personnel would have an adverse impact on our ability to accurately and timely prepare our financial statements. We may be unable to locate and hire qualified professionals with requisite technical and public company experience when and as needed. In addition, new employees will require time and training to learn our business and operating processes and procedures. If our finance and accounting organization is unable for any reason to respond adequately to the increased demands that will result from being a public company, the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer, which could result in the identification of material weaknesses in our internal controls. Any consequences resulting from inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could cause the trading price of our shares of common stock to decline and could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to strengthen our financial reporting systems, infrastructure and internal control over financial reporting to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to report our financial results timely and accurately and prevent fraud. We expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with Section 404.

We have to improve our current ERP system and in the future may need to implement a new ERP system. This will require significant investment of capital and human resources, the re-engineering of many processes of our business and the attention of many employees who would otherwise be focused on other aspects of our business. Any disruptions, delays or deficiencies in the design and implementation of the improvements to our current ERP system or a new ERP system, if needed, could result in potentially much higher costs than we had anticipated and could adversely affect our ability to develop and launch solutions, fulfill contractual obligations, file reports with the SEC in a timely manner, otherwise operate our business or otherwise impact our controls environment. Any of these consequences could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to compete effectively or defend ourselves from litigation, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how, all of which offer only limited

 

27


Table of Contents

protection. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, and our ability to prevent such misappropriation or infringement is uncertain, particularly in countries outside of the United States. As of December 31, 2014, we had 34 issued and allowed patents in the United States, 16 issued international patents and five pending and provisional patent applications in the United States. Even if the pending patent applications are granted, the rights granted to us may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage. For example, these patents could be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by our competitors or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products or technologies. Our foreign patent protection is generally not as comprehensive as our U.S. patent protection and may not protect our intellectual property in some countries where our products are sold or may be sold in the future. Many U.S.-based companies have encountered substantial intellectual property infringement in foreign countries, including countries where we sell products. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. If such an impermissible use of our intellectual property or trade secrets were to occur, our ability to sell our solutions at competitive prices may be adversely affected and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

The legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and evolving. We cannot assure you that others will not develop or patent similar or superior technologies or solutions, or that our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others.

Unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us for doing so, which could harm our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Although we are not aware of any unauthorized use of our intellectual property in the past, it is possible that unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have occurred or may occur without our knowledge. We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Our failure to effectively protect our intellectual property could reduce the value of our technology in licensing arrangements or in cross-licensing negotiations.

We may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation in order to try to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and management, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, any enforcement of our patents or other intellectual property may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.

Third parties’ assertions of infringement of their intellectual property rights could result in our having to incur significant costs and cause our operating results to suffer.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights and positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We expect that in the future, particularly as a public company with an increased profile and visibility, we may receive communications from others alleging our infringement of patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. Lawsuits resulting from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

    stop selling solutions or using technology that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property;

 

    lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;

 

28


Table of Contents
    incur significant legal expenses;

 

    pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;

 

    redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property; or

 

    attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights from any litigation we face could harm our business and our ability to compete.

Any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property could affect our customers, which could trigger our indemnification obligations to them and result in substantial expense to us.

In any potential dispute involving our patents or the intellectual property of others, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Our custom IC solutions are included in our customers’ products. Our agreements with customers and other third parties generally include indemnification or other provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our solutions, which include intellectual property from our customers’ designs. For example, in November 2014, we received a letter from counsel to Seagate notifying us that Seagate had been sued for patent infringement with respect to a Seagate product incorporating an eASIC product and asserting Seagate’s right to indemnification and defense costs pursuant to its agreement with us. Seagate subsequently agreed to limit our indemnification obligation for this specific matter to no more than $200,000, but large indemnity payments or damage claims from contractual breach in any such future matters could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. From time to time, customers require us to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for breach of confidentiality or failure to implement adequate security measures with respect to their intellectual property and trade secrets. Although we normally contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any litigation against our customers could trigger technical support and indemnification obligations under some of our agreements, which could result in substantial expense to us.

In addition, other customers or end customers with whom we do not have formal agreements requiring us to indemnify them may ask us to indemnify them if a claim is made as a condition to awarding future design wins to us. Because most of our OEM customers are larger than we are and have greater resources than we do, they may be more likely to be the target of an infringement claim by third parties than we would be, which could increase our chances of becoming involved in a future lawsuit. If any such claims were to succeed, we might be forced to pay damages on behalf of our OEM customers that could increase our expenses, disrupt our ability to sell our solutions and reduce our revenues. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other current and prospective customers, reduce demand for our solutions, and harm our business and results of operations. In addition to the time and expense required for us to supply support or indemnification to our customers, any such litigation could severely disrupt or shut down the business of our customers, which in turn could hurt our relations with our customers and cause the sale of our products to decrease.

We may be subject to warranty and product liability claims and to product recalls.

From time to time, we may be subject to warranty claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to replace our solutions, refund payments, defend these claims or pay damage awards. In the future, we may also be subject to product liability claims resulting from failure of our solutions. In the event of a warranty claim, we may also incur costs if we compensate the affected customer. Our product liability insurance is limited in amount and subject to significant deductibles. There is no guarantee that our insurance will be available or adequate to protect against all claims. We also may incur costs and expenses relating to a recall of one of our customers’ products containing one of our devices. The process of identifying a recalled product in

 

29


Table of Contents

consumer devices that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources, and we may incur significant replacement costs, refund costs, contract damage claims from our customers and reputational harm. Costs or payments made in connection with warranty and product liability claims and product recalls could harm our financial condition and results of operations.

A breach of our security systems may damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

Our security systems are designed to protect our customers’, suppliers’ and employees’ confidential information, as well as maintain the physical security of our facilities. We also rely on a number of third-party “cloud-based” service providers of corporate infrastructure services relating to, among other things, human resources, electronic communication services and some finance functions, and we are, of necessity, dependent on the security systems of these providers. Any security breaches or other unauthorized access by third parties to the systems of our cloud-based service providers or the existence of computer viruses in their data or software could expose us to a risk of information loss and misappropriation of confidential information. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access by third parties to our information systems or facilities, or the existence of computer viruses in our data or software, could expose us to a risk of information loss and misappropriation of proprietary and confidential information. Any theft or misuse of this information could result in, among other things, unfavorable publicity, damage to our reputation, difficulty in marketing our products, allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations, litigation by affected parties and possible financial obligations for liabilities and damages related to the theft or misuse of this information, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, our reputation, and our relationships with our customers and partners. Since the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

We may make acquisitions in the future that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders, reduce our financial resources and harm our business.

In the future, we may acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We have not made any acquisitions to date and do not have any agreements or commitments for any specific acquisition at this time. Our ability to make and successfully integrate acquisitions is unproven. If we complete acquisitions, we may not achieve the combined revenues, cost synergies or other benefits from the acquisition that we anticipate, strengthen our competitive position or achieve our other goals in a timely manner, or at all, and these acquisitions may be viewed negatively by our customers, financial markets or investors. In addition, any acquisitions we make may not lead to the target revenues or cost synergies expected and could lead to difficulties in integrating personnel, technologies and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from their primary responsibilities, subject us to additional liabilities, increase our expenses and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Acquisitions may also reduce our cash available for operations and other uses, and could also result in an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, any of which could harm our business.

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, short product life cycles and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry experienced a significant downturn during the most recent global recession. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Any future downturns in the semiconductor industry could harm our business and operating results. Furthermore, any significant upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly

 

30


Table of Contents

capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble our products. None of our foundries has provided assurances that adequate capacity will be available to us in the future.

Deterioration of the financial conditions of our customers could adversely affect our operating results.

The deterioration of the financial condition of our customers could adversely impact our collection of accounts receivable. We regularly review the collectability and creditworthiness of our customers to determine an appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. Based on our review of our customers, many of which are very large OEMs, we currently have no reserve for doubtful accounts. If our doubtful accounts, however, were to exceed our current or future allowance for doubtful accounts, our quarterly and long-term results of operations would be negatively impacted.

In preparing our financial statements, we make good faith estimates and judgments that may change or turn out to be erroneous, which could adversely affect our operating results for the periods in which we revise our estimates or judgments.

In preparing our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), we must make estimates and judgments in applying our most critical accounting policies. Those estimates and judgments have a significant impact on the results we report in our consolidated financial statements. The most difficult estimates and subjective judgments that we make relate to revenue recognition, inventories, long-lived assets including manufacturing tooling, deferred tax assets and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, input from outside experts and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We also have other key accounting policies that are not as subjective, and therefore, their application would not require us to make estimates or judgments that are as difficult, but which nevertheless could significantly affect our financial reporting. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. If these estimates, judgments or their related assumptions change, our operating results for the periods in which we revise our estimates, judgments or assumptions could be adversely and perhaps materially affected.

Changes to financial accounting standards may affect our results of operations and could cause us to change our business practices.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements to conform to GAAP. These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create accounting rules and regulations. Changes in accounting rules can have a significant effect on our reported financial results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before a change is announced. Changes to those rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our financial results or the way we conduct our business.

Changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from any future review of our income tax returns could adversely affect our results.

A change in our effective tax rate could have a significant adverse impact on our business, and an adverse outcome resulting from any future review of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results. We are subject to income tax in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our provision and accruals for these taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to realize the related tax benefit, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, by entry into new businesses and geographies and changes to our existing businesses, by acquisitions

 

31


Table of Contents

(including integrations) and investments, and by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, our effective tax rate could be impacted by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations, including fundamental changes to the tax laws applicable to corporate multinationals. The United States, many countries in the European Union, and a number of other countries are actively considering changes in this regard. We may be subject to audits in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional income tax liabilities against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final outcome of any such future tax audits, if any, and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Developments in an audit, litigation, or the relevant laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations could have a material effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the period or periods for which that development occurs, as well as for prior and subsequent periods.

Our loan agreements contain certain restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, DBD Credit Funding LLC and Fortress Credit Opportunities I, LP, dated September 12, 2014, and our Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, as amended, dated as of September 29, 2010, both contain certain restrictive covenants that either limit our ability to, or require a mandatory prepayment in the event we, incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions. Our loan agreements also contain certain financial covenants, including minimum revenues and maximum cash balance amounts to be held in foreign deposit accounts, and financial reporting requirements. Our obligations under the loan agreements are secured by all of our property, other than our intellectual property, with limited exceptions. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest under our outstanding debt obligations. Furthermore, our future working capital, borrowings, or equity financing could be unavailable to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under our current debt obligations. In the event of a liquidation, our lender would be repaid all outstanding principal and interest prior to distribution of assets to unsecured creditors, and the holders of our common stock would receive a portion of any liquidation proceeds only if all of our creditors, including our lender, were first repaid in full.

We cannot predict our future capital needs, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund our operations.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future. Any required additional financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, investors may experience significant dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly-issued securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational flexibility and would also require us to incur interest expense. If additional financing is not available when required or is not available on acceptable terms, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our production activities, and we may not be able to expand our business, develop or enhance our solutions, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could result in lower revenues and reduce the competitiveness of our products.

Fluctuations in exchange rates between and among the currencies of the countries in which we do business could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our sales have been historically denominated in U.S. dollars. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which our customers operate could impair the ability of our customers to cost-effectively purchase or integrate our products into their devices, which may materially affect

 

32


Table of Contents

the demand for our solutions and cause these customers to reduce their orders, which in turn would adversely affect our revenues and business. We may in the future, if we increase operations in other currencies, experience foreign exchange gains or losses due to the volatility of other currencies compared to the U.S. dollar. Certain of our employees are located in Europe and Asia, principally Romania and Malaysia. Accordingly, a portion of our payroll as well as certain other operating expenses are paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our results of operations are denominated in U.S. dollars, and the difference in exchange rates in one period compared to another may directly impact period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations. Furthermore, currency exchange rates have been especially volatile in the recent past, and these currency fluctuations may make it difficult for us to predict our results of operations.

Failure to comply with the laws associated with our activities outside of the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We face significant risks if we fail to comply with anti-corruption laws and anti-bribery laws, including, without limitation, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (FCPA), the U.S. Travel Act and the UK Bribery Act 2010, that prohibit improper payments or offers of payment to foreign governments and political parties by us for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. We are in the early stages of implementing our FCPA compliance program and cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. Any violation of these laws could result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We, our customers and third-party contractors are subject to increasingly complex environmental regulations, and compliance with these regulations may delay or interrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.

We face increasing complexity in our procurement, design, and research and development operations as a result of requirements relating to the materials composition of our products. Failure to comply with these and similar laws and regulations could subject us to fines, penalties, civil or criminal sanctions, contract damage claims, or take-back of non-compliant products, which could harm our business, reputation and results of operations. The passage of similar requirements in additional jurisdictions or the tightening of these standards in jurisdictions where our products are already subject to such requirements could cause us to incur significant expenditures to make our products compliant with new requirements, or could limit the markets into which we may sell our products.

Some of our operations, as well as the operations of our contract manufacturers and foundries and other suppliers, are also regulated under various other federal, state, local, foreign and international environmental laws and requirements, including those governing, among other matters, the management, disposal, handling, use, labeling of, and exposure to hazardous substances, and the discharge of pollutants into the air and water. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. We cannot assure you that violations of these laws will not occur in the future, as a result of human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes. Environmental laws and regulations have increasingly become more stringent over time. We expect that our products and operations will be affected by new environmental requirements on an ongoing basis, which will likely result in additional costs, which could adversely affect our business.

Our failure to comply with present and future environmental, health and safety laws could cause us to incur substantial costs, result in civil or criminal fines and penalties or result in decreased revenues, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations. Failure by our foundry vendors or other suppliers to comply with applicable

 

33


Table of Contents

environmental laws and requirements could cause disruptions and delays in our product shipments, which could adversely affect our relations with our customers and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Regulations related to “conflict minerals” may force us to incur additional expenses, may make our supply chain more complex and may result in damage to our reputation with customers.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act), the SEC has adopted requirements for companies that use certain minerals and metals, known as conflict minerals, in their products, whether or not these products are manufactured by third parties. These requirements require companies to diligence, disclose and report whether or not such minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of semiconductor devices, including our products. In addition, we will continue to incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products. Since our supply chain is complex, we may not be able to sufficiently verify the origins for these minerals and metals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement, which may harm our reputation. In such event, we may also face difficulties in satisfying customers that require that all of the components of our products are certified as conflict mineral free.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Santa Clara, California. The west coast of the United States contains active earthquake zones. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane, or catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, terrorist attack or disease outbreak, including Ebola, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in our platform, breaches of data security, or loss of critical data, any of which could have an adverse effect on our future results of operations.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering

There has been no prior market for our common stock, and an active market may not develop or be sustained and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon the closing of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline, regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The trading price and volume of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate significantly regardless of our operating performance, in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, as well as:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

    failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

34


Table of Contents
    ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws, or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    any major change in our management;

 

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the market for technology stocks and the stock markets in general have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have approximately             shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). Our directors, officers and other existing security holders will be subject to lock-up agreements described under the caption “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, approximately 15,014,485 shares of common stock will be eligible for resale 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of these lockup agreements, subject to extension in certain circumstances. In addition, at any time and without public notice, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters, may in their discretion also release shares subject to the lock-up prior to the expiration of the lock-up period; provided, however, that if the release is granted for one of our officers or directors, (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters, agree that at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives, will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) we are obligated to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 14,633,859 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2014 will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements

 

35


Table of Contents

covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market stand-off or lock-up agreements.

Our directors, officers, and principal stockholders beneficially own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our directors, officers, greater than 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately     % of our outstanding stock. Therefore, after this offering these stockholders will continue to have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders will be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our common stock, publish negative research or reports or fail to publish reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business and our market. If one or more analysts adversely changes their recommendation regarding our stock or changes their recommendation about our competitors’ stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our actual operating results may not meet our guidance and investor expectations, which would likely cause our stock price to decline.

From time to time, we may release guidance in our earnings releases, earnings conference calls or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represent our management’s estimates as of the date of release. If given, this guidance, which will include forward-looking statements, will be based on projections prepared by our management. Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. The principal reason that we expect to release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. With or without our guidance, analysts and other investors may publish expectations regarding our business, financial performance and results of operations. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third parties.

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. If our actual performance does not meet or exceed our guidance or investor expectations, the trading price of our common stock is likely to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or

 

36


Table of Contents

changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

    prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum; and

 

    require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our charter documents designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain what they believe to be a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (C) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (D) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we

 

37


Table of Contents

may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase the value of our business, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to changes in the value of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is restricted by the terms of our debt financing arrangements and may be prohibited or limited by the terms of any future debt financing arrangements. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, in our stock price, which may never occur.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the shares that you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus), you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of             shares of our common stock in this offering. See “Dilution.” To the extent outstanding options or warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will experience further dilution.

 

38


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our ability to retain and expand our customer relationships and to achieve design wins;

 

    the success, cost and timing of new product designs;

 

    our ability to address market and customer demands and to timely develop new or enhanced solutions to meet those demands;

 

    anticipated trends, challenges and growth in our business and the markets in which we operate, including pricing expectations;

 

    our expectations regarding our revenue, gross margin and expenses;

 

    the size and growth potential of the markets for our solutions, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

    our expectations regarding competition in our existing and new markets;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

    the performance of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers;

 

    our and our customers’ ability to respond successfully to technological or industry developments;

 

    our ability to attract collaborators and strategic partnerships;

 

    our ability to attract and retain key management personnel;

 

    the average selling prices of semiconductor solutions;

 

    the accuracy of our estimates regarding capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

    the industry standards to which our solutions conform;

 

    our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

    our use of the proceeds from this offering; and

 

    our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our technology.

These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail under “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding

 

39


Table of Contents

that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

 

40


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications, such as those published by Gartner, Inc., or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. Although we believe that the third-party sources referred to in this prospectus are reliable, estimates as they relate to projections involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in Gartner Forecast: ASIC/ASSP, FPGA/PLD and SLI/SoC Applications, Worldwide, 2012-2018, 4Q14 Update (December 30, 2014) (Summation of consumption values of each relevant segment).

The Gartner Report described herein represents data, research opinion, or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

41


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

The following capitalized phrases and their acronyms are used throughout this prospectus and have the meanings set forth below:

Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC): a custom integrated circuit that is designed and manufactured for one customer and can only be used in one specific application.

Application Specific Standard Product (ASSP): an integrated circuit that is designed for a specific application but can be used by multiple customers.

Base Array: an uncommitted eASIC IC that has a specific amount of logic, memory and I/O capacity. The base arrays are versatile and can be used for multiple applications. The final customization is completed by only one mask layer and allows the IC to be used for many types of customers, applications and markets.

Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS): a transistor technology used for the fabrication of integrated circuits.

Design Tools: a software application that is used to design, simulate, verify and implement the functionality of an integrated circuit. The final output of the design tools is used to create an IC mask layer.

Exabytes: one billion gigabytes.

Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA): an integrated circuit whose functionality can be configured through software after the IC is manufactured.

Foundry: a factory where integrated circuits are manufactured.

Integrated Circuit (IC): a semiconductor device on which an electronic circuit is formed. This is also referred to as a “chip” or a microchip.

Input/Output (I/O): the part of an IC that enables electronic signals to either enter or exit the IC.

Mask Layer: a photolithographic mask that contains the circuitry patterns necessary to manufacture an IC. A typical IC requires approximately 50 mask layers. Each mask layer is used to transfer the circuitry pattern onto the wafer.

Moore’s Law: a quotation by Intel’s co-founder Gordon Moore stating that the number of transistors on an IC will double every 18 months. In 1975, Moore extended the 18-month timeframe to 24 months.

Non-Recurring Engineering (NRE) Charge: a one-time cost that is used for the design, development, and manufacture of a new IC.

Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM): a company that designs, manufactures and sells products.

Process Nodes: the transistor width used to define a semiconductor manufacturing process. Smaller widths allow more transistors to be manufactured in the same silicon area. Process node is measured in nanometers (nm), e.g., 28nm, 20nm, 14nm, etc.

Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes): a device that takes parallel data, such as 8 signals, and converts it into a single high speed serial stream for transmission. At the other end, it converts the serial data back to 8 parallel signals.

Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI): a means of optimizing the supply chain in which the manufacturer is responsible for maintaining inventory levels at a customer specified location under control of the manufacturer, which is usually referred to as a “hub.” The manufacturer owns and has access to the customer’s inventory, until such inventory is “pulled” by the customer, at which time the customer takes title to that inventory and is typically invoiced and revenues are recognized by the manufacturer.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, establish a public market for our common stock and to facilitate future access to the public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, obtain additional capital to support our operations, and increase our visibility in the marketplace.

Our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We also intend to use approximately $19.1 million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay the entirety of the outstanding indebtedness, including applicable prepayment penalties, if any, under (1) our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank (Line of Credit) and (2) each of our 2013 term loan facility (2013 Loan) and our 2014 term loan facility (2014 Loan) with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, DBD Credit Funding LLC and Fortress Credit Opportunities I, LP. The Line of Credit carries a floating interest rate equal to prime plus 1.5% and matures on September 25, 2016. Secured notes issued by us under the 2013 Loan carry a fixed interest rate of 11% and mature on October 1, 2017. Secured notes issued by us under the 2014 Loan carry a fixed interest rate of 10.75% and mature on April 1, 2018. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.” Our intentions to prepay our debt obligations may change due to market or other factors. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, however, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We may also make illiquid minority investments in private companies for strategic reasons, however, we do not have any agreements, commitments or plans for any specific minority investments at this time.

The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including our ability to gain access to additional financing, the relative success and cost of our research and development programs and whether we are able to enter into future licensing arrangements. As a result, our

 

43


Table of Contents

management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, we might decide to postpone or not pursue certain development activities if the net proceeds from this offering and any other sources of cash are less than expected.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not anticipate declaring or paying, in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the terms of our existing Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, DBD Credit Funding LLC and Fortress Credit Opportunities I, LP, dated September 12, 2014, and our Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, as amended, dated September 29, 2010 restrict our ability to pay dividends or make distributions.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization as of December 31, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to: (1) the conversion of all our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014 into an aggregate of 5,145,683 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the termination and cancellation of all 533,301 outstanding shares of our Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (3) the automatic conversion of all our convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014 into warrants exercisable for the purchase of an aggregate of 111,505 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the related reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and (4) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the pro forma adjustments discussed above and giving further effect to the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2014
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,790      $ 8,790     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

$ 18,423    $ 18,423   

Preferred stock warrant liability

  1,203        

Non-convertible Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 40,000,000 shares authorized and 533,301 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  17,783        

Convertible Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 450,000,000 shares authorized and 4,532,662 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  23,503        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; and 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

         

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 1,575,000,000 shares authorized and 9,868,802 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized and 15,014,485 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  11,325      53,814   

Accumulated deficit

  (46,420   (46,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (35,095   7,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total capitalization

$ 25,817    $ 25,817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

46


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering costs payable by us. Each one million increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 15,014,485 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

    3,400,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share;

 

    2,830,500 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective as of the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which includes (i) 180,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan, and (ii) does not reflect stock options granted after December 31, 2014;

 

    530,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 employee stock purchase plan, or the 2015 ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

    111,505 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of approximately $5.19 per share;

 

    32,268 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of approximately $15.50 per share; and

 

    75,752 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $16.37 per share, that terminate unless exercised immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014, was approximately $(35.2) million, or $(3.57) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value is the amount of our total tangible assets less our liabilities and convertible preferred stock which is not included within stockholders’ equity. Historical net tangible book value per share is our historical net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014, was $7.3 million, or $0.48 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value gives effect to (1) the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014, into an aggregate of 5,145,683 shares of our common stock and (2) the conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 111,505 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and the related reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value is our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), plus the effect of the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus

$                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014

  $(3.57

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014 attributable to this offering

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

$     
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $         per share and the dilution in pro forma per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $         and decrease (increase) the dilution in pro forma per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of

 

48


Table of Contents

$         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $         per share, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate decrease of dilution of $         per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2014, the number of shares purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us by existing stockholders and investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
     (In thousands)  

Existing stockholders before this offering

     15,014,485                    $ 135,764                    $ 9.04   

Investors participating in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  100 $               100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, $         million and $        , respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, $         million and $        , respectively, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to     , or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables are based on 15,014,485 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and exclude:

 

    3,400,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share;

 

49


Table of Contents
    2,830,500 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective as of the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which includes (i) 180,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan, and (ii) does not reflect stock options granted after December 31, 2014;

 

    530,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 employee stock purchase plan, or the 2015 ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

    111,505 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of approximately $5.19 per share;

 

    32,268 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of approximately $15.50 per share; and

 

    75,752 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $16.37 per share, that terminate unless exercised immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                 2013                 2014        
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

      

Revenues:

      

Product

   $ 11,843      $ 26,111      $ 65,086   

Service

     1,840        3,666        2,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     13,683        29,777        67,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues(1):

      

Product

     8,707        14,968        37,366   

Service

     373        748        636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     9,080        15,716        38,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,603        14,061        29,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses(1):

      

Research and development

     11,898        13,026        13,870   

Sales and marketing

     4,494        4,834        5,711   

General and administrative

     2,543        3,076        5,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     18,935        20,936        25,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (14,332     (6,875     4,348   

Interest expense

     (1,042     (935     (1,443

Other income (expense), net

     72        12        (836
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (15,302     (7,798     2,069   

Provision for income taxes

     (57     (44     (3,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,359     (7,842     (1,147

Add/(Less): Capital contribution from/(deemed dividend to) common stockholders(2)

     83,386        (338       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 68,027      $ (8,180   $ (1,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(3):

      

Basic

   $ 213.75      $ (0.90   $ (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (4.06   $ (0.90   $ (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(3):

      

Basic

     318,249        9,066,797        9,518,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     3,786,303        9,066,797        9,518,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(3)

       $ (364
      

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(3):

      

Basic

       $ (0.02
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ (0.02
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares used in computing loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(3):

      

Basic

         14,664,060   

Diluted

         14,664,060   

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of product revenues

   $ 1       $ 5       $ 5   

Research and development

     75         256         485   

Sales and marketing

     17         485         286   

General and administrative

     150         573         558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 243       $ 1,319       $ 1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the capital contribution from (deemed dividend) to common stockholders.
(3) See Notes 1 and 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and our basic and diluted pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,423      $ 8,790   

Working capital

     15,343        19,630   

Total assets

     24,912        43,118   

Total deferred revenues

     1,152        321   

Total non-current income taxes payable

            3,081   

Total capital lease, non-current portion

            255   

Total long-term debt, non-current portion

     10,748        15,949   

Vendor financing arrangement

     1,381        1,280   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

     271        1,203   

Total preferred stock

     41,286        41,286   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (35,508     (35,095

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We have pioneered a differentiated solution that enables us to rapidly and cost-effectively deliver custom integrated circuits (ICs), creating value for our customers’ hardware and software systems. Our eASIC solution consists of our eASIC platform which incorporates a versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array and customizable single-mask layer, our ASICs, delivered using either our easicopy or standard ASIC methodologies, and our proprietary design tools. Customers can efficiently migrate to our easicopy ASIC from the eASIC platform using our easicopy methodology. We believe our eASIC solution provides the optimal combination of fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low development cost and low unit cost for our customers. Our solution has broad applicability across a wide range of customers, applications and end markets including communications infrastructure, storage and data processing and industrial applications. Our solution should position us to address additional end markets in the future. As of December 31, 2014, we have leveraged our eASIC platform to develop four generations of eASIC product families, and we have designed over 200 custom ICs and shipped over 19 million units.

We believe the need for differentiation through custom ICs is driven by several megatrends, including the proliferation of mobile devices driving the deployment of high capacity and high bandwidth wireless infrastructure, the rapid transition to cloud computing and the emergence of big data analytics. We believe the ability to differentiate hardware and software systems through custom ICs is critical to helping our customers grow faster than their competitors and enhance their profit margins. Historical solutions for customized ICs have included Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Application Specific Standard Products (ASSPs) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). We believe our products avoid the painful tradeoffs associated with these historical solutions. For example, based on the data provided by our customers for both performance and power consumption with respect to our customers’ designs using FPGAs, we performed our own internal analysis using the latest generation of our eASIC platform to demonstrate that we can enable our customers to reduce power consumption by 50% to 80% compared to FPGAs at the same process node while increasing performance by 150% to 200%. By using our eASIC platforms, our customers can significantly reduce non-recurring engineering (NRE) charges and lower design and manufacturing time by nine to 12 months or more when compared to traditional ASIC design and manufacturing processes. We believe our competitive advantages will increase over time as the costs and complexity associated with the development and manufacturing of future generations of ICs continue to rise.

We believe our competitive advantages should become more pronounced as continued technological advancements increase overall development and manufacturing costs for future generations of ICs. We estimate that our addressable market opportunity across ASIC, ASSP and FPGA applications is approximately $78 billion, based on data from Gartner Research. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we sold our products and services to over 14 customers including Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, NEC, Omnivision, Seagate and Toshiba.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, our revenues were $13.7 million, $29.8 million and $67.4 million, respectively, and our net loss was $15.4 million, $7.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We derive revenues from our eASIC solutions which include our eASIC platform as well as our easicopy and standard ASICs. We primarily generate product revenues from the sale of custom ICs to OEMs. We also generate service revenues from the design and development of ICs for customers and related design services and prototypes.

We shipped our first products in January 2008 and, since the beginning of 2013, our product revenues have grown rapidly. A significant portion of our total revenues to date has been generated from two customers, Ericsson and Seagate, including sales to contract manufacturers or original device manufacturers (ODM) at the direction of such end customers. In 2012, 2013 and 2014, Ericsson and Seagate together accounted for 73%, 87% and 93% of our total revenues, respectively. To continue to grow our revenues, it is important that we both obtain new customers and sell additional products to existing customers. While we intend to expand our customer base over time, the markets we serve tend to be highly concentrated, and we expect that a large portion of our revenues will likely be derived from a relatively small number of customers for the foreseeable future.

We market and sell our products through our sales force and field applications engineers. For certain customers, we use independent sales representatives or non-stocking distributors. We have direct sales personnel covering the United States and Asia focusing primarily on major OEM customers and have sales offices in Santa Clara, California and Hong Kong. We also employ business development teams in China and Japan to work closely with local ODMs that support our broader customer base. During 2014, 2% of our revenues were generated from the Americas, substantially all from the United States, 51% from Europe, the Middle East and Africa and 47% from the Asia-Pacific region.

For select direct customers that represent a significant portion of our revenues, we maintain inventory of our product at a customer specified location (known as Vendor Managed Inventory, or VMI) and are notified when our products are either ordered or “pulled” by our customers to meet their manufacturing needs. We own and have access to the inventory, until such inventory is “pulled” by the customer, at which time the customer takes title to that inventory, we invoice the customer and recognize revenues. This VMI structure allows our customers the flexibility to modify their manufacturing volumes without being affected by the long production lead times typically required of custom ICs and provides us with enhanced insights into our customers’ supply needs. However, this may result in our revenues being more volatile.

 

54


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and to evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. However, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus should not be considered as the sole measure of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The financial measures set forth below also contain certain comparable GAAP financial measures.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013      2014  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

GAAP gross profit

   $ 4,603      $ 14,061       $ 29,378   

GAAP gross margin

     34     47      44

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 4,604      $ 14,066       $ 29,383   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     34     47      44

GAAP income (loss) from operations

   $ (14,332   $ (6,875    $ 4,348   

GAAP operating margin (loss)

     (105 %)      (23 %)       6

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

   $ (14,089   $ (5,556    $ 5,682   

Non-GAAP operating margin (loss)

     (103 %)      (19 %)       8

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (13,609   $ (5,010    $ 6,589   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (99 %)      (17 %)       10

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (10,442   $ (13,478    $ 542   

Free cash flow

   $ (10,966   $ (15,607    $ (4,774

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenues. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss). We define non-GAAP income (loss) from operations as income (loss) from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP operating margin (loss) as non-GAAP income (loss) from operations divided by revenues. We have presented non-GAAP income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss) because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss) as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP income (loss) from operations to income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net loss excluding: (1) stock-based compensation; (2) interest expense; (3) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes

 

55


Table of Contents

foreign exchange gains and losses; (4) depreciation and amortization; and (5) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because we believe it is an important measure used by industry analysts and investors to compare our performance against our peer group and analyze our cash generation performance. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Please see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Free cash flow. We define free cash flow as net cash used in operating activities less property and equipment purchases, including certain mask sets. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by the business that, after capital purchases, can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions, and strengthening the balance sheet. Please see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for more information and a reconciliation of free cash flow to cash flow used in operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. First, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin and income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss) are not substitutes for gross profit, gross margin, income (loss) from operations and operating margin (loss). Second, other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. Finally, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin and free cash flow exclude some costs, namely, non-cash stock-based compensation, interest expense and provision for income taxes, which are recurring. Therefore, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin and free cash flow do not reflect the impact of stock-based compensation or working capital needs that will continue for the foreseeable future.

 

56


Table of Contents

The following tables reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin:

      

Total revenues

   $ 13,683      $ 29,777      $ 67,380   

Gross profit

     4,603        14,061        29,378   

Stock-based compensation

     1        5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

$ 4,604    $ 14,066    $ 29,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin

  34   47   44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin (loss):

Total revenues

$ 13,683    $ 29,777    $ 67,380   

Income (loss) from operations

  (14,332   (6,875   4,348   

Stock-based compensation

  243      1,319      1,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP income (loss) from operations

$ (14,089 $ (5,556 $ 5,682   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating margin (loss)

  (103 %)    (19 %)    8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA Margin:

Total revenues

$ 13,683    $ 29,777    $ 67,380   

Net loss

  (15,359   (7,842   (1,147

Provision for income taxes

  57      44      3,216   

Interest expense

  1,042      935      1,443   

Other (income) expense, net

  (72   (12   836   

Depreciation and amortization

  480      546      907   

Stock-based compensation

  243      1,319      1,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ (13,609 $ (5,010 $ 6,589   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

  (99 %)    (17 %)    10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow:

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

$ (10,442 $ (13,478 $ 542   

Less: purchases of property and equipment

  (524   (2,129   (5,316
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

$ (10,966 $ (15,607 $ (4,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Design Wins with New and Existing Customers. Our solutions enable our customers to differentiate their products in order to drive their future revenue growth and profits. We view our solutions as a crucial aspect of our current and potential customers’ success and we work closely with our customers and targeted prospects to understand their product roadmaps and strategies. Our current customers and prospects tend to be multinational enterprises with large annual purchases of ICs and they continuously develop new products in existing and new application areas. We have programs in place to help our existing customers to utilize our solutions throughout their organizations. Because we expect our revenues relating to our mature products to decline in the future, we also consider design wins critical to our future success and anticipate being increasingly dependent on revenues from newer design wins for our newer products.

Customer Demand and Product Life Cycles. Once customers design our ICs into their products, we closely monitor all aspects of their demand, including the initial design phase, prototype production, volume production and inventories, as well as end market demand, including seasonality, cyclicality and the competitive landscape.

 

57


Table of Contents

Given our customer relationships and the long-term aspects of our platform, we benefit from visibility into customer demand once we secure a design win, as the combination of the design and product life cycles provide an opportunity for us to monitor and hone our business fundamentals.

Product Adoption within New Markets and Applications. Due to the painful tradeoffs customers are now forced to make in order to utilize custom ICs in their products, we believe that our ICs can be used instead of ASICs, ASSPs or FPGAs. We monitor the overall market to determine where our solutions can have a positive impact and we take a very strategic approach to target customers and applications that can benefit from our solutions in order to increase the breadth of our customer engagements and target end markets.

Pricing, Product Cost and Customer Mix. Our pricing and margins depend on the volumes and the features of the ICs we provide to our customers. We continually monitor and work to improve the cost of our ICs and the potential value of our solution as we target new design win opportunities and manage the product life cycles of our existing customer designs. Since we rely on third-party wafer foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our ICs, we maintain a close relationship with these suppliers to improve quality, increase yields and lower manufacturing costs.

Components of Operating Results

Revenues

We generate revenues primarily from the sales of our products and secondarily from services. As discussed further in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” below, revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Our total revenues consist of the following:

 

    Product revenues. Our product revenues are generated from sales of our ICs. We recognize product revenues at the time of shipment, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. A substantial majority of our sales are made on a VMI basis in which we maintain inventory of our product at a customer specified location, which we refer to as a hub. Title to that inventory transfers to our customer, and revenues are recognized, when our products are “pulled” from our hub locations or delivered to our customers, as needed to meet their manufacturing requirements. We invoice our customer when this transaction occurs. In addition, we have sales to non-stocking distributors that sell directly to end-users for which we do not grant return privileges, except for defective products during the warranty period, nor do we grant pricing credits. Accordingly, we recognize revenues upon transfer of title and risk of loss or damage, generally upon shipment.

 

    Service revenues. Our service revenues are generated from design and development of ICs for our customers and related design services and prototypes. Revenues are recognized based on attainment of contract milestones, including final acceptance of design and delivery of prototype ICs.

Cost of revenues

Cost of product revenues primarily consists of costs paid to our third-party contract manufacturers, and personnel and other costs associated with our manufacturing operations. Our cost of product revenues also includes product testing costs, as well as allocation of overhead costs for facilities, information technology, depreciation and amortization. We expect our cost of product revenues in absolute dollars to increase as our product revenues increase.

Cost of service revenues consists primarily of costs for personnel in our customer engineering group to complete the design work necessary to meet the contractual milestones with our customers, and engineering service and material charges from third-party vendors including our contract manufacturers. We expect our cost of service revenues in absolute dollars to increase as our service revenues increase.

 

58


Table of Contents

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenues, has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the average sales price of our products, manufacturing operations costs, the mix of products sold, the mix of revenues among our customers and the costs charged to us by our third-party manufacturers. While we expect our gross margins to fluctuate depending on these and other potential factors described above, we expect our gross margins to improve over time.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expense. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with regard to sales and marketing expense, sales commissions. Operating expenses also include allocation of overhead costs for facilities, finance support, information technology and depreciation. Although our operating expenses may fluctuate, we expect our operating expenses to decline as a percentage of total revenues over time.

 

    Research and development. Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel, outside consulting and engineering services costs and allocated overhead. Research and development expense also includes the cost to develop our internal tools and service fees for third-party design tools. We have entered into easicopy or ASIC development agreements with customers for shared development, under which research and development costs are eligible for reimbursement. Amounts reimbursed under this arrangement are offset against research and development expenses. We expect research and development expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in our research and product development efforts to enhance our product capabilities, continue to invest in design tools, both third party and internally developed, and access new customer markets.

 

    Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, incentive commission costs and allocated overhead. We expense commission costs as earned. Sales and marketing expense also includes costs for market development programs, promotional and other marketing activities, travel, office equipment, depreciation and outside consulting costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase the size of our sales and marketing organizations, increase marketing programs and expand our international operations.

 

    General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists of personnel costs, professional services and allocated overhead. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance, human resources, facilities, information technology and legal organizations. Professional services consist primarily of legal, auditing, accounting and other consulting costs. We allocate a portion of our general and administrative expense to cost of revenues, research and development and sales and marketing. We expect general and administrative expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional general and administrative expenses as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance and accounting expenses.

Interest expense and Other income (expense), net

Interest expense consists of interest on our outstanding debt. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for more information about our debt.

Other expense, net consists primarily of the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability and foreign exchange gains or losses. Convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets and remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the corresponding change recorded as other expense. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a

 

59


Table of Contents

liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, the liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit, at which time it will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

Provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of U.S. federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We have a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.

Results of Operations

The following tables summarize our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenues for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of results is not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues:

      

Product

   $ 11,843      $ 26,111      $ 65,086   

Service

     1,840        3,666        2,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  13,683      29,777      67,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

Product

  8,707      14,968      37,366   

Service

  373      748      636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

  9,080      15,716      38,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  4,603      14,061      29,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Research and development

  11,898      13,026      13,870   

Sales and marketing

  4,494      4,834      5,711   

General and administrative

  2,543      3,076      5,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  18,935      20,936      25,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  (14,332   (6,875   4,348   

Interest expense

  (1,042   (935   (1,443

Other income (expense), net

  72      12      (836
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (15,302   (7,798   2,069   

Provision for income taxes

  (57   (44   (3,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (15,359 $ (7,842 $ (1,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (As a percentage of total revenues)  

Revenues:

      

Product

     87     88     97

Service

     13        12        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  100      100      100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

Product

  64      50      55   

Service

  3      3      1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

  67      53      56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  33      47      44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Research and development

  87      44      21   

Sales and marketing

  33      16      8   

General and administrative

  19      10      8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  139      70      37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  (106   (23   7   

Interest expense

  (8   (3   (2

Other income (expense), net

  1           (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (113   (26   4   

Provision for income taxes

            (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (113 )%    (26 )%    (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2013      % of Total
Revenues
    2014      % of Total
Revenues
    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenues:

              

Product

   $ 26,111         88   $ 65,086         97   $ 38,975        149

Service

     3,666         12        2,294         3        (1,372     (37
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

$ 29,777      100 $ 67,380      100 $ 37,603      126
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues increased by $37.6 million, or 126%, for 2014 compared to 2013. Product revenues increased by $39.0 million for 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to an increase in our sales to our two largest customers, due to greater demand from their end customers. Further, service revenues and margin were higher in 2013 compared to 2014, primarily due to eASIC recognizing $0.8 million of revenue (which represented nonrefundable customer payments previously included in deferred revenue) upon cancellation of design services programs by two customers in 2013.

 

61


Table of Contents

We market and sell our products worldwide. We attribute revenues to the geography based on where customers are billed. Our revenues by geography for the periods indicated were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2013      % of Total
Revenues
    2014      % of Total
Revenues
    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenues by geographic region:

              

United States

   $ 788         3   $ 1,302         2   $ 514        65

Rest of Americas

     336         1        166                (170     (51

Europe

     13,265         44        34,177         51        20,912        158   

Asia Pacific

     15,388         52        31,735         47        16,347        106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

$ 29,777      100 $ 67,380      100 $ 37,603      126
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding revenues by geography.

Cost of revenues and gross margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014        
     Amount      Gross Margin     Amount      Gross Margin     Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

            

Product

   $ 14,968         $ 37,366         $ 22,398   

Service

     748           636           (112
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

$ 15,716    $ 38,002    $ 22,286   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin:

Product

  43   43  

Service

  80   72   (8 )% 

Total gross margin

  47   44   (3 )% 

Cost of product revenues increased by $22.4 million for 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was primarily related to costs associated with increased product revenues. Cost of service revenues decreased by $0.1 million for 2014 compared to 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower service revenues.

Total product gross margin remained relatively flat during 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The cost reductions due to more favorable pricing from our contract manufacturers as a result of higher production volumes in 2013 were offset by an increase in unit sales of lower margin products. Service revenues margin decreased by 8 percentage points in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to recognizing $0.8 million of revenue (which represented nonrefundable customer payments previously included in deferred revenues) upon cancellation of design services programs by two customers in 2013.

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2013      % of Total
Revenues
    2014      % of Total
Revenues
    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

   $ 13,026         44   $ 13,870         21   $ 844        6

Sales and marketing

     4,834         16        5,711         8        877        18   

General and administrative

     3,076         10        5,449         8        2,373        77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

$ 20,936      70 $ 25,030      37 $ 4,094      20
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Includes stock-based compensation of:

Research and development

$ 256    $ 485    $ 229   

Sales and marketing

  485      286      (199

General and administrative

  573      558      (15
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

$ 1,314    $ 1,329    $ 15   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Research and development. Research and development expense increased by $0.8 million, or 6%, for 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was due to an increase in personnel costs associated with increases in our headcount to support the development of our future products and internal software development tools. We enter into agreements with customers for shared development, under which research and development costs are eligible for reimbursement. Amounts reimbursed under this arrangement are offset against research and development expenses. In connection with such agreements, we offset against research and development expense by an amount of $1.3 million and $1.5 million, for 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.9 million, or 18%, for 2014 compared to 2013, due to an increase in personnel costs associated with increases in our headcount in sales and marketing, higher sales commission payments and an increase in marketing programs to support our current revenues and drive future revenue growth.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense increased by $2.4 million, or 77%, for 2014 compared to 2013, as we increased consulting expenses to support revenue growth and improve financial systems and processes.

Interest expense and other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
         2013             2014          $      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest and other expense, net:

          

Interest expense

   $ 935      $ 1,443       $ 508         54

Other (income) expense, net

     (12     836         848         7,067   

Interest expense increased by $0.5 million, or 54%, for 2014 compared to 2013, due to higher interest expense resulting from new borrowings and an increase in our revolving line of credit. Other (income) expense, net increased by $0.8 million, or 7,067%, for 2014 compared to 2013 mainly from foreign exchange losses and the change of the fair value of our preferred stock warrants.

 

63


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2013              2014         $      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes:

          

Provision for income taxes

   $ 44       $ 3,216      $ 3,172         7,209

Effective tax rate

             155.4             155.4

Provision for income taxes increased as our profitability increased. The consolidated effective tax rate for 2014 exceeded the US statutory rate primarily due to taxes associated with certain unrecognized tax benefits partially offset by foreign income taxed at lower rates.

Capital contribution from/deemed dividend to common stockholders

In December 2012, under a new Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the Series A-2 Stock Purchase Agreement, the holders of the Company’s existing preferred stock (Series A through Series H) were offered the right to participate in the $10.0 million financing, on a pro-rata basis. This recapitalization was considered an extinguishment for accounting purposes. The extinguishment resulted in a contribution of capital to the common stock of $83.4 million, which was recorded within the stockholders’ accumulated deficit. The contribution of capital on the extinguishment was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In January 2013, the Company completed the initial round of the Series A-2 financing and issued an additional 0.7 million shares of Series A-2 preferred, 0.2 million shares of Series A-1 preferred, and 2.4 million shares of common stock, in exchange for additional cash invested of $3.7 million and 0.3 million shares of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock. This exchange included the exercise of participation rights that had been reallocated from non-participating preferred holders and resulted in a deemed dividend to the preferred stock of $2.6 million related to holders who received reallocated rights and were not employees or service providers. The deemed dividend was charged to common stock and was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2012      % of Total
Revenues
    2013      % of Total
Revenues
    $      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenues:

               

Product

   $ 11,843         87   $ 26,111         88   $ 14,268         120

Service

     1,840         13        3,666         12        1,826         99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues

$ 13,683      100 $ 29,777      100 $ 16,094      118
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues increased by $16.1 million, or 118%, for 2013 compared to 2012. Product revenues increased by $14.3 million for 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to an increase in sales to our two largest customers, due to greater demand from their end customers. Service revenues increased by $1.8 million for 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to increased revenues from a higher number of designs and prototype sales.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our revenues by geography for the periods indicated were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2012      % of Total
Revenues
    2013      % of Total
Revenues
    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenues by geographic region:

  

United States

   $ 1,199         9   $ 788         3   $ (411     (34 )% 

Rest of Americas

     821         6        336         1        (485     (59

Europe

     6,266         46        13,265         44        6,999        112   

Asia Pacific

     5,397         39        15,388         52        9,991        185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

$ 13,683      100 $ 29,777      100 $ 16,094      118   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding revenues by geography.

Cost of revenues and gross margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013        
     Amount      Gross Margin     Amount      Gross Margin     Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

            

Product

   $ 8,707         $ 14,968         $ 6,261   

Service

     373           748           375   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

$ 9,080    $ 15,716    $ 6,636   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin:

Product

  26   43   17

Service

  80      80        

Total gross margin

  34      47      13   

Cost of product revenues increased by $6.3 million for 2013 as compared to 2012. The increase was primarily related to increased product revenues. Cost of service revenues increased by $0.4 million for 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily related due to higher costs associated with higher service revenues.

Product gross margin increased by 17 percentage points in 2013 compared to 2012, resulting mainly from cost reductions due to more favorable pricing from our contract manufacturers as a result of higher production volumes in 2013 and increased unit sales of higher margin products. Service revenues margin remained relatively flat for 2013 compared to 2012.

 

65


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2012      % of Total
Revenues
    2013      % of Total
Revenues
    $      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 11,898         87   $ 13,026         44   $ 1,128         9

Sales and marketing

     4,494         33        4,834         16        340         8   

General and administrative

     2,543         19        3,076         10        533         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

$ 18,935      139 $ 20,936      70 $ 2,001      11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Includes stock-based compensation of:

Research and development

$ 75    $ 256    $ 181   

Sales and marketing

  17      485      468   

General and administrative

  150      573      423   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

$ 242    $ 1,314    $ 1,072   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and development. Research and development expense increased by $1.1 million, or 9%, for 2013 compared to 2012, due to an increase in our personnel costs associated with increases in our headcount to support the development of our future products and internal software development tools. We enter into agreements with customers for shared development, under which research and development costs are eligible for reimbursement. Amounts reimbursed under this arrangement are offset against research and development expenses. In connection with such agreements, we offset against research and development expenses an amount of $0.5 million and $1.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.3 million, or 8%, for 2013 compared to 2012, due to an increase in personnel costs associated with increases in our headcount in sales and marketing, higher sales commission payments and an increase in marketing programs to support our current revenues and drive future revenue growth.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense increased by $0.5 million, or 21%, for 2013 compared to 2012, primarily related to stock compensation expense and consulting expenses to support revenue growth and improve financial systems and processes.

Interest expense and other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest and other expense, net:

        

Interest expense

   $ 1,042      $ 935      $ (107     (10 )% 

Other (income) expense, net

     (72     (12     60        (83

Interest expense decreased primarily due to lower interest expense incurred as a result of payments towards term loans. Other (income) expense, net decreased primarily due to the increase in other expense from a change in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants.

 

66


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
      2012        2013       $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes:

          

Provision for income taxes

   $ 57       $ 44       $ (13     (23 )% 

Effective tax rate

                              

Tax expense consists principally of foreign taxes, as taxes in the United States are materially offset by usage of net operating loss carryforwards.

Capital contribution from/deemed dividend to common stockholders

In December 2012, under a new Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the Series A-2 Stock Purchase Agreement, the holders of the Company’s existing preferred stock (Series A through Series H) were offered the right to participate in the $10.0 million financing, on a pro-rata basis. This recapitalization was considered an extinguishment for accounting purposes. The extinguishment resulted in a contribution of capital to the common stock of $83.4 million, which was recorded within the stockholders’ accumulated deficit. The contribution of capital on the extinguishment was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2014, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of total revenue for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full fiscal year or any future period.

 

67


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    December 31,
2014
 
    (In thousands)  

Quarterly results of operations:

               

Revenues:

               

Product

  $ 4,202      $ 5,295      $ 7,364      $ 9,250      $ 12,265      $ 14,411      $ 18,946      $ 19,464   

Service

    502        1,035        1,280        849        1,312        184        150        648   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  4,704      6,330      8,644      10,099      13,577      14,595      19,096      20,112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

Product

  2,465      2,856      4,408      5,239      7,040      8,857      10,697      10,772   

Service

  224      291      105      128      420      93      53      70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

  2,689      3,147      4,513      5,367      7,460      8,950      10,750      10,842   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  2,015      3,183      4,131      4,732      6,117      5,645      8,346      9,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Research and development

  3,300      3,164      3,235      3,327      3,038      3,270      3,531      4,031   

Sales and marketing

  1,448      1,173      1,064      1,149      1,183      1,447      1,372      1,709   

General and administrative

  1,060      664      809      543      746      870      1,598      2,235   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  5,808      5,001      5,108      5,019      4,967      5,587      6,501      7,975   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  (3,793   (1,818   (977   (287   1,150      58      1,845      1,295   

Interest expense

  (207   (207   (230   (291   (301   (301   (372   (469

Other income (expense), net

  (9   (1   68      (46   (88   (40   (149   (559
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (4,009   (2,026   (1,139   (624   761      (283   1,324      267   

Provision for income taxes

  (11   (11   (16   (6   (360   (179   (934   (1,743
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ (4,020 $ (2,037 $ (1,155 $ (630 $ 401    $ (462 $ 390    $ (1,476
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    December 31,
2014
 
    (As a percentage of total revenues)  

Revenues:

               

Product

    89     84     85     92     90     99     99     97

Service

    11        16        15        8        10        1        1        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  100      100      100      100      100      100      100      100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

Product

  52      45      51      52      52      61      56      54   

Service

  5      5      1      1      3      1             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

  57      50      52      53      55      62      56      54   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  43      50      48      47      45      38      44      46   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Research and development

  70      50      37      33      22      22      18      20   

Sales and marketing

  31      19      12      11      9      10      7      8   

General and administrative

  23      10      9      5      5      6      8      11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  124      79      58      49      36      38      33      39   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  (81   (29   (10   (2   9           11      7   

Interest expense

  (4   (3   (3   (3   (2   (2   (2   (2

Other income (expense), net

            1           (1        (1   (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (85   (32   (12   (5   6      (2   8      2   

Provision for income taxes

                      (3   (1   (5   (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  (85 )%    (32 )%    (12 )%    (5 )%    3   (3 )%    3   (7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased year-over-year for all periods presented primarily due to increased sales to our two largest customers. These increased sales were principally due to our customers deploying our solutions into more of their product variants, and additional demand from their end user customers. While we believe there may be seasonal trends that impact our revenues, we believe our historical growth may have masked some of the seasonal or cyclical trends that have influenced our business to date and as our growth rate declines, these seasonal and cyclical trends may become more pronounced. Therefore, historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Quarterly Gross Margin Trends

Total gross profit increased year-over-year for all periods presented. Our total quarterly gross margins ranged from 38% to 50% during the periods presented. Any fluctuations are primarily due to shifts in the mix of the types and volume of the products sold, pricing and yields from our contract manufacturer and the mix of sales between products and services.

Quarterly Expense Trends

Total operating expenses generally increased year-over-year for all periods presented primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Research and development expense generally increased year-over-year for all periods presented as we increased our headcount to support the development of our future product and internal software development tools. Despite the increase in headcount, the decrease in research and development expense from the quarter ended March 31, 2013 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was mainly due to lower engineering projects and test. Sales and marketing expense generally increased year-over-year for all periods presented due to an increase in personnel costs associated with increases in our headcount in sales and marketing, higher sales commission payments and an increase in marketing programs to support our current revenues and drive future revenue growth. The decrease in sales and marketing expense from the quarter ended March 31, 2013 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was mainly due to incremental stock-compensation expense resulting from the first round of Series A-2 financing which was completed during the quarter ended March 31, 2013. General and administrative expense generally increased year-over-year for all periods presented primarily due to an increase in personnel, legal expense and higher professional services fees for preparing to be a public company. The decrease in general and administrative expense from the quarter ended March 31, 2013 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was mainly due to incremental stock-compensation expense resulting from the first round of Series A-2 financing which was completed during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering we were a private company and have had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the review of financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The identified material weaknesses related to (1) our lack of sufficient, qualified personnel in accounting and financial reporting functions with sufficient experience and expertise with respect to the application of U.S. GAAP and related financial reporting, which resulted in a number of post-close adjustments to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and (2) our controls for the preparation of the provision for income taxes, resulting principally from the allocation of certain costs from our U.S. parent to one of our foreign subsidiaries which resulted in adjustments to our income tax provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

69


Table of Contents

Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not and were not required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 in accordance with the provisions of the JOBS Act.

While we believe that we have put in place additional controls over our accounting close procedures, including hiring additional staff, adding additional reviews and approvals over monthly provisions, including our income tax provision, our remediation efforts are still in process and have not yet been tested. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting have been fully remediated as of December 31, 2014. In addition, we cannot be certain that any such measures we undertake will successfully remediate those two material weaknesses or that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business. See “Risk Factors—We identified two material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

           As of December 31,  
           2013     2014  
           (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 7,423      $ 8,790   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (10,442   $ (13,478   $ 542   

Cash flow used in investing activities

     (524     (2,129     (5,417

Cash flow provided by financing activities

     3,228        20,227        6,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

$ (7,738 $ 4,620    $ 1,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Primary sources of liquidity. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, our primary sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million and $8.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, cash and cash equivalents included $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, held by our foreign subsidiaries, which we do not currently intend to repatriate. Our borrowings under our revolving line of credit as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $5.0 million and $8.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, our working capital was $15.3 million and $19.6 million, respectively. We believe we have sufficient cash to meet operational and liquidity needs over the next 12 months.

Historically, our primary sources of liquidity have been from our revolving line of credit and term loans and proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock. From inception through December 31, 2014, we issued preferred and common stock with aggregate net proceeds of $129.7 million.

 

70


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of cash from operating activities has been from cash collections from our customers. We expect cash inflows from operating activities to be affected by increases in sales and timing of collections. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities have been for personnel costs and investment in sales and marketing and research and development. We expect cash outflows from operating activities to increase as a result of further investment in sales and marketing and increases in personnel costs as we grow our business.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, cash provided by operating activities was $0.6 million, primarily from net loss of $1.1 million, non-cash charges of $3.9 million, primarily related to depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation, and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $2.2 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $4.5 million increase in inventory for anticipated growth in our business, a $7.1 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales, a $3.1 million increase in non-current income taxes payable and a $0.9 million decrease in deferred revenues and other non-current liabilities. These changes were partially offset by a $5.4 million increase in accounts payable primarily attributable to inventory purchases and timing of payments, and a $1.7 million increase in accrued expenses primarily due to timing of payments and increased personnel costs associated with increases in our headcount and consulting expenses to support revenue growth and improve financial systems and processes.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $13.5 million, primarily from net loss of $7.8 million, non-cash charges of $2.6 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $8.3 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in inventory due to inventory purchases, a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales, a $0.3 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $0.1 million decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and a $0.5 million decrease in deferred revenues due to timing of revenue recognition. This decrease was partially offset by a $1.0 million increase in accounts payable primarily attributable to inventory purchases and timing of payments.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, cash used in operating activities was $10.4 million, primarily from net loss of $15.4 million, non-cash charges of $1.0 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $4.0 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in inventory due to increased sales, a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable due to timing of payments, and a $0.3 million increase in accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities due to timing of payments and a $1.0 million increase in deferred revenues due to increased sales. This increase was partially offset by a $0.1 million increase in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment, including mask sets. We expect to continue to purchase property and equipment to support continued growth of our business. During the year ended December 31, 2014, cash used in investing activities was $5.4 million, due to purchases of property and equipment, primarily mask sets. During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million, all of which was for property and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2012, cash used in investing activities was $0.5 million, all of which was for property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities primarily include net proceeds from issuances of convertible preferred stock, proceeds from the issuance of common stock as a result of the exercise of stock options, and proceeds and payments related to our term loans and revolving line of credit.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $6.2 million, mainly from proceeds from our term loans and revolving line of credit.

 

71


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $20.2 million, mainly consisting of $21.7 million in proceeds from our term loans and revolving line of credit, $15.5 million in proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred and common stock, and $1.5 million in proceeds from issuance of bridge notes, offset by $18.1 million in repayments on outstanding term loans and revolving line of credit and $0.4 million in payments on property and equipment acquired through financing arrangement.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $3.2 million, mainly consisting of $5.0 million in proceeds from our term loans and revolving line of credit and $6.2 million in proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred and common stock and bridge notes, offset by $7.9 million in repayments on outstanding term loans and revolving line of credit and $0.1 million in payments on property and equipment acquired through financing arrangement.

Debt Obligations

The following is a summary of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 

     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2014
 
     (In thousands)  

Term loans

   $ 5,798       $ 8,817   

Revolving line of credit

     4,950         7,950   

Vendor financing arrangement

     1,381         1,280   

Capital lease obligation

             376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 12,129    $ 18,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We intend to use approximately $19.1 million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to prepay the entirety of the outstanding indebtedness, including applicable prepayment penalties, under our debt obligations described in this section titled “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.” However, our intentions to prepay our debt may change due to market or other factors.

Term loans

In September 2010, we entered into a loan and security agreement, as amended at various dates from 2010 to 2014 (collectively, the Amended SVB Agreement), with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) for a total growth capital loan of $5.0 million and advances under a revolving line of credit up to $8.0 million. The Amended SVB Agreement contains restrictive covenants, including covenants requiring us to meet quarterly gross revenues targets, limiting our ability to sell property, enter into mergers and acquisitions, or raise new debt and containing other restrictions typical of such debt. The Amended SVB Agreement contains usual and customary events of default, such as payment defaults, covenant defaults, investor abandonment, cross-default to material indebtedness and contracts, and insolvency defaults. Our borrowings under the Amended SVB Agreement are secured by a lien granted with respect to substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. The amendment in December 2014 provides for a change in the covenant relating to the maximum amounts that can be held in foreign deposit accounts from $0.25 million to $0.8 million and also for the extension of the maturity date for the revolving line of credit from September 30, 2015 to September 25, 2016.

The $5.0 million growth capital loans were made in two tranches. The first $3.0 million tranche was available immediately upon execution of the Amended SVB Loan Agreement. The second $2.0 million tranche was contingent upon us achieving a certain milestone. Under the terms of the Amended SVB Loan Agreement, we borrowed $3.0 million under the growth capital facility during September 2010 and $2.0 million during January 2011. We paid off all the outstanding balance under the growth capital facility during September 2013.

 

72


Table of Contents

In April 2011, we entered into a loan and security agreement (GHC Loan Agreement) with Gold Hill Capital 2008 L.P. (GHC) for a total growth capital facility of $3.0 million. Under the terms of the GHC Loan Agreement, we borrowed $3.0 million under the growth capital facility during the year ended December 31, 2011. We paid off all the outstanding balance under the growth capital facility during September 2013.

In September 2013, we entered into a venture loan and security agreement with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation and DBD Credit Funding LLC (Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement) and immediately borrowed the entire $6.0 million in term loans available under that facility. Our obligations under the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement are secured by a lien granted with respect to substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. The Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement contained usual and customary events of default, such as payment defaults, covenant defaults, material adverse change, investor abandonment, cross-default to material indebtedness, and insolvency defaults. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 11%, with interest-only payments through and including October 1, 2015 and then equal principal and interest payments for an additional 24 months. In connection with the issuance of the notes, we agreed to make a final payment of $0.15 million upon maturity of the notes, which is being recorded as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the notes. There are prepayment penalties with respect to the notes. In September 2013, we repaid the outstanding balance of the debts owed to SVB and GHC as discussed above, using the proceeds received from the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement.

In September 2014, the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement was amended and restated (Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement) mainly to make two new term loans available to us, and we immediately borrowed the entire $3.0 million in additional term loans available under the facility. Our borrowings under the Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement are secured by a lien granted with respect to substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. The Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement prohibits the payment of dividends and contains restrictive covenants, including covenants limiting its ability to sell property, enter into merger and acquisitions, raise new debt, and other restrictions typical of such debt. The Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement contains usual and customary events of default, such as payment defaults, covenant defaults, material adverse change, investor abandonment, cross-default to material indebtedness, and insolvency defaults. The notes related to the new term loans carry a fixed interest rate of 10.75%, with interest-only payments through and including October 1, 2015 and then equal principal and interest payments for an additional 30 months. In connection with the issuance of the new term loan notes, we agreed to make a final payment of $0.1 million with respect to such term loans, which is being recorded as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the notes. There are prepayment penalties for the new term notes. In December 2014, the Horizon Venture Loan Agreement was amended to provide for a change in the covenant relating to the maximum amounts that can be held in foreign deposit accounts from $0.25 million to $0.8 million.

Revolving Line of Credit

Under the terms of the Amended SVB Loan Agreement, we are able to borrow up to $8.0 million under the revolving line of credit. The line of credit carries a floating interest rate equal to prime plus 1.5% and matures on September 25, 2016. Borrowings under the line of credit were collateralized by all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, and the availability of borrowings under the line of credit is subject to certain borrowing base limitations. Subject to reduction based upon revenue test, the maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit is not to exceed the lesser of $8.0 million or 85% of eligible accounts receivable. The revolving line of credit includes both a material adverse change clause and a lock-box arrangement.

 

73


Table of Contents

Vendor Financing Arrangement

We have an existing arrangement, as amended, with DNP America LLC (DNP) which provides for the purchase of mask sets to be paid over a period of time based on the actual purchase of additional mask sets over the remaining term of the agreement. The terms of the agreement initially provided for repayment of any unpaid amounts on the purchase of mask sets by December 2010, which date was later extended to December 2012. The terms of the agreement were modified in December 2012 as follows:

 

  (a)   The extension to December 2016 for the repayment of any unpaid amounts payable to DNP towards purchases of mask sets by us; and

 

  (b)   An increase in the amounts due to DNP by a total of $0.2 million repayable by us at a pre-determined amount at the time of purchases of subsequent mask sets and any unpaid amounts remaining due of the $0.2 million to be paid prior in January 2015.

The modification of the aggregate principal balance due to DNP with a net carrying amount of $1.4 million prior to the December 2012 modification resulted in a troubled debt restructuring accounting treatment under ASC Topic 470-60 where no gain or loss was recognized due to fact that the carrying amount of the debt balance was less than total future cash payments specified by the terms of the debt remaining unsettled after the modification. The net carrying amount due to DNP was $1.4 million, and $1.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In February 2015, the terms of the agreement have been modified as follows:

The extension to January 2016 of the repayment of the $0.2 million discussed in (b) above repayable by us at a pre-determined amount at the time of purchase of subsequent mask sets to the extent any amounts remaining due of the $0.2 million.

The extension to January 2017 for the repayment of any unpaid amounts payable to DNP towards purchase of mask sets by us.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
 
     (In thousands)  

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 888       $ 433       $ 455       $       $   

Capital lease obligations(2)

     376         121         255                   

Time-based software license commitments(3)

     4,484         2,521         1,963                   

Non-cancellable open purchase orders

     3,774         3,774                           

Vendor financing arrangement(4)

     1,280                 1,280                   

Debt maturities(5)

     16,767         818         15,949                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 27,569    $ 7,667    $ 19,902    $    $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating lease obligations primarily relate to our leases of office space with terms through year 2017.
(2) Capital lease obligations relate to the lease of certain data storage equipment with terms through year 2017.
(3) Time-based software license commitments represent time-based software license arrangements requiring quarterly payments through 2017.
(4) Payables toward mask set dues represents the unpaid amounts payable to DNP towards purchases of mask sets by us to be settled by January 2017.
(5) Debt maturities represent the outstanding principal balances under our revolving line of credit and term loans. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a description of the terms of our debt.

 

74


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, we had a $3.1 million liability for uncertain tax positions. This was excluded from the above table due to uncertainty on the timing of payments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Segment Information

We have one primary business activity and operate in one reportable segment.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Substantially all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States and to a lesser extent in Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchanges rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $7.4 million and $8.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, consisting of bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. We also had total outstanding debt of $12.1 million as of December 31, 2013, none of which was due within 12 months. As of December 31, 2014, we had total outstanding debt of $18.0 million, of which $2.2 million was due within 12 months. The outstanding debt relates to term loans, revolving line of credit and vendor financing arrangement.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. Our exposure to interest rates relates to the change in the amounts of interest we must pay on our variable rate borrowings. A hypothetical 10% increase in our borrowing rates would result in an approximately $0.1 million annual increase in interest expense on the existing principal balances.

Concentration

In 2014, we generated revenues from over 14 customers including Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, NEC, Omnivision, Seagate and Toshiba. In 2012, 2013 and 2014, Ericsson and Seagate together accounted for 73%, 87% and 93%, respectively, of our total revenues. We currently expect that a relatively small number of customers will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. However, we believe that based on our existing design wins, our customer concentration will decrease over time. In addition, we believe that, given the market share concentration in our target markets, our customers’ ability to use our platform to provide differentiated products will allow us to expand our market share within our existing

 

75


Table of Contents

customer base and continue to penetrate new customers. We believe this will position us to gain market share within the $78 billion ASIC, ASSP and FPGA markets.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We earn revenues from the sale of custom ICs, design and development of ICs for customers and related design services and prototypes. When we enter into an arrangement that includes a design and development phase and a production phase, the production revenues are recognized when production ICs are shipped.

We recognize revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The delivery criterion for each type of product and service is discussed below.

Product Revenues. Product revenues are generated from sales of our custom ICs. We recognize product revenues at the time of shipment to our customers. A substantial majority of our sales are made on a VMI basis in which we maintain inventory of our product at a hub. Title to that inventory transfers to our customer, and revenues are recognized, when our products are “pulled” from our hub locations or delivered to our customers, as needed to meet their manufacturing requirements. We invoice our customer when this pull transaction occurs. In addition, we sell to non-stocking distributors that sell directly to end-users for which we do not grant return privileges, except for defective products during the warranty period, nor do we grant pricing credits. Accordingly, we recognize revenues upon transfer of title and risk of loss or damage, generally upon shipment.

Service Revenues. We perform design and development services for ICs to a customer’s specifications and apply the proportional performance method based on the achievement of contractual milestones. We have identified the acceptance of the design and prototype delivery as separate elements in the design and development arrangement. The revenues are allocated between such elements based on relative selling price. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific evidence of fair value (VSOE) if available; third-party evidence (TPE), if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling prices (ESP), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Revenues and the related costs for each of these elements are recognized upon completion of the substantive milestones. If achievement of milestones is subject to customer acceptance, such milestones are not considered achieved until customer acceptance is received. As we have not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for our products and most of our services, we generally utilize Best Estimated Selling Prices (BESP) for the purposes of allocating revenues to each unit of accounting. We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or future performance obligations and not subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

Deferred revenues consists of amounts that have been invoiced relating to product revenues but that have not been recognized as revenues in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. Deferred revenues that will be realized during the succeeding 12 month period are recorded as current, and the remaining deferred revenues are recorded as non-current.

 

76


Table of Contents

At the inception of the customer arrangement, and at each reporting date thereafter, we estimate the total cost to complete under its arrangements. If at any point of time during the arrangement, we estimate the total cost to complete is higher than the arrangement price, a provision for the entire loss is recorded in the period in which such estimation is made.

We also derive revenues from sale of third party IP solutions. At the request of our customers, we procure third party IP solutions in order for them to port such third party IP solutions on the design of the ICs, the costs of which are then passed through to our customers. The determination of whether revenues should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on our assessment of whether we are acting as the principal or an agent in the transaction. In determining whether we are the principal or an agent, we follow the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. When we determine we are not the primary obligor and (i) are not responsible for any development work on such third party IP (ii) do not have any discretion to select the third party IP provider, and (iii) do not have latitude in price setting, then we conclude that we are the agent in these arrangements, and therefore report revenues and cost of revenues on a net basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee, consultants, and non-employee director stock options, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a single option award approach. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair value of common stock. Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

    Risk-free interest rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to that of the options for each option group.

 

    Expected term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We base the expected term assumption on our historical exercise behavior combined with estimates of the post-vesting holding period.

 

    Volatility. We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our publicly traded peer group as we do not have a trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We used the same set of peer group companies in all the relevant valuation estimates. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividend and do not currently plan to pay a cash dividend in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2012    2013    2014

Fair value per share of common

   $0.75    $0.75    $1.28 – $8.83

Expected volatility

   54%    46%    46% – 49%

Expected life in years

   6.08    5.77 – 6.08    6.08

Risk-free interest rate

   1.01% – 1.17%    1.08% – 1.35%    1.78% – 1.93%

Dividend yield

        

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and was 15%, 13% and 20% for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by our board of directors, with input from management and independent contemporaneous valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

    independent contemporaneous valuations;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

78


Table of Contents
    the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we first determined our business enterprise value (BEV), and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was estimated using an income approach.

The income approach estimates the equity value based on the present value of future estimated cash flows. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate, which is derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business, or guideline companies, as of each valuation date. This weighted-average cost of capital discount rate (WACC), is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in the business. The WACC used for these valuations was determined to be reasonable and appropriate given our stage of development at the time of each respective valuation. The income approach also assesses the residual value beyond the forecast period utilizing the Gordon Growth Model, capitalizing cash flow in the final year of the projected forecast over the sum of the discount rate less the expected long-term growth rate.

The market approaches were not relied upon for these valuations. However, the Public Company Market Multiple Method (PCMMM) was used as a reasonableness check. In addition, the PCMMM was utilized in our Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM) approach discussed further below.

Our indicated BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using either an option pricing method (OPM) or PWERM.

The PWERM approach involves the estimation of future potential outcomes for us, as well as values and probabilities associated with each respective potential outcome. The common stock per share value determined using this approach is ultimately based upon probability-weighted per share values resulting from the various future scenarios, which can include an IPO, merger or sale, dissolution, or continued operation as a private company. The PWERM was determined to be the most appropriate methodology due to our expectations related to a potential liquidity event, as well as management’s ability to estimate probabilities related to identified exit scenarios.

Our equity value in an IPO scenario was estimated by evaluating multiples of the guideline companies’ enterprise values (EV), compared to trailing 12 months (TTM) revenues and/or EBITDA and forward 12 months (FTM) revenues and/or EBITDA. Our equity value in a merger, acquisition, or in a situation in which we would remain private was determined based on the equity value from our income approach, considering the probability-weighted equity value(s) attributable to all applicable IPO scenarios.

When considering which companies to include as our guideline companies, we focused on U.S. based companies in the semiconductor technology industry in which we operate. More specifically, we focused on companies with similar operations and geographic presence, financial size and performance, and stock liquidity.

The PWERM calculates all outstanding common equivalents and in-the-money warrants or options in order to determine the fully diluted shares outstanding of each share class. The expected future value per share is then calculated based on a liquidity event at the equity price determined using the market approach. This price is then discounted to its present value per share. Finally, the expected present value per share for each share class is then probability weighted according to the expectations regarding the respective likelihood of each liquidity event. Starting in February 2014, due to greater clarity on potential exit scenarios, we began using PWERM to allocate our equity value among the various outcomes.

For the scenario in which we remain private, there was a wide range of possible future exit events, so forecasting specific potential values associated with any future events would be highly speculative and imprecise.

 

79


Table of Contents

As such, the equity value determined by the income approach, and adjusted by the probability-weighted equity values of any other exit scenarios, was then allocated to the common stock using the OPM. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the business has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the business at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability within each valuation due to being a closely held entity.

Between January 1, 2014 and the date of this prospectus, we granted the following stock options:

 

Option grant date

   Number of
shares
underlying
options
     Exercise price
per share
     Common stock
fair value per
share*
 

February 2014

     148,807       $ 0.75       $ 1.28   

June 2014

     331,909         1.50         1.99   

August 2014

     417,437         2.20         3.28   

October 2014

     165,931         4.06         6.21 – 7.61   

November 2014

     27,000         4.06         8.83   

 

* as used for the determination of stock-based compensation expense.

The fair value per share of common stock presented in the table above has been adjusted to reflect the 75-for-1 reverse stock split in 2014 of shares of common stock.

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for the purposes of calculating stock-based compensation expenses. No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase during each period. Instead, a combination of the factors in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock. Notwithstanding the fair value reassessments described below, we believe we applied a reasonable valuation method to determine the common stock fair values on the respective stock option grant dates.

September 30, 2013 Valuation

Our September 30, 2013 valuation considered an independent contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis. This valuation was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to determine our equity value. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecast and utilized a WACC of 40%, which is based upon the expected venture capital rates of return over the life of the company. The OPM was then utilized to allocate value for the scenario in which we remained private and included the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of two years, a risk-free rate of 0.35%, a dividend yield of 0%, and a volatility of 46% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by the OPM and after applying a non-marketability discount of 19%, was $0.75 per share as of September 30, 2013. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $0.75 per share for the options granted in February 2014, taking into account the valuation, as well as the factors discussed above under “Common Stock Valuations.”

 

80


Table of Contents

March 31, 2014 Valuation

Our March 31, 2014 valuation considered an independent contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis. This valuation was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to determine our equity value. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecast and utilized a WACC of 18.5%, which represents a blended rate over the life of the company, considering both the higher-risk explicit forecast period and the lower-risk terminal period. The income approach also assesses the residual value beyond the forecast period utilizing the Gordon Growth Model, capitalizing cash flow in the final year of the projected forecast over the sum of the discount rate less the expected long-term growth rate.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM and the PWERM with two scenarios: (i) an IPO in September 2015 scenario and (ii) a merger/acquisition/stay private scenario. The OPM was utilized to allocate value for the scenario in which we remained private and included the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of two years, a risk-free rate of 0.44%, a dividend yield of 0%, and a volatility of 45% over the time to a liquidity event. The PWERM was utilized to allocate value in an IPO scenario, and we used an equity value for the IPO based on the PCMMM analysis. The multiples used were EV/TTM Revenue; EV/FTM Revenue; EV/TTM EBITDA; and EV/FTM EBITDA. The probabilities used in the PWERM for the IPO and stay private scenarios were 20% and 80%, respectively. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by the PWERM and after applying a marketability discount of 35%, was $1.50 per share as of March 31, 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $1.50 per share for the options granted in June 2014, taking into account the valuation, as well as the factors discussed above under “Common Stock Valuations.”

June 30, 2014 Valuation

Our June 30, 2014 valuation considered an independent contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis. This valuation was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to determine our equity value. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecast and utilized a WACC of 17.5%, which represents a blended rate over the life of the company, considering both the higher-risk explicit forecast period and the lower-risk terminal period. The income approach also assesses the residual value beyond the forecast period utilizing the Gordon Growth Model, capitalizing cash flow in the final year of the projected forecast over the sum of the discount rate less the expected long-term growth rate.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM and the PWERM with two scenarios: (i) an IPO in September 2015 scenario and (ii) a merger/acquisition/stay private scenario. The OPM was utilized to allocate value for the scenario in which we remained private and included the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of two years, a risk-free rate of 0.47%, a dividend yield of 0%, and a volatility of 44% over the time to a liquidity event. The PWERM was utilized to allocate value in an IPO scenario, and we used an equity value for the IPO based on the PCMMM analysis. The multiples used were EV/TTM Revenue; EV/ FTM Revenue; EV/TTM EBITDA; and EV/FTM EBITDA. The probabilities used in the PWERM for the IPO and stay private scenarios were 25% and 75%, respectively. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by the PWERM and after applying a marketability discount of 35%, was $2.20 per share as of June 30, 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of approximately $2.20 per share for the options granted in August 2014, taking into account the valuation, as well as the factors discussed above under “Common Stock Valuations.”

The primary reasons for the increase in fair value from the March 31, 2014 valuation to the June 30, 2014 valuation were (i) the decrease in the WACC due to positive changes in our risk profile and improved management expectations for the business and (ii) a 5% increase in the probability of an IPO scenario in the PWERM analysis due to management’s increased expectations related to an IPO.

 

81


Table of Contents

August 31, 2014 Valuation

Our August 31, 2014 valuation considered an independent contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis. This valuation was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to determine our equity value. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecast and utilized a WACC of 17.0%, which represents a blended rate over the life of the Company, considering both the higher-risk explicit forecast period and the lower-risk terminal period. The income approach also assesses the residual value beyond the forecast period utilizing the Gordon Growth Model, capitalizing cash flow in the final year of the projected forecast over the sum of the discount rate less the expected long-term growth rate.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM and the PWERM with three scenarios: (i) and IPO in March 2015 scenario; (ii) an IPO in October 2015; and (iii) a stay private scenario. The OPM was utilized to allocate value for the scenario in which the Company remained private and included the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of two years, a risk-free rate of 0.48%, a dividend yield of 0%, and a volatility of 44% over the time to a liquidity event. The PWERM was utilized to allocate value in an IPO scenario, and we used an equity value for the IPO based on the PCMMM analysis. The multiples used were EV/TTM Revenue and EV/FTM Revenue. The probabilities used in the PWERM for the March 2015 IPO, the October 2015 IPO, and the stay private scenarios were 15%, 15%, and 70%, respectively. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by the PWERM and after applying a marketability discount of 30%, was $4.06 per share as of August 31, 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $4.06 per share for the options granted in October 2014 and November 2014, taking into account the August valuation as well as the factors discussed above under “Common Stock Valuations.”

The primary reasons for the increase in fair value from the June 30, 2014 valuation to the August 31, 2014 valuation were (i) the increase in the selected market multiples in the market approach due to improved expectations for the market and the business; (ii) the slight decrease in the WACC and improved forecast from management due to improved expectations by management; and (iii) a 5% increase in the probability of an IPO scenario in the PWERM analysis due to management’s increased visibility related to an IPO. In addition, the valuation used a lower marketability discount as we neared the expected liquidity events.

November 30, 2014 Valuation

Our November 30, 2014 valuation considered an independent contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis. This valuation was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to determine our equity value. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecast and utilized a WACC of 16.5%, which represents a blended rate over the life of the Company, considering both the higher-risk explicit forecast period and the lower-risk terminal period. The income approach also assesses the residual value beyond the forecast period utilizing the Gordon Growth Model, capitalizing cash flow in the final year of the projected forecast over the sum of the discount rate less the expected long-term growth rate.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM and the PWERM with three scenarios: (i) an IPO in March 2015 scenario; (ii) an IPO in October 2015 scenario; and (iii) a stay private scenario. The OPM was utilized to allocate value for the scenario in which the Company remained private and included the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of two years, a risk-free rate of 0.47%, a dividend yield of 0%, and a volatility of 43% over the time to a liquidity event. The PWERM was utilized to allocate value in an IPO scenario, and we used an equity value for the IPO based on the PCMMM analysis. The multiples used were EV/FTM Revenue and EV/TTM Revenue. The probabilities used in the PWERM for the March 2015 IPO, the October 2015 IPO, and the stay private scenarios were 40%, 15%, and 45%, respectively. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by the PWERM and after applying a marketability discount of 12.5%, was $9.09 per share as of November 30, 2014, taking into account the valuation, as well as the factors discussed above under “Common Stock Valuations.”

 

82


Table of Contents

The primary reasons for the increase in fair value from the August 31, 2014 valuation to the November 30, 2014 valuation were (i) a new forecast provided by management; (ii) an increase in the expected equity values upon an exit event for both of the IPO scenarios; and (iii) a 25% increase in the probability of an IPO scenario in the PWERM analysis due to management’s increased visibility related to an IPO. In addition, the valuation used a lower marketability discount as we neared the expected liquidity events.

December 31, 2014 Valuation

Our December 31, 2014 valuation considered an independent contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable basis. This valuation was developed using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to determine our equity value. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on our forecast and utilized a WACC of 15.0%, which represents a blended rate over the life of the Company, considering both the higher-risk explicit forecast period and the lower-risk terminal period. The income approach also assesses the residual value beyond the forecast period utilizing the Gordon Growth Model, capitalizing cash flow in the final year of the projected forecast over the sum of the discount rate less the expected long-term growth rate.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM and the PWERM with three scenarios: (i) an IPO in March 2015 scenario; (ii) an IPO in October 2015 scenario; and (iii) a stay private scenario. The OPM was utilized to allocate value for the scenario in which the Company remained private and included the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of two years, a risk-free rate of 0.67%, a dividend yield of 0%, and a volatility of 43% over the time to a liquidity event. The PWERM was utilized to allocate value in an IPO scenario, and we used an equity value for the IPO based on the PCMMM analysis. The multiples used were EV/FTM Revenue and EV/TTM Revenue. The probabilities used in the PWERM for the March 2015 IPO, the October 2015 IPO, and the stay private scenarios were 50%, 25%, and 25%, respectively. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by the PWERM and after applying a marketability discount of 12.5%, was $11.79 per share as of December 31, 2014, taking into account the valuation, as well as the factors discussed above under “Common Stock Valuations.” Our board of directors set an exercise price of $11.79 per share for the options granted in January 2015 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

The primary reasons for the increase in fair value from the November 30, 2014 valuation to the December 31, 2014 valuation were (i) a decrease in the WACC and (ii) a 20% increase in the probability of an IPO scenario in the PWERM analysis due to management’s increased visibility related to an IPO.

Repricing of Options

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repriced a total of 581,285 outstanding options by way of canceling existing outstanding option grants at an exercise price of $2.25 in exchange for new option grants at an exercise price of $0.75. Except for the change in exercise price, the new options had the same terms and conditions as the original options including the contractual term, vesting schedule, and the vesting start date. As a result of such modification, we expensed incremental stock compensation on the date of modification of $0.1 million relating to options that were already vested and another $0.04 million relating to the options that were unvested is expensed over the remaining vesting term of the new options.

Property and Equipment

We incur costs for the fabrication of masks to manufacture our products. Our masks include (a) a proprietary standardized base array optimized for a generic application and (b) a custom layer to address a specific application. If we determine the product technological feasibility has been achieved and estimated market demand for products using the tested array exists when costs are incurred, the costs will be capitalized as manufacturing tooling under property and equipment. If product technological feasibility has not been achieved or the mask is not expected to be utilized in production manufacturing, the related mask costs are expensed to research and development when

 

83


Table of Contents

incurred. The amount capitalized will be amortized to cost of sales on a straight-line basis over the estimated life, which is estimated to be eight years for the base mask and three years for the custom layer mask commencing with the start of the commercial production. We periodically reassess the estimated useful lives for specific mask sets capitalized. We also periodically assess capitalized mask costs for impairment.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, under which deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We use a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. A tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The standard also provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09 regarding ASC Topic 606—Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The standard provides principles for recognizing revenues for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within the guidance; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per the guidance. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the accounting, transition and disclosure requirements of the standard and cannot currently estimate the financial statement impact of adoption.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11—Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (ASU 2013-11). This standard requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. In doing so, companies will have reduced diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures than under today’s guidance. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. We do not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on its consolidated financial statements will be material.

 

84


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We have pioneered a differentiated solution that enables us to rapidly and cost-effectively deliver custom integrated circuits (ICs), creating value for our customers’ hardware and software systems. Our eASIC solution consists of our eASIC platform which incorporates a versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array and customizable single-mask layer, our ASICs, delivered using either our easicopy or standard ASIC methodologies, and our proprietary design tools. Customers can efficiently migrate to our easicopy ASIC from the eASIC platform using our easicopy methodology. We believe our eASIC solution provides the optimal combination of fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low development cost and low unit cost for our customers. Our solution has broad applicability across a wide range of customers, applications and end markets including communications infrastructure, storage and data processing and industrial applications. Our solution should position us to address additional end markets in the future. As of December 31, 2014, we have leveraged our eASIC platform to develop four generations of eASIC product families, and we have designed over 200 custom ICs and shipped over 19 million units.

We believe the need for differentiation through custom ICs is driven by several megatrends, including the proliferation of mobile devices driving the deployment of high capacity and high bandwidth wireless infrastructure, the rapid transition to cloud computing and the emergence of big data analytics. We believe the ability to differentiate hardware and software systems through custom ICs is critical to helping our customers grow faster than their competitors and enhance their profit margins. Historical solutions for customized ICs have included Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Application Specific Standard Products (ASSPs) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). We believe our products avoid the painful tradeoffs associated with these historical solutions. For example, based on the data provided by our customers for both performance and power consumption with respect to our customers’ designs using FPGAs, we performed our own internal analysis using the latest generation of our eASIC platform to demonstrate that we can enable our customers to reduce power consumption by 50% to 80% compared to FPGAs at the same process node while increasing performance by 150% to 200%. By using our eASIC platforms, our customers can significantly reduce non-recurring engineering (NRE) charges and lower design and manufacturing time by nine to 12 months or more when compared to traditional ASIC design and manufacturing processes. We believe our competitive advantages will increase over time as the costs and complexity associated with the development and manufacturing of future generations of ICs continue to rise.

We estimate that our addressable market opportunity across ASIC, ASSP and FPGA applications is approximately $78 billion, based on data from Gartner Research (Gartner). During the year ended December 31, 2014, we sold our products and services to over 14 customers, including Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, NEC, Omnivision, Seagate and Toshiba. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our total revenues were $29.8 million and $67.4 million, respectively, and our net loss was $7.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Key technology megatrends driving massive growth in the demand for network bandwidth, computing resources and data storage

The proliferation of mobile devices and wireless connectivity, as users are seeking faster access to video content and applications, has driven the demand for wireless network infrastructure. Mobile users expect to be able to connect to high-speed wireless networks from virtually anywhere and at any time. According to the Ericsson Mobility Report, global mobile users will grow from 7.1 billion subscriptions in 2014 to 9.5 billion subscriptions in 2020. This growth is largely driven by smartphone adoption, as users increasingly migrate towards faster 3G and 4G (LTE) technologies. According to the same report, mobile data traffic is expected to grow from 3.2 exabytes per month in 2014 to over 25 exabytes per month in 2020, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 40% during this period.

 

85


Table of Contents

The ongoing shift to cloud computing, which allows multiple users to simultaneously execute applications and access data at high speeds, is also creating additional demand for network bandwidth, computing and data storage resources as many enterprise and consumer applications today are delivered as cloud services. The aggregate network bandwidth to support the increased demand for the cloud can be orders of magnitude higher than typical legacy networks. According to International Data Corporation (IDC), storage capacity for cloud deployments (including public and private clouds) is estimated to increase from 68 exabytes in 2014 to 317 exabytes in 2018, representing a CAGR of 47% during this period.

Increasingly, organizations are attempting to capture the value locked in their data to enable more effective application management, IT operations management, security and compliance, and derive intelligence and insight across their organizations. The large and diverse data sets that make up this digital information are often referred to as big data. According to IDC, global data usage is expected to increase from 4.4 trillion gigabytes in 2013 to 44 trillion gigabytes in 2020, a ten-fold increase, representing a CAGR of 39% during this period.

The significant and growing demands on networking, compute and storage infrastructure have resulted in service providers, enterprises and datacenter operators requiring OEMs to rapidly introduce next generation networking, server and storage systems that deliver high return on investment with enhanced functionality and performance, while reducing power consumption and physical footprint.

Historical IC solutions for OEMs

In order to provide semiconductor-based differentiation and customization for their product offerings, OEMs have traditionally had to choose between ASICs, ASSPs and FPGAs. However, these solutions require increasingly painful tradeoffs among time-to-market, performance, power consumption and cost.

An ASIC is a custom IC that is designed and manufactured for one OEM customer to be used in one specific application, and it will often include intellectual property from that OEM or a third party that is embedded into the ASIC. In the past, ASICs represented the most ideal solution for custom ICs since they are capable of offering the highest performance, lowest power and lowest unit production costs. ASIC vendors include Avago, Fujitsu, STMicroelectronics and Toshiba.

An ASSP uses the same design and manufacturing methodology as ASICs, however, ASSPs are capable of supporting many customers for the same application. While OEMs often combine their own software with an ASSP to differentiate their products, this approach sacrifices performance. Similar to ASICs, ASSPs also offer high performance as well as silicon area and power efficiency. ASSP vendors include Broadcom, Intel, Marvell, MediaTek and Qualcomm.

ASICs and ASSPs both require customization of every mask layer. The need to customize every mask layer leads to long design and manufacturing cycles (typically 21–24 months) and high development cost for design, test and manufacturing setup. The high development cost required is only justified when the return on investment is high enough or the customer can accept the associated tradeoffs. As the costs associated with more complex designs and advanced process nodes have increased over time, these development costs become prohibitive unless the OEMs’ products are sold in sufficient volume to amortize the costs. Further, ASIC and ASSP vendors are unwilling to design them for OEM customers unless they are compensated for significant up-front development costs typically associated with the design.

Given the challenges in providing ASIC and ASSP solutions, many vendors have either exited the market, consolidated or meaningfully reduced the number of designs they are willing to support. As a result, some of the largest OEMs, such as Amazon, Apple, Cisco, Google and Huawei have created or acquired semiconductor design teams to help them design internal ASICs to add unique value to their products. These in-house design teams, however, face the same financial and technical challenges as the traditional ASIC and ASSP vendors.

 

86


Table of Contents

Given the cost and time-to-market challenges associated with custom ASICs and ASSPs, FPGAs with software-enabled customization were developed to provide OEMs with a solution that enables them to cost-effectively create a custom IC. FPGAs typically offer low development costs and enable fast time-to-market, but in order to be programmable, they require a significant number of transistors resulting in high unit costs, relatively limited performance and high power consumption. Historically, FPGAs have been the preferred solution for initial market validation, but due to their high unit costs, power consumption and performance limitations, they are not well-suited for high volume production or certain high performance or power efficient applications. Moreover, transitioning from an FPGA to an ASIC design can be time-consuming and expensive. FPGA vendors include Altera, Lattice Semiconductor and Xilinx.

Design costs have risen, creating challenges for OEMs leveraging ASICs

Key technology megatrends are increasing demand for ASICs. However, escalating research, development and design costs associated with the migration to smaller geometry and increasing density of transistors per unit area, are hampering the ability of OEMs to leverage ASICs to address that demand. The following chart shows estimated initial design costs of an IC at various process nodes as reported by International Business Strategies, Inc. (IBS):

 

LOGO

Source: IBS, January 2014

Costs per transistor are increasing, creating challenges for historical IC solutions

Historically, advances in manufacturing process technology have enabled engineers to approximately double the number of transistors in the same unit area approximately every 24 months, a trend referred to as Moore’s Law, leading to unit cost benefits. However, as semiconductor process nodes have moved to much smaller geometries, the challenges of patterning and manufacturing semiconductor transistors have reversed the cost reductions associated with Moore’s Law. As a result, semiconductor companies that have traditionally leveraged this unit cost benefit will no longer be able to produce a next generation product where the cost per transistor is lower than their current generation product. Therefore, the justification to use the next generation process node is going to be driven by either performance, power or integration.

 

87


Table of Contents

The following chart shows estimated manufacturing cost per 100 million gates at various process nodes, as reported by IBS:

 

LOGO

Source: IBS, January 2014

In our view, this point of inflection combined with the escalating design cost is further increasing the need for a new, reliable solution that combines innovation in the design process and IC architecture to cost-effectively deliver customized and differentiated ICs, while minimizing painful tradeoffs in time-to-market, performance, power consumption, development cost and unit cost.

Our Solution

We invented a way to customize ICs while avoiding the painful tradeoffs associated with ASICs, ASSPs and FPGAs. Our eASIC platform incorporates a versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array, which is built using standard mask layers. One custom mask layer is then inserted into the base array, which customizes the IC to meet a specific customer’s requirements. The ability to customize an IC with a single mask layer is achieved using our proprietary architecture and design tools. Once the IC design is completed, the custom mask layer is fabricated and added to the pre-manufactured base array to complete the manufacturing process. The final packaged and tested IC is then shipped to the customer for implementation into their specific application. We believe this approach provides the optimal combination of benefits including fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low unit cost and low development cost for our customers.

 

 

88


Table of Contents

LOGO

ASICs, ASSPs and FPGAs consist of approximately 50 individual mask layers in the manufacturing process. In an ASIC or ASSP, the multiple mask layers are fixed, but are customized for the specific customer design or application. The embedded logic, memory and other functions defined by these layers within the IC are fixed once the IC is designed and manufactured. The multiple mask layers of an FPGA are also fixed but are generic and not specific to a customer or application, and the logic, memory and metal interconnect that are defined by these layers are programmable through memory.

Advantages of Our Base Array

Our base arrays have been designed for maximum flexibility, which allows the same base array to be used for multiple applications and by a variety of customers. For example, the same base array has been used for solid-state drives in enterprise storage and for remote radio heads in wireless infrastructure, with the only difference between these two ICs being the single custom mask layer. This flexibility has been created in the base array by designing for versatility, including the layout of the logic and memory blocks and the input/output (I/O) circuitry in the IC. Many elements, such as test logic, clocking structures and power distribution layers that would normally be designed as part of the custom IC flow have been embedded into our base arrays. Because of the high relative performance of the base array, we do not need to pre-layout and “harden” high-speed interface protocol functions in the base array. This ability to use our high speed interfaces to support any industry standard or proprietary high-speed protocol significantly adds to the versatility of our base array.

In addition, we are able to manufacture our base arrays up to the point of the single mask inclusion, which can save up to ten weeks of manufacturing time.

 

89


Table of Contents

Advantages of Our Single-Mask Customization

Our highly differentiated technology enables us to use a single mask to customize the entire IC for a unique customer or application, while the rest of the approximately 50 mask layers are common among multiple customers or applications. Our OEM customers are able to express their own IP with a single mask generated by our proprietary design tools. This single custom mask is used to connect the embedded logic and memory in the correct sequence within the base array. We believe that using this single mask approach enables our product platform to provide customers with the optimal combination of fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low development cost and low unit cost for our customers.

Advantages of Our Proprietary Design Tools

The ability to customize an IC using a single mask and a versatile base array is enabled by our unique and proprietary physical place and route algorithms. These algorithms are the engine of our design tools, which we refer to as eTools, that creates the single mask to customize the base array. We have developed these algorithms and implemented them into our design tools enabling us to deliver a disruptive combination of time-to-market, performance, power and cost. We believe our proprietary eTools, developed and optimized over a number of years across four generations of products, are easy to use, address the various complexities associated with supporting advanced wafer manufacturing process nodes and create significant barriers to entry. The output of the design tools is a data file that is sent to the wafer fabrication facility to manufacture the custom single mask. We offer use of these tools to our customers at no charge. Consequently, the use of expensive electronic design automation (EDA) tools required by ASICs and ASSPs has been greatly minimized using our approach.

 

LOGO

 

90


Table of Contents

easicopy ASIC and Standard ASIC

When customers design ICs with our eASIC platform, we are able to offer lower unit prices as their production volumes increase. If, at a later point, a customer needs even lower unit pricing, we offer the customer an efficient migration path from the eASIC platform product to an easicopy ASIC, thereby enabling customers to further reduce device cost and power consumption and increase performance. We also have the ability to directly design standard ASICs for our customers without use of our easicopy methodology. We believe we are unique in being able to offer this continuum of custom IC products that can be tailored to a customer’s market requirements.

 

LOGO

We offer our customers an efficient migration path using our easicopy methodology to produce a standard ASIC for very high-volume, cost sensitive use cases. This easicopy ASIC is manufactured using the most appropriate process technology from our foundry partners. easicopy can reuse portions of the eASIC platform design, timing and I/O files. In addition, I/O timing and electrical information can be duplicated when migrating from one product to another. When required, eASIC is also able to supply a pin compatible product to reduce the need for system requalification and board redesign. easicopy therefore mitigates the risks normally associated with the design and manufacture of a standard ASIC, often accelerating the time-to-market. Customer supply chain management is made easier by working with a single supplier throughout the migration. For example, one of our customers, Seagate Technology, has leveraged this approach successfully to achieve a leadership position in the hybrid drive market for notebooks and PCs. In an easicopy migration, we charge a NRE and a unit price per IC.

Benefits We Provide Our Customers

Our customers are continuously developing new products in existing and new application areas as they look to differentiate themselves from their competitors, reduce time-to-market, increase market share and enhance margins. In our view, the key benefits of our solutions, as outlined below, help our customers to achieve their goals:

 

    Product Differentiation Through Custom ICs. Our custom ICs are designed to meet the specific technical requirements of our customers in their respective end-markets while balancing their time-to-market, performance, power consumption and overall cost needs. Our eASIC platform provides our customers with the ability to differentiate their product offerings, and our easicopy methodology provides them with an efficient migration path to a standard ASIC for very high-volume, cost sensitive use cases.

 

91


Table of Contents
    Fast Time-to-Market. Our customers compete in markets that require reliable high-performance solutions that can be integrated into their systems expeditiously as new market opportunities develop. Our eASIC platform offers a time-to-market advantage of up to 12 months or more over traditional ASICs. We work closely with our customers to meet their time-to-market requirements through their design cycles and development processes.

 

    High Performance. Our eASIC platform is designed to meet the high performance requirements that our customers need. We believe that our solution has ASIC-comparable performance that is superior to that offered by FPGAs.

 

    Low Power Consumption. In most of our end markets, power consumption is a key consideration in system design and operation. Our solution is power-efficient and can considerably lower a system’s overall operating cost and power consumption.

 

    Low Development Cost. The versatility of our pre-designed base array and the need to customize only one mask layer in our eASIC platform allows us to lower development cost by significantly reducing design and NRE expenses. Having a low development cost allows our solution to be considered for medium volume applications, which have traditionally been cost-prohibitive to address by using ASICs, putting us at a distinct advantage over our ASIC competitors. Combined with our solution’s low per-unit costs, we believe the total cost of ownership for our eASIC platform is highly competitive.

 

    Low Unit Cost. We are able to design and deliver ICs that have a smaller die size when compared with FPGAs. Due to the area efficient die and lower cost IC packaging, our solution offers an attractive cost per unit relative to FPGAs.

Customer Case Studies

Seagate Case Study:

One example of a customer for whom we successfully created a custom IC solution using our eASIC platform, and later migrated to our easicopy ASIC, is Seagate.

Problem Statement:

We were initially approached by Seagate in 2009, as they had a revolutionary idea of combining NAND FLASH (Solid State Memory) and conventional spinning disks on a drive for PC’s and notebooks. The drive had to meet high performance requirements and be priced effectively to sell into consumer applications. At the same time, the market for these products did not yet exist, so Seagate wanted to avoid the high NRE associated with an ASIC. Seagate also did not want to take the nearly two years typically required to develop an ASIC.

eASIC Solution:

We worked with Seagate on their product requirements and were awarded a design in 2009. Seagate viewed our unique eASIC platform as the only solution to their issue. Therefore, we did not have a direct competitor during this process. We created a custom IC utilizing this platform. Seagate chose our custom IC solution because of our ability to reduce time-to-market while maintaining high performance, low power consumption and low per unit costs. We began a volume ramp in 2010. For a subsequent Seagate product release, we then used our easicopy methodology to efficiently migrate to an easicopy ASIC. This enabled us to deliver a continuum of solutions for very high volume production at a lower unit price in a market where achieving low cost is critical. We have since deepened our customer relationship to support multiple additional Seagate products, which are shipping in mass volume today. For the year ended December 31, 2014, Seagate accounted for approximately 31% of our revenues.

 

92


Table of Contents

Huawei Case Study:

Huawei is an example of a customer that required a combination of high performance, low power and low unit cost, for whom we were able to showcase the multiple benefits of our eASIC platform. Additionally, Huawei is an example of how we benefit from the long product life cycle of our customers in the wireless communications infrastructure market.

Problem Statement:

Huawei faced a very typical customer challenge that required them to develop a new custom IC to overcome the data throughput bottlenecks in the backhaul transport network. These bottlenecks were driven by the increased demand for data throughput and required Huawei to develop a custom IC that required high performance but also meet the total cost of ownership targets set by the global operators. FPGAs were not able to meet the performance, power and cost targets, while the time-to-market requirements could not be met using an ASIC.

eASIC Solution:

Huawei provided us with the key parts of their design that required high performance. We were able to demonstrate the performance advantages and power benefits of our 28nm eASIC Nextreme-3 platform versus equivalent process node FPGAs while meeting Huawei’s requirements. We also presented a schedule that met Huawei’s time-to-market requirements. Huawei awarded the design to us in the second quarter of 2013, we delivered prototypes in the first quarter of 2014. This design is currently in production and is estimated to have a minimum of five years of production life.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to be the leading provider of custom and affordable ICs with fast time-to-market. We believe our solution enables our customers to differentiate their products, become more competitive in their markets and enhance their growth rates, market share and profit margins. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Exploit the Multiple Benefits of our eASIC Platform. We intend to leverage the multiple benefits of our versatile eASIC platform to expand our customer base across a variety of end products. The benefits of our eASIC platform include fast time-to-market, high performance, low power consumption, low development costs and low unit price.

 

    Expand Market Share within Our Existing Customers. Customers with whom we have now developed supplier relationships are continuously developing new products in existing and new application areas. These customers tend to be large multinational enterprises with large annual purchases of ICs. We target applications and markets with long product life cycles, which leads to extended customer engagements. We intend to increase our market share by applying our differentiated design capabilities to new design programs and by continuing to foster deep customer relationships. We believe this will position us to expand into our customers’ adjacent and next generation products. We believe our product roadmaps will enhance our ability to win new business as these new roadmap features have been developed with inputs from our existing customers. These customers are now using our products to develop their product roadmap plans.

 

    Sell into New Customers in Existing Markets. We have successfully demonstrated a number of key benefits to top customers within certain applications and markets, such as wireless communications infrastructure and storage. We believe these customers’ products have become more competitive as a direct result of using our solution. We plan to work with other top OEMs in our existing markets to bring the same benefits to them.

 

   

Expand into Adjacent Markets and Enhance Our Product Roadmap to Identify New Use Cases. We have deployed our custom IC solution across a number of different use cases and applications. We

 

93


Table of Contents
 

intend to leverage the versatility of our eASIC platform to develop new use cases and applications. As we deploy new capabilities including but not limited to, higher-speed SerDes, increased logic and memory integration and lower power solutions, we plan to use our eASIC platform to expand into adjacent markets.

 

    Invest in Key Sales and Technical Talent. Since 2010, our sales strategy has been to focus on key customers within a select set of application areas. As we grow, we intend to build upon our top tier customer base by increasing our geographic sales and technical resources to enable us to expand our market share with new and existing customers and in adjacent markets. We plan to expand our sales and distribution capabilities in select geographic regions.

Our ASIC Product Methodologies

We offer highly integrated ICs that can be customized for a wide variety of customers, applications and end markets. The eASIC solution consists of the following:

 

    Our eASIC platform consists of our eASIC Nextreme product family, which incorporates a versatile, pre-defined and reusable base array, built using standard mask layers. One custom mask layer is then inserted into the base array, which customizes the IC to meet a specific customer’s requirements.

 

    Our easicopy ASICs are customized using a full set of custom masks and are developed using our easicopy methodology.

 

    We also have the ability to directly deliver our ASICs to our customers using our standard ASIC methodology.

Our proprietary design tools, which we refer to as eTools, are used by us and our customers to design a single mask layer for our eASIC Nextreme product family. Our custom ICs are available in 28nm, 45nm and 90nm CMOS processes nodes. The following table shows the key product lines and features:

 

LOGO

 

94


Table of Contents

We also have the ability to directly design standard ASICs for our customers without use of our easicopy methodology.

Our eASIC Nextreme family enables our customers to reduce power consumption by 50% to 80% and increase performance by 150% to 200% as compared to FPGAs on the same process node. These products are significantly smaller in device size relative to a FPGA, which often results in substantial unit cost savings.

Our eASIC Nextreme family enables our customers to significantly reduce design time against traditional ASIC, resulting in up to more than a year of time saved in the design cycle. This family requires only one mask for customization which reduces the NRE cost from multiple millions of dollars to low hundreds of thousand of dollars.

We use our easicopy methodology to provide our customers with an efficient migration path from the eASIC Nextreme product to an easicopy ASIC, as well as to directly design such ASICs, thereby enabling customers to further reduce device cost and power consumption and increase performance.

Some of our customers begin their design using an FPGA and switch to us to reduce power consumption, enhance performance and reduce costs. We then validate our customer’s product design and provide a device that is a “drop-in-replacement” of the FPGA. This allows our customers to replace an FPGA from any vendor without the need to create a new printed circuit board. We also offer our customers related design services.

Partnering with us helps ensure that our customers have low risk cost reduction solutions along the spectrum from pre-production to very high volume production. easicopy provides OEMs with a low risk, vital addition to their existing value engineering programs. OEMs can be confident that as their product succeeds in the market, they have a clear path to cost reduction.

Our Customers

We sell our products primarily to top-tier OEMs in our target markets. In 2014, we generated revenues from over 14 customers including Ericsson, Fujitsu, Huawei, NEC, Omnivision, Seagate and Toshiba. In 2012, 2013 and 2014, Ericsson and Seagate, our two largest customers, together accounted for 73%, 87% and 93%, respectively, of our total revenues. We currently expect that a relatively small number of customers will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. However, we believe that based on our existing design wins, our customer concentration will decrease over time. In addition, we believe that, given the market share concentration in our target markets, our customers’ ability to use our platform to provide differentiated products will allow us to expand our market share within our existing customer base and penetrate new customers. We believe this will position us to gain market share within the $78 billion ASIC, ASSP and FPGA markets.

Sales and Marketing

We use a three stage engagement process with our top tier OEM customers. This consists of the following:

 

    Phase 1—Awareness and Evaluation. During this phase, we introduce our products to the potential customer. The goal in the awareness phase is to make the potential customer aware of eASIC. In the evaluation phase, we demonstrate the capabilities and value of our products. We also share detailed concepts of how our product brings value to our customer’s specific application. At the output of this phase, the customer provides us with a request for quote.

 

    Phase 2—Initial Design Award. If the results of Phase 1 are positive, then we move to Phase 2. This phase consists of our customer awarding us with an initial design purchase order for design services and prototypes, recognizing the value provided by our products. During this phase, we also implement the customers’ design and provide prototypes. Our customers evaluate the prototypes and place orders for production units.

 

 

95


Table of Contents
    Phase 3—Customer Acquired. We continue to build a deep technical relationship with our customers’ system architects and engineers. This allows our customers to share their specific technical requirements for further designs. This usually results in multiple design awards. Our customers also share their future technical requirements, which we use to enhance our future products.

We work directly with our customers’ system designers to create demand for our products by providing them with application-specific product information for their system design, engineering and procurement groups. Our technical marketing, sales and field application engineers actively engage with customers during their vendor selection and design processes and provide them with our product capabilities and target applications. We design products to meet the increasingly complex and specific design requirements of our customers. Our typical sales engagement cycle is several months. If successful, this process culminates in a customer decision to use our product in their system, which we refer to as a design award. Typically, volume production begins from nine months to 18 months after the design award. Once one of our products is incorporated into a customer’s design, it is likely to be used for the life cycle of the customer’s product, because a redesign would be time consuming and expensive. We benefit from our deep engagement with our customers by being well-positioned to replace their maturing products and expand into adjacent products.

For select direct customers that represent a significant portion of our revenues, we maintain inventory of our product at a customer specified location (known as Vendor Managed Inventory, or VMI) and are notified when our products are either ordered or “pulled” by our customers to meet their manufacturing needs. We own and have access to the inventory, until such inventory is “pulled” by the customer, at which time the customer takes title to that inventory, we invoice the customer and recognize revenues. This VMI structure allows our customers the flexibility to modify their manufacturing volumes without being affected by the long production lead times typically required of custom ICs and provides us with enhanced insights into our customers’ supply needs.

Manufacturing

We use third-party foundries, assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our ICs. This outsourced manufacturing approach is a capital efficient model that allows us to focus our resources on the design, sales and marketing of our platform solutions. Our engineers work closely with our foundries and other contractors to increase yields, lower manufacturing costs and improve quality.

Integrated Circuit Fabrication. Our ICs are fabricated using CMOS processes, which provide greater flexibility to engage independent foundries to manufacture our ICs. By outsourcing manufacturing, we are able to avoid the cost associated with owning and operating our own manufacturing facility. We currently outsource our IC manufacturing to Fujitsu, Global Foundries and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company. We work closely with these foundries by forecasting our manufacturing capacity requirements on a monthly basis. Our ICs are currently fabricated in several advanced, sub-micron manufacturing processes. Because advanced manufacturing processes lead to enhanced performance, smaller size and lower power requirements, we continually evaluate the benefits and feasibility of migrating to smaller geometry process technology in order to reduce cost and improve performance.

Assembly and Test. Our products are shipped from our third-party foundries to third-party assembly and test facilities where they are assembled, packaged and tested. We outsource all product packaging and substantially all testing requirements for these products to several assembly and test subcontractors, including ASE Electronics in Taiwan and Malaysia, as well as Amkor in the United States. Our products are designed to use standard packages and to be tested with widely available test equipment.

Quality Assurance. We have implemented significant quality assurance and test procedures to assure high levels of product quality for our customers. Our designs are subjected to extensive circuit simulation under extreme conditions of temperature, voltage and processing before being committed to manufacture. We have

 

96


Table of Contents

completed and have been awarded ISO 9001:2008 certification. In addition, all of our independent foundries and assembly and test subcontractors have been awarded certifications including ISO 9001, TS16949 and ISO 14001.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are directed largely to the development of our fifth generation product focused on further increasing performance, lowering unit cost and lowering power consumption. We are also focused on integrating more system functions such as high performance single and multi-core processors and greater SerDes capabilities.

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers, including consultants, in four design centers located in the United States, Malaysia, Romania and Russia. As of December 31, 2014, we had 67 employees in our research and development group. Our technical team typically has, on average, more than 20 years of industry experience with more than 34% having advanced degrees and more than 7% having PhDs. These engineers and designers are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as applying these core technologies to our product development activities across a number of areas. In 2012, 2013 and 2014, our research and development expenses were $11.9 million, $13.0 million and $13.9 million, respectively.

Patent and Licenses

To protect our core technology and intellectual property, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks and contractual protections. As of December 31, 2014, we had 34 issued and five pending patent applications in the United States. We also have a number of foreign counterparts of these patents and patent applications, consisting of 16 granted patents and six pending applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, and no pending applications in the European Office. Our issued patents expire between March 11, 2019 and January 12, 2033. As of December 31, 2014, we also had registered trademarks in the United States for eASIC, easicopy, eASICore, The Configurable Logic Company and eZ-IP.

Our patent applications may not result in the issuance of any patents, and our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages. In addition, any future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or found to be unenforceable or invalidated. Others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed by us.

In addition, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. We rely in part on U.S. and international copyright laws to protect our software. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property.

While we currently possess perpetual licenses on the intellectual property that we build into our products, we may be required in the future to seek additional licenses under patents or intellectual property rights owned by third parties. However, we cannot be certain that third parties will offer licenses to us or that the terms of any licenses offered to us will be acceptable. In addition, any intellectual property litigation could cause us to incur substantial expenses, materially and adversely affect our sales and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, regardless of the outcome of any such litigation. In the event we receive an adverse

 

97


Table of Contents

result in any litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, cease sale of products, expend significant resources to develop alternative technology and discontinue the use of processes requiring the relevant technology.

Competition

We compete with numerous domestic and international semiconductor companies. We consider our primary competitors to be other companies that can provide custom semiconductor solutions, including Altera, Avago, Broadcom, Marvell, Toshiba and Xilinx. Most of these competitors offer products that differ in the semiconductor device customization method.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    defining, designing and regularly introducing new products that anticipate the functionality and integration needs of our customers’ next-generation products and applications;

 

    building strong and long-lasting relationships with our customers and other industry participants;

 

    our research and development capabilities to provide innovative solutions and maintain our product roadmap;

 

    the strength of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

    brand awareness and reputation;

 

    focusing on customer support;

 

    retaining high-level talent, including our management team and engineers; and

 

    protecting our IP.

We believe we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors. However, many of our competitors have greater financial and other resources with which to pursue marketing, technology development, product design, manufacturing, quality, sales and distribution of their products.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 106 full-time employees located in the United States, Malaysia, Japan and Romania, which was comprised of 67 employees in engineering, research and development, 12 in sales and marketing, 18 in general and administrative and nine in operations. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in a leased facility in Santa Clara, California, consisting of approximately 18,526 square feet of office space under a lease that expires at the end of October 2016. This facility accommodates product design and our principal software engineering, sales, marketing, operations and finance and administrative activities. Our offices in Malaysia are located in a leased facility in Penang, consisting of approximately 8,585 square feet total of office space under two leases that expire at the end of July 2017, and end of September 2017. This facility accommodates engineering, operations, customer engineering and administrative teams. Our offices in Romania are located at a leased facility in Brasov, consisting of approximately 2,950 square feet of office space under a lease that expires at the beginning of March 1, 2017. This facility accommodates customer engineering, engineering and administrative teams. We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities are available for lease to meet future needs.

 

98


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of February 10, 2015:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers      

Ronnie Vasishta

     52      

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Richard J. Deranleau

     56      

Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Finance

Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D.

     60      

Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Engineering

Jasbinder Bhoot

     50      

Vice President, Worldwide Marketing

Michael Stacy Fender

     54      

Vice President, Worldwide Sales

Matthew Ng

     46      

Vice President, Legal, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     

Wayne Cantwell(1)(2)

     50      

Director

Edward H. Frank, Ph.D.(2)(3)

     58      

Director

Ronald S. Jankov(1)(3)

     56      

Director

Michael R. Kourey(1)(3)

     55      

Director

Tara Long(2)

     47      

Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Ronnie Vasishta has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 2009 and as a member of our board of directors since May 2005. From December 2004 to May 2009, Mr. Vasishta served in a number of positions at the Company, including Vice President of Marketing, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer. From February 2001 to November 2004, Mr. Vasishta served as Vice President of Technology Marketing at LSI Corporation, an electronics company. Mr. Vasishta holds a B.S. in Electrical and Electronic Engineering from Trent University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Vasishta’s extensive experience in marketing, manufacturing, design and operational management in the semiconductor field and his long-standing services in various management positions at the Company qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Richard J. Deranleau has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Finance since June 2014. From January 2012 to June 2014, Mr. Deranleau served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Fujitsu America Inc., an information technology products and services company. From January 2006 to May 2011, Mr. Deranleau served as Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., an information technology company. Mr. Deranleau holds a B.S. in Economics from Iowa State University and an M.B.A. from San Jose State University.

Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Engineering since February 2011. From May 2008 to January 2011, Dr. Scepanovic served as our Senior Vice President of Advanced Technology. From October 1997 to May 2008, Dr. Scepanovic served as Vice President of the Advanced Development Group at LSI Corporation, an electronics company. Dr. Scepanovic holds a Ph.D. in Mathematical Sciences from the University of Belgrade.

 

100


Table of Contents

Jasbinder Bhoot has served as our Vice President, Worldwide Marketing since April 2009. From October 2005 to April 2009, Mr. Bhoot served as our Senior Director of Intellectual Property Marketing. From November 1999 to October 2005, Mr. Bhoot served as Senior Manager of Vertical Marketing at Xilinx Inc., a technology company. Mr. Bhoot holds a B.S.Eng in Electronic Engineering from the University of Westminster and an M.B.A. from the University of Nottingham.

Michael Stacy Fender has served as our Vice President, Worldwide Sales since May 2014. From November 2012 to April 2014, Mr. Fender served as a consultant for several different companies in the electronics industry. From November 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Fender served as Corporate Vice President of Worldwide Sales at Lattice Semiconductor, a semiconductor company. Mr. Fender holds a B.S. in Computer Engineering from Auburn University.

Matthew Ng has served as our Vice President, Legal, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since January 2015. From April 2012 until January 2015, Mr. Ng served as Senior Director, Legal at Brocade Communications, and as its acting Senior Director, Legal from October 2011 until April 2012. From July 2007 until October 2011, Mr. Ng served as an Axiom Attorney at Axiom Global, a legal services company. Mr. Ng previously held Associate General Counsel positions at Oracle Corporation and Knight-Ridder, Inc. Mr. Ng holds a B.S. in Business Administration and a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley.

Non-Employee Directors

Wayne Cantwell has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2005. Since 2003, Mr. Cantwell has served as a General Partner at Crescendo Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he works with companies in the semiconductor, SIP and technical software arenas. From 1999 to January 2001, Mr. Cantwell served as President and Chief Executive Officer of inSilicon Corporation, a semiconductor intellectual property company. Mr. Cantwell holds a B.S. in Electronics Engineering from Devry Institute of Technology. We believe Mr. Cantwell’s extensive experience in the semiconductor and software industries qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Edward H. Frank, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. From January 2014 to present, Dr. Frank has served as Chief Executive Officer of Cloud Parity, a mobile application company. From May 2009 to October 2013, Dr. Frank served as Vice President of Macintosh Hardware Systems Engineering at Apple, Inc., an electronics and software company. From May 1999 to March 2008, Dr. Frank served as Vice President of Research and Development at Broadcom Corporation, a broadband communications company, and in a consultant capacity from April 2008 to April 2009. Since June 1996, Dr. Frank has served as a Technology Partner at Advanced Technology Ventures, a venture capital firm. Dr. Frank holds an M.S. and B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from Carnegie Mellon University where he has served as a Trustee since July 2000. Dr. Frank currently serves on the board of directors of Analog Devices, Inc. We believe Dr. Frank’s technical and design expertise in the semiconductor industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Ronald S. Jankov has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2014. From February 2012 to May 2014, Mr. Jankov served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Processors and Wireless Infrastructure of Broadcom Corporation, a semiconductor company. From 2000 to 2012, Mr. Jankov served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of NetLogic Microsystems, Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Jankov also serves on the board of directors of Knowles Electronics Corp., a technology company. Mr. Jankov holds a B.S. in Physics from Arizona State University. We believe Mr. Jankov’s leadership experience and background in facilitating the growth of technical companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Michael R. Kourey has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. Since May 2013, Mr. Kourey has served as a Partner at Khosla Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he previously served as an Operating Partner from April 2012 to May 2013. From July 1991 to February 2012, Mr. Kourey served in a

 

101


Table of Contents

variety of roles at Polycom, Inc., a communications solutions company, most recently as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Kourey also served as a director of Polycom from January 1999 to May 2011. Mr. Kourey holds a B.S. from the University of California, Davis and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University. Mr. Kourey currently serves on the board of directors of Aruba Networks, Inc. and various private companies. We believe Mr. Kourey’s experience in financial and accounting leadership positions and other board and audit committee experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Tara Long has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. Since February 2006, Ms. Long has served as Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Development at Seagate, a data storage company. From September 2001 to December 2005, Ms. Long served as Managing Director at MCG Capital Corporation, a commercial finance company. Ms. Long also previously served as Managing Director at C.E. Unterberg Towbin, an investment banking firm. Ms. Long holds a B.A. in Economics from Marquette University and an M.B.A from the University of Maryland. We believe Ms. Long’s experience in corporate strategy, together with her historical perspective on the company, qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of six members. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. The current composition of our board of directors is dictated by our voting agreement, although this agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, except Mr. Vasishta and Mr. Kourey, are independent directors, as defined under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ).

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will be effective immediately prior to consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be comprised of the following classes:

 

    Class I, which will consist of Michael R. Kourey and Tara Long, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    Class II, which will consist of Wayne Cantwell and Edward H. Frank, Ph.D., and whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    Class III, which will consist of Ronnie Vasishta and Ronald S. Jankov, and whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently eight members. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution by a majority of the board of directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our voting stock.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight/Risk Committee

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of

 

102


Table of Contents

directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for each of these committees, which complies with the applicable requirements of current NASDAQ rules. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they are applicable to us. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Wayne Cantwell, Michael R. Kourey and Ronald S. Jankov. Under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements set forth in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(c) and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Jankov and Cantwell are independent directors under the NASDAQ Listing Rules and under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Within one year of our listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, we expect that Mr. Kourey will have resigned from our audit committee and that any new directors added to the audit committee will be independent under NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and Rule 10A-3. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with NASDAQ audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment.

Ronald S. Jankov serves as the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Jankov, Cantwell and Kourey qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered each of Messrs. Jankov, Cantwell and Kourey’s formal education and previous and current experience in financial roles. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

 

    reviewing our financial reporting processes and disclosure controls;

 

    reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures, including the responsibilities, budget, staffing and effectiveness of our internal audit function;

 

    reviewing with the independent auditors the annual audit plan, including the scope of audit activities and all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by us;

 

    obtaining and reviewing at least annually a report by our independent auditors describing the independent auditors’ internal quality control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review;

 

    monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

    prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;

 

103


Table of Contents
    reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

    reviewing with our independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls and critical accounting policies;

 

    reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

    reviewing and approving the selection and activities, organization structure and qualifications of any internal audit function;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;

 

    preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing and providing oversight of any related person transactions in accordance with our related person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of ethics;

 

    reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented;

 

    reviewing on a periodic basis our cash investment policy; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee and the audit committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Wayne Cantwell, Edward H. Frank, Ph.D. and Tara Long. Mr. Cantwell serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), and satisfies the NASDAQ independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving the corporate objectives that pertain to the determination of executive compensation;

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

 

    evaluating the competitiveness of our overall compensation plan;

 

    reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

    making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the adoption or amendment of equity and cash incentive plans and approving amendments to such plans to the extent authorized by the board of directors;

 

104


Table of Contents
    reviewing and approving the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;

 

    reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

 

    administering our equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections, indemnification agreements and any other material arrangements for our executive officers;

 

    reviewing with management our disclosures under the caption “Executive and Director Compensation” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;

 

    preparing an annual report on executive compensation that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and recommending such changes as deemed necessary with the board of directors.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Edward H. Frank, Ph.D., Ronald S. Jankov and Michael R. Kourey. Under NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5615(b)(1), we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent nominating and corporate governance committee requirements set forth in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(e). Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Frank and Mr. Jankov are independent directors under the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Within one year of our listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, we expect that Mr. Kourey will have resigned from our nominating and corporate governance committee and that any new directors added to the nominating and corporate governance committee will be independent under NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Mr. Kourey serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    identifying, reviewing and making recommendations of candidates to serve on our board of directors;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors, committees of our board of directors, and individual directors and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

 

    evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

    evaluating the current size, composition and organization of our board of directors and its committees and making recommendations to the board of directors for approvals;

 

    developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;

 

    reviewing issues and developments related to corporate governance and identifying and bringing to the attention of our board of directors current and emerging corporate governance trends; and

 

    reviewing periodically the nominating and corporate governance committee charter, structure, membership requirements and recommending any proposed changes to our board of directors; including undertaking an annual review of its own performance.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

105


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to consummation of this offering, limits our directors’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Delaware corporate law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

    for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

    for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares); or

 

    for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Delaware corporate law and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

106


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014, which consists of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

    Ronnie Vasishta, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Richard J. Deranleau, our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer; and

 

    Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D., our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Engineering.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary     Option
Awards(1)
    Bonus     Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
     All Other
Compensation
     Total  

Ronnie Vasishta

     2014       $ 293,750 (2)    $ 13,906 (3)           $ 62,059               $ 369,715   

President and Chief Executive

Officer

     2013         275,000        182,206                               457,206   

Richard J. Deranleau

     2014         123,442 (4)      202,874      $ 24,500 (5)                      350,816   

Senior Vice President, Finance

and Chief Financial Officer

     2013                                                

Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D.

     2014         260,312 (6)                    45,134                 305,446   

Chief Technology Officer and

Senior Vice President,

Engineering

     2013         250,000        101,240        50,000                        401,240   

 

(1) In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during 2014 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions (FASB ASC Topic 718). Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 6 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.
(2) Effective April 2014, Mr. Vasishta’s annual base salary was increased from $275,000 to $300,000.
(3) Represents the aggregate incremental fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 in connection with an option amendment, effective May 2014, to vest 50% of the shares of common stock subject to an outstanding option covering 16,381 shares that was granted to Mr. Vasishta in October 2010.
(4) Mr. Deranleau’s employment commenced in June 2014.
(5) Represents Mr. Deranleau’s annual bonus which, per the terms of his offer letter agreement, is guaranteed to be paid from the commencement of his employment through the earlier of (i) three months following the lock-up expiration of an initial public offering of our stock or (ii) the closing of the sale of the majority or greater of our stock.
(6) Effective April 2014, Dr. Scepanovic’s annual base salary was increased from $250,000 to $263,750.

 

107


Table of Contents

Annual Base Salary

The compensation of our named executive officers is generally determined and approved by our board of directors, based on the recommendation of the compensation committee of our board of directors. The following 2014 base salaries were effective as of April 2014:

 

Name

   2014 Base
Salary
 

Ronnie Vasishta

   $ 300,000   

Richard J. Deranleau(1)

     245,000   

Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D

     263,750   

 

(1) Mr. Deranleau’s employment commenced in June 2014.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. Our board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants. Vesting of equity awards is generally tied to continuous service with us and serves as an additional retention measure. Our executives generally are awarded an initial new hire grant upon commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

All outstanding equity awards held by our current employees, consultants and directors were granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans.” All options are granted with a per share exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of the grant of such award. Generally our stock option awards vest over a four-year period subject to the holder’s continuous service to us and may be granted with an early exercise feature.

Effective May 2014, our board of directors vested 50% of the shares of common stock subject to an outstanding option covering 16,381 shares that was granted to Mr. Vasishta in October 2010. Absent this amendment, vesting of that portion of the option would have remained contingent on the satisfaction of certain performance thresholds established at the time of grant.

Bonus/Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Objectives for our named executive officers’ 2014 performance bonuses included gains over the course of the year in our revenue, gross margin, operating income and “design win”-based revenue results. Named executive officers’ target awards ranged from 40%-50% of base salary for accomplishment of all objectives, with escalators applicable in case of exceeded objectives.

Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Below are descriptions of our employment agreements and offer letter agreements with our named executive officers. The agreements generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary and eligibility for employee benefits and, in Mr. Vasishta’s and Mr. Deranleau’s cases, severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. Furthermore, each of our named executive officers has executed a form of our standard proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement. The key terms of the employment agreements with our named executive officers are described below.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Mr. Vasishta

On October 15, 2010, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Vasishta, our President and Chief Executive Officer, which superseded and replaced Mr. Vasishta’s previous employment agreement. The amended and restated employment agreement sets forth Mr. Vasishta’s initial annual base salary

 

108


Table of Contents

(originally $250,000) and eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, as in effect from time to time. The agreement also provides for an annual performance bonus of up to $100,000 based on the assessment by our board of directors of Mr. Vasishta’s performance and the attainment of annual targeted company goals set forth by our board of directors in their sole discretion. Under Mr. Vasishta’s agreement, we also agreed to grant an option to purchase 78,101 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant. This option is fully vested and exercisable.

The agreement further provides for the following severance benefits payable in the event of Mr. Vasishta’s involuntary termination by the company without cause, or his termination for good reason, until he commences employment or a full-time consulting relationship with another company or employer, subject to Mr. Vasishta signing a general release in favor of the company, and agreeing to seek diligently a new position of comparable responsibility and compensation: (a) continuation of Mr. Vasishta’s base salary in effect as of the employment termination date for up to nine months after such termination, plus (b) subject to certain qualifications, payment of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for Mr. Vasishta and his eligible dependents for a period up to nine months following Mr. Vasishta’s termination date.

Agreement with Mr. Deranleau

We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Deranleau, dated April 28, 2014, under which Mr. Deranleau was hired as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer. The letter agreement provides that Mr. Deranleau is an at-will employee and sets forth his annual base salary of $245,000 and his eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, as in effect from time to time. Under Mr. Deranleau letter agreement, we granted Mr. Deranleau stock options to purchase 193,048 shares of common stock. The options were granted with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date (his initial date of employment) and thereafter 1/48th of the shares vested each month, subject to Mr. Deranleau’s continued employment with us on each applicable vesting date. Additionally, all unvested options are subject to acceleration of vesting in the event of Mr. Deranleau’s (i) involuntary termination by the Company without cause, or (ii) voluntary termination for good reason, in either case occurring after a change in control but not later than 12 months following a change in control, and subject to Mr. Deranleau signing a release in favor of the company. Mr. Deranleau’s letter agreement also provides for an annual bonus targeted at 40% of Mr. Deranleau’s annual salary, based on metrics tied to our overall performance as determined by our board of directors, provided that Mr. Deranleau’s bonus is guaranteed to be paid from the commencement of his employment through the earlier of (i) three months following the lock-up expiration of an initial public offering of our stock or (ii) the closing of the sale of the majority or greater of our stock.

Agreement with Dr. Scepanovic

We entered into a letter agreement with Dr. Scepanovic, dated April 29, 2008, under which Dr. Scepanovic was hired as our Senior Vice President of Advanced Technology. The letter agreement provides that Dr. Scepanovic is an at-will employee and sets forth his annual base salary of $250,000 and his eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, as in effect from time to time. Under Dr. Scepanovic’s letter agreement, we granted Dr. Scepanovic stock options to purchase 19,313 shares of common stock. The options were granted with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The option is fully vested and exercisable.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Mr. Vasishta; Agreement with Mr. Deranleau

Mr. Vasishta’s amended and restated employment agreement and Mr. Deranleau’s offer letter provides for certain severance and/or change in control benefits, as further described above under “—Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2014:

 

            Option Awards(1)  
     Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
     Option
exercise
price per
share
($)(2)
     Option
expiration
date
 

Ronnie Vasishta

     4/4/2006         10,666         $ 0.75         04/04/16   
     4/4/2006         10,187              $ 0.75         04/04/16   
     2/6/2007         10,094              $ 0.75         02/06/17   
     12/4/2007         3,172              $ 0.75         12/04/17   
     12/4/2007         9,245              $ 0.75         12/04/17   
     2/5/2008         1,583              $ 0.75         02/05/18   
     10/5/2010         16,381              $ 0.75         10/05/20   
     10/5/2010         27,392              $ 0.75         10/05/20   
     10/5/2010         34,328              $ 0.75         10/05/20   
     10/4/2011         33,086 (3)(6)            $ 0.75         10/04/21   
     8/23/2013         406,535 (4)(6)            $ 0.75         08/23/23   
     8/23/2013         133,333 (4)(6)            $ 0.75         08/23/23   

Richard J. Deranleau

     8/5/2014         45,506 (5)(6)            $ 2.1975         08/05/24   
     8/5/2014         147,542 (5)(6)            $ 2.1975         08/05/24   

Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D.

     6/2/2008         13,253              $ 0.75         06/02/18   
     6/2/2008         6,060              $ 0.75         06/02/18   
     10/5/2010         12,521              $ 0.75         10/05/20   
     2/1/2011         8,205              $ 0.75         02/01/21   
     2/1/2011         8,205              $ 0.75         02/01/21   
     2/1/2011         8,205              $ 0.75         02/01/21   
     2/1/2011         9,195 (3)(6)            $ 0.75         02/01/21   
     10/4/2011         9,859 (3)(6)            $ 0.75         10/04/21   
     10/4/2011         10,631 (3)(6)            $ 0.75         10/04/21   
     8/23/2013         166,636 (4)(6)            $ 0.75         08/23/23   
     8/23/2013         133,333 (4)(6)            $ 0.75         08/23/23   

 

(1) All of the option awards were granted under the 2010 plan, the terms of which plans are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans.”
(2) All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.
(3) 1/60th of the shares subject to the option vest monthly over five years. The shares subject to the options are exercisable prior to vesting.
(4) 50% of the shares vested on the date of grants with the remaining shares vesting monthly over two years. The shares subject to the options are exercisable prior to vesting.
(5) 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest monthly over four years. The shares subject to the options are exercisable prior to vesting.
(6) In the event of optionholder’s (i) involuntary termination by the Company without cause or (ii) voluntary termination for good reason in either case occurring after a change in control but not later than 12 months following a change in control, and subject to optionholder signing a release in favor of the Company, all unvested shares subject to the option shall accelerate in full.

 

110


Table of Contents

Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental and vision insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We do not contribute to a retirement plan on behalf of employees.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by us. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Equity Benefit Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (2015 plan) in February 2015 and our stockholders approved the 2015 plan in              2015, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2015 plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2010 plan.

Stock Awards. The 2015 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. Additionally, the 2015 plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

Share Reserve. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2015 plan after the 2015 plan becomes effective is the sum of (1) 2,650,000 shares, plus (2) the number of shares (not to exceed 3,668,317 shares) (i) reserved for issuance under our 2010 plan at the time our 2015 plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2010 plan that are forfeited, terminate, expire or are otherwise not issued. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 (assuming the 2015 plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1, 2025, by 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2015 plan is 31,000,000 shares.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 2,000,000 shares of our common stock under our 2015 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 2,000,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

If a stock award granted under the 2015 plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become

 

111


Table of Contents

available for subsequent issuance under the 2015 plan. In addition, the following types of shares of our common stock under the 2015 plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2015 plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2015 plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2015 plan.

Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2015 plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2015 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2015 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2015 plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2015 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2015 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2015 plan, up to a maximum of seven years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

 

112


Table of Contents

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Stock appreciation distribution may be paid in stock, cash, a combination of stock and cash as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or any other form of consideration set forth in the stock appreciation right agreement. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2015 plan, up to a seven years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards. The 2015 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation

 

113


Table of Contents

committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) total stockholder return; (9) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (10) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (11) stock price; (12) margin (including gross margin); (13) income (before or after taxes); (14) operating income; (15) operating income after taxes; (16) pre-tax profit; (17) operating cash flow; (18) sales or revenue targets; (19) increases in revenues or product revenues; (20) annual or monthly recurring revenue; (21) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (22) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (23) market share; (24) cash flow or operating cash flow; (25) cash flow per share; (26) share price performance; (27) debt reduction; (28) budget management, expenses or cost reduction goals; (29) stockholders’ equity; (30) capital expenditures; (31) debt levels; (32) operating profit or net operating profit; (33) workforce diversity; (34) growth of net income or operating income; (35) billings; (36) bookings or deployments; (37) employee retention; (38) partner satisfaction; (39) progress of partnered programs; (40) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and (41) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; or (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the performance goals and to define the manner of calculating the performance criteria we select to use for such performance period. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

 

114


Table of Contents

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2015 plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, any surviving or acquiring company or parent company may assume or continue any or all stock awards or may substitute similar stock awards for them. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by our board of directors. In the event the surviving or acquiring company (or its parent company) does not assume, continue, or substitute a stock award and a participant’s service with us has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, the vesting of such participant’s stock awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such corporate transaction. If a participant’s service with us has terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, the vesting of such participant’s stock awards will not be accelerated and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between us and the participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a participant’s stock awards will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, our board of directors may provide, in its sole discretion, that such participant may not exercise his or her stock awards but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by our board of directors, equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of his or her stock award, over (2) any exercise price payable by such participant in connection with such exercise.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2015 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control. The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2015 plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction subject to certain exceptions; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets; or (4) individuals who constitute our incumbent board of directors ceasing to constitute at least a majority of our board of directors.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2015 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2015 plan.

 

115


Table of Contents

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2010 plan in April 2010, and our stockholders approved our 2010 plan in June 2010. Our 2010 plan was amended most recently in June 2014. Our 2010 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants.

Our 2015 plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. As a result, we do not expect to grant any additional awards under the 2010 plan following that date, although any awards granted under the 2010 plan will remain subject to the terms of our 2010 plan and applicable award agreements, until such outstanding awards that are stock options are exercised, or until they terminate or expire by their terms, and until any restricted stock awards become vested, terminate or are forfeited.

Authorized Shares

The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2010 plan is 4,193,563 shares. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2010 plan is two times the share reserve of the 2010 plan. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2010 plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or are settled in cash do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2010 plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2010 plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2010 plan, although such shares may not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of an ISO.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2010 plan and the stock awards granted under it. Under our 2010 plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2010 plan. The board may amend the 2010 plan in these and other respects with the consent of any adversely affected participant, although certain material amendments to the 2010 plan require stockholder approval.

Under the 2010 plan, the board of directors also has the authority to modify outstanding awards, reprice any outstanding option, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, although if any such action adversely affects a participant, the written consent of that participant is required.

Corporate Transactions

Our 2010 plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2015 plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines. The administrator may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by the board; or (6) make a payment, in the form determined by the board, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards

 

116


Table of Contents

prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2010 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2010 plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement. Under the 2010 plan, a change in control is defined to include (a) the acquisition by any person of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (b) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the company immediately prior to the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity); (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets to an entity that did not previously hold more than 50% of the voting power of our stock; and (d) incumbent board members no longer constitute a majority of the members of the board (where incumbent members include those members of the board in April 2010 plus any members appointed, elected, or nominated for election by a majority of the incumbent board members).

Transferability

Under our 2010 plan, the board of directors may provide for limitations on the transferability of awards, in its sole discretion. Option awards are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided under our 2010 plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2010 plan, although certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders, and amendments that would impair the rights of any participant require the consent of that participant.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2015 ESPP) in February 2015 and our stockholders approved the 2015 ESPP in                      2015. The 2015 ESPP will become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the 2015 ESPP is to retain the services of new employees and secure the services of new and existing employees while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates.

Share Reserve. Following this offering, the 2015 ESPP authorizes the issuance of 530,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, from January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2025 by the least of (1) 2% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) 600,000 shares, or (3) a number determined by our board of directors that is less than (1) and (2). The 2015 ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code, however, the 2015 ESPP authorized the grant of purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the 2015 ESPP.

 

117


Table of Contents

Administration. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2015 ESPP to our compensation committee. The 2015 ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the 2015 ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the 2015 ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the 2015 ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the 2015 ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the 2015 ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (1) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year, or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the 2015 ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 2015 ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares or change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the 2015 ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are the subject of purchase limits under each ongoing offering.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including the consummation of: (1) a sale of all or substantially all our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the 2015 ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within ten business days prior to such corporate transaction under the outstanding purchase rights, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

Plan Amendments, Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 2015 ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances any such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2015 ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

 

118


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Our board of directors adopted a new non-employee director compensation policy in February 2015 that will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering and will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors, provided, however, that in lieu of any cash payment in 2015, non-employee directors will instead receive restricted stock units of equal value:

 

    an annual cash retainer of $38,000;

 

    an additional annual cash retainer of $9,000, $6,000 and $4,000 for service as a member of the audit committee, compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;

 

    an additional annual cash retainer of $11,000, $7,000 and $4,000 for service as chairman of the audit committee, compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;

 

    an initial option grant to purchase 7,000 shares of our common stock and a restricted stock unit grant covering 3,200 shares of common stock on the date of each such non-employee director’s appointment to our board of directors or upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering for directors of the company at such time;

 

    an annual option grant to purchase 3,500 shares of our common stock and a restricted stock unit grant covering 1,600 shares of common stock on the date of each of our annual stockholder meetings.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during 2014:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards (1)
     Total  

Wayne Cantwell

                       

Edward H. Frank, Ph.D.

           $ 65,895       $ 65,895   

Ronald S. Jankov(2).

           $ 101,437       $ 101,437   

Michael R. Kourey(3).

                       

Tara Long.

                       

 

(1) The amounts reported do not reflect the amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 6 to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors who have received options will only realize compensation with regard to these options to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such options.
(2) Mr. Jankov joined our board of directors in August 2014.
(3) As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Kourey held an option to purchase 91,930 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $0.75 per share, vesting monthly over a 24 month period commencing on January 3, 2013. The option is now fully vested. No other non-employee directors held options as of December 31, 2014.

Director Agreements

Offer Letter with Edward H. Frank, Ph.D.

In October 2013, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Frank pursuant to which he commenced serving on our board of directors. Pursuant to the offer letter, we granted Dr. Frank an option to purchase 91,930 shares of

 

119


Table of Contents

our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share, vesting monthly over a 48 month period commencing on the date of his appointment to our board of directors. The option is early exercisable pursuant to our standard form of early exercise stock purchase agreement. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the offer letter, the vesting of the options granted pursuant to the offer letter, and the unvested portion of any other options that may be granted to Dr. Frank, will be accelerated in full.

Prior Consulting Agreement with Michael R. Kourey

In January 2013, we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Kourey, which, as amended, expired pursuant to its terms in January of 2015. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Kourey commenced serving on our board of directors, and provided consulting services with respect to our business and operations, and such other services mutually agreed upon between Mr. Kourey and us. The consulting agreement was amended in September 2013, and the term of the consulting agreement was extended for a year. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we granted Mr. Kourey an option to purchase 91,930 shares of our common stock, vesting monthly over a 24 month period beginning on January 3, 2013. The option is now fully vested.

 

120


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change of control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Convertible Note Financings and Preferred Stock Financings

Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From December 2012 through July 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 4,532,662 shares of our Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, or Series A-2 stock, at a purchase price of approximately $5.20 per share, which included conversion of the principal amount and accrued interest on convertible promissory notes (as described below in “2013 Convertible Note Financing” and “2012 Convertible Note Financing”), for aggregate consideration of approximately $23,534,898. Also in connection with the initial issuance and sale of Series A-2 stock, each of the existing investors below also exchanged shares of existing convertible preferred stock held by them for Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock (the Series A-1 stock) and common stock, pursuant to the Series A-2 preferred stock purchase agreement. For each $1.00 of Series A-2 stock purchased by an investor, such investor was entitled to exchange, for no additional consideration, shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, Series E preferred stock, Series F preferred stock, Series F-1 preferred stock, Series G preferred stock and/or Series H preferred stock (the Exchange Preferred Stock) held by them representing $4.00 of liquidation preference for: (i) four shares of Series A-1 stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Exchanged Preferred Stock at the current conversion rate and (iii) three shares of common stock for each share of Series A-2 stock purchased.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of Series A-2 stock will convert into shares of our common stock at a ratio of approximately 1-for-1.135 and all outstanding shares of Series A-1 stock will terminate and be cancelled upon completion of this offering.

The participants in this preferred stock financing included the following members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series A-2 stock, Series A-1 stock and common stock issued to these related parties in this preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

  Shares of
Series A-2
Stock
    Shares of
Series A-1
Stock
    Shares of
Common
Stock
    Consideration
in Cash
    Conversion of
Principal
Amount
    Conversion of
Accrued
Interest
 

Khosla Ventures I, LP(1)

    640,532        137,159        2,384,186      $ 1,255,300      $ 2,035,528      $ 34,977   

Entities affiliated with Crescendo Ventures(2)

    752,865        80,032        1,389,367        1,650,000        2,231,429        27,656   

Evergreen IV, LP

    195,836        54,230        942,770        1,016,830                 

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

    220,513        60,886        1,056,980               1,127,015        17,944   

Entities affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc.(3)

    90,674        25,107        780,442        470,820                 

Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd(4)

    1,925,947                      10,000,000                 

Wayne Cantwell(5)

    9,629                      50,000                 

 

(1) Michael R. Kourey, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Khosla Ventures.

 

121


Table of Contents
(2) Wayne Cantwell, one of our directors, is a general partner of Crescendo Ventures. Consists of the following:

 

Entities affiliated with Crescendo Ventures

   Series A-2      Series A-1      Common  

Crescendo IV, LP

     510,996         65,155         1,151,455   

Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LP

     78,460         10,004         159,338   

Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG

     27,241         3,473         54,262   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP

     7,795         994         17,255   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP

     3,188         406         7,057   

Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo Wayne Cantwell

     41,728                   

Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo John Borchers

     51,358                   

Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo David Spreng

     32,099                   

 

(3) Consists of the following:

 

Entities affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc.

   Series A-2      Series A-1      Common  

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments I, LLC

     8,082         2,238         94,352   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments II, LLC

     45,970         12,729         361,007   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I, LLC

     805         223         20,907   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments I, LLC

     3,530         977         47,831   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments II, LLC

     20,990         5,812         162,001   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund II, LLC

     4,041         1,119         32,410   

AEI eASIC Investments III, LLC

     1,015         281         10,110   

AEI eASIC Investments IV, LLC

     6,241         1,728         51,824   

 

(4) Tara Long, a member of our board of directors, is an officer of Seagate Technology PLC. Additionally, we have entered into a product supply agreement with Seagate Technology LLC. See “Product Supply Agreement – Seagate” below.
(5) Wayne Cantwell is a member of our board of directors.

2013 Convertible Note Financing

On May 30, 2013, we entered into a note purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The promissory notes accrued interest at a rate of six percent per year and were due and payable at the election of the holders on or after June 29, 2013. The interest and principal of the promissory notes were, at the election of the holder, (i) convertible at any time into Series A-2 stock at a conversion price of approximately $5.20 per share or (ii) upon a qualified financing with proceeds of at least $3.0 million, either convertible into equity securities issued in such qualified financing or required to be repaid from the proceeds of such qualified financing. On July 2, 2013, the aggregate principal amount of the promissory notes and accrued interest of $1,508,136.99 were converted into 290,459 shares of Series A-2 preferred at a conversion price of approximately $5.20 per share.

The participants in this financing included the following members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate principal amount of promissory notes purchased in this 2013 convertible note financing:

 

Participants

   Loan Amount  

Khosla Ventures I, LP(1)

   $ 750,000   

Entities affiliated with Crescendo Ventures(2)

   $ 750,000   

 

(1) Michael R. Kourey, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Khosla Ventures.

 

122


Table of Contents
(2) Consists of $610,575 invested by Crescendo IV, LP, $32,550 invested by Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG, $9,315 invested by Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP, $3,810 purchased by Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP, and $93,750 purchased by Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LLC. Wayne Cantwell, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Crescendo Ventures.

2012 Convertible Note Financing

In June 2012, we entered into a note purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in June and October of 2012 in an aggregate principal amount of $4,068,646. The promissory notes accrued interest at a rate of five percent per year and were due and payable upon the demand of the holders on or after 90 days from the date of execution of the note purchase agreement. The interest and principal of the promissory notes were automatically convertible into equity securities issued in connection with a qualified financing with proceeds of at least $7.5 million. On December 13, 2012, and January 28, 2013, respectively, principal amounts of the notes and accrued interest of $4,049,937.94 and $7,722.38 were converted into 779,995 and 1,487 shares of Series A-2 preferred at a conversion price of approximately $5.20 per share.

The participants in this financing included the following members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate principal amounts of convertible promissory notes purchased in this 2012 convertible note financing:

 

Participants

   Loan Amount  

Entities affiliated with Crescendo Ventures(1)

   $ 1,481,429   

Khosla Ventures I, LP(2)

   $ 1,285,528   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

   $ 1,127,015   

 

(1) Consists of $1,206,031 purchased by Crescendo IV, LP; $185,179 purchased by Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LP; $64,294 purchased by Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG; $18,399 purchased by Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP; and $7,526 purchased by Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP. Wayne Cantwell, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Crescendo Ventures.
(2) Michael R. Kourey, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Khosla Ventures.

Product Supply Agreement—Seagate

We have entered into a product supply agreement with Seagate Technology LLC, an affiliate of Seagate Technology PLC (collectively, “Seagate”) pursuant to which Seagate orders products from us from time to time. Sales to Seagate, including sales to contract manufacturers or ODMs at the direction of Seagate, accounted for $1.6 million, $9.8 million and $21.0 million of revenues during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In addition, Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd., an entity affiliated with Seagate, purchased 1,925,947 shares of our Series A-2 stock. See “Convertible Note Financings and Preferred Stock Financings—Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock Financing” above.

Employment and Consulting Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.” We have entered into an offer letter agreement with Dr. Frank, and previously entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Kourey, each members of our board of directors. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Director Agreement.”

 

123


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Non-Employee Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and non-employee directors. For a description of options granted to our named executive officers and non-employee directors, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” and “Executive and Director Compensation” above.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or as a director or executive officer of any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. For more information regarding these indemnification arrangements, see “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may decline in value to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000.

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the purpose of the transaction, the material facts, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available, an assessment of whether the terms are comparable to the terms available from unrelated third parties and management’s recommendation. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

    the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

124


Table of Contents
    the terms of the transaction;

 

    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

 

125


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “Before offering” is based on 15,014,485 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A-2 stock into 5,145,683 shares of common stock and the termination and cancellation of 533,301 outstanding shares of our Series A-1 stock upon the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “After offering” is based on the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. As noted in the applicable footnotes to the table, some of the options are not vested but are exercisable at any time and, if exercised, subject to a lapsing right of repurchase until the options are fully vested. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

126


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o eASIC Corporation, 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Total
number of
shares
beneficially
owned
     Percentage of
shares
beneficially owned
 
      Before
offering
    After
offering
 

Greater than 5% stockholders

       

Khosla Ventures I, LP(1)

2128 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

     3,131,530         20.8         

Entities affiliated with Crescendo Ventures(2)

600 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, CA 94304

     2,256,961         15.0         

Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd.(3)

c/o Seagate Technology LLC

10200 S. De Anza Boulevard

Cupertino, CA 95014

     2,186,437         14.6         

KPCB Holdings, Inc.(4)

c/o Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers

2750 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

     1,315,965         8.8         

Evergreen IV, L.P.(5)

25 Habarzel Street

Tel-Aviv 69710

Israel

     1,168,319         7.8         

Entities Affiliated with Advanced Equities(6)

311 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1650

Chicago, IL 60606

     892,372         5.9         

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Ronnie Vasishta(7)

     704,001         4.5         

Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D.(8)

     386,103         2.5         

Richard J. Deranleau(9)

     193,048         1.3         

Wayne Cantwell(2)(10)

     2,267,892         15.1         

Dr. Edward H. Frank(11)

     91,930                

Ronald S. Jankov(12)

     96,524                

Michael R. Kourey(13)

     91,930                   

Tara Long

                        

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)(14)

     3,929,612         23.8         

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent
(1) Includes 20,179 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. Vinod Khosla (Khosla) is the manager of VK Services, LLC (VK Services), the manager of Khosla Ventures Associates I, LLC (KVA I). KVA I is the general partner of Khosla Ventures I, L.P. (KV I). Each of Khosla, VK Services and KVA I may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by KV I and each of Khosla, VK Services and KVA I may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by KV I.
(2)

Consists of (a) 1,731,564 shares held by Crescendo IV, LP (CIV), (b) 248,409 shares held by Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LLC (Coinvestment), (c) 85,187 shares held by Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG (Beteiligungs), (d) 26,104 shares held by Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP (CIV Entrepreneur), (e) 10,676 shares held by Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP (CIV Entrepreneur A and, together with CIV, Coinvestment, Beteiligungs, CIV Entrepreneur, the Crescendo Entities), (f) 36,440 shares held by Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo David Spreng, (g) 58,304 shares held by Crescendo

 

127


Table of Contents
  Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo John Borchers, (h) 47,371 shares held by Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo Wayne Cantwell, and (i) an aggregate of 12,906 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. Crescendo Ventures IV, LLP (CVIV) is the general partner of CIV, CIV Entrepreneur, CIV Entrepreneur A and Coinvestment and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by CIV, CIV Entrepreneur, CIV Entrepreneur A and Coinvestment. Crescendo German Investments IV, LLC is the managing partner of Beteiligungs and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Beteiligungs. Wayne Cantwell, one of our directors, John Borchers and David Spreng are the general partners of CVIV and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Crescendo Entities.
(3) The directors of Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd. (Seagate), Lai Chun Cheong and Patrick J. O’Malley, III may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Seagate.
(4) Consists of (a) 1,150,701 shares and 7,611 warrants held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XI-A, L.P., or KPCB XI-A, (b) 22,486 shares and 149 warrants held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XI-B, L.P., or KPCB XI-B, and (c) 134,131 shares and 887 warrants held by individuals and entities associated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers. All shares are held for convenience in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc. as nominee,” for the accounts of such individuals and entities who each exercise their own voting and dispositive power over such shares. The general partner of KPCB XI-A and KPCB XI-B is KPCB XI Associates, LLC. Brook H. Byers, L. John Doerr, Raymond J. Lane and Theodore E. Schlein, the managers of KPCB XI Associates, exercise shared voting and dispositive power over the shares directly held by KPCB XI-A and KPCB XI-B.
(5) Includes 3,226 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. Erez Shachar, Boaz Dinte, Motti Hoss, Ofer Ne’eman, Ronit Bendori, Amichai Hammer and Adi Gan are members of the investment committee of Evergreen IV, LP., and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power of the shares held by Evergreen IV, LP.
(6) Consists of (a) 108,387 shares held by Advanced Equities eAsic Investments I, LLC, (b) 408,333 shares held Advanced Equities eAsic Investments II, LLC, (c) 21,077 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I, LLC, (d) 51,838 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Investments I, LLC, (e) 185,829 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Investments II, LLC, (f) 36,997 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund II, LLC, (g) 11,262 shares held by AEI eASIC Investments III, LLC, (h) 58,909 shares held by AEI eASIC Investments IV, LLC; (i) 743 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I-2, LLC and (j) an aggregate of 8,997 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. On September 16, 2014, Spruce Direct Investment Fund I, L.P. (SDI), an affiliate of Spruce Investment Advisors LLC, acquired assets and interests from Benman Holdings, LLC (BM Holdings), an affiliate of Southport Lane Financial, Inc. SDI is currently the managing member or general partner of the funds that BM Holdings acquired from Advanced Equities. Scott Ogur, the managing member of Spruce Management LLC, the general partner of SDI has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares.
(7) Includes 2,666 shares held by the Vasishta Family Trust 2007 for which Mr. Vasishta is a trustee and 696,002 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014, of which 78,513 shares are unvested, but are early exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(8) Reflects 386,103 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014, of which 46,014 shares are unvested, but are early exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(9) Represents shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014, all of which are unvested, but are early exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(10) Includes 47,371 shares held by the Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo Wayne Cantwell. Mr. Cantwell is a general partner of CVIV and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Crescendo Entities. Mr. Cantwell disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Crescendo Entities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

128


Table of Contents
(11) Includes 61,287 shares subject to repurchase by the Company within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(12) Includes 80,437 shares subject to repurchase by the Company within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(13) Includes 91,930 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(14) Includes (a) 12,906 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014, and (b) 1,463,934 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014, of which 404,535 shares are unvested and (c) 141,724 shares subject to repurchase by us as of 60 days of December 31, 2014. Excludes 75,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to a stock option granted to Matt Ng in January 2015.

 

129


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

General

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering and upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the completion of this offering will be undesignated.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

On December 31, 2014, there were 15,014,485 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 208 stockholders. Based on such number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and (i) assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A-2 stock into 5,145,683 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the termination and cancellation of 533,301 outstanding shares of our Series A-1 stock upon the completion of this offering.

As of December 31, 2014, there were 3,400,250 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans.

Voting

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

130


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding an aggregate of 4,532,662 shares of convertible preferred stock and 533,301 shares of non-convertible preferred stock held of record by 68 stockholders

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of Series A-2 stock at December 31, 2014, will convert into 5,145,683 shares of our common stock and upon the completion of this offering, 533,301 outstanding shares of Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock will terminate and be cancelled.

Immediately prior to completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of December 31, 2014, 3,400,250 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2014, 108,020 shares of common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $16.11 per share. These warrants provide for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Of these warrants, warrants exercisable for 75,752 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $16.37 per share, shall terminate unless exercised immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

As of December 31, 2014, warrants to purchase 98,221 shares of Series A-2 stock at an exercise price of approximately $5.19 per share were outstanding. These warrants will automatically convert to warrants to purchase an aggregate of 111,505 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

131


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock, common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of preferred stock subject to outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. We will pay the registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below, including the legal fees payable to the selling holders’ counsel in connection with such registrations not to exceed $50,000.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire when all holders can sell all of their shares in a 90-day period under Rule 144 of the Exchange Act, provided, however, that the registration rights of any holder holding more than 40,000 Series A-2 preferred shares, so long as such holder holds at least one percent of our outstanding capital stock, shall not terminate until seven years after the closing of this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 14,509,447 shares of our common stock, common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and stock subject to outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of December 13, 2015 or 180 days following the effectiveness of this registration statement, the holders of at least 30% of these shares may, on not more than three occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover at least 20% of the registrable securities then outstanding for an aggregate offering price equal or greater than $5.0 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 14,633,859 shares of our common stock, common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and stock subject to outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement relating solely to employee benefit plans, related to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, or any registration that does not permit secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 14,633,859 shares of our common stock, stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and stock subject to outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities with an aggregate offering price which equals or exceeds $2.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

 

132


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding upon consummation of the transaction, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to the consummation of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; and

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by the majority of our whole board of directors, chair of the board of directors or our chief executive officer.

As described above in “Management—Board Composition,” in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

 

133


Table of Contents

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors, and that our directors may be removed only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that vacancies occurring on our board of directors and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of our board of directors, even though less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, and require a supermajority stockholder vote to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “EASI.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

134


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, upon the completion of this offering,              shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover any over-allotments, if any, and (2) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or purchased by existing stockholders and their affiliated entities who are subject to lock-up agreements. The remaining 15,014,485 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    No restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering; and

 

    Up to 15,014,485 restricted shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701, subject to the volume limitations, manner of sale and notice provisions described below under “Rule 144,” upon expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

135


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold by:

 

    persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

 

    our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase a total of 3,400,250 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 2,007,193 were vested. Of the total number of shares of our common stock issuable under these options, substantially all are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters described below under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701 at the expiration of those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders, optionholders, convertible noteholders and warrantholders, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days (the restricted period), after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock. Upon expiration of the “restricted” period, certain of our stockholders and warrantholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors, may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 14,633,859 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2014, including shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described under “—Lock-Up Agreements” above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 plan and the 2015 ESPP. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

136


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of common stock pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code) by a holder and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to: a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion, or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; a person liable for alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax; an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a person that received such common stock in connection with services provided; a U.S. person whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; a “controlled foreign corporation;” a “passive foreign investment company;” or a U.S. expatriate.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings, and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate (except to the limited extent set forth herein), or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THEIR PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

 

137


Table of Contents

Distributions on our Common Stock

Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder’s tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under the section entitled “—Disposition of our Common Stock” below.

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, then although the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Disposition of our Common Stock

Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption, or other taxable disposition of common stock. Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) that gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock, and certain other requirements are met. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate becoming a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. In addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally

 

138


Table of Contents

be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estate of a nonresident alien individual is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each fiscal year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently, 28%). Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non- U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

New rules in the Code may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. The legislation potentially imposes a 30% withholding tax on “withholdable payments” if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. “Withholdable payment” generally means (i) any payment of interest, dividends, rents, and certain other types of generally passive income if such payment is from sources within the United States, and (ii) any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any property of a type that can produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States (including, for example, stock and debt of U.S. corporations). If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. An applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction may modify the foregoing rules. If an investor does not provide us with the information necessary to comply with the legislation, it is possible that distributions to such investor that are attributable to withholdable payments, such as dividends, will be subject to the 30% withholding tax. Withholding on certain passive income, such as dividends and interest, began on July 1, 2014. The IRS has issued guidance indicating that withholding with respect to all other withholdable payments will be required after December 31, 2016. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding this legislation.

 

139


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  

Northland Securities, Inc.

  
  

 

Total:

  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price, and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

 

140


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs, and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering, up to $30,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “EASI.”

We, all of our directors and officers, and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (restricted period):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

Whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; or

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

 

141


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that notice shall be provided as required by applicable law, rule or regulation.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

142


Table of Contents

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong),

 

143


Table of Contents

(ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares, and debentures of that corporation, or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

144


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

145


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, Palo Alto, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters relating to the shares of common stock offered by the prospectus.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.easic.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

146


Table of Contents

eASIC CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders:

eASIC Corporation

Santa Clara, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of eASIC Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of eASIC Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

February 19, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

eASIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    As of December 31,     Pro Forma
as of
December 31,
2014
 
    2013     2014    
                (Unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,423      $ 8,790     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

    6,762        13,871     

Inventories, net

    6,795        11,267     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,033        827     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    22,013        34,755     

Property and equipment, net

    2,356        6,600     

Other assets

    543        1,763     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 24,912      $ 43,118     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 3,683      $ 9,808     

Term loans, current portion

           818     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,835        4,178     

Deferred revenues

    1,152        321     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    6,670        15,125     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

    271        1,203      $   

Revolving line of credit

    4,950        7,950     

Term loans, non-current portion

    5,798        7,999     

Vendor financing arrangement

    1,381        1,280     

Income taxes payable

           3,081     

Other non-current liabilities

    64        289     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    19,134        36,927        35,724   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

     

Preferred stock:

     

Convertible and non-convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 490,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014; 5,065,963 shares issued and outstanding with liquidation preference of $63,533 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

    41,286        41,286          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total preferred stock

    41,286        41,286          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ deficit:

     

Common stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 1,575,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014; 9,454,962 and 9,868,802 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 actual; and 15,014,485 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

    9,765        11,325        53,814   

Accumulated deficit

    (45,273     (46,420     (46,420
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (35,508     (35,095   $ 7,394   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 24,912      $ 43,118     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

eASIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2012                     2013                     2014          

Revenues:

      

Product

   $ 11,843      $ 26,111      $ 65,086   

Service

     1,840        3,666        2,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     13,683        29,777        67,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

      

Product

     8,707        14,968        37,366   

Service

     373        748        636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     9,080        15,716        38,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,603        14,061        29,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     11,898        13,026        13,870   

Sales and marketing

     4,494        4,834        5,711   

General and administrative

     2,543        3,076        5,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     18,935        20,936        25,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (14,332     (6,875     4,348   

Interest expense

     (1,042     (935     (1,443

Other income (expense), net

     72        12        (836
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (15,302     (7,798     2,069   

Provision for income taxes

     (57     (44     (3,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,359     (7,842     (1,147

Add/(Less): Capital contribution from/(deemed dividend to) common stockholders

     83,386        (338       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 68,027      $ (8,180   $ (1,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ 213.75      $ (0.90   $ (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (4.06   $ (0.90   $ (0.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

     318,249        9,066,797        9,518,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     3,786,303        9,066,797        9,518,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

       $ (364
      

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic

       $ (0.02
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ (0.02
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic

         14,664,060   

Diluted

         14,664,060   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

eASIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible and non-convertible preferred stock     Stockholders’ deficit  
    Convertible preferred
stock (Series A - H)
    Non-convertible preferred
stock (Series A-1)
    Convertible preferred
stock (Series A-2)
    Convertible preferred
stock (Series A - H)
    Common stock     Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Balances, January 1, 2012

    3,076,113      $ 109,953             $             $             $        129,136      $ 1,933      $ (107,685   $ (105,752

Extinguishment and reclassification of convertible preferred stock into equity upon elimination of the liquidation preference for Series A, B, C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H convertible preferred stock

    (3,076,113     (109,953                                 3,076,113        26,567                      83,386        109,953   

Issuance of Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock and common stock for cash of $2.3 million and notes of $4 million, and conversion of Series C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock to common stock, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million

                  337,177        15,036        1,217,597        4,024        (429,997     (15,569     4,173,696        2,768               (12,801

Series A preferred stock surrendered

                                              (1,481     (11            11                 

Options exercised

                                                            10,635        24               24   

Stock-based compensation

                                                                   141               141   

Net loss

                                                                          (15,359     (15,359
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2012

                  337,177        15,036        1,217,597        4,024        2,644,635        10,987        4,313,467        4,877        (39,658     (23,794

Issuance of Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock and common stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million, and conversion of Series C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock to common stock

                  196,124        8,779        708,315        2,349        (287,990     (5,800     2,443,794        (937            (6,737

Expiration of exchange purchase options and conversion of Series C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock to common stock

                                              (2,356,645     (5,187     2,652,620        5,187                 

 

F-5


Table of Contents
    Convertible and non-convertible preferred stock     Stockholders’ deficit  
    Convertible preferred
stock (Series A - H)
    Non-convertible preferred
stock (Series A-1)
    Convertible preferred
stock (Series A-2)
    Convertible preferred
stock (Series A - H)
    Common stock     Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount     Amount  

Reclassification in connection with conversion of warrants for preferred stock into warrants for common stock

                                                                   4               4   

Issuance of Series A-2 preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

                                390,344        1,202                                    727        727   

Modification of rights of outstanding Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock

                         (6,032            5,281                                    751        751   

Issuance of Series A-2 preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.04 million

                                1,925,947        9,246                                    642        642   

Issuance of Series A-2 preferred stock on conversion of convertible notes plus accrued interest

                                290,459        1,401                                    107        107   

Options exercised

                                                            45,081        77               77   

Stock-based compensation

                                                                   557               557   

Net loss

                                                                          (7,842     (7,842
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2013

                  533,301        17,783        4,532,662        23,503                      9,454,962        9,765        (45,273     (35,508

Options exercised

                                                            451,779        193               193   

Cancellation of founder shares in connection with non payment of notes

                                                            (37,939                     

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                                                   33               33   

Stock-based compensation

                                                                   1,334               1,334   

Net loss

                   —                                                   —                      (1,147     (1,147
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2014

            —      $        533,301      $ 17,783        4,532,662      $ 23,503                —      $        9,868,802      $ 11,325      $ (46,420   $ (35,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

eASIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
        2012             2013             2014      

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net loss

  $ (15,359   $ (7,842   $ (1,147

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Stock-based compensation

    243        1,319        1,334   

Depreciation and amortization

    480        546        907   

Amortization of debt discount

    235        273        309   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (127     (34     783   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    126        224        522   

Other non-cash operating activity

           303          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable, net

    (112     (3,450     (7,109

Inventories, net

    1,450        (5,450     (4,472

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (21     309        165   

Other assets

    17        (43     10   

Accounts payable

    1,336        997        5,391   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    296        (88     1,683   

Deferred revenues

    1,032        (529     (831

Non-current income taxes payable

                  3,081   

Other non-current liabilities

    (38     (13     (84
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (10,442     (13,478     542   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Purchases of property and equipment

    (524     (2,129     (5,316

Purchases of other assets

                  (101
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (524     (2,129     (5,417
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Payments on capital lease obligations

                  (41

Payments on vendor financing arrangement

    (106     (446     (191

Proceeds from term loans and revolving line of credit

    5,025        21,728        5,975   

Repayments of term loans and revolving line of credit

    (7,892     (18,140       

Proceeds from issuance of bridge notes

    4,069        1,500          

Net proceeds from issuance of stock

    2,108        15,508          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    24        77        547   

Payment of initial public offering costs

                  (48
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    3,228        20,227        6,242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (7,738     4,620        1,367   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    10,541        2,803        7,423   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 2,803      $ 7,423      $ 8,790   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

  $ 643      $ 547      $ 1,103   

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

  $ 56      $ 49      $ 71   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flows from investing and financing activities:

     

Property and equipment acquired included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 74      $ 165      $ 108   

Property and equipment acquired included in capital lease obligations

  $      $      $ 404   

Extinguishment and reclassification of convertible preferred stock into equity upon elimination of the liquidation preference for Series A, B, C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H convertible preferred stock

  $ 83,386      $      $   

Conversion of Series C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H convertible preferred stock to common stock

  $ 348      $ 213      $   

Series A preferred stock surrendered for no consideration

  $ 11      $      $   

Exchange of stockholders’ notes payable, including accrued interest, as investment in connection with Series A-2 financing

  $ 4,050      $ 1,500      $   

Expiration of exchange purchase options and conversion of Series C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H convertible preferred stock to common stock

  $      $ 5,187      $   

Reclassification in connection with conversion of warrants for preferred stock into warrants for common stock

  $      $ 4      $   

Capital contribution representing the excess of fair value of shares purchased over cash and stockholders’ notes payable exchanged in the Series A-2 financings

  $      $ 1,476      $   

Modification of rights of outstanding Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock

  $      $ 751      $   

Deferred initial public offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $      $      $ 1,076   

Issuance of warrants for preferred stock

  $      $ 235      $ 149   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

eASIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting principles

Description of business

eASIC Corporation was incorporated in the state of Delaware on October 28, 1999. The Company has pioneered a differentiated solution that enables the Company to rapidly and cost-effectively deliver custom integrated circuits (ICs), creating value for its customers’ hardware and software systems. The Company’s eASIC solution consists of eASIC platform which incorporates a versatile, pre-defined and re-usable base array and customizable single-mask layer, the easicopy ASICs, standard ASICs and proprietary design tools. The Company is headquartered in California and has offices in Malaysia, Romania, Japan and Bermuda.

Unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet

Upon the consummation of an initial public offering of at least $30.0 million in gross proceeds, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The December 31, 2014 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 5,145,683 shares of common stock, the related conversion of 111,505 shares of preferred stock underlying outstanding warrants, which results in the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and the termination and cancellation of all 533,301 outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock.

Reverse stock split

On August 6, 2014 (effective date), the Company effected a 75-to-1 reverse stock split of its common stock and preferred stock (collectively referred to as capital stock). On the effective date of the reverse stock split, (i) each 75 shares of outstanding capital stock was reduced to 1 share of capital stock; (ii) the number of shares of capital stock into which each outstanding warrant or option to purchase capital stock is exercisable was proportionately reduced on a 75-to-1 basis; and (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding warrant or option to purchase capital stock was proportionately increased on a 75-to-1 basis. All of the share and per share amounts have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 75-to-1 reverse stock split.

Certain significant risks and uncertainties

The Company is an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), has a limited history of profitability, and positive cash flows and is dependent on its existing cash and cash equivalents and debt facilities for liquidity. The Company is also subject to common risks and uncertainties in technology driven markets and those specific to the semiconductor industry.

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of eASIC Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Subsequent events were evaluated from the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014 through February     , 2015, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Adoption of new or revised accounting standards. The Company is an emerging growth company and can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, the Company has irrevocably elected not to avail the extended transition period and, as a result, the Company will comply with new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Use of estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation of deferred tax assets, uncertain tax positions, useful lives of long-lived assets including manufacturing tooling, revenue recognition and stock-based compensation expense. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.

Concentration of credit and other risks

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, revolving line of credit, term loans and vendor financing arrangement. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates their carrying value due to the nature of these instruments and short-term maturities. The Company estimates the fair value of the revolving line of credit, term loans and vendor financing arrangement by considering the current rates available to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities and with similar characteristics, structure and terms.

Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains a substantial portion of its cash and cash equivalents in checking and savings accounts with banks. Management believes that the banks that hold the Company’s cash are financially sound and, accordingly, are subject to minimal credit risk. Deposits held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security in support of accounts receivable. The Company periodically reviews the need for an allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, the age of the accounts receivable balances and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. As a result of the Company’s favorable collection experience and customer concentration, allowance for doubtful accounts was immaterial at December 31, 2013 and 2014.

The customer concentrations for the Company as a percentage of total revenues were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014  

Customer A(1)

     62     54     62

Customer B(1)

     12     32     31

Customer C

     10     *        *   

The customer concentrations for the Company as a percentage of gross accounts receivable, based on the billing address of the customer, were as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
 
     2013     2014  

Customer A

     66     *   

Customer D(2)

     28     12

Customer E(2)

     *        75

 

* less than 10%.
(1) Sales include sales to contract manufacturers or ODMs at the direction of such end customer.
(2) Receivable from contract manufacturers or ODMs to whom sales are made at the direction of end customer.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and at historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and liabilities. Revenues, cost of revenues and expenses are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each reporting period. The Company includes gains and losses from the remeasurement process as well as from foreign currency transactions in the consolidated statements of operations. In the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, foreign currency loss of $0.1 million, $0.02 million and $0.04 million, respectively, was included in other income (expense), net.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited with banks and money market funds for which their cost approximates their fair value.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, there were no differences between net loss and other comprehensive income (loss).

Inventories

Inventories are stated at lower of standard cost or market. Standard cost approximates actual cost determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. The Company records inventory write-downs for potentially excess inventory based on forecasted demand, economic trends, technological obsolescence of its products and transition of inventory related to new product releases. At the point of loss recognition, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful life or the remaining lease term. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed and any resulting gain or loss is recorded as a component of operating expenses. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
 

Equipment and software

     3 years   

Furniture and fixtures

     3 years   

Leasehold improvements

     3-5 years   

Manufacturing tooling

     3-8 years   

The Company incurs costs for the purchase of masks to manufacture the Company’s products. The Company’s eASIC platform incorporates a versatile base array and a customizable single-mask layer. If the Company determines the product technological feasibility has been achieved and estimated market demand for products using the tested array exists when costs are incurred, the costs will be capitalized as manufacturing tooling under property and equipment. If product technological feasibility has not been achieved or the mask is

 

F-10


Table of Contents

not expected to be utilized in production, the related mask costs are expensed as incurred to research and development (R&D). The amount capitalized is amortized to cost of sales on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 8 years for the base array and 3 years for the customizable single mask layer. Amortization commences with the start of commercial production. The Company periodically reassesses the estimated useful lives of capitalized mask sets and assesses them for impairment. Impairment charges are recorded in the period that determination of the impairment occurs. Total mask costs capitalized were $1.9 million and $6.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates events and changes in circumstances that could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, an assessment is made of the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, the Company records an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the asset. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has written down tooling and mask sets of $0.5 million as a result of impairment. There were no impairment charges in prior periods.

Deferred initial public offering costs

Deferred initial public offering costs, consisting of direct and incremental legal, accounting and other fees and costs attributable to our registration statement, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the proceeds received upon the closing of the offering. In the event the offering does not occur in a timely manner, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within operations. There were $1.1 million of such costs included in the December 31, 2014 balance of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized at December 31, 2013.

Product warranty

The Company’s products are sold, with a limited warranty for a period ranging from two to five years, warranting that the product conforms to specifications and is free from material defects in design, materials and workmanship. To date, the Company has had negligible returns of any defective production parts. As such, there is no accrual for warranty provision for the periods presented.

Preferred stock warrant liability

The preferred stock warrant liability is measured and recognized in the financial statements at its fair value as the warrants contain anti-dilution provisions which requires the exercise price of the warrants to be reduced upon any future down-round financing. The fair value of the warrants is estimated using an option-pricing model at each reporting date. The change in fair value of the warrants is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of other income (expense) net. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, the preferred stock warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value and any remaining liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit. A liquidation event includes the completion of an initial public offering in which the shares underlying the warrants convert from preferred stock into shares of common stock.

Revenue recognition

The Company earns revenues from the sale of custom ICs, design and development of ICs for customers, and related engineering services and prototypes. When the Company enters into an arrangement that includes a design and development phase and a production phase, the production revenues are recognized when production ICs are shipped.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The delivery criterion for each type of product and service is discussed below.

Product Revenues. Product revenues are generated from sales of ICs. The Company recognizes product revenues at the time of delivery to its customers. A substantial majority of the Company’s sales are made on a VMI basis in which the Company maintains inventory of its product at a customer specific location (the hub). Title to that inventory transfers to its customer, and revenues are recognized, when the Company’s products are “pulled” from the Company’s hub locations or delivered to its customers, as needed to meet their manufacturing requirements. The Company invoices its customer when this pull transaction occurs. In addition, the Company sells to non-stocking distributors that sell directly to end-users for which the Company does not grant return privileges, except for defective products during the warranty period, nor does the Company grant pricing credits. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenues upon transfer of title and risk of loss or damage, generally upon delivery.

Service Revenues. The Company performs design and development services for ICs to a customer’s specifications and applies the proportional performance method based on the achievement of contractual milestones. The Company has identified the acceptance of the design and prototype delivery as separate elements in the design and development arrangement. The revenues are allocated between such elements based on relative selling price. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific evidence of fair value (VSOE) if available, third-party-evidence (TPE), if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling prices (ESP), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Revenues and the related costs for each of these elements are recognized up on completion of the substantive milestones. If achievement of milestones is subject to customer acceptance, such milestones are not considered achieved until customer acceptance is received. When the Company has not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for its services, the Company generally utilizes best ESP for the purposes of allocating revenues to each unit of accounting. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or future performance obligations and not subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

Deferred revenues consist of amounts that have been invoiced relating to service revenues but that have not been recognized as revenues in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policy.

At the inception of the customer arrangement, and at each reporting date thereafter, the Company estimates the total cost to complete under its arrangements. If at any point of time during the arrangement, the Company estimates the total cost to complete is higher than the arrangement price, a provision for the entire loss is recorded in the period that the estimate of a loss occurs.

The Company also derives revenues from sale of third party IP solutions. At the request of the Company’s customers, the Company procures third party IP solutions in order for them to port such third party IP solutions on the design of the ICs, the costs of which are then passed through to its customers. The determination of whether revenues should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the transaction. In determining whether the Company is the principal or an agent, the Company follows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. When the Company determines that it is not the primary obligor and (i) is not responsible for any development work on such third party IP, (ii) does not have any discretion to select the third party IP provider, and (iii) does not have latitude in price setting, then the Company concludes that it is the agent in these arrangements, and therefore reports revenues and cost of revenues on a net basis.

Shipping costs

Shipping costs are included in sales and marketing expense. Shipping costs were $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were immaterial for all periods presented.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company enters into agreements with customers for shared development, under which research and development costs are eligible for reimbursement. Amounts reimbursed under these arrangements are offset against research and development expenses.

Income taxes

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company uses a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. A tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The standard also provides guidance on derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a single option award approach. This model requires that at the date of grant the Company determines the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of the Company’s common stock. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years. The Company estimates a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for the Company’s awards. The forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of the Company’s actual historical forfeitures.

The Company accounts for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the fair value of the awards determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options granted to nonemployees is remeasured as the stock options vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in the statement of operations during the period the related services are rendered. The stock-based compensation expense is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards.

Net income (loss) per share

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings between holders of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

common and convertible preferred stock, based on the contractual dividend rights of the holders of convertible preferred stock including those dividends payable on convertible preferred stock prior and in preference to the holders of common stock. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for purposes of calculating diluted net income (loss) per share by the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods. For purposes of the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation, convertible preferred stock, common stock options, and warrants are considered to be potentially dilutive securities.

Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period.

Recently issued accounting standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09 regarding ASC Topic 606—Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The standard provides principles for recognizing revenues for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within the guidance; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per the guidance. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the accounting, transition and disclosure requirements of the standard and cannot currently estimate the financial statement impact of adoption.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11—Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (ASU 2013-11). This standard requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. In doing so, companies will have reduced diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures than under today’s guidance. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on its consolidated financial statements will be material.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

2. Fair value measurements

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which to transact and the market-based risk. The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability represents their fair value, and the carrying value of the revolving line of credit and term loans approximate fair value as the stated interest rates approximate market rates currently available to the Company.

The Company categorizes assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets based upon the level of judgment associated with inputs used to measure their fair value. The categories are as follows:

 

    Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2—Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

    Level 3—Inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

The following describes the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

Description

   Balance as of
December 31,
2013
     Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
other observable
inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Liabilities

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 271       $       $       $ 271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

$ 271    $    $    $ 271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Description

   Balance as of
December 31,
2014
     Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
other observable
inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Liabilities

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,203       $       $       $ 1,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

$ 1,203    $    $    $ 1,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3 instruments consist solely of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability in which the fair value was measured using an option-pricing model. As discussed further in Note 6, the preferred stock warrant liability was estimated using assumptions related to the remaining contractual term of the warrants, the risk-free interest rate and volatility of the Company’s comparable public companies over the remaining term and the fair value of

 

F-15


Table of Contents

underlying shares. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the preferred stock warrant liability are the fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation date and the estimated term of the warrants. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying stock and estimated term would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents the fair value activity for the preferred stock warrant liability (in thousands):

 

     Level 3  

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 131   

Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (127
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$ 4   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

  235   

Reclassification to additional paid-in capital

  (4

Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrants

  36   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$ 271   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

  149   

Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrants

  783   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ 1,203   
  

 

 

 

The convertible preferred stock warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

3. Consolidated balance sheet components

Inventories, net

Inventories, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Raw materials

   $ 359       $ 745   

Work-in-process

     2,621         4,710   

Finished goods

     3,815         5,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 6,795    $ 11,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 137      $ 136   

Equipment and software

     2,978        3,323   

Manufacturing tooling

     1,864        6,151   

Leasehold improvements

     194        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  5,173      9,824   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

  (2,817   (3,224
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 2,356    $ 6,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Accrued payroll and related expenses

   $ 741       $ 1,617   

Other accrued liabilities

     1,094         2,561   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1,835    $ 4,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Borrowings

In September 2010, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement, as amended at various dates from 2010 to 2014 (collectively, the Amended SVB Agreement) with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) for a total growth capital loan of $5.0 million and advances under a revolving line of credit up to $8.0 million. The Amended SVB Agreement contains restrictive covenants, including covenants requiring the Company to meet quarterly gross revenues targets, and limiting its ability to sell property, enter into merger and acquisitions, raise new debt, and other restrictions typical of such debt. The Amended SVB Agreement contains usual and customary events of default, such as payment defaults, covenant defaults, investor abandonment, cross-default to material indebtedness and contracts, and insolvency defaults. The Company’s borrowings under the Amended SVB Agreement are secured by a lien granted with respect to substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property. The amendment in December 2014 provides for a change in the covenant relating to the maximum amounts that can be held in foreign deposit accounts from $0.25 million to $0.8 million and also for the extension of the maturity date for the revolving line of credit from September 30, 2015 to September 25, 2016.

Revolving line of credit

Under the terms of the Amended SVB Loan Agreement, the Company is able to borrow up to $8.0 million under the revolving line of credit. The line of credit carries a floating interest rate equal to prime plus 1.5% and matures on September 25, 2016. Borrowings under the line of credit were collateralized by all the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property, and the availability of borrowings under the line of credit is subject to certain borrowing base limitations. Subject to reduction based upon a revenue test, the maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit is not to exceed the lesser of $8.0 million, or 85% of eligible accounts receivable. Under the terms of the line of credit, if cash balances with SVB are less than $5 million, customer payments are applied to reduce the amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, such cash balances exceeded the above threshold, and, accordingly, the revolving line of credit was classified as long-term liability.

Term loans

The $5.0 million growth capital loans were made under two tranches. The first $3.0 million tranche was available immediately upon execution of the Amended SVB Loan Agreement. The second $2.0 million tranche was contingent upon the Company achieving a certain milestone. Under the terms of the Amended SVB Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed $3.0 million under the growth capital facility during September 2010 and $2.0 million during January 2011. The Company paid off all the outstanding balance under the growth capital facility during September 2013.

In April 2011, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (GHC Loan Agreement) with Gold Hill Capital 2008 L.P. (GHC) for a total growth capital facility of $3.0 million. Under the terms of the GHC Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed $3.0 million under the growth capital facility during the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company paid off all the outstanding balance under the growth capital facility during September 2013.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In September 2013, the Company entered into a venture loan and security agreement with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation and DBD Credit Funding LLC (Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement) and immediately borrowed the entire $6.0 million in term loans available under that facility. The Company’s borrowings under the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement are secured by a lien granted with respect to substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property. The Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement contained usual and customary events of default, such as payment defaults, covenant defaults, material adverse change, investor abandonment, cross-default to material indebtedness, and insolvency defaults. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 11%, with interest—only payments through and including October 1, 2015 and then equal principal and interest payments for an additional 24 months. In connection with the issuance of the notes, the Company agreed to make a final payment of $0.15 million upon maturity of the notes, which is being recorded as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the notes. There are prepayment penalties with respect to the notes. In September 2013, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of the debts owed to SVB and GHC as discussed above, using the proceeds received from the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement.

In September 2014, the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement was amended and restated (the Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement) mainly to make two new term loans available to the Company, and the Company immediately borrowed the entire $3.0 million in additional term loans available under the facility. The Company’s borrowings under the Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement are secured by a lien granted with respect to substantially all of its assets, excluding intellectual property. The Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement prohibits the payment of dividends and contains restrictive covenants, including covenants limiting its ability to sell property, enter into merger and acquisitions, raise new debt, and other restrictions typical of such debt. The Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement contains usual and customary events of default, such as payment defaults, covenant defaults, material adverse change, investor abandonment, cross-default to material indebtedness, and insolvency defaults. The notes related to the new term loans carry a fixed interest rate of 10.75%, with interest-only payments through and including October 1, 2015 and then equal principal and interest payments for an additional 30 months. In connection with the issuance of the new term loan notes, the Company agreed to make a final payment of $0.1 million with respect to such term loans, which is being recorded as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the notes. There are prepayment penalties for the new term notes. In December 2014, the Horizon Venture Loan Agreement was amended to provide for a change in the covenant relating to the maximum amounts that can be held in foreign deposit accounts from $0.25 million to $0.8 million.

Term loans consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Horizon Venture term loans, current portion

   $       $ 818   

Horizon Venture term loans, non-current portion

     5,798         7,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Horizon Venture term loans, total

$ 5,798    $ 8,817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contractual future repayments on outstanding debt obligations (amounts exclude unamortized discount of $0.2 million at December 31, 2014), not including outstanding balances under the revolving line of credit, as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,    Principal  

2015

   $ 855   

2016

     4,040   

2017

     3,657   

2018

     448   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 9,000   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Term loan warrants

 

    In connection with the Amended SVB Loan Agreement as discussed above, in September 2010, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 12,907 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $15.495 per share. The warrants are exercisable any time at the option of the holder and expire on the earlier of the tenth anniversary of the date of issuance or upon the closing of an acquisition of the Company in which the consideration payable for such acquisition is cash, or upon the closing of an acquisition of the Company in which the consideration payable for such acquisition is publicly traded stock with a per share value of at least $46.485 per share. The warrants were initially valued at $0.1 million and recorded as a discount on the related term loans. As part of the Series A-2 Financing, which closed in January 2013, the Series G convertible preferred stock warrants converted into common stock warrants.

 

    In connection with the GHC Loan Agreement as discussed above, in April 2011, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 19,361 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $15.495 per share. The warrant is exercisable any time at the option of the holder and expires in April 2021. The warrant was valued at $0.2 million and recorded as a discount on the related term loans. As part of the Series A-2 Financing, which closed in January 2013, the Series G convertible preferred stock warrants converted into common stock warrants.

 

    In connection with the Original Horizon Venture Loan Agreement as discussed above, in September 2013, the Company issued warrants to purchase either (i) 75,111 shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.19225 per share or (ii) shares issued in the Company’s next round of preferred stock financing that results in at least $10.0 million in cash proceeds to the Company, with an exercise price equal to the per share price in the financing. The number of shares issuable after a new financing would be determined by dividing $0.4 million by the applicable exercise price. The warrants were immediately exercisable and expire at the later of ten years after issuance or five years from closing an initial public offering. The warrants were initially valued at $0.2 million and recorded as a discount on the related term loans.

 

    In connection with the Amended Horizon Venture Loan Agreement as discussed above, in September 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase either (i) 23,110 shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.19225 per share or (ii) shares issued in the Company’s next round of preferred stock financing that results in at least $10.0 million in cash proceeds to the Company, with an exercise price equal to the per share price in the financing. The number of shares issuable after a new financing would be determined by dividing $0.1 million, by the applicable exercise price. The warrants were immediately exercisable and expire at the later of ten years after issuance or five years from closing an initial public offering. The warrants were initially valued at $0.1 million and recorded as a discount on the related term loans.

At December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the Amended SVB Agreement and Amended Horizon Venture Agreement.

Vendor financing arrangement

The Company has an existing arrangement, as amended, with DNP America LLC (DNP) which provides for the purchase of mask sets to be paid in over a period of time based on the actual purchase of additional mask sets over the remaining term of the agreement. The terms of the agreement initially provided for repayment of any unpaid amounts by December 2012. The terms of the agreement were modified in December 2012 as follows:

 

  (a)   The extension to December 2016 for the repayment of any unpaid amounts payable to DNP towards purchases of mask sets by the Company; and

 

  (b)   An increase in the amounts due to DNP by a total of $0.2 million repayable by the Company at a pre-determined amount at the time of purchases of subsequent mask sets and any unpaid amounts remaining due of the $0.2 million to be paid prior in January 2015.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The modification of the aggregate principal balance due to DNP with a net carrying amount of $1.4 million prior to the December 2012 modification resulted in a troubled debt restructuring accounting treatment under ASC Topic 470-60 where no gain or loss was recognized due to fact that the carrying amount of the debt balance was less than total future cash payments specified by the terms of the debt remaining unsettled after the modification. The net carrying amount due to DNP was $1.4 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In February 2015, the terms of the agreement have been modified as follows:

The extension to January 2016 of the repayment of the $0.2 million discussed in (b) above repayable by the Company at a pre-determined amount at the time of purchase of subsequent mask sets to the extent any amounts remaining due of the $0.2 million.

The extension to January 2017 for the repayment of any unpaid amounts payable to DNP towards purchase of mask sets by the Company.

5. Commitments and contingencies

License agreements

The Company has entered into time-based software license arrangements requiring quarterly payments through 2017. The future minimum payments under these arrangements as of December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Time-based
licenses
 

Year:

  

2015

   $ 2,521   

2016

     1,383   

2017

     580   
  

 

 

 

Total payments

$ 4,484   
  

 

 

 

Leases

The Company leases office equipment and facilities under non-cancellable operating leases with terms through year 2016. Rent expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the term of the lease.

The aggregate future non-cancelable minimum rental payments on the Company’s operating leases, as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

$ 433   

2016

  387   

2017

  68   
  

 

 

 

Total payments

$ 888   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for all operating leases was $0.5 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

In July 2014, the Company leased certain data storage equipment under a capital lease that is included in property and equipment. The total cost of this equipment, net of accumulated amortization, was $0.4 million as of December 31, 2014.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The aggregate future non-cancelable minimum rental payments on the Company’s capital leases, as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

$ 138   

2016

  152   

2017

  114   
  

 

 

 
  404   

Less: Interest component

  28   
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

  376   

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligation (included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities)

  121   
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligation (included in other non-current liabilities)

$ 255   
  

 

 

 

Litigation and indemnification

Litigation

The Company accrues for contingencies when it believes that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the amount of any such loss and the Company has made an assessment of the probability of incurring any such losses and whether or not those losses are estimable.

Although the Company is not currently subject to any litigation, and no litigation is currently threatened against the Company, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation, including intellectual property litigation, arising in the ordinary course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes and are not predictable with assurance. The Company accrues amounts that it believes are adequate to address any liabilities related to legal proceedings and other loss contingencies that it believes will result in a probable loss that is reasonably estimable.

To the extent there is a reasonable possibility that a loss exceeding amounts already recognized may be incurred and the amount of such additional loss would be material, the Company will either disclose the estimated additional loss or state that such an estimate cannot be made. The Company does not currently believe that it is reasonably possible that additional losses in connection with litigation arising in the ordinary course of business would be material.

Indemnification

Under the indemnification provisions of the Company’s standard sales related contracts, the Company agrees to defend its customers against third-party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets and to pay judgments entered on such claims. The Company’s exposure under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by its customer under the agreement. However, certain agreements include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the amount received under the agreement. In addition, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors and certain key employees while they are serving in good faith in such capacities. Through December 31, 2014, the Company has accrued a charge of $0.2 million for claims under indemnification provisions.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

6. Preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

Preferred stock

As of the dates below, the Company’s outstanding preferred stock, both convertible and non-convertible, consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2014  
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Aggregate
Liquidation
Value
  Carrying
Value
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Aggregate
Liquidation
Value
  Carrying
Value
 

Series A

                $      $                    $      $   

Series B

                                                       

Series C

                                                       

Series D

                                                       

Series E

                                                       

Series F

                                                       

Series F-1

                                                       

Series G

                                                       

Series H

                                                       

Series A-1*

    40,000,000        533,301        40,000        17,783        40,000,000        533,301        40,000        17,783   

Series A-2

    450,000,000        4,532,662        23,533        23,503        450,000,000        4,532,662        23,533        23,503   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    490,000,000        5,065,963      $ 63,533      $ 41,286        490,000,000        5,065,963      $ 63,533      $ 41,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* All classes of preferred stock are convertible except Series A-1 preferred stock which is non-convertible.

Convertible and non-convertible preferred stock

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock of the Company are as follows:

Dividends. Holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive, pari passu but in preference to the common stockholders, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of eight percent (8%) of the original issue price as follows:

 

    $0.41538 per share on each outstanding share of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock.

 

    $6.00 per share on each outstanding share of Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock.

No dividends have been declared to date. In the event dividends are paid on common stock, then the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding preferred stock in an amount per share (on an as-if-converted to common stock basis for the Series A-2 preferred stock) equal to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A-2 preferred stock, shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to the other preferred or common holders, an amount of $5.19225 per share for each share of Series A-2 preferred stock held by them, plus all declared but unpaid dividends. If the distribution is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A-2 preference amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A-2 preferred stock, in proportion to the number of shares of Series A-2 preferred stock held by each. After payment in full to the holders of the Series A-2 preferred stock, the holders of Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to the common holders, an amount of $75.00 per share for each share of Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock, plus all declared but unpaid

 

F-22


Table of Contents

dividends. If the distribution is insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A-1 amount, then it will be distributed ratably among the Series A-1 holders in proportion to the number of shares held by each. After payment in full to the holders of Series A-2 preferred stock and Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets shall be distributed among the holders of Series A-2 preferred stock and common stock, pro rata, assuming conversion of all Series A-2 preferred stock into common stock, until, with respect to the holders of Series A-2 preferred stock, such holders shall have received an amount equal to $15.57675 on such shares of Series A-2 preferred stock. Thereafter, the holders of the common stock shall receive all remaining proceeds.

Redemption

The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable.

Conversion

Holders of Series A-2 preferred stock have the option to convert each share of preferred stock into common stock (subject to adjustment for events of dilution) on a 1.13525 to one basis. The Series A-2 preferred stock shall automatically be converted into common stock upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by the vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 preferred stock, voting or acting together as a single class, or (ii) an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement with an aggregate offering price of not less than $30.0 million. The Series A-1 preferred stock has no conversion rights. Upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement in which all shares of the preferred stock convert into common stock, the Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock shall terminate and cease to have any rights, preferences or privileges without any further action.

Voting

Each share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock has voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred shares could be converted. The Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock has no voting rights. For the election of members of the Board of Directors, the voting is as follows:

 

    The holders of the Series A-2 preferred stock, voting as a single class, shall be entitled to elect four directors.

 

    The holders of common stock, voting as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one director.

 

    The holders of common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining directors.

Series A-2 preferred stock financings and recapitalization

In December 2012, under a new Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the Series A-2 Stock Purchase Agreement, the holders of the Company’s existing preferred stock (Series A through Series H) were offered the right to participate in the $10.0 million financing, on a pro-rata basis, for a 45-day offering period that ended in January 2013. For each dollar invested in the Series A-2 financing, each holder was also entitled to exchange shares of their existing preferred stock with $4 of liquidation preference for:

 

    0.0533 shares of Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock (0.5 million shares in total).

 

    0.04 shares of “bonus” common stock per share of Series A-2 preferred stock purchased.

 

    the number of shares of common stock into which their exchanged preferred stock was convertible.

All of the remaining preferred shares not exchanged by participating holders, and all of the preferred stockholders who elected not to participate, would be automatically converted to common stock in January 2013.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

In December 2012, Series A through H preferred stock lost the right to receive their original liquidation preferences upon a liquidation event, and, as a result, were considered extinguished for accounting purposes. The extinguishment resulted in a contribution of capital to the common stock of $83.4 million, which was recorded within the stockholders’ accumulated deficit. This represented the excess of the carrying amount of the Series A through H preferred stock immediately prior to the extinguishment over the sum of (1) the fair value of the common stock into which the preferred shares were convertible and (2) the fair value of the purchase options given to the preferred holders. The fair value of the purchase options was determined based on the fair value of all the shares that would be received in the exchange, minus the cash and stockholder notes payable exchanged. The contribution of capital on the extinguishment was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net income attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The first closing of the Series A-2 preferred financing occurred in December 2012, with the issuance of 1.2 million shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, as well as 0.3 million shares of Series A-1 non-convertible preferred stock and 4.2 million shares of common stock, upon investment of $2.3 million in cash and $4.0 million in stockholder notes payable, along with the exchange of 0.4 million shares of Series C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock.

In January 2013, the Company completed the initial round of the Series A-2 financing and issued an additional 0.7 million shares of Series A-2 preferred, 0.2 million shares of Series A-1 preferred, and 2.4 million shares of common stock, in exchange for additional cash invested of $3.7 million and 0.3 million shares of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock. This exchange included the exercise of participation rights that had been reallocated from non-participating preferred holders, and this resulted in the recognition of $0.8 million in compensation expense for holders who received reallocated rights and were employees or service providers, and a deemed dividend to the preferred stock of $2.6 million related to holders who received reallocated rights and were not employees or service providers. The deemed dividend was charged to common stock and was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Also in January 2013, the unexercised purchase options expired, and all remaining shares of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, F-1, G and H preferred stock that had not been exchanged in the financing were converted to 2.7 million shares of common stock.

Subsequent Issuances of Series A-2 Preferred Stock—From January 28, 2013 to June 2013, 0.4 million additional shares of Series A-2 preferred stock were issued to investors at $5.19225 per share, for total proceeds of $2.0 million. The Company recognized a contribution of capital from the common stock of $0.7 million in the stockholders’ accumulated deficit for these purchases, representing the excess of the cash paid by investors over the fair value of the shares purchased. The contribution of capital was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013.

In July 2013, the authorized shares of Series A-2 preferred stock were increased to 450 million, and certain rights of the Series A-2 and A-1 preferred stock were modified. The Series A-2 preferred stock was given preference over the A-1 preferred in a liquidation, where previously the A-2 and A-1 preferred stock had been entitled to receive their liquidation preferences on a pari passu basis. In addition, the conversion ratio for Series A-2 preferred increased to 1.13525 to one, from one to one. No investor group or individual investor experienced a significant net change in the value of their holdings, and the Company accounted for the change in the terms as a modification. The Company recognized a contribution of capital from the common stock of $0.8 million in the stockholders’ accumulated deficit in connection with the modification. The contribution of capital represented the net decrease in value of the outstanding preferred stock after the modification compared to the value immediately prior to the modification and was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the Company issued 1.9 million shares of Series A-2 preferred stock and a 90-day contingent right to warrants to purchase Series A-2 preferred shares for total proceeds of $10.0 million from an investor that is also a customer. The Company recognized a contribution of capital from the common stock of $0.6 million in the stockholders’ accumulated deficit in connection with the purchase, representing the excess of the proceeds allocated to the shares purchase of the $9.9 million over the fair value of the shares. The warrants were contingent on the Company being unsuccessful in completing an equity or debt financing of at least $3.0 million within the 90-day period. Proceeds of $0.1 million were allocated to the warrant right, reflecting the high probability that the additional financing would be completed. The warrant right expired in September 2013 upon the completion of a venture loan agreement, and a gain of $0.1 million was recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

Also in July 2013, the Company issued 0.3 million shares of Series A-2 preferred to investors in exchange for $1.5 million in principal and interest of stockholder notes payable issued in May 2013 that had matured in June 2013. As these investors already had significant holdings of the Company’s preferred stock, the Company accounted for the exchange as an equity transaction and recognized a contribution of capital from the common stock of $0.1 million in the stockholders’ accumulated deficit. The contribution of capital represented the excess of the carrying amount of the notes and interest exchanged over the fair value of the preferred shares received, and was included in the adjustment to the Company’s net loss in arriving at the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Equity financing warrants

The following warrants to purchase preferred stock were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and became exercisable for common stock in connection with the Series A-2 financing and recapitalization in January 2013. At that time, their carrying amount and fair value of $0.004 million was reclassified to additional paid-in-capital.

 

    During October 2009 through April 2010, in connection with the Company’s convertible note financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 56,091 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $15.495 per share. The warrants are exercisable any time at the option of the holder and expire at the earlier of June 2015, the Company’s initial public offering, or an acquisition of the Company. The warrants were initially valued at $0.5 million and recorded as a discount on the related term loans. As part of the Series A-2 Financing, which closed in January 2013, the Series G convertible preferred stock warrants converted into common stock warrants.

 

    In connection with the Company’s Series G preferred stock financing, in June 2010, the Company issued warrants to purchase 8,601 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $15.495 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and expire at the earlier of June 2015, the Company’s initial public offering, or an acquisition of the Company. The warrants were valued at $0.1 million and recorded as preferred stock issuance costs, reducing the carrying amount of the Series G preferred stock. As part of the Series A-2 Financing, which closed in January 2013, the Series G convertible preferred stock warrants converted into common stock warrants.

 

    In connection with the Company’s Series H preferred stock financing in 2011, the Company issued warrants to purchase 11,060 shares of the Company’s Series H convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $21.495 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and expire on the earlier of July 2018, the Company’s initial public offering, or an acquisition of the Company. The warrants were initially valued at $0.1 million and recorded as preferred stock issuance costs, reducing the carrying amount of the Series H preferred stock. As part of the Series A-2 Financing, which closed in January 2013, the Series H convertible preferred stock warrants converted into common stock warrants.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

As of the dates below, outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants and associated fair values are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Class of Shares

   Issuance
Date(s)
   Expiration
Date(s)
   No. of
Shares
     Exercise Price
per Share
     As of
December 31,
2013
 

Series A-2

   2013    2023      75,111       $ 5.19       $ 271   
              

 

 

 

Class of Shares

   Issuance
Date(s)
   Expiration
Date(s)
   No. of
Shares
     Exercise Price
per Share
     As of
December 31,
2014
 

Series A-2

   2013-2014    2023-2024      98,221       $ 5.19       $ 1,203   
              

 

 

 

The fair value of the preferred stock warrants was recorded as a warrant liability. The warrant is recorded at its estimated fair value utilizing an option-pricing valuation model with changes in the fair value of the warrant liability reflected in other income (expense), net. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering in which the shares underlying the warrants would convert from the related shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock, the preferred stock warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value and any remaining liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Company recognized income (expense) in the amount of $0.1 million, $(0.04) million and $(0.8) million, respectively, from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants, which was recorded through other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

At each reporting date, the Company remeasures the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to fair value using an option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     December 31,  
         2013         2014  

Series A-2 warrants (issued in September 2013):

    

Expected term (in years)

     9.75        8.75   

Risk-free interest rate

     3.04     2.17

Expected volatility

     44     45

Series A-2 warrants (issued in September 2014):

    

Expected term (in years)

            9.70   

Risk-free interest rate

            2.17

Expected volatility

            45

Remaining contractual term—The remaining contractual term represents the time from the date of the valuation to the expiration of the warrant.

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the term of the warrant.

Volatility—The volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated publicly listed peer companies over a period approximately equal to the term of the warrant because the Company has limited information on the volatility of the preferred stock since there is currently no trading history. When making the selections of industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, the Company considered the size, operational and economic similarities to the Company’s principal business operations.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Common stock

Repurchase of common stock

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company canceled a total of 37,939 shares (including 16,000 fully paid shares) held by a former founder who had pledged such shares as collateral in connection with the purchase of 21,939 restricted shares with non-recourse notes amounting to $0.16 million. The notes were due for repayment in May 2014. All the 37,939 pledged shares were canceled up on non-repayment of the notes in May 2014.

Common stock reserved for issuance

The Company was authorized to issue 1,575,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of convertible preferred stock outstanding.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014  

Options outstanding under stock option plan

     3,400,250   

Options available for future grant under stock option plan

     163,359   

Conversion of preferred stock

     5,145,683   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     111,505   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     108,020   
  

 

 

 

Total

  8,928,817   
  

 

 

 

Equity incentive plans

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees, nonemployees and directors, based on estimated fair values, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. The Company recognizes compensation cost for only those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

In April 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (2010 Plan), which was intended to be the successor to and continuation of the 2001 Stock Option Plan (2001 Plan) and provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, which may be granted to employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company.

Under the 2001 Plan and the 2010 Plan, incentive stock options may be granted to employees, non-employee directors and consultants at exercise prices not lower than the fair value of the stock at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. For incentive stock options granted to a person who, at the time of the grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per share exercise price must be no less than 110% of the fair value on the date of the grant as determined by the Board of Directors.

Options vest at a rate determined by the Board of Directors and will expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted to newly hired employees typically vest over 48 months with 25% vesting after 12 months and 75% vesting ratably over the following 36 months. Grants to existing employees typically vest in equal amounts monthly over a term of 48 months.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The 2001 Plan and the 2010 Plan allow for the issuance of restricted common stock upon early exercise of nonvested stock options subject to the repurchase right of the Company. The repurchase right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule of the original option. To date, the Company has not issued any restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights under the 2010 Plan.

Early exercise of stock options

The Company typically allows employees to exercise options granted under the 2010 Plan prior to vesting. The unvested shares are subject to the Company’s repurchase right at the original purchase price. The proceeds initially are recorded as an accrued liability from the early exercise of stock options, and reclassified to common stock as the Company’s repurchase right lapses. There were no early exercises of stock options during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. The Company has issued common stock of 231,224 shares during the year ended December 31, 2014 for stock options exercised prior to vesting. At December 31, 2014, 199,945 shares held by employees and directors were subject to repurchase at an aggregate price of $0.3 million.

A summary of the activity under the Company’s stock plans and changes during the year ended December 31, 2014 and a summary of information related to options exercisable, vested and expected to vest are presented below (in thousands, except share, per share and contractual life data):

 

     Shares available
for future grant
    Options
outstanding
    Weighted average
exercise price
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance, January 1, 2014

     718,961        2,922,812      $ 0.75         9.02       $ 1,096   

Authorized

     373,615                       

Options cancelled

     161,867        (161,867     1.16         

Options granted

     (1,091,084     1,091,084        2.12         

Options exercised

            (451,779     1.21         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2014

  163,359      3,400,250    $ 1.11      8.50    $ 36,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest

  2,895,186    $ 1.03      8.35    $ 31,153   
    

 

 

         

Options vested

  2,007,193    $ 0.78      7.93    $ 22,101   
    

 

 

         

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of employee options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $0.19, $0.34 and $1.96, respectively. The intrinsic value of the vested employee options exercised was immaterial during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Stock-based compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation awards based on fair value as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company recognizes such costs as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally four years. The Company determined valuation assumptions as follows:

Fair value of common stock

Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s Board of Directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) independent contemporaneous valuations of common stock; (ii) the rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock relative to common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of common stock; (iv) developments in the business; and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Risk-free interest rate

The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent expected term of the options for each option group.

Expected term

The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumption is based on the simplified method as described in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, Share-Based Payment. The Company expects to continue using the simplified method until sufficient information about the Company’s historical behavior is available.

Volatility

The Company determines the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of the Company’s peer group as the Company did not have trading history for its common stock.

Dividend yield

The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividend and does not currently plan to pay a cash dividend in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine fair value of the Company’s stock options

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2012    2013    2014

Fair value per share of common

   $0.75       $0.75       $1.28 – $8.83   

Expected volatility

   54%    46%    46% – 49%

Expected life in years

   6.08       5.77 – 6.08       6.08   

Risk-free interest rate

   1.01% – 1.17%    1.08% – 1.35%    1.78% – 1.93%

Dividend yield

   —       —       —   

As of December 31, 2014, total compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted to employees under the Company’s stock plans but not yet recognized was $1.3 million, net of estimated forfeitures, respectively. This cost is expected to be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 2.57 years as of December 31, 2014. Future grants will increase the amount of compensation expense to be recorded in future periods. As of December 31, 2014, total compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted to non-employees under the Company’s stock plans was $0.8 million.

Stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  

Cost of product revenues

   $ 1       $ 5       $ 5   

Research and development

     75         256         485   

Sales and marketing

     17         485         286   

General and administrative

     150         573         558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

$ 243    $ 1,319    $ 1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Repricing of Options

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repriced a total of 581,285 outstanding options by way of canceling existing outstanding option grants at an exercise price of $2.25 in exchange for new option grants at an exercise price of $0.75. Except for the change in exercise price, the new options had the same terms and conditions as the original options, including the contractual term, vesting schedule and the vesting start date. As a result of such modification, the Company expensed incremental stock compensation on the date of modification of $0.1 million relating to options that were already vested, and another $0.04 million relating to the options that were unvested was expensed over the remaining vesting term of the new options.

7. Income taxes

The Company’s book income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013             2014      

Domestic

   $ (9,115   $ (3,668   $ 456   

Foreign

     (6,187     (4,130     1,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

$ (15,302 $ (7,798 $ 2,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013             2014      

Current:

      

Federal

   $      $      $ 3,159   

State

     1                 

Foreign

     82        67        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

  83      67      3,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

Federal

              

State

              

Foreign

  (26   (23   (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

  (26   (23   (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

$ 57    $ 44    $ 3,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 5,151      $ 3,939   

Other accruals

     880       
929
  

Research and development credits

     726        721   

Stock-based compensation expense

     230        291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  6,987      5,880   

Valuation allowance

  (6,900   (5,674
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  87      206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Accruals and reserves

  (87   (177
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  (87   (177
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

$      29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company’s effective tax is as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  

Tax at statutory federal rate

   $ (5,203   $ (2,651   $ 704   

State tax, net of federal benefit

     (722     (76     (29

Stock compensation expense

     72        376        279   

Imputed interest

     334        517        515   

Permanent differences

     (3     (9     282   

Foreign tax rate differential

     2,161        1,448        (492

Change in valuation allowance

     3,437        604        (1,225

Tax credit not benefitted

            (223     (94

Uncertain tax position

                   3,275   

Other

     (19     58        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

$ 57    $ 44    $ 3,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance decreased in 2014 by $1.2 million.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had, before consideration of the Section 382 limitation discussed below, net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $66.6 million, which expire beginning in the year 2024 and federal research and development tax credits of $1.4 million, which expire beginning in the year 2026.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had, before consideration of the Section 382 limitation discussed below, net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $76.9 million which expire beginning in the year 2015 and state research and development tax credits of $1.6 million which do not expire.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that might be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant changes in stock ownership. The Company performed a Section 382 analysis and believed ownership changes occurred on July 25, 2011 and December 13, 2012. The annual limitations under Section 382 are $0.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The Company believes that $57.7 million of the $66.6 million federal losses and $59.7 million of the $76.9 million state losses will expire unused due to Section 382 limitations. The Company will not be able to use a significant portion of the NOLs in the near term to offset tax liabilities due to the application of the annual limitation. In addition to the NOL limitation, the Company believes that $0.9 million of the $1.4 million of the federal research and development tax credit carryover will also expire unused due to the 382 limitation.

 

     NOLs through
July 25, 2011
    NOLs through
December 13, 2012
 
     (In thousands)  

Total pre-change NOLs subject to change

   $ 58,710      $ 68,808   

Total pre-change NOLs that can be used

     (1,013     (11,111
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expiring NOLs

$ 57,697    $ 57,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $1.2 million at December 31, 2014. These earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested and accordingly, no deferred US income taxes have been provided thereon.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has unrecognized tax benefits of $4.3 million, of which $3.2 million will affect the annual effective tax rate if recognized and $1.1 million is subject to a valuation allowance and will not affect the annual effective tax rate when it is recognized.

It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company files U.S., state and foreign income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. The tax years from 2001 to 2014 remain open to examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses and tax credits.

The Company does not expect any material changes to the estimated amount of liability associated with its uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months.

The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  

Unrecognized benefit - beginning of period

   $   —         $ 495       $ 913   

Gross increases - prior period tax positions

     432         32           

Gross increases - current period tax positions

     63         386         3,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized benefit - end of period

$ 495    $ 913    $ 4,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

8. Net income (loss) per share

The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for purposes of calculating diluted net income (loss) per share by weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods. The following is a summary of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders under the two-class method (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  

Numerator:

      

Basic:

      

Net loss

   $ (15,359   $ (7,842   $ (1,147

Add/(Less): Capital contribution from/(deemed dividend to) common stockholders

     83,386        (338       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

$ 68,027    $ (8,180 $ (1,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

$ 68,027    $ (8,180 $ (1,147

Dilutive impact of capital contributions related to preferred stock transactions

  (83,386          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, diluted

$ (15,359 $ (8,180 $ (1,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

Basic shares:

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable common stockholders, basic

  318,249      9,066,797      9,518,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted shares:

Weighted average shares used in computing basic net loss per share

  318,249      9,066,797      9,518,377   

Effect of potentially dilutive securities convertible preferred stock (Series A-H)

  3,468,054             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing diluted net loss per share

  3,786,303      9,066,797      9,518,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

$ 213.75    $ (0.90 $ (0.12

Diluted

$ (4.06 $ (0.90 $ (0.12

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following outstanding potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share available to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     684,400         2,922,812         3,400,250   

Convertible preferred stock

     1,217,597         4,532,662         4,532,662   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     108,020         75,111         98,221   

Common stock warrants

             108,020         108,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  2,010,017      7,638,605      8,139,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been computed to give effect, even if antidilutive, to the conversion of the Company’s preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the period presented or the original issuance date, if later.

The following table shows the Company’s calculation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 
     (Unaudited)  

Numerator:

  

Net loss

   $ 1,147   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (783
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ 364   
  

 

 

 

Denominator, basic:

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

  9,518,377   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock

  5,145,683   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

  14,664,060   
  

 

 

 

Denominator, diluted

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  9,518,377   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock

  5,145,683   

Weighted average dilutive effect of options to purchase common stock

    
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  14,664,060   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

$ (0.02

Diluted

$ (0.02

 

F-34


Table of Contents

9. Segment information

The Company reports information about the segments of its business based on how the information is used by the chief operating decision maker (CODM) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment. The single reportable segment is based upon the Company’s internal organizational structure, the manner in which the operations are managed, the criteria used by the CODM to evaluate segment performance, and the availability of separate financial information. The following table represents the Company’s revenues based on the billing address of the customer (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  

United States

   $ 1,199       $ 788       $ 1,302   

Rest of Americas

     821         336         166   

Sweden

     3,218         3,849         27,613   

Estonia

     1,790         7,578         6,531   

Rest of Europe

     1,258         1,838         33   

China

     1,614         6,680         26,519   

Thailand

     1,604         5,653         *   

Japan

     1,397         *         *   

Rest of Asia Pacific

     782         3,055         5,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

$ 13,683    $ 29,777    $ 67,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* less than 10%

Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets were attributable to operations in the United States as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

10. Employee benefit plan

The Company has established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan (the 401(k) Plan), which permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company is responsible for administrative costs of the 401(k) Plan and has made no contributions to the 401(k) Plan since inception.

11. Other related party transactions and balances

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had one customer that was also an investor, owning 1,925,947 shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. Sales to this customer, including sales to contract manufacturers or ODMs at the direction of such customer, accounted for $1.6 million, $9.8 million and $21.0 million of revenues during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Amounts due from this customer related to the above sales were $0.2 million as of December 31, 2012 and were not significant as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

In connection with our transactions with the above customer, the Company offset against research and development expenses an amount of $0.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

The Company has also entered into consulting agreements with certain members of its Board of Directors.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

12. Subsequent events

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

In February 2015, the Company’s board of directors adopted, subject to stockholders’ approval, the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (2015 Plan). The 2015 Plan will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2015 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2010 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. Additionally, the 2015 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

The Company has initially reserved 2,650,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan, plus the shares of the Company’s common stock remaining available for issuance under the Company’s 2010 Plan and any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under the 2010 Plan that are forfeited, terminate, expire or are otherwise not issued. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase on January 1, of each year beginning on January 1, 2016 and continuing and through and including January 1, 2025, by 5% of the outstanding number of shares of the Company’s capital stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by the Company’s board of directors.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In February 2015, the Company’s board of directors adopted, subject to stockholders’ approval, the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2015 ESPP). The 2015 ESPP will become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The 2015 ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 530,000 shares of common stock to participating employees. The 2015 ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2025, by the least of (1) 2% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) 600,000 shares, or (3) a number determined by our board of directors that is less than (1) and (2).

Each employee who is a participant in the 2015 ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the 2015 ESPP in any calendar year.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LOGO

Think easic
easic nextreme easicopy
www.easic.com


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by eASIC Corporation. (the “Registrant”) in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     AMOUNT TO BE PAID  

SEC registration fee

   $ 8,715   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

         *   

Legal fees and expenses

         *   

Accounting fees and expenses

         *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *   

Miscellaneous expenses

         *   
  

 

 

 

Total

      *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the indemnification of its directors to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Each of the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

    transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

    breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes such a provision. Under the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, expenses incurred by any director or officers in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the Registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant, as long as such undertaking remains required by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and officers that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, the Registrant is not required to provide indemnification for certain matters, including:

 

    indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

    indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;

 

    indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of the Registrant’s stock;

 

    indemnification for proceedings involving a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination) or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which the director or officer is not legally entitled;

 

    indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against the Registrant or any of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees or agents, except for (i) claims to establish or enforce a right of indemnification, (ii) claims approved by the Registrant’s board of directors, or (iii) claims required by law;

 

    indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the Registrant’s consent; or

 

    indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or in any registration statement filed by the Registrant.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

There is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of the Registrant’s directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The Registrant has an insurance policy in place that covers its officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

The Registrant plans to enter into an underwriting agreement which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify the Registrant’s directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the Registrant since January 1, 2012:

 

  (1)   From January 1, 2012 to January 31, 2015, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,148,151 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $11.79 per share to a total of 151 employees, consultants and directors under our 2010 Plan. Of these options, options to purchase 497,793 shares have been exercised for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $625,070.67, options to purchase 191,492 shares have been cancelled without being exercised and options to purchase 3,458,866 shares remain outstanding.

 

  (2)   From December 2012 through July 2013, we issued 4,532,662 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock to accredited investors at a price per share of approximately $5.20 for an aggregate purchase price of $23,534,898.

 

  (3)   From December 2012 through January 2013, in connection with the issuance and sale of Series A-2 preferred stock, we issued 533,301 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and 9,121,442 shares of common stock to accredited investors in exchange for then outstanding preferred stock.

 

  (4)   On May 30, 2013, we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to accredited investors, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000.

 

  (5)   From June 2012 to October 2012, we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $4,068,646 to accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of $4,068,646.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (5) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated under Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were employees, directors or bona fide consultants of the Registrant and received the securities under the Registrant’s EIP. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Clara, State of California, on February 19, 2015.

 

eASIC CORPORATION

By: /s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Ronnie Vasishta

President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ronnie Vasishta and Richard J. Deranleau, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Ronnie Vasishta

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 19, 2015

/s/ Richard J. Deranleau

Richard J. Deranleau

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  February 19, 2015

/s/ Wayne Cantwell

Wayne Cantwell

   Member of the Board of Directors   February 19, 2015

/s/ Edward H. Frank

Edward H. Frank, Ph.D.

   Member of the Board of Directors   February 19, 2015

/s/ Ronald S. Jankov

Ronald S. Jankov

   Member of the Board of Directors   February 19, 2015

/s/ Michael R. Kourey

Michael R. Kourey

   Member of the Board of Directors   February 19, 2015

/s/ Tara Long

Tara Long

   Member of the Board of Directors   February 19, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Twelfth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated December 13, 2012.
  5.1†    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Warrants to Purchase Common Stock issued to Investors between October 15, 2009 and January 23, 2012.
10.2    Warrant to Purchase Series A-2 Preferred Stock issued to Investors between September 30, 2013 and September 12, 2014.
10.3†+    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.4+    2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreement, grant notice and notice of exercise.
10.5+    2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreement, grant notice and notice of exercise.
10.6+    2015 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of grant notice, stock option agreement and notice of exercise.
10.7+    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8†+    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.9+    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Ronnie Vasishta, dated October 15, 2010.
10.10+    Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Richard J. Deranleau, dated April 28, 2014.
10.11+    Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Ranko Scepanovic, Ph.D., dated April 25, 2008.
10.12+    Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Michael Stacy Fender, dated May 1, 2014.
10.13+    Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Jasbinder Bhoot, dated September 23, 2005.
10.14+    Letter Agreement by and between the Registrant and Edward H. Frank, Ph.D., dated October 24, 2013.
10.15    Lease Agreement by and between Registrant and 2525 Augustine Drive LLC dated October 31, 2011.
10.16†*    Product Supply Agreement by and between the Registrant and Seagate Technology LLC, dated June 28, 2010 and as amended on May 23, 2014, including a letter agreement between the Registrant and Seagate Technology LLC.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.17†*    General Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and Ericsson AB, dated June 18, 2009.
10.18    Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, DBD Credit Funding LLC and Fortress Credit Opportunities I, LP, dated September 12, 2014, as amended.
10.19    Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated September 29, 2010, as amended.
10.20+    Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Matthew Ng, dated December 11, 2014.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2†    Consent of Cooley LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be subsequently filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* Confidential treatment will be requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions will be filed separately with the SEC.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

ELEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EASIC CORPORATION

The undersigned, Ronnie Vasishta, hereby certifies that:

 

  1. He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

  2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 28, 1999.

 

  3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

 

  4. The foregoing Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the President this 1st day of July, 2013.

 

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta
Ronnie Vasishta
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is eASIC Corporation (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the state of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Rd., Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19805. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock, which the Corporation shall have authority to issue, is 1,565,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,075,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 490,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. A total of 40,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be designated the “Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock.” A total of 450,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be designated the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock.” The Series A-2 Preferred Stock is referred to hereafter as the “Preferred Stock.

A description of the respective classes of stock and a statement of the designations, preferences, voting powers (or no voting powers), relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock are as follows:

A. COMMON STOCK

1. Relative Rights of Preferred Stock and Common Stock. All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Common Stock are expressly made subject and subordinate to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of the Preferred Stock.

2. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by him of record on the books of the Corporation on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

1.


3. Dividends. Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, if any, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

4. Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding Up. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”) after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, unless otherwise provided by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

5. Redemption. The Common Stock shall not be redeemable.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

1. Dividend Rights.

(a) Holders of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-2, in preference to any other capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to receive, pari passu, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the “Original Issue Price” per annum on each outstanding share of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, respectively (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). The Original Issue Price of the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock is $1.00. The Original Issue Price of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock is $0.06923. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and shall be non-cumulative. “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

(b) So long as any shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or declared, nor shall any other distribution be made, on any share of capital stock, nor shall any shares of capital stock of the Corporation be purchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired for value by the Corporation (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Corporation pursuant to agreements which permit the Corporation to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Corporation or in exercise of the Corporation’s right of first refusal upon a proposed transfer) until all dividends (set forth in Section 1(a) above) on the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared and set apart. The provisions of this Section 1(b) shall not, however, apply to (i) a dividend payable in Common Stock or (ii) any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Corporation that is unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

 

2.


2. Voting Rights.

(a) General. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Preferred Stock shall be voted (on an as-converted basis) equally with the shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

(b) Election of Directors. Until the date upon which Preferred Stock is first automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a) below: (i) the holders of record of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as if converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation (the “Series A-2 Directors”); (iii) the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “Common Director”); and (iv) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors. Following an automatic conversion of all Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 4(a), the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to elect all of the members of the board of directors. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 2(b).

3. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Upon a Liquidation Event, the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation an amount per share equal to one (1) times the Original Issue Price of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock for each share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock held by them, such preference to be paid prior to any distribution or payment to the holders of any Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock. If, upon any liquidation, distribution, or winding up, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets shall be

 

3.


distributed among the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the holders of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation an amount equal to one (1) times the Original Issue Price of the Series A-1 Nonconvertible Preferred Stock plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock for each share of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock held by them, such preference to be paid prior to any distribution or payment to the holders of Common Stock. If, upon any liquidation, distribution, or winding up, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled with respect to the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock.

(c) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock as set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed on a pari passu basis to the holders of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock and the Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Series A-2 Preferred Stock into Common Stock) until, with respect to the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, such holders shall have received an amount in the aggregate equal to three (3) times the Original Issue Price on such shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock (including the amounts paid pursuant to Section 3(a) above); thereafter, if there are any remaining proceeds legally available for distribution to stockholders, the holders of the Common Stock shall receive all such remaining proceeds ratably based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(d) The following events shall be considered a liquidation under Section 3(a) and 3(b):

(i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity or in which stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Corporation’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, or any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of a majority of the Corporation’s voting power is transferred (an “Acquisition”); or

(ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (an “Asset Transfer”).

 

4.


4. Conversion Rights.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Preferred Stock, except for the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock (which shall not be convertible into Common Stock), into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Optional and Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock, except for the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, shall be initially convertible at the option of the holder thereof, without payment of additional consideration, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Preferred Stock is convertible is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate.” The Conversion Rate set forth in Section 4(e) shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided for in Section 4.

Each share of Preferred Stock, except for the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, shall automatically be convertible into shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate upon either (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation at an aggregate offering price of not less than $30,000,000 (a “Qualified IPO”) or (ii) the written consent of holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class. In the event of such an automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the conversion of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have occurred automatically as of the closing of such sale of securities or the giving of such written consent, as applicable.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, such fractional amount shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, it shall surrender its certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that it elects to convert the same (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of any automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(a)). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock a certificate or certificates, registered in such names as are specified by the holder, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 4(a) with respect to automatic conversion, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders or such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(c) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Certain Issues.

 

5.


(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 4(c), the following definitions apply:

(1) Applicable Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

(2) Conversion Price” shall mean the applicable Series Conversion Price, as defined in Section 4(e), for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, respectively.

(3) Options” shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

(4) Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares (other than Common Stock and Preferred Stock) or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(5) Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable: (A) upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock; (B) to employees, directors, consultants or advisors under stock option, stock bonus or stock purchase plans or agreements or similar plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors; (C) as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock; (D) to banks or other financial institutions or landlords in connection with the extension of credit to the Corporation (including loans, lines of credit, guarantees or other financing arrangements) or in connection with the lease of equipment, personal property or real property and in each case for other than equity financing purposes approved by the Board of Directors; (E) pursuant to a strategic commercial arrangement (such as a strategic license agreement) approved by the Board of Directors; (F) for which adjustment of the Conversion Price is made pursuant to Section 4(d); (G) by reason of the issuance of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A-2 Preferred Stock issued pursuant to that certain Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 13, 2012 and as amended from time to time (the “Series A-2 Purchase Agreement”) and any other securities issued in connection therewith.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Conversion Price for a series of Applicable Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(c)(v) hereof) for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price for such series of Applicable Preferred Stock in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto

 

6.


without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustments in the Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease or increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities (provided, however, that no such adjustment of the Conversion Price shall affect Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock);

(3) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(A) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

(B) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(c)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

 

7.


(4) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (A) the Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (B) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(5) in the case of any Options which expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the same manner provided in clause (3) above.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event this Corporation, at any time after the Original Issue Date shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price with respect to any series of Applicable Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the Conversion Price for such series of Applicable Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purpose of the above calculation, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be calculated as if all shares of Preferred Stock and all Convertible Securities had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance and any outstanding Options had been fully exercised immediately prior to such issuance (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible) as of such date, but not including in such calculation any additional shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to shares of Preferred Stock, Convertible Securities, or outstanding Options solely as a result of the adjustment of the respective Conversion Prices (or other conversion ratios) resulting from the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock causing such adjustment.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4(c), the consideration received by the Corporation for the Issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

 

8.


(B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(C) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(B) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against the dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(d) Adjustment for Subdivisions, Dividends, Combinations or Consolidations of Common Stock and Other Distributions.

(i) Adjustment for Subdivisions. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in affect immediately prior to such combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased or decreased accordingly.

(ii) Adjustment for Dividends. In the event the Corporation shall declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or in the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided, by reclassification or otherwise, than by payment of a dividend in Common, into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such dividend or subdivision shall be proportionately increased:

(1) in the case of any such dividend, immediately after the close of business on the record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive such dividend, or

 

9.


(2) in the case of any such subdivision, at the close of business on the date immediately prior to the date upon which such Corporation action becomes effective.

If such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend shall not have been fully paid on the date fixed therefor, any adjustment previously made to the Conversion Rate with respect to such dividend shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted as of the time of actual payment of such dividend.

(iii) Adjustment for Other Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes the record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise adjusted in this Section 4, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

(iv) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into, the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), the Conversion Rate then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of such Preferred Stock immediately before that change.

(e) Conversion Rate.

(i) The Conversion Rate in effect at any time for conversion of a series of Preferred Stock (each a “Series Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the sum of (a) Original Issue Price plus (b) any declared but unpaid dividends on such series, by the Series Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series, calculated as provided in this Section 4(e).

(ii) The initial conversion price for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock as of the date hereof shall be $0.060982 (the “Series Conversion Price”). Such Series Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. All references to the Series Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock as so adjusted.

 

10.


(f) No Impairment. The Corporation shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provision of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

(g) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Rate at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date. In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights;

(iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock shares outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other Corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of Preferred Stock:

(1) at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (i) and (ii) above; and

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above, at least 20 days’ prior written notice of the date what the same shall take place (and specifying, if practicable, or estimating the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

11.


Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation.

(i) Issue Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(k) Upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act in which all shares of the Preferred Stock convert into Common Stock, then the Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock shall terminate and cease to have any rights, preferences or privileges without any further action.

5. Protective Covenants and Voting.

(a) As long as shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation will not, without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a two-thirds of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis:

(i) amend the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in any manner that would alter or change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the authorization of another series of Preferred Stock with rights senior to those of the outstanding series of Preferred Stock as to dividends, payments upon liquidation and redemption does not constitute an amendment that alters or changes any of the rights, preferences or privileges of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any equity security (including Series A-2 Preferred Stock and any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends,

 

12.


redemption or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Stock generally, except where each holder of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock has the right to purchase their Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of such equity security (the “Offered Securities”) and such right has not been waived, reduced or otherwise discharged;

(iv) reclassify any outstanding shares as shares having preferences or priority senior to or on parity with the preference or priority of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock;

(v) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock;

(vi) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

(vii) declare, pay, or distribute any dividend, whether in cash or property;

(viii) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the board of directors to a number less than five (5) and more than eight (8);

(ix) merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of substantially all of its assets to, any person or entity or effect any other form of corporate recapitalization or reorganization, except a transaction where the proceeds from such transaction are sufficient to pay the full liquidation preference set forth above in Article IV, Section B(3)(a);

(x) liquidate, dissolve, recapitalize or reorganize the Corporation;

(xi) create any equity security that upon issuance has greater or lesser than a one-to-one voting right (on an as converted to Common Stock basis); or

(xii) amend the terms of the Common Stock, other than to amend the number of authorized shares of Common Stock.

(b) As used herein, the term “Pro Rata Amount” means, with respect to any holder of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, a number of Offered Securities calculated by multiplying the aggregate number of Offered Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such holder (assuming exercise of all then outstanding warrants and options and conversion of all then outstanding convertible securities), and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming exercise of all then outstanding warrants and options and conversion of all then outstanding convertible securities).

 

13.


6. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued; and in addition, the Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized stock.

7. Redemption. The Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

ARTICLE V

A director of this Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as it now exists or as it may hereafter be amended, not be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended, after approval by the stockholders of this Fifth Article, to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Fifth Article, or the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Fifth Article by the stockholders of this Corporation shall not apply to or adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.

ARTICLE VI

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this Corporation (and any other persons to which Delaware law permits this Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this Corporation. its stockholders, and others.

ARTICLE VII

This corporation reserves the right to adopt, amend, alter, supplement, rescind or repeal in any respect any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute or applicable law, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

14.


ARTICLE VIII

The Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, alter, supplement, rescind or repeal any or all of the Bylaws of this Corporation without any action on the part of the stockholders; provided, however, that the stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaw adopted by the Board of Directors, and no amendment or supplement to the Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors shall vary or conflict with any amendment or supplement adopted by the stockholders.

ARTICLE IX

The number of directors of this Corporation shall be set from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, subject to the requirements set forth herein.

ARTICLE X

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of this Corporation may be kept (subject to any statutory requirements) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the aid application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

 

15.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

ELEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EASIC CORPORATION

eASIC Corporation (the Company), a corporation organized and existing under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL), does hereby certify:

FIRST: The Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 1, 2013.

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Company (the Board), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving an amendment to the Company’s Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:

1. The first paragraph of Article IV of the Company’s Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock, which the Corporation shall have authority to issue, is 2,065,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,575,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 490,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. A total of 40,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be designated the “Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock.” A total of 450,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, shall be designated the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock.” The Series A-2 Preferred Stock is referred to hereafter as the “Preferred Stock.”

THIRD: This Certificate of Amendment of the Eleventh Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was duly adopted and approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

FOURTH: All other provisions of the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

1.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EASIC CORPORATION has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer as of September 30, 2013.

 

EASIC CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
 

Ronnie Vasishta

Chief Executive Officer

 

2.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

ELEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EASIC CORPORATION

eASIC Corporation (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify:

FIRST: The Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 1, 2013.

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving an amendment to the Company’s Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:

1. The following paragraph shall be inserted at the beginning of Article IV of the Company’s Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

“Effective immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”): (i) each 75 shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holder thereof, be converted and reconstituted into one share of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock; (ii) each 75 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holder thereof, be converted and reconstituted into one share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock; and (iii) each 75 shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holder thereof, be converted and reconstituted into one share of Common Stock. All shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Common Stock (including fractions thereof) held by a holder thereof shall be converted and reconstituted on a certificate-by-certificate basis. For any remaining fraction of a share, the Corporation shall, upon demand and in lieu of issuing a fractional share, pay cash to such holder equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of the respective class or series of capital stock (after giving effect to the foregoing reverse stock split) as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Such actions shall be referred to collectively as the “Reverse Split.”

THIRD: This Certificate of Amendment to the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was duly adopted and approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

FOURTH: All other provisions of the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

1.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EASIC CORPORATION has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer as of June 30, 2014.

 

EASIC CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
  Ronnie Vasishta
  Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

OF

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

ELEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EASIC CORPORATION

EASIC CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is eASIC Corporation.

 

  2. That a Certificate of Amendment to Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed on July 2, 2014 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Certificate of Amendment”) and that said Certificate of Amendment requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  3. The inaccuracy or defect is that the said Certificate of Amendment was filed in error without the proper authorization of the Corporation.

 

  4. The Certificate of Amendment is hereby rendered null and void.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Correction to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer as of July 14, 2014.

 

EASIC CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
  Ronnie Vasishta
  Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

ELEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EASIC CORPORATION

eASIC Corporation (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify:

FIRST: The Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 1, 2013.

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving an amendment to the Company’s Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:

1. The following paragraph shall be inserted at the beginning of Article IV of the Company’s Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

“Effective immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”): (i) each 75 shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holder thereof, be converted and reconstituted into one share of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock; (ii) each 75 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holder thereof, be converted and reconstituted into one share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock; and (iii) each 75 shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holder thereof, be converted and reconstituted into one share of Common Stock. All shares of Series A-1 Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Common Stock (including fractions thereof) held by a holder thereof shall be converted and reconstituted on a certificate-by-certificate basis. For any remaining fraction of a share, the Corporation shall, upon demand and in lieu of issuing a fractional share, pay cash to such holder equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of the respective class or series of capital stock (after giving effect to the foregoing reverse stock split) as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Such actions shall be referred to collectively as the “Reverse Split.”

THIRD: This Certificate of Amendment to the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was duly adopted and approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

FOURTH: All other provisions of the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

4.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EASIC CORPORATION has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Eleventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer as of August 6, 2014.

 

EASIC CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
  Ronnie Vasishta
  Chief Executive Officer

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

TWELFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EASIC CORPORATION

The undersigned, RONNIE VASISHTA, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 28, 1999.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company shall be amended and restated to read in full as set forth herein.

4. The foregoing Twelfth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, in the form attached hereto, has been duly adopted by this Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

I.

The name of this corporation is eASIC Corporation.

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Rd., Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19805, and the name of the registered agent of this Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the DGCL.

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 110,000,000 shares. 100,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001. 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.001.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall

 

1.


be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

D. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Board of Directors.

1. Generally. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

2. Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.


No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

4. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B. Stockholder Actions. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

C. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

 

3.


C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

D. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

VII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Twelfth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.

FIVE: This Twelfth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Twelfth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of this corporation.

EASIC CORPORATION has caused this Twelfth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on                         , 2015.

 

EASIC CORPORATION
 

 

Ronnie Vasishta
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

4.


EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

eASIC CORPORATION

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at 1013 Centre Road in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 131)

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 122(8))

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 122(3))

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 211(a))

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held

 

1


on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 211(b)).

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at

 

2


the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner. if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service. Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

3


Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than twenty percent (20%) of the votes at the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(c) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§222, 229, 232)

 

4


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 216)

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 222(c))

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 211(e), 212(b))

 

5


Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 217(b))

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 219)

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 228)

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 228)

 

6


(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8 § 228(d))

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

7


(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(b), 211(b), (c))

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(a))

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may

 

8


cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled either by the stockholders entitled to vote, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 223(a), (b)).

(b) If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in offices as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (Del. Code Ann. tit. 8, §223(c)).

(c) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

 

9


(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor. (CGCL §305(c).]

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(b), 223(d))

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3 of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-

 

10


messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of the directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(i))

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 229)

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 229)

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising under Section 43 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b))

 

11


(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b))

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(f))

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(h))

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The

 

12


Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(c), 229)

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders entitled to vote, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors or by an action by a majority vote of the stockholders. The Board of Directors or the stockholders entitled to vote may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers

 

13


and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors or the stockholders entitled to vote may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 122(5), 142(a), (b))

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b), (e))

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

14


The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(b))

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the stockholders entitled to vote, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other

 

15


person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 103(a), 142(a), 158)

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 103(a), 142(a), 158).

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 123)

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 158)

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 167)

 

16


Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 201, tit. 6, § 8- 401(1))

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 160 (a))

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand

 

17


or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 213)

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 213(a), 219)

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

18


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 170, 173)

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 171)

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors. Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

 

19


(b) Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i)by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that

 

20


such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

 

21


(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans: references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which

 

22


notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 222, 232)

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 222)

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

23


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.(a).]

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

 

24


(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

(8) The exercise of the right of first refusal by certain stockholders pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, entered into by the Company and its stockholders from time to time.

 

25


(9) Any transfer(s), including but not limited to any sale, of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, or any other series of preferred stock of the Company issued following the designation of such new series of preferred stock after the date of the effectiveness of these Bylaws (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”), or (iv) the common stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock. Provided further, that the recipient of any such transfer shall also not be bound by this Section 46.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On December 4, 2019; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or

 

26


employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §143)

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

27


EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

EASIC CORPORATION

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii)brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures

 

1


set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day

 

2


prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial: (w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation, (x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation, (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or (z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and

 

3


supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”); and

(ii) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board

 

4


of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or

 

5


convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same

 

6


fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be

 

8


effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

9


(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of

 

10


Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the

 

11


Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is

 

12


vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to

 

13


make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY

THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be

 

14


lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

15


ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

16


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person (except executive officers) as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this sentence shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

17


(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Section 44 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 44 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 44 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each

 

18


director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than

 

19


stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders

 

20


of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

 

21


EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

eASIC CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

December 13, 2012


eASIC CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of December 13, 2012, by and among eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto (each a “Common Stockholder”), the holders of shares of the Prior Preferred Stock (as defined below) listed on Exhibit B hereto (each a “Preferred Stockholder” and collectively, the “Preferred Stockholders”) and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit C hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.

RECITALS

WHEREAS the Preferred Stockholders possess registration rights, information rights and other rights pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2011 (the “Prior Agreement”), between the Company and such Preferred Stockholders.

WHEREAS: The undersigned Preferred Stockholders desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted them under the Prior Agreement.

WHEREAS: Certain of the Investors are parties to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, among the Company and the Investors listed on the exhibits attached thereto (the “Purchase Agreement”), and it is a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock to the Investors listed on such exhibits that the Preferred Stockholders, Investors and the Company execute and deliver this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE: In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1

Definitions

1.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “AEI, LLC” shall mean the single-purpose LLC(s) controlled by Advanced Equities, Inc. or its affiliates for purposes of investing in the Preferred Stock of the Company.

(b) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.


(d) “Conversion Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares.

(e) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(f) “Holder” shall mean any Preferred Stockholder or Investor who holds Shares and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

(g) “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(h) “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(i) “First Closing” shall mean the date of the initial sale of shares of the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(j) “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(k) “Initiating Holders” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than thirty percent (30%) of the outstanding Shares or Registrable Securities issued upon conversion of the Shares.

(l) “IVP eAsic, LLC” shall mean the single-purpose LLC controlled by Four Springs Capital, LLC or its affiliates for purposes of investing in the Preferred Stock of the Company.

(m) “Major Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

(n) “New Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereto.

(o) “Other Selling Stockholders” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(p) “Other Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of any currently unissued series of Preferred Stock of the Company) with respect to which registration rights have been granted.

(q) “Prior Preferred Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

-2-


(r) “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Prior Preferred Stock held by Preferred Stockholders who are party to this Agreement, (iii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above, (iv) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Warrants and (v) shares of Common Stock otherwise acquired by any holder of Shares; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(s) The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(t) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(u) “Restricted Securities” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.

(v) “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(w) “Rule 145” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(x) “Rule 415” shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(y) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(z) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

 

-3-


(aa) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock held by Preferred Stockholders and Investors.

(bb) “Warrants” shall mean warrants to purchase Preferred Stock held by (i) Advanced Equities Financing Corp or their respective affiliates, (ii) Allied Beacon Partners, Inc. or their respective affiliates, (iii) Silicon Valley Bank, or (iv) Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP or their respective affiliates.

(cc) “Withdrawn Registration” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4.

Section 2

Registration Rights

2.1 Requested Registration.

(a) Request for Registration. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the three (3) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public;

(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities, the estimated aggregate proceeds of which are less than $5,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

-4-


(iv) After the Company has initiated three such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only (x) registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) Withdrawn Registrations);

(v) During the period starting with the date when the Company makes a good faith determination of its intent to file within the next ninety (90) days, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided that (x) the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and (y) the Company provides prior notice to all Holders within thirty (30) days of the Initiating Holders’ request; or

(vi) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3 hereof.

(c) Deferral. If (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be materially detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) Other Shares. The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

-5-


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders, based on any agreements the Company has with such Other Selling Stockholders.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders, the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion as set forth above.

2.2 Company Registration.

(a) Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

 

-6-


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; provided, however, the number of Registrable Securities included in such registration may not be reduced pursuant hereto to less than 20% of the total number of shares included in such registration unless such registration relates to the Company’s Initial Public Offering, then up to all Registrable Securities may be excluded provided that all Other Selling Stockholders are also excluded, and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. No Other Selling Stockholders shall be granted rights pursuant to this Section 2.2 greater than a Holder, unless the Company receives the written consent of a majority of the holders of Registrable Securities.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to Section 2.2(b), the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion in the manner set forth above.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3.

(a) Request for Form S-3 Registration. After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii).

 

-7-


(b) Limitations on Form S-3 Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(ii) If the Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an estimated aggregate price to the public of less than $2,000,000; or

(iii) If the Company has effected two (2) registrations under this Section 2.3 at any time during the twelve-month period preceding the date of such request.

(c) Deferral. The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.

(d) Underwriting. If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Sections 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 and the first two registrations requested pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company, including, but not limited to, legal fees incurred by the Holders in connection with such registrations, not to exceed $50,000; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however, in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1 hereof, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses (as well as Registration Expenses related to registrations requested to Section 2.3, other than the first two such registrations) relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.5 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder participating in such registration advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective until the earlier of (i) the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days from the effective date of the registration statement or (ii) such time as the Holder or

 

-8-


Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto until the earlier of (A) such time as all such Registrable Securities registered on such registration statement are sold or (B) all such Registrable Securities on such registration statement may be sold in any three month period pursuant to Rule 144; provided, further, however, that with respect to (ii) above, that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis and that the applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment that (I) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (II) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (I) and (II) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement.

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request.

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

(f) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

 

-9-


(g) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(h) Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(i) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(j) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further, that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

2.6 Indemnification.

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided, further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

-10-


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, severally and not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other

 

-11-


relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control, provided that if the underwriting agreement is silent with respect to a term or provision otherwise provided herein, such terms and provisions of this agreement are deemed not to be in conflict and will otherwise apply.

2.7 Information by Holder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.8 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10 (except that this Section 2.8(a)(x) will not apply (A) to dispositions pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering such disposition in accordance with such registration statement and (B) to sales pursuant to Rule 144) and (y):

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at its expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

 

-12-


(b) Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) in transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Holder that is a corporation or other entity, or (y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (iii) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, as long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule; provided, in each case, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 2.8(a) and 2.8(b), without the prior written consent of the Company, IVP eAsic, LLC and AEI, LLC will not be permitted, and the Company will not be required, to effect any transfers from IVP eAsic, LLC or AEI, LLC prior to the earlier of (A) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, (B) a reverse merger transaction in which the Company (or the surviving corporation in connection with such transaction) becomes or remains subject to reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, or (C) the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act; provided further that any such transfers attempted without compliance with this Section 2.8 shall be null and void.

(d) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

 

-13-


(e) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(c) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, if reasonably requested by the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder and Common Stockholder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of effectiveness of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed two hundred and fourteen (214) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, any Shares and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or the Common Stockholder or are thereafter acquired, except as part of such offering)(collectively, the “Capital Stock”), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Capital Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that the Holder shall not be subject to a longer lock-up period or more restrictive terms than requested of and agreed to by the Company’s then directors, executive officers or one (1%) holders of common stock. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering are intended third

 

-14-


party beneficiaries of this Section 2.10 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares and any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares held by each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

2.11 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to (i) a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like), (ii) a member of the Holder’s immediate family, a beneficiary of the estate of the Holder or a trust for the benefit of any Holder that is an individual, or (iii) in connection with transactions involving the distribution without consideration by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation or other entity, or (y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners; provided that (a) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof and applicable securities laws, (b) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (c) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the prior written consent of the Company, IVP eAsic, LLC and AEI, LLC will not be permitted, and the Company will not be required, to effect any transfers of assignment of registration rights by IVP eAsic, LLC or AEI, LLC prior to the earlier of (A) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, (B) a reverse merger transaction in which the Company (or the surviving corporation in connection with such transaction) becomes or remains subject to reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, or (C) the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act; provided further that any such transfers attempted without compliance with this Section 2.12 shall be null and void.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders (based on Shares and Registrable Securities held on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights.

(a) Except as provided in Section 2.14(b), the right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of

 

-15-


Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period.

(b) The right of any Holder holding more than Three Million (3,000,000) Shares to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, after the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, such Holder holds less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, then the right of such Holder under this Section 2.14(b) to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on such date.

Section 3

Covenants of the Company

For so long as at least an aggregate of twenty percent (20%) of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights.

(a) Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish, upon written request from Holder, the following reports to each Holder (so long as such Holder originally purchased at least $1,000,000 worth of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and continues to hold at least fifty percent (50%) of such originally purchased shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock:

(i) as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) (but excluding footnotes), subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and on an unaudited basis;

(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year, and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds, including cash flows, for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(iii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such monthly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP (but excluding footnotes), subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and on an unaudited basis; and

(iv) at least forty-five (45) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an operating plan for such fiscal year.

 

-16-


(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will furnish, upon written request, to each Holder of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, on a quarterly basis, general information regarding the Company’s operations and progress with respect to its business plan, except in the event that providing such information is prohibited by applicable securities laws and regulations, so long as such Holder originally purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement at least $1,000,000 worth of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and continues to hold at least fifty percent (50%) of such originally purchased shares of Series A-2H Preferred Stock.

3.2 Inspection Rights. The Company will afford to each Major Holder, and to such Major Holder’s accountants and counsel, reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Company’s respective properties, books and records. Each such Major Holder shall have such other access to management and information as is necessary for it to comply with applicable laws and regulations and reporting obligations. The Company shall not be required to disclose details of contracts with or work performed for specific customers and other business partners where to do so would violate confidentiality obligations to those parties. Major Holders may exercise their rights under this Section 3.2 only for purposes reasonably related to their interests under this Agreement and related agreements. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 3.2 may not be assigned or otherwise conveyed by the Major Holders or by any subsequent transferee of any such rights without the prior written consent of the Company.

3.3 Confidentiality. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder (whether Major Holder or not) by reason of this Agreement shall have access or the right to access any trade secrets or highly confidential information of the Company (it being understood that the financial information of the Company described in Section 3.1 shall not be deemed trade secrets or highly confidential information of the Company). The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is highly confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority; provided, however, that each Holder may disclose general information on the nature and status of the Company’s business only to current Affiliated Persons (as defined below) of such Holder (the “Permitted Disclosure”); provided, further, that any such Permitted Disclosure shall not include any confidential information, including, but not limited to, specific financial information, customer lists, vendor lists, supplier lists, or other similar data.

3.4 Covenant Regarding Vesting. All stock options, restricted stock and similar equity grants issued after the date hereof to employees, directors, advisors and consultants shall have a vesting schedule not faster than (unless a different vesting schedule has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors): twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares will vest at the end of the first year following issuance, with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares to vest at a rate of 1/48th per month thereafter such that the entire stock option vests in its entirety over a period of four (4) years. Unless otherwise approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, all unvested stock options, restricted stock and similar equity grants shall be purchasable by the Company or its assignees upon the termination, with or without cause, of the services

 

-17-


of any employee or Consultant at cost of such unvested stock options, restricted stock and similar equity grants at the time of repurchase.

3.5 Proprietary Information. Each officer, consultant and employee of the Company shall have signed an acceptable proprietary information and inventions agreement by the First Closing that shall, among other provisions, include a representation that the employee or consultant is not in violation of any obligations regarding the confidentiality of any proprietary information of any prior employer. Each future employee, officer and consultant shall also sign such agreements.

3.6 Board Observer Rights. The Company shall allow one representative designated by Advanced Equities, Inc. to attend all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors in a nonvoting capacity pursuant to the terms of that certain Board Observer Side Letter dated June 7, 2007.

3.7 Transfer of Rights. The rights of a Holder under this Section 3 may be transferred only in connection with a transfer of Shares and only to (i) a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like), (ii) a member of the Holder’s immediate family, a beneficiary of the estate of the Holder or a trust for the benefit of any Holder that is an individual, or (iii) in connection with transactions involving the distribution without consideration by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation or other entity, or (y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners; provided that (a) such transfer or assignment of Shares is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof and applicable securities laws, (b) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (c) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, IVP eAsic, LLC and AEI, LLC will not be permitted, and the Company will not be required, to effect any transfers of rights under this Section 3, by IVP eAsic, LLC or AEI, LLC prior to the Company’s Initial Public Offering without the prior written consent of the Company, and any such transfers attempted without compliance with this section will be null and void.

3.8 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

Section 4

Right of First Offer

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4.1, IVP eAsic, LLC and each Holder who originally purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement at least $1,000,000 worth of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and continues to hold at least $500,000 worth of Series A-2 Preferred Stock (each a “Major Holder”), shall have the right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of the New Securities (as defined in Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. The pro rata share of a Major Holder, for purposes of this right of first offer, is the ratio that the

 

-18-


sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming exercise of all then outstanding warrants and options and conversion of all then outstanding convertible securities) held by that Major Holder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock (assuming exercise of outstanding options and warrants and conversion of all convertible securities) then outstanding.

(a) Except as set forth below, “New Securities” shall mean any shares of capital stock of the Company including Common Stock and Preferred Stock, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options, or warrants to purchase said shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into said shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “New Securities” do not include:

(i) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) issued to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two of the Preferred Directors (as that term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of even date herewith), or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

(ii) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) issued upon the exercise or conversion of warrants, options or convertible securities outstanding as of the date hereof or subject to currently outstanding warrants, options or convertible securities as of the date hereof;

(iii) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) as a dividend or distribution on capital stock of the Company;

(iv) shares of Common Stock issued in a registered public offering under the Securities Act pursuant to a Qualified IPO;

(v) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) issued pursuant to the acquisition of another entity by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two of the Preferred Directors;

(vi) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two of the Preferred Directors;

(vii) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two of the Preferred Directors; and

(viii) securities (including rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock) issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including at least two of the Preferred Directors.

 

-19-


(b) If the Company proposes to undertake or undertakes an issuance of New Securities, it shall provide each Major Holder an opportunity to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, by giving notice prior to the issuance of New Securities, as provided in this Section 4.1(b). Prior to the issuance of New Securities, the Company shall give each Major Holder written notice describing the type of New Securities, and the price and terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Holder shall then have twenty (20) days from the date of the deemed receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase up to its pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities it thereby irrevocably commits to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities it thereby irrevocably commits to purchase. If some or all of the Major Holders fail to exercise the right of first offer within said twenty (20) day period, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within sixty (60) days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities not elected to be purchased by such Major Holders at the price and upon the terms no more favorable to the purchasers of such securities than specified in the Company’s notice. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities or entered into an agreement to sell the New Securities within said ninety (90) day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within sixty (60) days from the date of said agreement), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such securities in the manner provided above.

4.2 Waiver. Each Holder agrees that the right of first offer set forth herein as well as all related notice periods may be waived pursuant to Section 5.3 even if the Holders effecting such waiver are purchasing New Securities in the offering to which such waiver relates.

4.3 Transfer of Rights. The rights of a Holder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities under this Section 4 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder, either in connection with a particular offering of New Securities or generally in connection with a transfer of Shares, only to (i) a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like), (ii) a member of the Holder’s immediate family, a beneficiary of the estate of the Holder or a trust for the benefit of any Holder that is an individual, or (iii) in connection with transactions involving the distribution without consideration by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation or other entity, or (y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners; provided that (a) such transfer or assignment of Shares is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof and applicable securities laws, (b) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (c) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, IVP eAsic, LLC and AEI, LLC will not be permitted, and the Company will not be required, to effect any transfers of rights under this Section 4, by IVP eAsic, LLC or AEI, LLC prior to the Company’s Initial Public Offering without the prior written consent of the Company, and any such transfers attempted without compliance with this section will be null and void.

4.4 Termination. The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to, the Company’s Qualified IPO.

 

-20-


Section 5

Miscellaneous

5.1 Amendment and Restatement. Effective upon the First Closing, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement and any other agreement, with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, between the Company and those certain Preferred Stockholders are hereby waived, released and terminated in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect whatsoever.

5.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

5.3 Amendment and Waiver. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Shares (or Registrable Securities into which Shares have been converted); provided, however, that Holders purchasing shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock in a closing after the First Closing may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Holder. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Subject to the foregoing, each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Shares (or Registrable Securities into which Shares have been converted) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement, further provided, however, that any rights of the Investors pursuant to Section 2 hereto cannot be amended without the consent of a majority in interest of the Investors if the amendment would adversely affect such Investors relative to the amendment’s impact on all the other Holders.

5.4 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(b) if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California, 95054, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, facsimile number (408) 855-9201 or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to Cooley LLP, 3175 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California, 94304-1130, Attn: Jim Fulton, facsimile number (650) 849-7400.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its

 

-21-


receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

5.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.6 Successors and Assigns. Except as set forth herein, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Holder without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by a Holder without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.7 Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.8 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.11 Telecopy Execution and Delivery. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any

 

-22-


similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

5.12 Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the state of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

5.13 Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

5.14 Termination Upon a Liquidation Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon consummation of an Acquisition (as such term is defined under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

5.15 Aggregation. For purposes of determining the number of Registrable Securities or Shares held by any Holder, for a Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity, affiliates and affiliated funds of such Holder and/or its current and former constituent partners or members or the estates of such current or former constituent partners or members (the “Affiliated Persons”) shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence. All such Affiliated Persons may elect to designate, by written notice to the Company, a single agent and attorney-in-fact on behalf of all such Affiliated Persons for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Agreement, and the Company may rely upon such agent and attorney-in-fact as the duly authorized representative of all such Affiliated Persons.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
EASIC Corporation
By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

 

Ronnie Vasishta

Chief Executive Officer

Address:  2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

                Santa Clara, California, 95054


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
KHOSLA VENTURES I, LP
By: Khosla Ventures Associates I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and general partner of Khosla Ventures I, LP
By: VK Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and manager of Khosla Ventures Associates I, LLC
By:  

/s/ David Weiden

  David Weiden
  Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CRESCENDO IV, L.P.
CRESCENDO IV ENTREPRENEUR FUND, L.P.
CRESCENDO IV ENTREPRENEUR FUND A, L.P.
CRESCENDO IVCOINVESTMENT FUND, LLC
Each by its general partner, Crescendo Ventures IV, LLP
By:  

/s/ R. David Spreng

Name:  

R. David Spreng

Title:  

Managing General Partner

CRESCENDO IV AG & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG
By:   Crescendo German Investments IV, LLC
Its:   Managing Partner
By:  

/s/ R. David Spreng

Name:  

R. David Spreng

Title:  

Managing General Partner


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
KPCB HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Vronsky

Name:  

Paul M. Vronsky

Title:  

General Counsel


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
EVERGREEN IV, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Boaz Dinte

Name:  

Boaz Dinte

Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
N&A RAZA REVOCABLE TRUST UAD 03/22/97
By:  

/s/ S. Atiq Raza          /s/ Noreen T. Raza

Name:  

S. Atiq Raza and Noreen T. Raza

Title:  

Trustees


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
/s/ Thomas Williams
THOMAS WILLIAMS

 

/s/ Jeanine Williams
JEANINE WILLIAMS

 

Address:  

THOMAS E. WILLIAMS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By: Gold Hill Capital 2008, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Glenn Marasigan

Name:  

Glenn Marasigan

Title:  

Associate/Gold Hill Capital

 

Address:  

One Almaden Blvd. Ste 630

 

San Jose, CA 95113

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Avery Dotan

ADMORE c/o AVERY DOTAN

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
OR-MENT CONSULTING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Zvi Or-Bach

Name:  

ZVI OR-BACH

Title:  

President

Address:  

 

   

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Brian McDonald

BRIAN MCDONALD
Address:  

 

   

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
DEREK OBATA INVESTMENTS LLC
By:  

/s/ Derek Obata

Name:  

Derek Obata

Title:  

V.P. Sales eASIC

 

Address:  

 

   

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
THE M&M B TRUST DATED DECEMBER 23, 2010
By:  

/s/ Mike Basanty

Name:  

Mike Basanty

Title:  

 

 

Address:  

 

   

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Arnold S. Rosenberg
ARNOLD S. ROSENBERG

 

Address:  

 

   

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Ki Young Suh
KI YOUNG SUH

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Craig Klosterman
CRAIG KLOSTERMAN

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
DEVON BENTLEY KLOSTERMAN TRUST, UAD 07/10/2000
By:   /s/ Craig Klosterman
Name:  

Craig Klosterman

Title:  

Trustee

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
COURTNEY ANNE KLOSTERMAN TRUST, UAD 07/10/2000
By:   /s/ Craig Klosterman
Name:  

Craig Klosterman

Title:  

Trustee

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
KELSEY LAURA KLOSTERMAN TRUST, UAD 07/10/2000
By:   /s/ Craig Klosterman
Name:  

Craig Klosterman

Title:  

Trustee

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Jaques Benkoski
JAQUES BENKOSKI

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Adam Levinthal
ADAM LEVINTHAL
Address:  

 

   

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
AZ VENTURES
By:  

/s/ Avi Zakai

Name:  

Avi Zakai

Title:  

CEO

 

Address:  

 

   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim
ANDREAS BECHTOLSHEIM
Address:  

             

   

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Joseph W. Dews
JOSEPH W. DEWS
Address:  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Michael Burstein
MICHAEL BURSTEIN
Address:  

 

   

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Boris Gruzman
BORIS GRUZMAN
Address:  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
LOUBA BURSTEIN LIVING TRUST
By:  

/s/ L Burstein

Name:  

Louba Burstein

Title:  

Trustee, Louba Burstein Living Trust

 

Address:  

 

   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ADVANCED EQUITIES EASIC INVESTMENTS I, LLC
ADVANCED EQUITIES EASIC INVESTMENTS II, LLC
AEI EASIC INVESTMENTS III, LLC
AEI EASIC INVESTMENTS IV, LLC
AEI 2007 VENTURE ACCESS FUND I, LLC
AEI 2007 VENTURE ACCESS FUND II, LLC
AEI 2007 VENTURE INVESTMENTS I, LLC
AEI 2007 VENTURE INVESTMENTS II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

Keith Daubenspeck

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

Address:  

     

 

     

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
EDBRO SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Greg Edwards

Name:  

Greg Edwards

Title:  

President

 

Address:  

     

 

     

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
/s/ Andrew Cader
ANDREW CADER

 

Address:  

     

 

     

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
/s/ Pradeep Sindhu
PRADEEP SINDHU

 

Address:  

     

 

     

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

TORONTO ANGEL GROUP EASIC HOLDINGS LP

By:  

/s/ Greg Edwards

Name:  

Greg Edwards

Title:  

General Partner

 

Address:      
   
 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF – BLUMONT INNOVATION PE STRATEGY FUND
By:  

/s/ Hugh Cleland

Name:  

Hugh Cleland

Title:  

EVP & PORTFOLIO MANAGER

BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF – NORTHERN RIVERS SILICON VALLEY ACCESS FUND LP
By:  

/s/ Hugh Cleland

Name:  

Hugh Cleland

Title:  

EVP & PORTFOLIO MANAGER

BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF – NORTHERN RIVERS GLOBAL ENERGY FUND LP
By:  

/s/ Alex Ruus

Name:  

Alex Ruus

Title:  

EVP & PORTFOLIO MANAGER

BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF – NORTHERN RIVERS CONSERVATIVE GROWTH FUND LP
By:  

/s/ Alex Ruus

Name:  

Alex Ruus

Title:  

EVP & PORTFOLIO MANAGER

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

F&W INVESTMENTS, LLC

By:  

/s/ Laird N. Simons III

Name:  

Laird N. Simons III

Title:  

Managing Member

 

Address:      
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Douglas Rivers
DOUGLAS RIVERS

 

Address:      
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
HATTERAS LATE STAGE VC FUND I, LP
By:  

/s/ Lance Baker

Name:  

LANCE BAKER

Title:  

CFO of GP

 

Address:   8540 Colonnade Center Dr Suite 401
  Raleigh, NC 27615

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
IVP EASIC, LLC
by its Member-Manager
Four Springs Capital, LLC
By:   /s/ William Dioguardi
  William Dioguardi, President

 

Address:   1901 Main Street
  Lake Como, NJ 07719

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BRIAN ELIOT PEIERLS
By:   /s/ Brian Eliot Peierls
Name:   Brian Eliot Peierls
Title:   Individual

 

INVESTOR:
THE PEIERLS BYPASS TRUST
By:   /s/ Brian Eliot Peierls
Name:   Brian Eliot Peierls
Title:   Trustee

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
E. JEFFREY PEIERLS
By:   /s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls
Name:   E. Jeffrey Peierls
Title:   Individual
INVESTOR: (each of the following, a “Holder”):
PEIERLS SEVERAL ENTITIES
U.D. E.F. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls
U.D. E.F. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
U.D. J.N. Peierls for Brian Eliot Peierls
U.D. J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
UW J.N. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls
UW J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
UW E.S. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls Accumulation
UW E.S. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls Accumulation
The Peierls Foundation, Inc. (Non-Profit)
U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

 

By:   /s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls
Name:   E. Jeffrey Peierls
Title:   as trustee or authorized officer on behalf of each of the foregoing Holders

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Robert J. DeSantis
ROBERT J. DESANTIS

 

Address:    
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Bernard Aronson
BERNARD ARONSON

 

Address:      
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

THE NGUYEN LIVING TRUST

By:  

/s/ Julien Nguyen

Name:  

Julien Nguyen

Title:  

Trustee

 

Address:      
   

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

CRESCENDO VENTURES 401K PROFIT SHARING PLAN FBO WAYNE CANTWELL

By:  

/s/ Wayne Cantwell

Name:  

Wayne Cantwell

Title:  

 

 

Address:  

600 Hansen Way

 

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

CRESCENDO VENTURES 401K PROFIT SHARING PLAN FBO JOHN BORCHERS

By:  

/s/ John Borchers

Name:  

John Borchers

Title:  

 

 

Address:  

600 Hansen Way

 

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

CRESCENDO VENTURES 401K PROFIT SHARING PLAN FBO DAVID SPRENG

By:  

/s/ R. David Spreng

Name:  

R. David Spreng

Title:  

 

 

Address:  

600 Hansen Way

 

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Wayne Cantwell
WAYNE CANTWELL

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
SEAGATE SINGAPORE INTERNATIONAL HEADQUARTERS PTE. LTD.
By:   /s/ Patrick J. O’Malley
Name:   Patrick J. O’Malley
Title:   Director

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

Zvi Or-Bach


EXHIBIT B

PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS

 

Series A Preferred Stock

  

Or-Ment Consulting, Inc.

     5,714,756   

Associated Commercial Enterprises, Ltd.

     2,613,636   

Library Technologies

     294,737   

Cooke, Laurence H.

     38,684   

Klosterman, Craig

     88,420   

Rosenberg, Arnold S.

     28,333   

Suh, Ki

     56,733   

Klosterman, Craig

     44,210   

Friedmann, Eli

     30,000   

Altman, Ziva

     5,000   

Cooke, Laurence H.

     35,000   

Advanced Semiconductor Technology Ltd.

     111,111   

Murray Kopplman – Eastlake Securities, Inc.

     111,111   

Levi, Amitay

     111,111   

Aronson, Bernard

     111,111   

Morris Ades – S. and A. Stores

     111,111   

Kirin Investment, Inc.

     111,111   

Ades, Ronald

     38,889   

Ades, Louis

     38,889   

Serrur, Leo

     33,333   

Admore

     88,888   

Klosterman, Craig

     1,250,000   

Klosterman, Craig

     454,545   

Devon Bentley Klosterman Trust, UAD 07/10/2000

     227,273   

Courtney Anne Klosterman Trust, UAD 07/10/2000

     227,273   

Kelsey Laura Klosterman Trust, UAD 07/10/2000

     227,273   
  

 

 

 

Total Series A Preferred Stock

     12,202,538   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B

(continued)

 

PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS

 

Series B Preferred Stock

  

Evolution Capital Investment Limited

     400,000   

Ades, Morris

     40,000   

Ades, Ronald

     30,000   

Ades, Louis

     20,000   

Serrur, Leo

     40,000   

Aronson, Bernard

     20,000   

Kiachian, Jerry

     40,000   

Benkoski, Jaques

     20,000   

Levinthal, Adam

     240,000   
  

 

 

 

Total Series B Preferred Stock

     850,000   
  

 

 

 

 

Series C Preferred Stock

  

Khosla Ventures I, LP

     11,219,892   

KPCB Holdings Inc.

     4,808,525   

Adam Levinthal

     797,700   

AZ Ventures

     281,630   

Andreas Bechtolsheim

     338,295   

N& A Raza Revocable Trust UAD03/22/97

     202,977   

The Nguyen Living Trust

     202,977   

Jacqueline and Yoram Arbel Living Trust

     115,007   

Diner P-4 Holdings, L.P.

     101,488   

F&W Investments, LLC

     40,595   

GrtFunds, Inc.

     152,233   

Joseph W. Dews

     16,915   
  

 

 

 

Total Series C Preferred Stock

     18,278,234   
  

 

 

 

 

Series D Preferred Stock

  

Khosla Ventures I, LP

     11,263,074   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     4,827,032   

Andreas Bechtolsheim

     339,597   

N&A Raza Revocable Trust UAD03/22/97

     203,758   

The Nguyen Living Trust

     203,758   

Diner P-4 Holdings, L.P.

     101,879   

F&W Investments, LLC

     40,752   
  

 

 

 

Total Series D Preferred Stock

     16,979,850   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B

(continued)

 

Series E Preferred Stock

  

Crescendo IV, L.P.

     7,611,337   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, L.P.

     102,007   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, L.P.

     41,723   

Crescendo IV Ag & Co. Beteiligungs KG

     458,045   

Khosla Ventures I, LP

     2,891,481   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     1,239,206   

Andreas Bechtolsheim

     87,182   

N&A Raza Revocable Trust UAD03/22/97

     52,309   

The Nguyen Living Trust

     52,309   

Diner P-4 Holdings, L.P.

     26,154   

F&W Investments, LLC

     10,461   

Evergreen IV, L.P.

     5,475,407   

Innotech Corporation

     547,540   
  

 

 

 

Total Series E Preferred Stock

     18,595,161   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B

(continued)

 

Series F Preferred Stock

  

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments I, LLC

     3,310,196   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments II, LLC

     8,186,114   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I, LLC

     1,487,564   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments I, LLC

     1,595,008   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments II, LLC

     4,008,611   

Cader, Andrew

     743,782   

Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd.

     678,614   

Craig Klosterman

     547,095   

Crescendo IV, LP

     747,808   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP

     10,983   

Crescendo IV Ag & Co Beteiligungs KG

     35,353   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP

     4,492   

Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LLC

     85,858   

Diner P-4

     6,040   

Douglas Rivers

     743,782   

Edbro Software

     211,268   

Evergreen IV, L.P.

     2,416,153   

F&W Investments, LLC

     2,416   

GrtFunds, Inc.

     4,006   

Haboush, Ronald

     1,500,000   

Hatteras Late Stage VC Fund I, LP

     929,727   

Khosla Ventures I, L.P.

     1,600,235   

KPCB Holdings

     664,563   

N&A Raza Revocable Trust

     12,080   

Northern Rivers Private Equity I LP

     1,190,051   

Sandstone Ventures, LLC

     743,782   

Sindhu, Pradeep

     1,000,000   

Strategia Private Equity I Limited

     743,782   

Technology Voyage V, LLC

     892,538   

The Nguyen Living Trust

     12,080   

Thomas E. Williams

     743,782   

Toronto Angel Group eASIC Holdings LP

     650,809   

Northern Rivers Silicon Valley Access Fund LP

     1,115,673   
  

 

 

 

Total Series F Preferred Stock

     36,624,245   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B

(continued)

 

Series F-1 Preferred Stock

  

Crescendo IV, L.P.

     515,958   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, L.P.

     6,799   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, L.P.

     2.781   

Crescendo Iv Ag & Co. Beteiligungs KG

     21,880   

Khosla Ventures

     1,691,251   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     724,822   

N&A Raza Revocable Trust UAD03/22/97

     23,855   

The Nguyen Living Trust

     23,855   

Diner P-4 Holdings, L.P.

     11,927   

F&W Investments, LLC

     4,770   

Evergreen IV, L.P.

     364,945   

GrtFunds, Inc.

     7,911   

Craig Klosterman

     1,080,356   
  

 

 

 

Total Series F-1 Preferred Stock

     4,481,110   
  

 

 

 

 

Series G Preferred Stock

  

Khosla Ventures I, LP

     24,502,656   

Crescendo IV, LP

     16,915,938   

Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG

     308,860   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP

     256,249   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP

     104,810   

Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LLC

     3,046,154   

Evergreen IV, L.P.

     11,078,824   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     10,493,077   

AEI eAsic Investments III, LLC

     529,746   

AEI eAsic Investments IV, LLC

     2,422,790   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments I, LLC

     386,421   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments II, LLC

     1,387,330   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments I, LLC

     699,334   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments II, LLC

     4,004,879   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I, LLC

     314,335   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund II, LLC

     300,195   

Andrew Cader

     403,608   

Douglas Rivers

     1,223,527   

Hatteras Late Stage VC Fund I, LP

     746,230   
  

 

 

 

Total Series G Preferred Stock

     79,124,963   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B

(continued)

 

Series H Preferred Stock

  

IVP eAsic, LLC

     7,523,552   

Brian Eliot Peierls

     470,000   

The Peierls Bypass Trust

     69,694   

E. Jeffrey Peierls

     470,000   

U.D. E.F. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls

     123,000   

U.D. E.F. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls

     123,000   

U.D. J.N. Peierls for Brian Eliot Peierls

     150,000   

U.D. J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls

     150,000   

UW J.N. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls

     150,000   

UW J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls

     150,000   

UW E.S. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls Accumulation

     100,000   

UW E.S. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls Accumulation

     66,000   

The Peierls Foundation, Inc. (Non-Profit)

     3,236,000   

U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

     325,000   

Khosla Ventures I, LP

     7,855,404   

Crescendo IV, LP

     4,243,992   

Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG

     226,249   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP

     64,747   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP

     26,482   

Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LLC

     651,639   

Evergreen IV, L.P.

     4,038,899   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     4,334,841   

Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP

     1,744,591   

Robert J. DeSantis

     3,489,184   

Jacques Benkoski

     2,971   

N&A Raza Revocable Trust UAD 03/22/97

     348,918   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments I, LLC

     151,075   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments II, LLC

     514,949   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I, LLC

     59,771   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments I, LLC

     98,627   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments II, LLC

     244,040   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund II, LLC

     86,343   

AEI eASIC Investments IV, LLC

     59,798   

Pradeep Sindhu

     199,534   

Douglas Rivers

     237,698   

Hatteras Late Stage VC Fund I, LP

     216,141   

Toronto Angel Group eASIC Holdings, LP

     697,659   
  

 

 

 

Total Series H Preferred Stock

     42,699,798   
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT C

INVESTORS

 

Series A-2 Preferred Stock  

Khosla Ventures I, LP

     48,039,951   

Crescendo IV AG & Co. Beteiligungs KG

     2,043,106   

Crescendo IV Coinvestment Fund, LLC

     5,884,523   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund A, LP

     239,146   

Crescendo IV Entrepreneur Fund, LP

     584,685   

Crescendo IV, LP

     38,324,728   

Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo David Spreng

     2,407,434   

Evergreen IV, L.P.

     14,687,706   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     16,538,487   

N&A Raza Revocable Trust UAD 03/22/97

     4,335,068   

Thomas & Jeanine Williams

     2,888,920   

Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP

     961,696   

Adam Levinthal

     690,020   

ADMORE

     48,999   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments I, LLC

     606,136   

Advanced Equities eAsic Investments II, LLC

     3,447,797   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund I, LLC

     60,439   

AEI 2007 Venture Access Fund II, LLC

     303,092   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments I, LLC

     264,788   

AEI 2007 Venture Investments II, LLC

     1,574,284   

AEI eASIC Investments III, LLC

     76,177   

AEI eASIC Investments IV, LLC

     468,091   

Andreas Bechtolsheim

     508,194   

Andrew Cader

     815,222   

Arnold S. Rosenberg

     15,618   

AZ Ventures

     176,503   

BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF 402 204 4822

     59,273   

BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF 402 204 5027

     59,273   

BMO NESBITT BURNS ITF 402 209 6426

     1,066,924   

Boris Gruzman

     34,690   

Brian Eliot Peierls

     972,858   

Brian McDonald

     924,190   

Courtney Anne Klosterman Trust, UAD 07/10/2000

     369,322   

Craig Klosterman

     3,670,380   

Derek Obata Investments LLC

     6,680,615   

Devon Bentley Klosterman Trust, UAD 07/10/2000

     369,322   

Douglas Rivers

     3,046,783   

E. Jeffrey Peierls

     1,068,900   

Edbro Software, Inc.

     479,447   

F&W Investments, LLC

     83,012   


EXHIBIT C

(continued)

 

Series A-2 Preferred Stock  

Hatteras Late Stage VC Fund I, LP

     1,271,421   

IVP eAsic, LLC

     10,032,134   

Jacques Benkoski

     46,927   

Joseph W. Dews

     16,815   

Kelsey Laura Klosterman Trust, UAD 07/10/2000

     369,322   

Ki Young Suh

     39,211   

Louba Burstein Living Trust

     34,690   

Michael Burstein

     34,692   

Or-Ment Consulting, Inc.

     551,244   

Sindhu Family Trust DTD 10-31-00 Pradeep Sindhu & Marie-Francoise Bertrand, TTEES

     1,173,731   

Robert J. DeSantis

     2,465,690   

The M&M B Trust dated December 23, 2010

     394,005   

The Peierls Bypass Trust

     173,335   

The Peierls Foundation, Inc. (Non-Profit)

     2,561,967   

Toronto Angel Group eASIC Holdings, LP

     699,215   

U.D. E.F. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls

     288,892   

U.D. E.F. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls

     288,892   

U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

     693,341   

U.D. J.N. Peierls for Brian Eliot Peierls

     346,670   

U.D. J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls

     346,670   

UW E.S. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls Accumulation

     260,002   

UW E.S. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls Accumulation

     144,446   

UW J.N. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls

     346,670   

UW J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls

     346,670   

Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo John Borchers

     3,851,894   

Crescendo Ventures 401k Profit Sharing Plan fbo Wayne Cantwell

     3,129,664   

Wayne Cantwell

     722,230   

Seagate Singapore International Headquarters Pte. Ltd.

     144,446,049   
  

 

 

 

Total Series A-2 Preferred Stock

     339,952,288   
  

 

 

 

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

   EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

   484,027 (the “Initial Shares”), plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Article 1.7 below

Class of Stock:

   Series G Preferred

Warrant Price:

   $0.2066 per share

Issue Date:

   September 29, 2010

Expiration Date:

   The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date

Credit Facility:

   This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated of even date herewith (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and in Article 1.7 below, and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its

 


Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

1.6.1 “Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of

 

2


such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than three (3) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

(D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

1.7 Additional Shares. At the time of the funding of each Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the Initial Shares, the right to purchase that number of additional Shares rounded down to the nearest whole number which could be purchased by taking two percent (2.0%) of the amount of each such Growth Capital Advance under Tranche B, divided by the Warrant Price (such additional Shares being called the “Additional Shares”).

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

3


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if: (a) it amends its Certificate of Incorporation, and the holders of the Company’s preferred stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same series of stock, or (b) the Shares are not differently affected than other shares of the same series of stock in connection with any reorganization, transfer of assts, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action.

2.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

4


2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company,

 

5


such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of June 4, 2010, and as amended from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”). upon Holder’s execution of a joinder agreement (at the time of exercise or conversion of this Warrant) to cause Holder to become a party thereto, in a form satisfactory to the Company and Holder. The provisions set forth in the Right Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER

Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this

 

6


Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

7


5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, California 95054

Attn: Larry Borras

Telephone: (408) 855-3039

Facsimile: (408) 855-9201

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

8


5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Rule 144. Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among others, the existence of a public market for the Shares, the availability of certain public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

5.12 Market Standoff Agreement. Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision (the “Market Standoff Provision”) in Section 2.10 of the Rights Agreement. The Market Standoff Provision set forth in the Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

9


“COMPANY”

EASIC CORPORATION

 

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

President & CEO

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

RM

 


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

 

PREFERRED STOCK

   NUMBER OF SHARES  

Series A Preferred

     12,202,538   

Series B Preferred

     850,000   

Series C Preferred

     18,278,234   

Series D Preferred

     16,979,850   

Series E Preferred

     18,595,161   

Series F Preferred

     36,624,245   

Series F Preferred Warrants

     1,489,823   

Series F-1 Preferred

     4,481,110   

Series G Preferred

     78,250,169   

Series G Preferred Warrants

     4,633,433   

COMMON STOCK

  

Outstanding

     8,355,610   

Option Pool (Outstanding/Reserved)

     43,007,463   

Warrants

     10,000   

 


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of eASIC Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for              of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
  

Holders Name

  
  

 

  
  

    

  
  

(Address)

  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

   Name:    SVB Financial Group   
   Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)   
      Santa Clara, CA 95054   
   Tax ID:    91-1962278   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by eASIC Corporation (the “Company”), on September 29, 2010 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    as set forth below
Class of Stock:    Series G Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    as set forth below
Issue Date:    April 29, 2011
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP dated April 29, 2011.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP (Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

As used herein:

Next Round” means the Company’s next sale of its convertible preferred stock after the Issue Date (other than Series G Preferred Stock) to purchasers which include venture capital investors.

Next Round Price” means the lowest effective price per share (on a common stock equivalent basis and taking into account any securities issued together with the preferred stock on the date such stock is issued) at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in the Next Round.

Number of Shares” means the number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock equal to (i) Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), divided by (ii) the Warrant Price.

Series G Price” means $0.2066 per share.

 

1


Warrant Price” means the lower of: (i) the Series G Price, and (ii) the Next Round Price; provided, however, if this Warrant is exercised prior to the Next Round, then the Warrant Price shall be the Series G Price.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

1.6.1 “Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and the Company does not continue as a going concern, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than three (3) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsection (A) or (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

3


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.4 Intentionally omitted.

2.5 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if: (a) it amends its Certificate of Incorporation, and the holders of the Company’s preferred stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect the Shares differently from the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the other shares of the same series of stock, or (b) the Shares are not differently affected than other shares of the same series of stock in connection with any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action.

 

4


2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.7 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on

 

5


which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of June 4, 2010, and as amended from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”) upon Holder’s execution of a joinder agreement (at the time of exercise or conversion of this Warrant) to cause Holder to become a party thereto, in a form satisfactory to the Company and Holder. The provisions set forth in the Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER. Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting

 

6


personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP (“Gold Hill”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to any affiliate of Gold Hill. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

 

7


5.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Gold Hill and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Gold Hill or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP

One Almaden Blvd., Suite 630

San Jose, CA 95113

Attention: Glenn Marasigan

Telephone: (408) 200-7857

Facsimile: (408) 200-7841

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

EASIC CORPORATION

Attn: Laurence Borras

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 855-3039

Facsimile: (408) 855-9201

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than

 

8


the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Rule 144. Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among others, the existence of a public market for the Shares, the availability of certain public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

5.12 Market Standoff Agreement. Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”) in Section 2.10 of the Rights Agreement. The Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in the Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified, or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to the Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

9


“COMPANY”

EASIC CORPORATION

 

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

    By:  

/s/ Laurence Borras

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

  Ronnie Vasishta, CEO/President       Laurence Borras, Secretary

“HOLDER”

GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP

By: Gold Hill Capital 2008, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Glenn Marasigan

Name:  

Glenn Marasigan

  (Print)
Title:  

Associate

 

 

10


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

 

     Common      Series A      Series B      Series C      Series D      Series E      Series F      Series F-1      Series G  

Authorized

     300,000,000         12,202,538         850,000         18,278,234         16,979,850         18,595,161         38,627,284         4,481,110         86,000,000   

Shares Outstanding

     8,841,336         12,202,538         850,000         18,278,234         16,979,850         18,595,161         36,624,245         4,481,110         79,997,536   

Warrants Outstanding

                       1,489,823            5,336,774   

Options Outstanding

     35,170,061                           

Options Available

     6,409,778                           

Total outstanding

     50,421,175         12,202,538         850,000         18,278,234         16,979,850         18,595,161         38,114,068         4,481,110         85,334,310   

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of EASIC CORPORATION pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for              of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

    

    

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
                                                         
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

12


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name:

Address:

Tax ID:

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by EASIC CORPORATION (the “Company”), on             , 2011 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company,              makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

                                    
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 


EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THIS WARRANT.

EASIC CORPORATION

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF SERIES PREFERRED STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [WARRANTHOLDER] and its assignees are entitled to subscribe for and purchase that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series Preferred Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the “Shares”) of EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof at the price per share as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in Section 4 hereof is herein referred to as the “Warrant Price”), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. As used herein, (a) the term “Series Preferred” shall mean, at the holder’s election, either (i) the Company’s presently authorized Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and any stock into or for which such Series A-2 Preferred Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock to shares of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, or (ii) the Next Round Stock (as defined below) and any stock into or for which such Next Round Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Next Round Stock to Common Stock shall mean the Company’s Common Stock (b) the term “Date of Grant” shall mean [date], and (c) the term “Other Warrants” shall mean any other warrants issued by the Company in connection with the transaction with respect to which this Warrant was issued, and any warrant issued upon transfer or partial exercise of or in lieu of this Warrant. The term “Warrant” as used herein shall be deemed to include Other Warrants unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

The Warrant Price shall be (i), if holder elects to exercise this Warrant for the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock $5.19225 or (ii) if holder elects to exercise this Warrant for Next Round Stock, the lowest effective price per share (on a common stock equivalent basis and taking into account any securities issued together with the preferred stock) at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in a Qualified Financing (the “Next Round Stock”). A “Qualified Financing” shall mean the sale of the convertible preferred stock of the Company to purchasers which include venture capital investors in an aggregate cash amount not less than $10,000,000. The number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall be the nearest whole number determined by dividing $[amount] by the Warrant Price determined pursuant to this paragraph.


1. Term. The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the later of (i) ten (10) years after the Date of Grant or (ii) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (“IPO”) effected pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or its successor) filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

2. Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant. Subject to Section 1 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the holder hereof, in whole or in part and from time to time, at the election of the holder hereof, by (a) the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company, by certified or bank check, or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company (a “Wire Transfer”) of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; (b) if in connection with a registered public offering of the Company’s securities, the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company together with notice of arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company for payment to the Company either by certified or bank check or by Wire Transfer from the proceeds of the sale of shares to be sold by the holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; or (c) exercise of the “net issuance” right provided for in Section 10.2 hereof. The person or persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s) representing shares of Series Preferred shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be delivered to the holder hereof as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the holder hereof as soon as possible and in any event within such thirty-day period; provided, however, at such time as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), if requested by the holder of this Warrant, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver the certificate representing the shares of Series Preferred issued upon exercise of this Warrant to a broker or other person (as directed by the holder exercising this Warrant) within the time period required to settle any trade made by the holder after exercise of this Warrant.

3. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. All Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from

 

2


all preemptive rights, taxes, liens and charges. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of its Series Preferred to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Series Preferred into Common Stock.

4. Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification or Merger. In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another entity (other than (i) a merger constituting an Acquisition Transaction as defined in Section 10.1 below and (ii) a merger with another entity in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving entity and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that does not constitute an Acquisition Transaction, the Company, or such successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the holder of this Warrant a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant), so that the holder of such new Warrant shall have the right to receive upon exercise of such new Warrant, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Series Preferred theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, (i) the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Series Preferred then purchasable under this Warrant, or (ii) in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing entity, at the option of the holder of this Warrant, the securities of the successor or purchasing entity having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the shares of Series Preferred purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction. Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. The provisions of this Section 4(a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and sales.

(b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Series Preferred, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

 

3


(c) Stock Dividends and Other Distributions. If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Series Preferred payable in shares of Series Preferred, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Series Preferred (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 4(a) and 4(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the holder of this Warrant shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the shares of Series Preferred (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(d) Adjustment of Number of Shares. Upon each adjustment in the Warrant Price, the number of Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

(e) Antidilution Rights. The other antidilution rights applicable to the Shares purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Date of Grant (the “Charter”). Such antidilution rights shall not be restated, amended, modified or waived in any manner that is adverse to the holder hereof without such holder’s prior written consent, unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the antidilution rights associated with the Series Preferred in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class. The Company shall promptly provide the holder hereof with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter after the same has been made.

5. Notice of Adjustments. Whenever the Warrant Price or the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the holder of this Warrant. In addition, whenever the conversion price or conversion ratio of the Series Preferred shall be adjusted, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the conversion price or ratio of the Series

 

4


Preferred after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the holder of this Warrant.

6. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Series Preferred will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of a share of Series Preferred on the date of exercise as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

7. Compliance with Act; Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Series Preferred.

(a) Compliance with Act. The holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, and the shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof and any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that such holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, or any shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws. Upon exercise of this Warrant, unless the Shares being acquired are registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available, the holder hereof shall confirm in writing that the shares of Series Preferred so purchased (and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act and shall confirm such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company. This Warrant and all shares of Series Preferred issued upon exercise of this Warrant and all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (unless registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THE WARRANT UNDER WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ISSUED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.”

Said legend shall be removed by the Company, upon the request of a holder, at such time as the restrictions on the transfer of the applicable security shall have terminated. In addition, in connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the holder specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

 

5


(1) The holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire this Warrant. The holder is acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof in violation of the Act.

(2) The holder understands that this Warrant has not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(3) The holder further understands that this Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under any applicable state securities laws, or unless exemptions from registration and qualification are otherwise available. The holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Act.

(4) The holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

(b) Disposition of Warrant or Shares. With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Warrant or any shares of Series Preferred acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant prior to registration of such Warrant or shares, the holder hereof agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of such holder’s counsel, or other evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state securities law then in effect) of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such law. Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable but no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the written notice, shall notify such holder that such holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 7(b) that the opinion of counsel for the holder or other evidence is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the holder promptly with details thereof after such determination has been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock may, as to such federal laws, be offered, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 or 144A under the Act (respectively, “Rule 144” and “Rule 144A”), provided that the Company shall have been furnished with such information as the Company may reasonably request to provide a reasonable assurance that the provisions of Rule 144 or 144A have been satisfied. Each certificate representing this Warrant or the shares of Series Preferred thus transferred (except a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 or 144A) shall bear a legend as to the

 

6


applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such laws, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the holder, such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with such laws. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

(c) Applicability of Restrictions. Neither any restrictions of any legend described in this Warrant nor the requirements of Section 7(b) above shall apply to any transfer of, or grant of a security interest in, this Warrant (or the Series Preferred or Common Stock obtainable upon exercise thereof) or any part hereof (i) to a partner of the holder if the holder is a partnership or to a member of the holder if the holder is a limited liability company, (ii) to a partnership of which the holder is a partner or to a limited liability company of which the holder is a member, (iii) to any affiliate of the holder if the holder is a corporation, (iv) notwithstanding the foregoing, to any affiliate of [warrantholder], or (v) to a lender to the holder or any of the foregoing; provided, however, in any such transfer, if applicable, the transferee shall first agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Warrant as if an original holder hereof.

8. Rights as Shareholders; Information. No holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series Preferred or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will transmit to the holder of this Warrant such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to the holders of any class or series of the securities of the Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to the shareholders.

9. Registration Rights. Upon exercise of this Warrant, the holder shall execute a counterpart signature or other joinder agreement making Holder a party to the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated December 13, 2012, by and between the Company and the parties thereto (as amended, the “IRA”) and the Voting Agreement dated December 13, 2012, by and between the Company and the parties thereto (as amended, the “Voting Agreement”). Upon such execution, any Common Stock of the Company obtained upon conversion of the Series Preferred shall be considered “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the IRA) on the same terms to the registration rights granted to the investors in the IRA, , with the following exceptions and clarifications:

(1) The holder will not have the right to demand registration, but can otherwise participate in any registration demanded by others.

(2) The holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

7


(3) The holder shall not be allowed to assign or transfer such shares except as permitted by the IRA, including Section 2.8(b) of the IRA.

10. Additional Rights.

10.1 Acquisition Transactions and IPO.

(a) The Company shall provide the holder of this Warrant with at least ten (10) days’ written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any of the following transactions (to the extent the Company has notice thereof): (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business, or its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) or series of related transactions, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of (each, an “Acquisition Transaction”) or (ii) an initial public offering of securities of the Company registered under the Act (the “IPO”).

(b) Upon the written request of the Company, the holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition Transaction in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, either (a) the holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Transaction or (b) if the holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition Transaction. As used herein, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (1) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act, (2) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the holder of this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition Transaction if the holder exercises or converts this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market and (3) the issuer thereof has a market cap of at least Seven Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($750,000,000).

10.2 Right to Convert Warrant into Stock: Net Issuance.

(a) Right to Convert. In addition to and without limiting the rights of the holder under the terms of this Warrant, the holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof (the “Conversion Right”) into shares of Series Preferred as provided in this Section 10.2 at any time or from time to time during the term of this Warrant. Upon exercise of the Conversion Right with respect to a particular number of shares subject to this Warrant (the “Converted Warrant Shares”), the Company shall deliver to the holder (without payment by the holder of any exercise price or any cash or other consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Series Preferred as is determined according to the following formula:

 

8


X =   B – A   
  Y   

 

Where:   X =    the number of shares of Series Preferred that shall be issued to holder
  Y =    the fair market value of one share of Series Preferred
  A =    the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right (i.e., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price)
  B =    the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares (i.e., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share)

No fractional shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right, and, if the number of shares to be issued determined in accordance with the foregoing formula is other than a whole number, the Company shall pay to the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the resulting fractional share on the Conversion Date (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of Section 10 of this Warrant, shares issued pursuant to the Conversion Right shall be treated as if they were issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Method of Exercise. The Conversion Right may be exercised by the holder by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with a written statement (which may be in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto) specifying that the holder thereby intends to exercise the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares of Series Preferred subject to this Warrant which are being surrendered (referred to in Section 10.2(a) hereof as the Converted Warrant Shares) in exercise of the Conversion Right. Such conversion shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid written statement, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “Conversion Date”), and, at the election of the holder hereof, may be made contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the Act (a “Public Offering”). Certificates for the shares issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right and, if applicable, a new warrant evidencing the balance of the shares of Series Preferred remaining subject to this Warrant, shall be issued as of the Conversion Date and shall be delivered to the holder within thirty (30) days following the Conversion Date; provided, however, at such time as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, if requested by the holder of this Warrant, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver the certificate representing the shares of Series Preferred issued upon exercise of the Conversion Right to a broker or other person (as directed by the holder exercising the Conversion Right) within the time period required to settle any trade made by the holder after exercise of the Conversion Right.

 

9


(c) Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 10.2, “fair market value” of a share of Series Preferred (or Common Stock if the Series Preferred has been converted into Common Stock) as of a particular date (the “Determination Date”) shall mean:

(i) If the Conversion Right is exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“Registration Statement”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering.

(ii) If the Conversion Right is not exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of a share of Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible;

(B) If traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible; and

(C) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

In making a determination under clauses (A) or (B) above, if on the Determination Date, five trading days had not passed since the IPO, then the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the average closing prices or closing bid prices, as applicable, for the shorter period beginning on and including the date of the IPO and ending on the trading day prior to the Determination Date (or if such period includes only one trading day, the closing price or closing bid price, as applicable, for such trading day). If closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.

10.3 Exercise Prior to Expiration. To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed

 

10


automatically exercised pursuant to Section 10.2 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 10.2(c). To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of shares of Series Preferred, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

11. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the holder of this Warrant on the date hereof as follows:

(a) This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(b) The Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from preemptive rights, taxes, liens and charges.

(c) The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Series Preferred and the holders thereof are as set forth in the Charter, and on the Date of Grant, each share of the Series Preferred represented by this Warrant is convertible into one share of Common Stock.

(d) The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Charter will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from preemptive rights, taxes, liens and charges.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not be, inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or by-laws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, and do not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument of which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.

12. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

 

11


13. Notices. Any notice, request, communication or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each such holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company or to the Company at the address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant, or at such other address as either party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party. Any notice given by certified or registered mail shall be deemed received by a party two (2) Business Days after delivery of such notice.

14. Binding Effect on Successors. This Warrant shall be binding upon any entity succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, and all of the obligations of the Company relating to the shares of Series Preferred issuable upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall survive the exercise, conversion and termination of this Warrant and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the holder hereof.

15. Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. The Company covenants to the holder hereof that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

16. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the various Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. The language in this Warrant shall be construed as to its fair meaning without regard to which party drafted this Warrant.

17. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York.

18. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. All representations and warranties of the Company and the holder hereof contained herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of this Warrant (or any part hereof) or the termination or expiration of rights hereunder. All agreements of the Company and the holder hereof contained herein shall survive indefinitely until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.

19. Remedies. In case any one or more of the covenants, representations and warranties or agreements contained in this Warrant shall have been breached, the holders hereof (in the case of a breach by the Company), or the Company (in the case of a breach by a holder), may proceed to protect and enforce their or its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

 

12


20. No Impairment of Rights. The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

21. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, or affect any other provision of this Warrant, which shall remain in full force and effect.

22. Recovery of Litigation Costs. If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Warrant, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Warrant, the successful or prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

23. Market Stand-Off Agreement. Holder hereby agrees that holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares held by holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the IPO (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation). Holder further agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Shares (or other securities) until the end of such period. Holder agrees that any transferee of this warrant (or other securities) of the Company held by holder shall be bound by this section. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this section and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

24. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and

 

13


contemporaneous agreements, representations, and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

 

14


The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified above.

 

EASIC CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

[WARRANHOLDER]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT]


EXHIBIT A-1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: EASIC CORPORATION (the “Company”)

 

  1. The undersigned hereby:

 

  ¨ elects to purchase              shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, or

 

  ¨ elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to              Shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

 

  2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing              shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

 

   

 

(Name)

   
         
         
    (Address)    

 

  3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares, all except as in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

(Date)


EXHIBIT A-2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To: EASIC CORPORATION (the “Company”)

 

  1. Contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the Company’s public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S            , filed                     , 20        , the undersigned hereby:

 

  ¨ elects to purchase              shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company (or such lesser number of shares as may be sold on behalf of the undersigned at the Closing) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, or

 

  ¨ elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to              Shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

 

  2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such              shares.

 

  3. The undersigned has instructed the custodian for the selling shareholders to deliver to the Company $             or, if less, the net proceeds due the undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering. If such net proceeds are less than the purchase price for such shares, the undersigned agrees to deliver the difference to the Company prior to the Closing.

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

(Date)


EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

eASIC CORPORATION

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Adopted 3-1, 2001

Approved By Shareholders 3-1, 2001

Termination Date: 3-1, 2010

Amended on May 4, 2007 by the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Amended on April 11, 2008 by the Board of Directors

Approved by Stockholders on April 17, 2008

Amended on December 2, 2008 by the Board of Directors

Approved by Stockholders on December 23, 2008

1. PURPOSES.

(a) Eligible Option Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Options are the Employees, Directors, Advisory Board members, and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates.

(b) Available Options. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Options may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Options: (i) Incentive Stock Options and (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to eligible Employees. Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to eligible Employees, Directors, Advisory Board members, and Consultants.

(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Options, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Advisor” means a member of the Advisory Board of the Company.

(b) “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.


(e) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with subsection 3(c).

(f) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(g) “Company” means eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(h) “Consultant” means any person, including an Advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include either Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors who are merely paid a director’s fee by the Company for their services as Directors.

(i) “Continuous Service” means that the Optionholder’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Optionholder’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionholder renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Optionholder renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.

(j) “Covered Employee” means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to shareholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(k) “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(l) “Disability” means (i) before the Listing Date, the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person’s position with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company because of the sickness or injury of the person and (ii) after the Listing Date, the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(m) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

(n) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.


(o) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

(iii) Prior to the Listing Date, the value of the Common Stock shall be determined in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

(p) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q) “Listing Date” means the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system if such securities exchange or interdealer quotation system has been certified in accordance with the provisions of Section 25100(o) of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968.

(r) “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “Officer” means (i) before the Listing Date, any person designated by the Company as an officer and (ii) on and after the Listing Date, a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

3.


(u) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(v) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(w) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(x) “Outside Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” at any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation” for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(y) “Plan” means this eASIC Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan.

(z) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(aa) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(bb) “Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates. For purposes of determining whether any person is a Ten Percent Shareholder, shares owned individually by that person shall be aggregated with any shares owned by any other corporation or entity owned or controlled by that person, including any entity which as to that person is an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code).

3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Options; when and how each Option shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Option shall be granted; the provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to an Option; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which an Option shall be granted to each such person.

 

4.


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Options granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iii) To amend the Plan or an Option as provided in Section 11.

(iv) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.

(ii) Committee Composition when Common Stock is Publicly Traded. At such time as the Common Stock is publicly traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (1) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Options to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Option or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or) (2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Options to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

5.


4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 10 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed in the aggregate four hundred eighty-three thousand sixty-three (483,063) shares of Common Stock.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Option shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

(d) Share Reserve Limitation. Prior to the Listing Date and to the extent then required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors, Advisory Board members and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Shareholders.

(i) A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(ii) Prior to the Listing Date, a Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least (i) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant or (ii) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option.

(c) Section 162(m) Limitation. Subject to the provisions of Section 10 relating to adjustments upon changes in the shares of Common Stock, no Employee shall be eligible to be

 

6.


granted Options covering more than seven hundred fifty thousand (750,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year. This subsection 5(c) shall not apply prior to the Listing Date and, following the Listing Date, this subsection 5(c) shall not apply until (i) the earliest of: (1) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 4); (2) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (3) the expiration of the Plan; or (4) the first meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (ii) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Consultants and Advisors.

(i) Prior to the Listing Date, a Consultant or Advisor shall not be eligible for the grant of an Option if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

(ii) From and after the Listing Date, a Consultant or Advisor shall not be eligible for the grant of an Option if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (“Form S-8”) is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant or Advisor because of the nature of the services that the Consultant or Advisor is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant or Advisor is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act (e.g., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

(iii) Rule 701 and Form S-8 generally are available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer’s parent; and (iii) the services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer’s securities.

6. OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a

 

7.


separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted, and no Incentive Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

(b) Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted prior to the Listing Date to an employee, director or consultant of the Company shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided herein or required by applicable law, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted prior to the Listing Date to a person other than a Ten Percent Shareholder or an employee, director or consultant of the Company, or is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(d) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

 

8.


In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.

(e) Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(f) Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted prior to the Listing Date shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, to the extent provided in the Option Agreement, to such further extent as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted on or after the Listing Date shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(g) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(h) Minimum Vesting Prior to the Listing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection 6(g), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then:

(i) Options granted prior to the Listing Date to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

 

9.


(ii) Options granted prior to the Listing Date to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.

(i) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days for Options granted prior to the Listing Date unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

(j) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in subsection 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

(k) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months for Options granted prior to the Listing Date) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(l) Death of Optionholder. In the event (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date

 

10.


eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months for Options granted prior to the Listing Date) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(m) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in subsection 9(h), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in subsection 9(h) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in subsection 9(h), the Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in subsection 9(h) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this subsection 6(o), such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

(p) Re-Load Options.

(i) Without in any way limiting the authority of the Board to make or not to make grants of Options hereunder, the Board shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include as part of any Option Agreement a provision entitling the Optionholder to a further Option (a “Re-Load Option”) in the event the Optionholder exercises the Option evidenced by the Option Agreement, in whole or in part, by surrendering other shares of Common Stock in accordance with this Plan and the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the Optionholder shall not surrender shares of Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, unless such shares have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes).

 

11.


(ii) Any such Re-Load Option shall (1) provide for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock surrendered as part or all of the exercise price of such Option; (2) have an expiration date which is the same as the expiration date of the Option the exercise of which gave rise to such Re-Load Option; and (3) have an exercise price which is equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Re-Load Option on the date of exercise of the original Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Re-Load Option shall be subject to the same exercise price and term provisions heretofore described for Options under the Plan.

(iii) Any such Re-Load Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option, as the Board may designate at the time of the grant of the original Option; provided, however, that the designation of any Re-Load Option as an Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to the one hundred thousand dollar ($100,000) annual limitation on the exercisability of Incentive Stock Options described in subsection 9(d) and in Section 422(d) of the Code. There shall be no Re-Load Options on a Re-Load Option. Any such Re-Load Option shall be subject to the availability of sufficient shares of Common Stock under subsection 4(a) and the “Section 162(m) Limitation” on the grants of Options under subsection 5(c) and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Board may determine which are not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan regarding the terms of Options.

7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Options, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Options.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Options and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Options; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Option or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Option. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Options unless and until such authority is obtained.

8. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Options shall constitute general funds of the Company.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Option may first be exercised or the time during which an Option or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Option stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

 

12.


(b) Shareholder Rights. No Optionholder shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Option unless and until such Optionholder has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Option pursuant to its terms.

(c) No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Option granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Optionholder any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Option was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(d) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

(e) Investment Assurances. The Company may require an Optionholder, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Option, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Optionholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Optionholder is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Option for the Optionholder’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

13.


(f) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Option Agreement, the Optionholder may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Option by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Optionholder by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionholder as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Option, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

(g) Information Obligation. Prior to the Listing Date, to the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Optionholders at least annually. This subsection 9(g) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

(h) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Option and may be either at Fair Market Value at the time of repurchase or at not less than the original purchase price. To the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time an Option is made, any repurchase option contained in an Option granted prior to the Listing Date to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the terms described below:

(i) Fair Market Value. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock to be purchased on the date of termination of Continuous Service, then (i) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Optionholder (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”) and (ii) the right terminates when the shares of Common Stock become publicly traded.

(ii) Original Purchase Price. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at the original purchase price, then (i) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Common Stock per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted (without respect to the date the Option was exercised or became exercisable) and (ii) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Optionholder (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”).

 

14.


10. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Option, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsection 4(a) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to subsection 5(c), and the outstanding Options will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Options. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)

(b) Change in Control—Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Options shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

(c) Change in Control—Asset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger. In the event of (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) following the consolidation, merger or reorganization or (iii) any transaction (or series of related transactions involving a person or entity, or a group of affiliated persons or entities) in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s outstanding voting power is transferred, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume any Options outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar options (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders in the transaction described in this subsection 10(c) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Options or to substitute similar options for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Options held by Optionholders whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Options (and, if applicable, the time during which such Options may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Options shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Options outstanding under the Plan, such Options shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such event.

(d) Change in Control—Securities Acquisition. After the Listing Date, in the event of an acquisition by any person, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of

 

15.


the Exchange Act, or any comparable successor provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate) of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Company representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of Directors and provided that such acquisition is not a result of, and does not constitute a transaction described in, subsection 10(c) hereof, then with respect to Options held by Optionholders whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Options (and, if applicable, the time during which such Options may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full.

(e) Change in Control—Change in Incumbent Board. In the event that the individuals who, as of the date of the adoption of this Plan, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the Board and provided that such change in the Incumbent Board does not occur solely as a result of and/or following a transaction described in subsection 10(c) hereof, then with respect to Options held by persons whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Options (and, if applicable, the time during which such Options may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full. If the election, or nomination for election, by the Company’s shareholders of any new Director was approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Board, such new Director shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

11. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND OPTIONS.

(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 10 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements.

(b) Shareholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for shareholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers.

(c) Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

(d) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.

 

16.


(e) Amendment of Options. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Options; provided, however, that the rights under any Option shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.

12. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Options may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Optionholder.

13. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no Option shall be exercised shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

14. CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

17.


eASIC Corporation

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE AND NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Stock Option Agreement, eASIC Corporation (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

3. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an incentive stock option, then, as provided in the Plan, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other incentive stock options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the

 

18


Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options.

4. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) In the Company’s sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported earnings (generally six months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:

(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued interest, shall be due four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Company’s election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.

(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any portion of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.

(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by deferred payment.

(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and,

 

19


in order to secure the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests, you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a security agreement covering the purchased shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may request.

5. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

7. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three- (3-) month period you may not exercise your option solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

For purposes of your option, “Cause” means your misconduct, including but not limited to: (i) your conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (ii) your participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, (iii) your conduct that, based upon a good faith and reasonable factual investigation and determination by the Board,

 

20


demonstrates your unfitness to serve, or (iv) your material violation of any contract between the Company and you or any statutory duty of yours to the Company that you do not correct within thirty (30) days after written notice to you thereof. Your physical or mental disability shall not constitute “Cause.”

If your option is an incentive stock option, note that, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an “incentive stock option,” the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an “incentive stock option” if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment terminates.

8. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an incentive stock option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that the Company (or a representative of the underwriter(s)) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, require that you not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the

 

21


underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.

9. TRANSFERABILITY. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

10. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date.

11. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws as amended from time to time, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

12. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

13. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common

 

22


Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein.

14. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

15. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

eASIC Corporation
By:  

 

  Zvi Or-Bach, President
Address:   2242 Camden Avenue, Suite 203
  San Jose, California 95124

OPTIONHOLDER:

 

            Director             Advisory Board Member             Employee             Consultant

[Signature]   

 

   SSN:   

 

[Printed Name]   

 

     
Address:   

 

  

 

 

23


eASIC Corporation

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE – CONSULTANTS AND EMPLOYEES

eASIC Corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

    

Date of Grant:

    

Vesting Commencement Date:

    

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

    

Exercise Price (Per Share):

    

Total Exercise Price:

    

Expiration Date:

    

 

Type of Grant:    ¨    Incentive Stock Option    ¨    Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ¨    Same as Vesting Schedule    ¨    Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:   

20% of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date.

20% of the shares vest two years after the Vesting Commencement Date.

2.5% of the shares vest each month thereafter over the next two years.

Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):
           By cash or check
           Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
           By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
           By deferred payment   

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:     
    

 

eASIC Corporation     OPTIONHOLDER:
By:        

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement, 2001 Stock Option Plan, and Notice of Exercise.


eASIC Corporation

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE AND NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Stock Option Agreement, eASIC Corporation (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

3. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an incentive stock option, then, as provided in the Plan, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other incentive stock options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the

 

1


Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options.

4. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) In the Company’s sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported earnings (generally six months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:

(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued interest, shall be due four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Company’s election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.

(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any portion of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement.

(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by deferred payment.

(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and,

 

2


in order to secure the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests, you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a security agreement covering the purchased shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may request.

5. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

7. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three- (3-) month period you may not exercise your option solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

For purposes of your option, “Cause” means your misconduct, including but not limited to: (i) your conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (ii) your participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, (iii) your conduct that, based upon a good faith and reasonable factual investigation and determination by the Board,

 

3


demonstrates your unfitness to serve, or (iv) your material violation of any contract between the Company and you or any statutory duty of yours to the Company that you do not correct within thirty (30) days after written notice to you thereof. Your physical or mental disability shall not constitute “Cause.”

If your option is an incentive stock option, note that, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an “incentive stock option,” the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an “incentive stock option” if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment terminates.

8. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an incentive stock option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that the Company (or a representative of the underwriter(s)) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, require that you not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the

 

4


underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.

9. TRANSFERABILITY. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

10. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date.

11. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws as amended from time to time, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

12. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

13. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common

 

5


Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein.

14. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

15. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

eASIC CORPORATION
By:    
  Zvi Or-Bach, President

Address: 2242 Camden Avenue, Suite 203

San Jose, California 95124

OPTIONHOLDER:

            Director             Advisory Board Member             Employee             Consultant

 

[Signature]         SSN:     
[Printed Name]           
Address:     
    

 

6


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

eASIC Corporation

[Address]

[Address]

Date of Exercise:                             

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):   Incentive  ¨            Nonstatutory  ¨
Stock option dated:    
Number of shares asto which option is exercised:    
Certificates to be issued in name of:    
Total exercise price:   $                            
Cash payment delivered herewith:   $                            

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the eASIC Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

1


I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days (90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company during such period (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as may be requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters. I further agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

[print name]
Current Address:
 
 
Email address:                                                  
Phone number:                                                  

 

2


EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

eASIC CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APRIL 6, 2010

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 1, 2010

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JUNE 3, 2010

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JULY 25, 2011

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JULY 25, 2011

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: DECEMBER 7, 2012

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: DECEMBER 7, 2012

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 29, 2013

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JUNE 29, 2013

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 3, 2014

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JUNE 20, 2014

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JANUARY 13, 2015

TERMINATION DATE: APRIL 5, 2020

1. GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the eASIC Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Prior Plan”). Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards shall be granted under the Prior Plan. Any shares remaining available for future issuance of stock awards under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date (the “Prior Plan’s Available Reserve”) shall become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. From and after the Effective Date, all outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan shall remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan; provided, however, any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement or are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares (the “Returning Shares”) shall become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted hereunder. All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date of this Plan shall be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, and (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

 

1.


(d) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(b), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or a Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if

 

2.


any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan, (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefore of (1) a new Option or SAR under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (2) a Restricted Stock Award, (3) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) cash and/or (5) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3.


(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards beginning on the Effective Date shall not exceed 4,193,563 shares (the “Share Reserve”), which number is the sum of (i) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve (205,417) plus (ii) an additional number of shares in an amount not to exceed 3,882,505 shares (which number consists of the Returning Shares (211,957), if any, as such shares become available from time to time, plus an additional 3,670,548 shares). Furthermore, if a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued, or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

 

4.


(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited or repurchased shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any Returning Shares, shares cancelled in accordance with Section 2(b)(xi), shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be two (2) times the Share Reserve.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.


5. PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option or SAR shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price (or strike price) of each Option or SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Option or SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise price (or strike price) lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR if such Option or SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such stock awards are Incentive Stock Options). Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Consideration for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

6.


(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option or SAR to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request.

 

7.


(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of the Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Participant’s

 

8.


Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death by the Participant’s estate) by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

9.


(l) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Options or SARs are not assumed, continued, substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control in which the vesting of such Options or SARs accelerates, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term is defined for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938) any such vested Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six (6) months following grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

6. PROVISIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common

 

10.


Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash or cash equivalents, (B) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

11.


(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

 

12.


(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such Participant as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such Participant of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the Participant.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for the exercise of the Stock Award, or the issuance of shares thereunder, pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant

 

13.


pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

14.


(h) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f). If at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year: (i) the aggregate of the number of persons who hold outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan or otherwise (such persons, “Holders of Options”) equals or exceeds five hundred (500) and (ii) the Company’s assets exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 12h-1(f)”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Holder of Options, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Holder of Options (collectively, the “Permitted Transferees”); provided, however, the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Holder of Options to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further, that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated

 

15.


under the Exchange Act by the Holder of Options prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Holders of Options (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Holder of Options’ agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase right shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

9. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

16.


(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards or with respect to all Participants. In the event the Board does not take any of the above actions and the Stock Awards are not assigned to or assumed by the surviving corporation, all outstanding Stock Awards shall automatically terminate if not vested or exercised effective upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

17.


10. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

12. CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s

 

18.


attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

19.


(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) “Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value.

(i) “Company” means eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated (and regardless of whether the Participant is then serving as a Director of the Company). A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the

 

20.


Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) “Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) “Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

21.


(p) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

22.


(aa) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb) “Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) “Plan” means this eASIC Corporation Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(dd)Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) “Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) “Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ii) “Rule 701” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(jj) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(kk) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(ll) “Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(mm) “Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

23.


(nn) “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

(pp) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

24.


eASIC CORPORATION

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

eAsic Corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

    

Date of Grant:

    

Vesting Commencement Date:

    

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

    

Exercise Price (Per Share):

    

Total Exercise Price:

    

Expiration Date:

    

 

Type of Grant:    ¨    Incentive Stock Option1    ¨    Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ¨    Same as Vesting Schedule    ¨    Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    [ 14th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   x    By cash or check
   x    Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   x    By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨    By net exercise2   

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:     
    

 

EASIC CORPORATION     OPTIONHOLDER:
By:        

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

ATTACHMENTS: Option Agreement, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise.

 

 

1  If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
2  Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.

 

1.


EASIC CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Reference is hereby made to that certain Notice(s) of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement (collectively, the “Original Notice”) pursuant to which eASIC Corporation (the “Company”) granted you an option under its 2001 Stock Option Plan or the Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as applicable (the “Plan”) to purchase          shares of the Company’s Common Stock, (grant option reference number          and         ) exercisable and vests in accordance to its vesting schedule (theOption”).

On June 5, 2012, the Board approved the amendment of the Option to allow for the early exercise of unvested shares. Pursuant to the authority set forth in the Plan, the Company hereby amends the Option in accordance with the terms set forth below. Optionholder and the Company mutually agree that this Amended and Restated Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Option Agreement supersedes the Original Notice in its entirety, and the Original Notice is of no further force or effect.

 

Optionholder:     
Original Date of Grant:     
Vesting Commencement Date:     
Number of Shares Subject to Option:     
Exercise Price (Per Share):     

Total Exercise Price:

    

Expiration Date:

    

 

Type of Grant:    x    Incentive Stock Option1    ¨    Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ¨    Same as Vesting Schedule    x    Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    [The shares subject to the option shall vest in a series of sixty (60) successive equal monthly installments from the Vesting Commencement Date , such that the shares will be fully vested on the fifth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided, that Optionholder is providing Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) to the Company on each such vesting date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   x    By cash or check
   x    Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   x    By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨    By net exercise2   

 

1  1 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
2 An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.

 

26


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan, the Notice of Exercise and Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Optionholder further acknowledges that this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan, the Notice of Exercise and Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of the above listed shares of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject.

 

EASIC CORPORATION     OPTIONHOLDER:
By:        

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

 

ATTACHMENTS:   I.   Option Agreement,
  II.   Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  III.   Notice of Exercise and
  IV.   Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement

 

27


ATTACHMENT I

EASIC CORPORATION 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, eAsic Corporation (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES. In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (i.e., a “Non-Exempt Employee”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

2.


(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3)- month period you may not exercise your option solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

 

3.


(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company at the time of exercise) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

4.


(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to a domestic relations order that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the

 

5.


Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

12. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

 

6.


(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. TAX CONSEQUENCES. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

17. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

7.


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

eAsic Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, California 95054

      Date of Exercise:     
        

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):      Incentive ¨    Nonstatutory ¨
Stock option dated:          
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:          
Certificates to be issued in name of:          
Total exercise price:    $       
Cash payment delivered herewith:    $       

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the eAsic Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

9.


I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

 

10.


EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

EASIC CORPORATION

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: FEBRUARY 18, 2015

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [            ], 2015

IPO DATE: [            ], 2015

1. GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the eASIC Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Prior Plan”). From and after the IPO Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after the IPO Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i) Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of the IPO Date (the “Prior Plan’s Available Reserve”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii) In addition, from and after the IPO Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “Returning Shares”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1.


2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan

 

2.


will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

3.


(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 6,318,317 shares (the “Share Reserve”), which number is the sum of (i) 2,650,000 new shares, plus (ii) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time.

In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years from the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the

 

4.


Company, commencing on January 1st of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2025, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the Share Reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 31,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

(i) A maximum of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one fiscal year of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any one fiscal year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

5.


(ii) A maximum of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one fiscal year of the Company (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii) A maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one fiscal year of the Company.

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

5. PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

6.


(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of seven (7) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the

 

7.


provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any

 

8.


Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s

 

9.


Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6. PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of

 

10.


Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

11.


(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Performance Awards.

(i) Performance Stock Awards. A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards. A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash

 

12.


Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Board Discretion. The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(iv) Section 162(m) Compliance. Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards. Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of

 

13.


the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or

 

14.


without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

15.


(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death,

 

16.


unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

9. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), (iv) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 3(e), and (v) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transactions. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

 

17.


(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award, or may choose to assume or continue the Stock Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board.

(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Transaction).

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock

 

18.


Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the time of the Transaction, to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Stock Award), over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, a payment under this Section 9(c)(iv) may be zero ($0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price of a Stock Award. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

10. PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “Adoption Date”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

11. EXISTENCE OF THE PLAN; TIMING OF FIRST GRANT OR EXERCISE.

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however, that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of California will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have

 

19.


the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b)Award” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c)Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) Cause” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated without or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B)

 

20.


on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “IPO Investor”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “IPO Entities”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however, that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however, that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the

 

21.


definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(i) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Common Stock” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(l) Company” means eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to

 

22.


qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(p) Covered Employee” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director” means a member of the Board.

(r) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(t) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

23.


(u) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y) IPO Date” means the date and time of execution of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z) Non-Employee Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business

 

24.


relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(aa) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff) Other Stock Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(gg) Other Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Outside Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii) Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(jj) Participant” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(kk) Performance Cash Award” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

 

25.


(ll) Performance Criteria” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) annual or monthly recurring revenue; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow or operating cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) budget management, expenses or cost reduction goals; (xxix) stockholders’ equity; (xxx) capital expenditures; (xxxi) debt levels; (xxxii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiii) workforce diversity; (xxxiv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxv) billings; (xxxvi) bookings or deployments; (xxxvii) employee retention; (xxxviii) partner satisfaction; (xxxix) progress of partnered programs; (xl) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and (xli) and to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(mm) Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based

 

26.


compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(nn) Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(oo) Performance Stock Award” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(pp)Plan” means this eASIC Corporation 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq) Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(rr) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss) Restricted Stock Unit Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(vv) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ww) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

 

27.


(xx) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(yy) Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(zz) Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(bbb) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

28.


EASIC CORPORATION

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

eASIC Corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

Type of Grant: ¨ Incentive Stock Option1                ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule: Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule: [One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date.]
Payment: By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
¨ By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
¨ Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded
¨ By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
¨ If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the

 

1  If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

EASIC CORPORATION OPTIONHOLDER:
By:

 

 

Signature Signature
Title:

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

ATTACHMENTS: Option Agreement, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2.


ATTACHMENT I

OPTION AGREEMENT


EASIC CORPORATION

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, eASIC Corporation (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Date of Grant”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “Non-Exempt Employee”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. METHOD OF PAYMENT. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common

 

1.


Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

5. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

7. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the date on which the event giving rise to your termination of Continuous Service for Cause occurs (or, if required by law, the date of termination of Continuous Service for Cause);

(b) three (3) months2 after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such sixty (60) day period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of sixty (60) days after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such sixty (60) day period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of sixty (60) days after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service

 

2 

Note that the outside director form of agreement will provide for 12 month exercise period.

 

2.


terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is sixty (60) days after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d)) below;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

8. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

9. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

3.


(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

10. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

11. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common

 

4.


Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

12. TAX CONSEQUENCES. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

13. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

15. OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

16. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan

 

5.


otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

17. VOTING RIGHTS. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

18. SEVERABILITY. If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

19. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*            *             *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

6.


ATTACHMENT II

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

eASIC Corporation

Attention: Stock Plan Administrator

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054, USA

Date of Exercise:             

This constitutes notice to eASIC Corporation (the “Company”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

  Incentive  ¨      Nonstatutory  ¨   

Stock option dated:

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:

Certificates to be issued in name of:

Total exercise price:

$                 $                

Cash payment delivered herewith:

$                 $                

Value of                  Shares delivered herewith:

$                 $                

Value of                  Shares pursuant to net exercise:

$                 $                

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):

$                 $                

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the eASIC Corporation 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an Incentive Stock Option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.


Very truly yours,

 

Signature

 

Print Name

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

EASIC CORPORATION

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: FEBRUARY 18, 2015

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [            ], 2015

IPO DATE/EFFECTIVE DATE: [            ], 2015

 

1. GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

(c) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes grants of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, under the 423 Component, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan), and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering.

 

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations or as Designated Non-423 Corporations, which Affiliates may be excluded from participation in the Plan, and which Designated

 

1


Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company, its Related Corporations and Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the 423 Component be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, but consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans, which, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, may be beyond the scope of Section 423 of the Code, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

2


3. SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 530,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1 of each year, commencing on (and including) January 1, 2016 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2025, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding fiscal year, and (ii) 600,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no January 1 increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4. GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock

 

3


on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation, or the Affiliate, as applicable, is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code, unless such exclusion from eligibility is prohibited by applicable laws or regulations.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted

 

4


under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate, unless such exclusion from eligibility is prohibited by applicable laws or regulations.

 

6. PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; and

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

5


7. PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable laws or regulations require that Contributions be deposited with a third party or otherwise be segregated. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under applicable laws or regulations or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through a payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date, in a manner directed by the Company.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Unless otherwise required by applicable laws or regulations, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions, unless required to do so by applicable laws or regulations.

 

8. EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of

 

6


Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest.

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws or regulations, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest, unless otherwise required by applicable laws or regulations.

 

9. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines in its sole discretion, that doing so would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

7


10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals

 

8


eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain any special tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the 423 Component complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

13. SECTION 409A OF THE CODE; TAX QUALIFICATION.

(a) Purchase Rights granted under the 423 Component are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii). Purchase Rights granted under the Non-423 Component to U.S. taxpayers are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Section 13(b) below, Purchase Rights granted to U.S. taxpayers under the Non-423 Component will be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such Purchase Rights to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares subject to a Purchase Right be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Section 13(b) below, in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Board determines that a Purchase Right or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Purchase Right will be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Purchase Right that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board with respect thereto.

 

9


(b) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section 13(a) above. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

15. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

16. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) 423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

 

10


(b) Affiliate” means any branch or representative office or other disregarded entity of a Related Corporation, as determined by the Board, whether now or hereafter existing.

(c) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Capital Stock” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(e) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f) Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company” means eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and/or other payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(k) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

11


(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l) Designated Company” means any Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation.

(m) Designated 423 Corporation” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as participating in the 423 Component.

(n) Designated Non-423 Corporation” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as participating in the Non-423 Component.

(o) Director” means a member of the Board.

(p) Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(q) Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the records of the Company or a Related Corporation (including an Affiliate). However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(r) Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(s) Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

 

12


(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(u) IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(v) Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(w) Offering” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(x) Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(y) Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(z) Participant” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(aa) Plan” means this eASIC Corporation 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component, as amended from time to time.

(bb) Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(cc) Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(dd) Purchase Right” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(ff) Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

13


(gg) Trading Day” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

14


EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Phone: (408) 855-9200

Fax: (408) 855-9201

www.easic.com

October 15, 2010

Ronnie Vasishta

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Re: Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

Dear Ronnie:

As we have discussed, this letter agreement sets forth your amended and restated employment agreement (the “Agreement”) with eASIC Corporation (the “Company”), which supersedes and replaces in full your previous employment agreement with the Company dated January 29, 2008. This Agreement is effective as of October 15, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), provided that you have signed and returned this Agreement within ten (10) business days after receipt.

1. Compensation (Salary; Incentive). Your current salary shall remain intact for the remainder of 2010. Beginning January 1, 2011, you will be paid an annual base salary of $250,000 (payable in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practice), which covers all hours worked; and you will be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to $100,000 based on the assessment by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) of your performance and the Company’s attainment of targeted goals as set by the Board in its sole discretion for fiscal year 2011 and for each year thereafter. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes. The annual performance bonus, if earned, will be paid no later than January 31 of the calendar year after the year to which it relates. Your base salary and bonus eligibility will be reviewed on an annual or more frequent basis by the Board (or any authorized committee thereof), and are subject to change at the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof).

2. Duties. You have been appointed by the Company to serve as its Chief Executive Officer and you shall perform the duties of such positions as are customary and as may be required by the Board. Throughout the term of your employment, you will devote on a full time basis such business time and energies to the business and affairs of the Company as needed to carry out your duties and responsibilities, subject to the overall supervision and direction of the Board. You will also be entitled to a seat on the Board as long as you hold the position of Chief Executive Officer.

As an exempt employee, you are required to exercise your specialized expertise, independent judgment and discretion to provide high-quality services. You are required to follow written office policies and procedures adopted from time to time by the Company. You will also be required to provide the Company with an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation confirming your right to work in the United States.

 

1


3. Proprietary Information Agreement. The Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement (the “PIIA”), which you have already signed and remains in full force and effect, is incorporated herein by reference.

4. Stock Options.

(a) Existing Options. Previously you were granted multiple stock options to purchase a total of 3,971,304 shares of Company common stock, of which you have exercised a total of 400,000 shares (collectively, the “Existing Options”). The Existing Options shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable grant agreements, grant notices and plan documents, provided however that, the Existing Options are hereby amended to incorporate the provisions contained in Sections 4(c)-(d) below.

(b) New Options. At the most recent meeting of the Board of Directors you were granted two options (collectively, the “New Options”): (i) one option to purchase 2,574,621 shares of Company’s common stock (the “True-Up Option”), (ii) one option to purchase 2,054,426 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Additional Option”) and (iii) one option to purchase 1,228,622 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Performance Option”), each at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, as determined by the Board, pursuant to the Company’s 2010 stock option plan (the “Plan”). The New Options will be immediately exercisable, subject to the Company’s right of repurchase over any unvested shares. The shares subject to the True-Up Option shall vest monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date of the date of grant. The shares subject to the Additional Option shall vest monthly over four years from the vesting commencement date of the date of grant. The shares subject to the Performance Option shall vest as follows: (x) 50% of the shares shall vest upon the Company’s attainment of its Board approved FY2011 financial plan during your Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, (y) 50% of the shares shall vest upon the Company’s attainment of its Board approved FY2012 financial plan during your Continuous Service as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and (z) 100% of the shares shall vest upon the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering occuring prior to December 31, 2013 and during your Continuous Service as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unvested shares under the Performance Option outstanding as of the 10th anniversary of the date of grant shall vest on such date assuming your Continuous Service through such date; any unvested shares under the Performance Option shall not vest and shall immediately terminate upon a Change in Control. The New Options shall be subject to other standard provisions as set forth in the Plan and your option agreements and related documents.

(c) Change in Control Acceleration. In the event of (i) your involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, or (ii) your voluntary termination for Good Reason, in either case occurring after a Change in Control but not later than twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, and subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company and allowing to become effective a general release of all known and unknown claims in favor of the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and successors, the Existing Options,

 

2


the True-Up Option and the Additional Option will be subject to vesting acceleration of 100% of each such option’s then unvested shares. Furthermore, upon your Continuous Service as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (or such other position with substantially similar duties and scope) through the first anniversary of a Change of Control, the Existing Options, the True-Up Option and the Additional Option will be subject to vesting acceleration of 100% of each such option’s then unvested shares.

(d) Post-Termination Exercise Period. The Existing Options and the New Option are hereby amended to provide that all stock options outstanding as of the date of the termination of your employment for any reason (and regardless of whether your employment terminates at your request or the Company’s request), will be exercisable until the earlier of (i) the original end of the term of each such option, or (ii) the date that is ninety (90) days after the three (3) year anniversary of the employment termination date.

5. Severance Benefits. In the event of your involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, or your termination of employment with the Company for Good Reason, and subject to (A) your signing, dating, returning to the Company and allowing to become effective a general release of all known and unknown claims in favor of the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and successors, and (B) your agreement to seek diligently a new position of comparable responsibility and compensation, then you will receive the following as your sole severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”): (i) severance pay in the form of continuation of your base salary in effect as of the employment termination date for nine (9) months, less applicable withholding taxes, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, plus (ii) if you timely elect continued group health insurance coverage under federal COBRA law or applicable state insurance laws (collectively, “COBRA”), then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums necessary to continue your medical insurance coverage in effect for yourself and your eligible dependents on the employment termination date for a period of nine (9) months following your termination (provided that such COBRA payments shall terminate on such earlier date as you are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage). The salary continuation payments described in clause (i) above will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule and subject to standard deductions and withholdings over the nine (9) month period following your termination; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the effective date of the release of claims. On the first payroll pay day following the effective date of the release of claims, the Company will pay the salary continuation payments that you would have received on or prior to such date in a lump sum under the original schedule but for the delay in the effectiveness of the release of claims, with the balance of the cash severance being paid as originally scheduled. Each such installment will be deemed a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Severance Benefits shall cease under this Section 5 upon your commencement of employment or a full-time consulting relationship with another company or other employer. You agree to notify the Company in writing during the nine-month period following the date of your employment termination of your commencement of employment or a full-time consulting relationship.

6. Employee Benefits. You will be eligible for paid vacation, holidays, health benefits and other employee benefits, in accordance with the Company’s employee policies and benefit plans as developed, adopted and modified from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify or cancel such benefits at any time.

 

3


7. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Definition of Change in Control. “Change in Control” means (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company) if as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions the shareholders of the Company prior to the commencement of the transaction or transactions own less than thirty percent (30%) of the voting shares of the entity surviving such transaction or transactions; (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the Company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock of the Company.

(b) Definition of Cause. “Cause” means (i) your conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or other intentional misconduct that, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Board, (A) makes it impracticable for you to discharge substantially all of your duties as an officer of the Company, or (B) has a deleterious effect on the Company’s reputation in its market or in the financial community, (ii) you commit gross negligence or intentional misconduct (including, without limitation, embezzlement, fraud or dishonesty) that is materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) you violate in a material respect your employment duties (including, but not limited to, (A) a willful or grossly negligent act by you constituting a material breach of the PIIA or (B) your failure to substantially perform your duties as an employee of the Company consistent with your title and duties and you do not cure such violation within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Company detailing the specific actions of such failure to perform and the specific actions necessary for you to cure such failure to perform).

(c) Definition of Good Reason. “Good Reason” means your resignation of employment with the Company as a result of any action by the Company (or its successor or acquirer) which, without your written consent, (i) materially reduces the amount of your then annual base compensation, except for a general reduction that applies proportionally to similarly situated employees, or (ii) unilaterally and materially changes your title and duties; provided, however, that the unilateral change by the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent) in your title and duties to a position that is substantially comparable in salary and responsibility to your current position shall not constitute “Good Reason”, or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles, or (iv) a successor entity’s failure to assume this Agreement, or (v) any material breach by the Company of any material provision of any written agreement between you and the Company. For your resignation to qualify as “Good Reason,” the following also must occur: (A) within the 60-day period immediately following the material change or reduction that you claim constitutes Good Reason for your resignation, you provide the Board with written notice of the applicable material change or reduction; (B) such material change or reduction is not remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days following the Board’s receipt of such written notice from you; and (C) your resignation of employment is effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the aforementioned thirty (30) day cure period.

 

4


8. At-Will Employment. Your continued employment with the Company is at the Company’s sole discretion (in legal terms, this means that your employment is “at-will”). In other words, either you or the Company can terminate your employment at any time and for any legally permitted reason, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice, and without thereby incurring any liability except as agreed upon under this Agreement, and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Your at will employment is not subject to change or modification of any kind except if in a written agreement approved by the Board and signed by you and a member of the Board.

9. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Obligation to Arbitrate. The Company and you mutually agree that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof, your employment, or the termination of your employment, shall be settled by confidential and binding arbitration to be held in Santa Clara County, California in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (the “Rules”); provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration, including seeking such injunctive relief in connection with breach or potential breach of the PIIA. Any such requests to court for injunctive relief shall be submitted to the state courts of California for the County of Santa Clara. Subject to the foregoing, the arbitrator may grant additional injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

(b) Legal Standards. The arbitrator(s) (and if applicable, the courts) will apply California law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflicts of law. The arbitration proceedings will be governed by the Rules without reference to any other arbitration standards. You hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Santa Clara County, California for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are participants.

(c) Costs. You and the Company will share the costs of arbitration equally, except that the Company will bear the cost of the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that you would not be required to bear if you were to bring the dispute or claim in court. Both you and the Company will be responsible for their own attorney’s fees, and the arbitrator may not award attorneys’ fees unless a statute or contract at issue specifically authorizes such an award.

(d) ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS SECTION 9, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO SUBMIT ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT

 

5


OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION THEREOF, YOUR EMPLOYMENT, OR THE TERMINATION OF YOUR EMPLOYMENT, TO CONFIDENTIAL, FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND THAT THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF YOUR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS (WITH THE VERY NARROW EXCLUSION SET FORTH ABOVE OF APPLICATION FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF TO COURT)

10. Integrated Agreement. This Agreement (together with the PIIA, any stock option agreements and related documents, including the equity compensation plan pursuant to which such options are granted) supersedes any prior agreements (including without limitation the Letter Agreement between you and the Company dated February 14, 2006, and the Amendment to Employment Agreement dated November 7, 2007), representation or promises of any kind, whether written, oral, express or implied, between you and the Company with respect to your employment terms and constitutes the full, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company with respect to your employment with the Company.

11. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to by you and the Board in a signed writing. No waiver by you or by the Company of the breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time. In the event any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining portions shall be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law. All matters relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its choice of law provisions. For purposes of construing this Agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.

12. Absence of Conflicts. You represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not breach any other agreement as to which you are a party.

13. Successors. This Agreement is binding on and may be enforced by the Company and its successors and assigns and is binding on and may be enforced by you and your heirs and legal representatives. The Company will take commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any successor to the Company or substantially all of its business (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) assumes in writing and will be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

14. Notices. Notices hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or two days after mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Mailed notices to you will be addressed to you at the home address that you have most recently communicated to the Company in writing. Notices to the Company will be addressed to the Chairman of the Board (if you are in the position of Chief Executive Officer at the time of such notice), or to the Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s corporate headquarters if you are not in the position of Chief Executive Officer at the time of such notice.

 

6


15. Legal Advice. You acknowledge that you had the opportunity to discuss this Agreement with and obtain advice from your personal legal counsel, you had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this Agreement, and you are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

Please sign below if these terms are acceptable to you, and return the fully signed letter to me within ten (10) business days after receipt.

Understood and Agreed:

 

EASIC CORPORATION
/s/ Wayne Cantwell
Wayne Cantwell
Director
RONNIE VASISHTA
/s/ Ronnie Vasishta
Signature
10/17/10
Date

 

7


EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Tel: (408) 855-9200

Fax: (408) 855-9201

www.easic.com

April 28, 2014

Richard J. Deranleau

 

 

 

 

Dear Richard:

eASIC Corporation (“eASIC” or the “Company”) is pleased to formally offer you a full time position as Chief Financial Officer of the Company. You will report to me, and you will be responsible for duties commensurate with this position, provided that the Company may change your position and duties from time to time in its discretion. Throughout the term of your employment, you will devote on a full time basis such business time and energies to the business and affairs of the Company as needed to carry out your duties and responsibilities. Your office will be in our corporate headquarters facility in Santa Clara, California.

Compensation:

Your annual base salary will be $245,000 less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.

You are eligible to receive additional cash compensation (the “2014 Management Bonus Plan”) based on metrics tied to the Company’s overall performance as determined by the Board. The target bonus compensation you may receive under the 2014 Management Bonus Plan shall be 40% of your base salary. Your 2014 bonus opportunity will be pro-rated based on the number of days in which you are employed with eASIC in 2014. You must remain employed through the bonus payment dates in order to earn such bonus and for such bonuses in subsequent years, and your bonuses are not guaranteed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, your 40% bonus will be guaranteed solely from the period of your start date through 3 months following the lock-up expiration of an initial public offering of the Company’s stock or the closing of the sale of the majority or greater of the Company’s stock, whichever is earlier. During this period, your bonus will be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears and your first payment will be pro rated based on the number of days in which you are employed with eASIC during that quarter.

You are also eligible to participate in the Company’s health benefits, vacation and holiday pay, and other employee benefits, in accordance with the Company’s employee policies as developed, adopted and modified from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify or cancel such benefits at any time.

 

Page 1


Start Date:

Your starting date is: June 30, 2014 (R. Deranleau)

Common Stock Shares

In connection with your employment with the Company, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase an amount of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to one percent (1%) of the fully diluted number of shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of this grant (“Shares”). Twenty-five percent of the Shares shall vest upon your completion of one year of continuous service from your start date, and the remaining shares shall vest each month of continuous service thereafter over the next three years, provided however, that the Shares shall be, in the event of a change of control of the Company through the sale of a majority of the Company’s stock, subject to acceleration based on the double trigger acceleration provisions. The options shall have an exercise purchase price equal to the fair market value on the date of such grant as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The options will be incentive stock options to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s ’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and related documents.

Confidentiality Agreement

As an eASIC employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations and sign and comply with the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement (the “PIIA”), attached as Exhibit A. This letter, the PIIA, the Company policy for all employees, and your Stock Option Agreement between you and eASIC, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and you.

At Will Employment

You should be aware that your employment with eASIC is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, simply by notifying the Company. Similarly, eASIC is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time for any reason, with or without cause. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by a Company officer.

Dispute Resolution

You and the Company agree that any dispute between you (including any claims you may have against any officer, director, or employee of the Company or any subsidiary thereof), including without limitation any dispute arising directly or indirectly out of termination of the employment relationship created hereunder, shall be resolved under the Company dispute Resolution Procedure where Binding Arbitration shall be the exclusive final remedy for dispute between the parties to be held in Santa Clara County, California in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.

 

Page 2


The aforementioned are the terms and conditions of your employment and any other representation which may have been made to you are superseded by this offer. If the above terms and conditions are in accordance with your understanding, please sign this letter where indicated below and return it to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire on May 7, 2014. Your employment is contingent upon your providing the Company with the legally required proof of your identity and legal right to work in the United States. It is mandatory that you bring with you your documents on your first day of work at eASIC.

Richard, all of us at eASIC look forward to having you join us. I am confident that your contribution will be an asset in our success through our next phase as a fast-growth technology leader. If you have any questions about this letter or your offer, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Sincerely,
By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

  Ronnie Vasishta, CEO

This offer of employment is expressly conditioned upon, and shall not be effective in the absence of your agreement and acceptance.

I agree to and accept this offer of employment with eASIC Corporation.

 

/s/ Richard Deranleau

Richard J. Deranleau

 

5/5/14

Date

 

 

Page 3


EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Phone: (408) 855-9200

Fax: (408) 855-9201

www.easic.com

April 25, 2008

Mr. Ranko Šćepanović

 

 

 

 

 

Dear Ranko,

It gives us great pleasure to invite you to join eASIC (the “Company”) as a full time employee. This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the basic terms and conditions of your employment. Such employment shall begin May 19th, 2008. By signing this letter, you will be agreeing to these terms. You will be entitled to all Company employee benefits consistent with the Company’s plans.

1. Compensation (Salary; Incentive). You will be paid an annual base salary of $250,000 (payable in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practice), which covers all hours worked.

2. Duties. You have been appointed by the Company to serve as its Senior Vice President of Advanced Technology. Your duties, responsibilities and authority are those as are appropriate to such position. Throughout the term of your employment, you will devote on a full-time basis such business time and energies to the business and affairs of the Company as needed to carry out your duties and responsibilities as Senior VP of Advanced Technology. You will be reporting to Ronnie Vasishta, Chief Executive Officer.

As an exempt employee, you are required to exercise your specialized expertise, independent judgment and discretion to provide high-quality services. You are required to follow written office policies and procedures adopted from time to time by the Company. You will also be required to provide the Company with an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation confirming your right to work in the United States.

3. Proprietary Information Agreement. You will be required to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement (the “PIIA”), which is incorporated herein by reference.

4. Stock Options. Subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted an option to purchase Company common stock on the terms and conditions set forth below.


a. You will be granted an option to purchase shares of Company common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, as determined by the Board, with the number of shares calculated to equal 1.1% of the fully diluted equity of the Company calculated based on the total outstanding shares after the closing of the Series F round of financing, which is equivalent to 1,448,589 shares, and with the vesting to start from the commencement of your employment with the Company. This option will be immediately exercisable, subject to the Company’s right of repurchase over any unvested shares. Twenty-five percent of the Shares shall vest upon your completion of one year of continuous service from your start date, and the remaining shares shall vest each month of continuous service thereafter over the next three years. The Shares will continue to vest only so long as you continue to be employed by the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law and will be subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

b. In the event of (i) your involuntary termination by the Company without Cause or (ii) your voluntary termination for Good Reason, in either case occurring after a Change in Control but not later than twelve months following a Change in Control, and subject to your execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and successors, you will receive vesting acceleration of 50% of the then unvested options.

5. Definitions. For purposes of this agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

“Change in Control” means; (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company) if as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions the shareholders of the Company prior to the commencement of the transaction or transactions own less than thirty percent (30%) of the voting shares of the entity surviving such transaction or transactions; (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the Company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock of the Company;

“Cause” means (i) your conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or other intentional misconduct that, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Board of Directors, (A) makes it impracticable for you to discharge substantially all of your duties as an officer of the Company, or (B) has a deleterious effect on the Company’s reputation in its market or in the financial community, (ii) you commit gross negligence or intentional misconduct (including, without limitation, embezzlement, fraud or dishonesty) that is materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) you violate in a material respect your employment duties (including, but not limited to, (A) a willful or grossly negligent act by you constituting a material breach of the PIIA or (B) your failure to substantially perform your duties as an employee of the Company consistent with your title and duties and you do not cure such violation within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Company detailing the specific actions of such failure to perform and the specific actions necessary for you to cure such failure to perform.

 

Page 2 of 5 Pages


“Good Reason” means your resignation of employment with the Company as a result of any action by the Company (or its successor or acquirer) which, without your written consent, (i) substantially reduces the amount of your then annual base compensation, except for a general reduction that applies proportionally to similarly situated employees, or (ii) unilaterally and substantially changes your title and duties; provided, however, that the unilateral change by the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent) in your title and duties to a position that is substantially comparable in salary and responsibility to your current position shall not constitute “Good Reason”, or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles, or (iv) a successor entity’s failure to assume this Agreement, or (v) any material breach by the Company of any material provision of any agreement between you and the Company and the Company does not cure such breach within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving written notice from you detailing the specific breach and the specific actions necessary for the Company to cure such failure to perform.

6. At-Will Employment. Your continued employment with the Company is at the Company’s sole discretion (in legal terms, this means that your employment is “at-will”). In other words, either you or the Company can terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice, and without thereby incurring any liability except as agreed upon under this agreement, and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Your at will employment is not subject to change or modification of any kind except if in writing and signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

7. Dispute Resolution.

a. The Company and you mutually agree that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Santa Clara County, California in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (the “Rules”); provided, however, that any violation of the Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement that may be immediately enjoined or restricted by court order shall be submitted for the possible granting of immediate temporary or permanent equitable relief to the state courts of California for the County of Santa Clara. Subject to the foregoing, the arbitrator may grant additional injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

b. The arbitrator(s) (and if applicable under the PIIA the courts) will apply California law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflicts of law. The arbitration proceedings will be governed by the Rules without reference to any other arbitration standards. You hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Santa Clara County, California for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are participants.

 

Page 3 of 5 Pages


c. Costs. You and the Company will share the costs of arbitration equally, except that the Company will bear the cost of the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that you would not be required to bear if you were to bring the dispute or claim in court. Both you and the Company will be responsible for their own attorney’s fees, and the arbitrator may not award attorneys’ fees unless a statute or contract at issue specifically authorizes such an award.

d. YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS SECTION 7, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO SUBMIT ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, AND THAT THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF YOUR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS (WITH THE VERY NARROW EXCLUSION SET FORTH ABOVE OF POSSIBLE COURT IMPOSED TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS OR PRELIMINARY OR FINAL INJUNCTIONS REGARDING YOUR BREACH OF THE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTION AGREEMENT).

8. Integrated Agreement. This agreement (together with the PIIA, any stock option agreements and related documents, including the equity compensation plan pursuant to which such options are granted) supersedes any prior agreements, representation or promises of any kind, whether written, oral, express or implied between you and the Company with respect to the subject matters herein and constitutes the full, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matters in this Agreement.

9. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to by you and the Board in writing. No waiver by you or by the Company of the breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time. In the event any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining portions shall be unaffected thereby and will remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law. All matters relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its choice of law provisions.

10. Absence of Conflicts. You represent that your performance of your duties under this agreement will not breach any other agreement as to which you are a party.

11. Successors. This Agreement is binding on and may be enforced by the Company and its successors and assigns and is binding on and may be enforced by you and your heirs and legal representatives. Any successor to the Company or substantially all of its business (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) will in advance

 

Page 4 of 5 Pages


assume in writing and be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this agreement.

12. Notices. Notices hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or two days after mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Mailed notices to you will be addressed to you at the home address that you have most recently communicated to the Company in writing. Notices to the Company will be addressed to its Chief Executive Officer at the Company’s corporate headquarters.

13. Acknowledgment. You acknowledge that you had the opportunity to discuss this Agreement with and obtain advice from legal counsel, you had sufficient time to, and have carefully read and fully understand all the provisions of this Agreement, and you are knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

eASIC intends to be the technology leader in the Structured ASIC, Configurable Logic, and FPGA segments of the IC design implementation and manufacturing market and hopes that you will join us in this mission. To facilitate matters, we would appreciate if you would indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning a copy to us by May 1st, 2008. The other copy is for your records. If you have any questions about this letter or your offer, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Sincerely,

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta            

Ronnie Vasishta

Chief Executive Officer

I agree to the terms of employment set in this Agreement.

 

/s/ Ranko Šćepanović

  

4-29-08

  
Ranko Šćepanović    Date   

 

Page 5 of 5 Pages


EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Tel: (408) 855-9200

Fax: (408) 855-9201

www.easic.com

May 1, 2014

Michael S. Fender

Dear Michael,

eASIC Corporation (“eASIC” or the “Company”) is pleased to formally offer you a full time position as Vice President of Worldwide Sales. You will be reporting to Ronnie Vasishta, President and CEO. You will be responsible for duties commensurate with this position. Throughout the term of your employment, you will devote on a full time basis such business time and energies to the business and affairs of the Company as needed to carry out your duties and responsibilities. As an exempt employee, you are required to exercise your specialized expertise, independent judgment and discretion to provide high-quality services.

Compensation:

Your monthly salary will be $15,833.34, which is equivalent to $190,000.00 annually. Your monthly salary will be less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.

Your target commission incentive per year will be $130,000.00, the metrics for which is attached to this document as Attachment A. You will receive a guaranteed payout from May 12, 2014 through June 30, 2014 plus another three (3) months from July 1 through September 30, 2014. Your guaranteed payout does not include the 1/3 payout from the executive bonus plan as stated in Attachment A

You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s health benefits, vacation and holiday pay, and other employee benefits, in accordance with the Company’s employee policies as developed, adopted and modified from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify or cancel such benefits at any time.

You will also receive a monthly car allowance of $600.00. Your monthly car allowance will be less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.

Relocation Expenses:

eASIC will compensate you up to $50,000.00 in relocation expenses. eASIC will also support (up to a year maximum) your airfare for trips home during the transition time. When possible you should incorporate these trips with other work related sales trips.

Start Date:

Your start date is: May 12, 2014

 

Page 1


Reassignment

The Company reserves the right in its discretion to assign you to perform duties at any other location or that may differ in any manner whatsoever from any duties described in this agreement.

Common Stock Shares

In connection with your employment with the Company, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase five million five hundred thirty one thousand two hundred eighty two (5,531,282) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”). The option shall have an exercise purchase price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Twenty-five percent of the Shares shall vest upon your completion of one year of continuous service from your start date, and the remaining shares shall vest each month of continuous service thereafter over the next three years, provided however, that the Shares shall be subject to acceleration based on the double trigger acceleration provisions attached hereto as Schedule B. The Shares will continue to vest only so long as you continue to be employed by the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law and will be subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

Confidentiality Agreement

During the full time period of your employment, you will not engage in any employment or business activity other than for the Company without the express written consent of the Company.

As an eASIC employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations and sign and comply with the Company’s standard agreement relating to proprietary rights (the “Inventions Agreement”). This letter, the “Inventions Agreement”, the Company policy for all employees, and your Stock Option Agreement between you and eASIC, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and you.

At Will Employment

You should be aware that your employment with eASIC is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, simply by notifying the Company. Similarly, eASIC is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time for any reason, with or without cause. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by a Company officer.

Dispute Resolution

You and the Company agree that any dispute between you (including any claims you may have against any officer, director, or employee of the Company or any subsidiary thereof), including without limitation any dispute arising directly or indirectly out of termination of the employment relationship created hereunder, shall be resolved under the Company dispute Resolution Procedure where Arbitration shall be the exclusive final remedy for dispute between the parties.

 

Page 2


The aforementioned are the terms and conditions of your employment and any other representation which may have been made to you are superseded by this offer. If the above terms and conditions are in accordance with your understanding, please sign this letter where indicated below and return it to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire on May 9, 2014. Your employment is contingent upon your providing the Company with the legally required proof of your identity and legal right to work in the United States. It is mandatory that you bring with you your documents on your first day of work at eASIC.

eASIC intends to be the technology leader in the Structured ASIC, Configurable Logic, and FPGA segments of the IC design implementation and manufacturing market and hopes that you will join us in this mission. Michael, all of us at eASIC look forward to having you join us. I am confident that your contribution will be an asset in our success. If you have any questions about this letter or your offer, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Sincerely,

 

By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
  Ronnie Vasishta, CEO

This offer of employment is expressly conditioned upon, and shall not be effective in the absence of your agreement and acceptance.

I agree to and accept this offer of employment with eASIC Corporation.

 

/s/ Michael S. Fender
Michael S. Fender
May 5th, 2014
Date

 

Page 3


SCHEDULE B

DOUBLE TRIGGER ACCELERATION PROVISION

In the event of (i) your involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, or (ii) your voluntary termination for Good Reason, in either case occurring after a Change in Control but not later than twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, and subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company and allowing to become effective a general release of all known and unknown claims in favor of the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and successors, the option(s) will be subject to vesting acceleration of 100% of each such option’s then unvested shares.

“Change in Control” means; (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company) if as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions the shareholders of the Company prior to the commencement of the transaction or transactions own less than thirty percent (30%) of the voting shares of the entity surviving such transaction or transactions; (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the Company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock of the Company.

“Cause” means (i) your conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or other intentional misconduct that, in the reasonable and good faith determination of the Board, (A) makes it impracticable for you to discharge substantially all of your duties as an officer of the Company, or (B) has a deleterious effect on the Company’s reputation in its market or in the financial community, (ii) you commit gross negligence or intentional misconduct (including, without limitation, embezzlement, fraud or dishonesty) that is materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) you violate in a material respect your employment duties (including, but not limited to, (A) a willful or grossly negligent act by you constituting a material breach of your Employee Confidentiality And Inventions Assignment Agreement or (B) your failure to substantially perform your duties as an employee of the Company consistent with your title and duties and you do not cure such violation within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Company detailing the specific actions of such failure to perform and the specific actions necessary for you to cure such failure to perform).

“Good Reason” means your resignation of employment with the Company as a result of any action by the Company (or its successor or acquirer) which, without your written consent, (i) materially reduces the amount of your then annual base compensation, except for a general reduction that applies proportionally to similarly situated employees, or (ii) unilaterally and materially changes your title and duties; provided, however, that the unilateral change by the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent) in your title and duties to a position that is substantially comparable in salary and responsibility to your current position shall not constitute “Good Reason”, or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles, or (iv) a successor entity’s failure to assume this Agreement, or (v) any material breach by the Company of any material

 

Page 4


provision of any written agreement between you and the Company. For your resignation to qualify as “Good Reason,” the following also must occur: (A) within the 60-day period immediately following the material change or reduction that you claim constitutes Good Reason for your resignation, you provide the Board with written notice of the applicable material change or reduction; (B) such material change or reduction is not remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days following the Board’s receipt of such written notice from you; and (C) your resignation of employment is effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the aforementioned thirty (30) day cure period.

 

Page 5


EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

September 23, 2005

Jasbinder Bhoot

______________

______________

Dear Jasbinder,

eASIC Corporation (“eASIC” or the “Company”) is pleased to formally offer you a full time position as Senior Director of IP Applications Marketing. You will be responsible for duties commensurate with this position and will report to Ronnie Vasishta, Chief Executive Officer.

Compensation:

Your monthly salary will be $12,916.67 less payroll deductions and all required withholding. You will be eligible for a $20,000.00 annual performance bonus for the first three years of your employment. After that the performance bonus will be per the company plan. The metrics for the performance bonus for the first year will be agreed to within 90 days after you joining the company and then annually thereafter. You will be entitled to all Company benefits consistent with the Company’s benefit plans.

Start Date:

Your starting date is: October 10th, 2005        .

Reassignment

The Company reserves the right in its discretion to assign you to perform duties at any other location or that may differ in any manner whatsoever from any duties described in this agreement.

Common Stock Shares

In connection with your employment with the Company, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase One Hundred and Fifty Five (155,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”). The option shall have an exercise purchase price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Twenty percent of the Shares shall vest upon your completion of one year of continuous service from your start date, and another twenty percent of the Shares shall vest upon the completion of the second year of your continuous service. The remaining sixty percent of the shares shall vest each month of continuous service thereafter. The Shares will continue to vest only so long as you continue to be employed by the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law and will be subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

Confidentiality Agreement

During the full time period of your employment, you will not engage in any employment or business activity other than for the Company without the express written consent of the Company.

As an eASIC employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations and sign and comply with the Company’s standard agreement relating to proprietary rights (the “Inventions Agreement”). This letter, the “Inventions Agreement”, the Company policy for all employees, and


your Stock Option Agreement between you and eASIC, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and you.

At Will Employment

You should be aware that your employment with eASIC is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, simply by notifying the Company. Similarly, eASIC is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time for any reason, with or without cause. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by a Company officer.

The aforementioned are the terms and conditions of your employment and any other representation which may have been made to you are superseded by this offer. If the above terms and conditions are in accordance with your understanding, please sign this letter where indicated below and return it to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire on                     . Your employment is contingent upon your providing the Company with the legally required proof of identity and legal right to work in the United States. It is mandatory that you bring with you your documents on your first day of work at eASIC.

Jasbinder, all of us at eASIC look forward to having you join us. I am confident that your contribution will be an asset in our success.

Sincerely,

 

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

  Ronnie Vasishta

This offer of employment is expressly conditioned upon, and shall not be effective in the absence of your agreement and acceptance.

I agree to and accept this offer of employment with eASIC Corporation.

 

/s/ Jasbinder Bhoot

Jasbinder Bhoot

Sept, 26.th 2005

Date

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Phone: (408) 855-9200

Fax: (480) 855-9201

www.easic.com

October 24, 2013

Ed Frank

Re: eASIC Corporation Board of Directors

Dear Mr. Frank:

It is my sincere pleasure to invite you to join the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of eASIC Corporation (the “Company”).

As a Board member, you will participate in regularly scheduled and special meetings of the Board and designated Board committees, and meet or otherwise periodically confer with Company executives and to provide such other services as are customary and appropriate for Board members (the “Services”).

In full consideration for your timely and satisfactory performance of the Services, you will be granted an option to purchase 6,894,815 shares of Company common stock (the “Shares”) at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant as determined by the Board, which is expected to be $0.01 per Share, with such number of Shares calculated to equal approximately 0.5% of the Company’s total outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis. The option will be a nonqualified stock option and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and standard form of Stock Option Agreement. Subject to your Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan), the Shares shall vest monthly over a forty eight (48) month period beginning on the date of your appointment to the Board and the option shall be early-exercisable pursuant to the Company’s standard form of early exercise stock purchase agreements. Moreover, in the event of Change of Control (as defined below) then the vesting of the Shares, along with the unvested portion of any other stock options held by you, shall be accelerated in full, subject to the terms of the Plan and your Continuous Service through the date of such Change of Control. “Change in Control” means (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company) if as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions the shareholders of the Company prior to the commencement of the transaction or transactions own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the entity surviving such transaction or transactions; (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the Company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock of the Company.

You will also be entitled to indemnification for your Services as a Board member in accordance with the Company’s standard form of indemnification agreement.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive future relationship.

 

Sincerely,

    Acknowledged and Agreed:

eASIC Corporation

     
/s/ Ronnie Vasishta  

 

  /s/ Ed Frank
Ronnie Vasishta, Chief Executive Officer     Ed Frank
       

 


EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO    LOGO

NOTICE TO TENANTS

September 11, 2013

VIA CERTIFIED MAIL

RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED

Mr. Larry Borras

Vice President of Finance

eASIC Corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, 1st Floor

Santa Clara, CA 95054

 

  Re: 2585 Augustine Drive, Santa Clara, California

Dear Mr. Borras:

Please be advised that, effective as of the date hereof, Arden Realty Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership (“Seller”), sold its interest in the referenced building and assigned its interest in your lease at such building (the “Lease”) to 2525 Augustine Drive LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, c/o C&C RiverRock Newmark, as Managing Agent (“Buyer”). Consequently, Buyer is now your landlord and the security deposit, if any, under the Lease has been transferred to and received by Buyer. Buyer is now responsible to account to you under the Lease and at law for the security deposit transferred by Seller. All future notices and other communication to the landlord under the Lease should be delivered to Buyer at the following address:

C&C RiverRock Newmark,

as Managing Agent for 2525 Augustine Drive LLC

2804 Mission College Blvd., Suite 120

Santa Clara, CA 95054

All future rents and payments to be made by you under the Lease are to be made pursuant to separate rent payment instructions that will be delivered to you under separate cover by Buyer.

Thank you for your cooperation.

Very truly yours,

 

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership

By:   Arden Realty, Inc.,
  its sole general partner
  By:   /s/ Ann L. Reeder
  Name:   Ann L. Reeder
  Title:   Sr. Portfolio Manager


STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership,

AS LANDLORD,

AND

eASIC CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation,

AS TENANT

1st Floor – 2585 Augustine Drive

AUGUSTINE BUSINESS PARK


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1  

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     1   
ARTICLE 2  

TERM/PREMISES

     3   
ARTICLE 3  

RENTAL

     3   

(a)

 

Basic Rental

     3   

(b)

 

Direct Costs

     3   

(c)

 

Definitions

     4   

(d)

 

Determination of Payment

     6   

(e)

 

Audit Right

     7   
ARTICLE 4  

SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT

     8   
ARTICLE 5  

HOLDING OVER

     11   
ARTICLE 6  

OTHER TAXES

     12   
ARTICLE 7  

USE

     12   
ARTICLE 8  

CONDITION OF PREMISES

     13   

(a)

 

Condition of Premises

     13   

(b)

 

Refurbishment Allowance

     14   
ARTICLE 9  

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

     16   

(a)

 

Landlord’s Obligations

     16   

(b)

 

Tenant’s Obligations

     16   

(c)

 

Alterations

     16   

(d)

 

Insurance; Liens

     17   

(e)

 

Costs and Fees; Removal

     17   
ARTICLE 10  

LIENS

     18   
ARTICLE 11  

PROJECT SERVICES

     18   

(a)

 

Basic Services

     18   

(b)

 

HVAC Balance

     19   

(c)

 

Telecommunications

     19   

(d)

 

Abatement Event

     20   
ARTICLE 12  

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

     21   

(a)

 

Right of Entry

     21   

(b)

 

Maintenance Work

     21   

(c)

 

Rooftop

     21   
ARTICLE 13  

INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

     21   

(a)

 

Indemnity

     21   

(b)

 

Exemption of Landlord from Liability

     22   

(c)

 

Security

     22   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 14  

INSURANCE

     23   

(a)

 

Tenant’s Insurance

     23   

(b)

 

Form of Policies

     23   

(c)

 

Landlord’s Insurance

     24   

(d)

 

Waiver of Subrogation

     24   

(e)

 

Compliance with Insurance Requirements

     24   
ARTICLE 15  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     25   
ARTICLE 16  

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     28   
ARTICLE 17  

SUBORDINATION

     29   
ARTICLE 18  

EMINENT DOMAIN

     30   
ARTICLE 19  

DEFAULT

     30   
ARTICLE 20  

REMEDIES

     31   
ARTICLE 21  

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

     33   
ARTICLE 22  

BROKER

     33   
ARTICLE 23  

PARKING

     34   
ARTICLE 24  

WAIVER

     34   
ARTICLE 25  

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     35   
ARTICLE 26  

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     36   
ARTICLE 27  

INABILITY TO PERFORM

     36   
ARTICLE 28  

HAZARDOUS WASTE

     36   
ARTICLE 29  

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

     38   
ARTICLE 30  

MISCELLANEOUS

     39   

(a)

 

SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     39   

(b)

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial

     40   

(c)

 

Time of Essence

     40   

(d)

 

Headings; Joint and Several

     40   

(e)

 

Reserved Area

     41   

(f)

 

NO OPTION

     41   

(g)

 

Use of Project Name; Improvements

     41   

(h)

 

Rules and Regulations

     41   

(i)

 

Quiet Possession

     41   

(j)

 

Rent

     41   

(k)

 

Successors and Assigns

     42   

(l)

 

Notices

     42   

(m)

 

Persistent Delinquencies

     42   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

(n)

 

Right of Landlord to Perform

     42   

(o)

 

Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name

     42   

(p)

 

Signing Authority

     43   

(q)

 

Identification of Tenant

     43   

(r)

 

Reserved

     44   

(s)

 

Survival of Obligations

     44   

(t)

 

Confidentiality

     44   

(u)

 

Governing Law

     44   

(v)

 

Office of Foreign Assets Control

     45   

(w)

 

Financial Statements

     45   

(x)

 

Exhibits

     45   

(y)

 

Independent Covenants

     45   

(z)

 

Counterparts

     45   

(aa)

 

Common Ownership

     45   

(bb)

 

Non-Discrimination

     46   
ARTICLE 31  

SIGNAGE

     46   

(a)

 

Interior Signage

     46   

(b)

 

Exterior Signage

     46   
ARTICLE 32  

TERMINATION OPTION

     47   
EXHIBIT “A”  

Premises

  
EXHIBIT “B”  

Rules and Regulations

  
EXHIBIT “C”  

Notice of Term Dates and Tenant’s Proportionate Share

  
EXHIBIT “D”  

Form of Letter of Credit

  

 

-iii-


INDEX

 

     Page  

Abatement Event

     20   

Abatement Notice

     20   

Additional Rent

     3   

Affiliate

     27   

Affiliated Assignee

     27   

Alterations

     16   

Architect

     14   

Banking Day

     Exhibit D   

Basic Rental

     1   

Beneficiary

     Exhibit D   

Brokers

     2   

Commencement Date

     1   

Contractor

     14   

Control

     27   

Cosmetic Alterations

     17   

Development

     1   

Direct Costs

     4   

Dispute Notice

     7   

Eligibility Period

     20   

Engineers

     14   

Estimate

     6   

Estimate Statement

     6   

Estimated Direct Costs

     6   

Event of Default

     30   

Expiration Date

     1   

Force Majeure

     36   

Hazardous Material

     37   

HVAC System

     18   

Initial Installment of Basic Rental

     2   

ISP98

     Exhibit D   

Landlord

     1   

Landlord Parties

     22   

Landlord’s Hazardous Materials

     38   

Laws

     38   

Lease

     1   

Lease Year

     3   

LEED

     5   

Letter of Credit

     9   

Operating Costs

     4   

Parking Passes

     2   

Partnership Tenant

     43   

Permitted Use

     2   

 

-iv-


Premises

     1   

Project

     1   

Real Property

     4   

Recapture Notice

     27   

Refurbished Improvements

     14   

Refurbishment Allowance

     14   

Refurbishment Allowance Items

     14   

Refurbishment Drawings

     14   

Remediation Program

     38   

Review Notice

     7   

Review Period

     7   

Rules and Regulations

     41   

Security Deposit

     2   

Security Deposit Laws

     11   

Signage Specifications

     46   

SNDA

     29   

Square Footage

     1   

Stated Amount

     9   

Statement

     7   

Tax Costs

     4   

Tenant

     1   

Tenant Improvements

     13   

Tenant’s Agents

     15   

Tenant’s Existing Signage

     46   

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

     2   

Term

     1   

Termination Date

     47   

Termination Fee

     47   

Termination Notice

     47   

Termination Option

     47   

Transfer

     26   

Transfer Premium

     26   

Transferee

     26   

 

-v-


STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

This Standard Office Lease (“Lease”) is made and entered into as of this 31st day of October, 2011, by and between ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (“Landlord”), and eASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises described as the entire first (1st) floor of the Project (as defined herein), as designated on the plan attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A” (“Premises”). The project (“Project”) refers to that certain building located and addressed at 2585 Augustine Drive, Santa Clara, California. The Project is part of a three (3) building development known as Augustine Business Park (the “Development”). This Lease shall be for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

A.     Term:

  Five (5) years.

         Commencement Date:

  November 1, 2011.

         Expiration Date:

  October 31, 2016.
B.     Square Footage:   18,526 rentable square feet.
C.     Basic Rental:    

 

Period During Term

   Annual
Basic Rental
     Monthly
Basic Rental
    

Monthly Basic Rental Per Rentable Square
Foot

11/1/11 – 10/31/12*

   $ 187,200.00       $ 15,600.00       $1.30

11/1/12 – 10/31/13**

   $ 300,121.20       $ 25,010.10       $1.35

11/1/13 – 10/31/14**

   $ 309,013.68       $ 25,751.14       $1.39

11/1/14 – 10/31/15**

   $ 317,906.16       $ 26,492.18       $1.43

11/1/15 – 10/31/16**

   $ 329,021.76       $ 27,418.48       $1.48

 

* Monthly Basic Rental for the period commencing on November 1, 2011 and continuing thereafter until October 31, 2012 will be calculated based upon the Premises containing 12,000 rentable square feet.
** Monthly Basic Rental for the period commencing on November 1, 2012 and continuing thereafter until October 31, 2016 will be calculated based upon the Premises containing 18,526 rentable square feet.

 

D.     Reserved

 

 

1.


E.     Tenant’s Proportionate Share:

  During the period commencing on the Commencement Date (i.e., November 1, 2011) and continuing until October 31, 2012, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 30.05% (calculated based upon the Premises containing 12,000 rentable square feet divided by the rentable square feet within the Project (i.e., 39,929 rsf)). Thereafter, commencing on November 1, 2012 and continuing throughout the remainder of the Term, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 46.40% (calculated based upon the rentable square feet in the Premises (i.e., 18,526 rsf) divided by the rentable square feet within the Project (i.e., 39,929 rsf)).

F.     Security Deposit:

  A security deposit of Eighty Thousand Five Hundred Eighty-Eight and 10/100 Dollars ($80,588.10) shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease, subject to reduction as set forth in Article 4 of this Lease.

G.     Permitted Use:

  General office use and research and development consistent with the character of the Project as a first-class R&D office project.

H.     Brokers:

  Cassidy Turley CPS (representing Landlord) and Studley (representing Tenant).

I.      Parking Passes:

  Tenant shall be entitled to utilize on a first-come first served basis, up to three point six (3.6) unreserved parking passes for each 1,000 rentable square feet contained in the Premises, which equals sixty-seven (67) unreserved passes; provided, however, Tenant may elect to convert up to three (3) such unreserved parking passes to reserved parking passes, all of which such parking passes shall be subject to the terms and conditions as provided in Article 23 hereof.

J.      Initial Installment of Basic Rental

  The first (1st) full month’s Basic Rental of Fifteen Thousand Six Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($15,600.00) shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease.

ARTICLE 2

TERM/PREMISES

The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date as set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall end on the Expiration Date set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year

 

2.


shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term, with the first (1st) Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date and the last Lease Year shall end on the Expiration Date. Landlord may deliver to Tenant a Commencement Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “C”, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Commencement Letter shall constitute acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in such notice are true and correct, without exception. Tenant shall have access to the Premises and the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week and three hundred and sixty-five (365) days per year throughout the Term, subject to the terms of Articles 16 and 18 and subject to any necessary repairs (in which case Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business operations in connection with such repairs).

ARTICLE 3

RENTAL

(a) Basic Rental. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord during the Term hereof, at Landlord’s office or to such other person or at such other place as directed from time to time by written notice to Tenant from Landlord, the monthly and annual sums as set forth in Article 1.C. of the Basic Lease Provisions, payable in advance on the first (1st) day of each calendar month, without demand, setoff or deduction, and in the event this Lease commences or the date of expiration of this Lease occurs other than on the first (1st) day or last day of a calendar month, the rent for such month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first (1st) full month’s Basic Rental shall be paid to Landlord in accordance with Article 1.J. of the Basic Lease Provisions and, if the Commencement Date is not the first (1st) day of a month, Basic Rental for the partial month commencing as of the Commencement Date shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in such month and shall be due and payable upon the Commencement Date.

(b) Direct Costs. Tenant shall pay an additional sum for each calendar year during the Term equal to the product of the amount set forth in Article 1.E. of the Basic Lease Provisions multiplied by the amount of “Direct Costs” actually incurred by Landlord and attributable to the calendar year in question. In the event this Lease shall terminate on any date other than the last day of a calendar year, the additional sum payable hereunder by Tenant during the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis of the relationship which the number of days which have elapsed from the commencement of said calendar year to and including said date on which this Lease terminates bears to three hundred sixty five (365). Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (other than Basic Rental) shall be deemed “Additional Rent” and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same rights and remedies upon default in these payments as Landlord is entitled to exercise with respect to defaults in monthly Basic Rental payments.

 

3.


(c) Definitions. As used herein the term “Direct Costs” shall mean the sum of the following:

(i) “Tax Costs”, which shall mean any and all real estate taxes and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed, reassessed or levied upon the Project and appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder (collectively the “Real Property”) or attributable thereto or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which are assessed, reassessed or levied by the United States, the State of California or any local government authority or agency or any political subdivision thereof, and shall include Landlord’s reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of Tax Costs or any part thereof; provided, however, if at any time after the date of this Lease the methods of taxation now prevailing shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a supplement to or a substitute for the whole or any part of any Tax Costs, there shall be assessed, reassessed or levied (a) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as a net income, capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents, issues, profits or income derived therefrom, or (b) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy (including but not limited to any municipal, state or federal levy), imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, then except to the extent such items are payable by Tenant under Article 6 below, such taxes, assessments, reassessments or levies or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included in the term “Direct Costs.”

(ii) “Operating Costs”, which shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, operation, replacement, ownership and repair of the Project, the equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring, adjacent walks, malls and landscaped and common areas and the parking structure, areas and facilities of the Project. Operating Costs shall include but not be limited to, salaries, wages, medical, surgical and general welfare benefits and pension payments, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, employment taxes, workers’ compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning thereof for all persons who perform duties connected with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project, its equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring and the adjacent walks and landscaped areas, including janitorial, gardening, security, parking, operating engineer, elevator, painting, plumbing, electrical, carpentry, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and window washing; hired services; a reasonable allowance for depreciation of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project; accountant’s fees incurred in the preparation of rent adjustment statements; legal fees; real estate tax consulting fees; personal property taxes on property used in the maintenance and operation of the Project; fees, costs, expenses or dues payable pursuant to the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions or owners’ association pertaining to the Project; capital expenditures incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project and capital expenditures required by government regulations, laws, or ordinances including, but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act; provided, however, that capital expenditures included in Operating Costs shall be amortized (with interest at Landlord’s actual cost of funds) over its useful life; costs incurred (capital or otherwise) on a regular recurring basis every three (3) or more years for certain maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot slurry coat or replacement of lobby and elevator cab carpeting); costs incurred (capital or otherwise) in order for the Project, or any portion thereof, to apply for, obtain or maintain a certification pursuant to the United States Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) rating system, or other applicable certification agency, in connection with Landlord’s sustainability

 

4.


practices for the Project and all costs of maintaining, managing, reporting and commissioning the Project or any part thereof that was designed and/or built to be sustainable and conform with the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard); the cost of all charges for electricity, gas, water and other utilities furnished to the Project to the extent not payable separately by Tenant pursuant to Article 11 below (including, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with Landlord’s supplying of “green” or other renewable energy), and including any taxes thereon; the cost of all charges for fire and extended coverage, liability and all other insurance in connection with the Project carried by Landlord; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors and administration fees; a property management fee (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager but which fee shall not exceed an amount equal to three point five percent (3.5%) of the rent and Direct Costs for the Project, per year) and license, permit and inspection fees relating to the Project.

Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Operating Costs shall not include (1) the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant (outside of such tenant’s Direct Cost payments) such as where a tenant directly contracts for electric power or other utilities with the local public services company; (2) the cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, a tenant of the Development (outside of such tenant’s Direct Cost payments), or otherwise to the extent so reimbursed; (3) any real estate brokerage commissions or other costs incurred in procuring tenants, or any fee in lieu of commission; (4) amortization of principal and interest on mortgages or ground lease payments (if any); (5) costs of items considered capital repairs, replacements, improvements and equipment under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied except as expressly included in Operating Costs pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph; (6) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Development or any law, code, regulation, ordinance or the like; (7) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than in the parking facility for the Development); (8) bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts (except in connection with the financing of items which may be included in Operating Costs); (9) marketing costs, including those costs described in (3) above, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Development, including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenditures incurred in connection with disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Development; (10) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Development or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Development; (11) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Costs elsewhere in this Lease; (12) costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Development) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party (except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Costs); (13) rentals and other related expenses for leasing an HVAC system, elevators, or other items (except when needed in

 

5.


connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Development) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Costs pursuant to this Lease; (14) depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Costs pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life; (15) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Development, without charge; (16) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and/or payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims litigation or arbitrations pertaining to Landlord and/or the Development, other than such claims or disputes respecting any services or equipment used in the operation of the Development by Landlord; (17) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Development; (18) costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Development; (19) costs of correcting defects in or inadequacy of the initial design or construction of the Development; and (20) costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat any Hazardous Material.

It is understood that to the extent applicable all Operating Costs shall be calculated by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or otherwise in accordance with standard real estate accounting practices utilized by institutional quality landlords in Northern California and reduced by all cash discounts, trade discounts, or quantity discounts received by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent in the purchase of any goods, utilities, or services in connection with the operation of the Project.

(d) Determination of Payment.

(i) Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth in reasonable detail, Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Costs for the then-current calendar year shall be (the “Estimated Direct Costs”), together with the amount payable by Tenant for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Estimated Direct Costs. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Costs under this Article 3, once such Estimated Direct Costs have been determined by Landlord. Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Monthly Basic Rental due, a fraction of the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Estimated Direct Costs for the then-current calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 3(d)(i)). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current calendar year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Basic Rental installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Estimated Direct Costs set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

6.


(ii) In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each calendar year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state in reasonable detail the Direct Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding calendar year. Upon receipt of the Statement for each calendar year during the Term, if amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Direct Costs are less than Tenant’s actual Proportionate Share of Direct Costs as specified on the Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of monthly Basic Rental due, the full amount of Tenant’s actual Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such calendar year as Estimated Direct Costs. If, however, the Statement indicates that amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Direct Costs are greater than Tenant’s actual Proportionate Share of Direct Costs as specified on the Statement, then such overpayment shall be credited against Tenant’s next installments of Estimated Direct Costs. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 3, once such Statement has been delivered. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Direct Costs for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(d) within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord therefor. The provisions of this Section 3(d)(ii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(iii) Because the Project is a part of a multi-building Development, those Direct Costs attributable to the Development as a whole (and not attributable solely to any individual building therein) shall be allocated by Landlord to the Project and to the other buildings within such Development on an equitable basis.

(e) Audit Right. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (“Review Period”), if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant’s employees or an independent certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and is not retained on a contingency fee basis), designated by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord (“Review Notice”) and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default after expiration of all applicable cure periods and provided further that Tenant and such accountant or representative shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s records in strict confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period. If after such inspection, but within thirty (30) days after the Review Period, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing (“Dispute Notice”) that Tenant still disputes such amounts, a certification as to the proper amount shall be made in accordance with Landlord’s standard accounting practices, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant selected by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant and who is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm. Tenant’s failure to deliver the Review Notice within the Review Period or to deliver the Dispute Notice within thirty (30) days after the Review Period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability

 

7.


to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If Tenant timely delivers the Review Notice and the Dispute Notice, Landlord shall cooperate in good faith with Tenant and the accountant to show Tenant and the accountant the information upon which the certification is to be based. However, if such certification by the accountant proves that the Direct Costs set forth in the Statement were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the accountant and the cost of such certification shall be paid for by Landlord. Promptly following the parties receipt of such certification, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such certification. Tenant agrees that this section shall be the sole method to be used by Tenant to dispute the amount of any Direct Costs payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives any other rights at law or in equity relating thereto.

ARTICLE 4

SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT

Unless Tenant elects to deliver the Letter of Credit as further provided herein, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum set forth in Article 1.F. of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant breaches any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may use all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sums in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its full amount. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to keep the security deposit in trust, segregate it or keep it separate from Landlord’s general funds, but Landlord may commingle the security deposit with its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. At the expiration of the Term, and provided there then exists no default by Tenant hereunder after any applicable notice and cure period, the security deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to Tenant’s “Transferee”, as such term is defined in Article 15 below), provided that subsequent to the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may retain from said security deposit (a) an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover potential Direct Cost reconciliation payments due with respect to the calendar year in which this Lease terminates or expires (such amount so retained shall not, in any event, exceed ten percent (10%) of estimated Direct Cost payments due from Tenant for such calendar year through the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and any amounts so retained and not applied to such reconciliation shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Statement for such calendar year), (b) any and all amounts reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover the anticipated costs to be incurred by Landlord to remove any signage provided to Tenant under this Lease, to remove cabling and other items required to be removed by Tenant under Section 29(b) below and to repair any damage caused by such removal (in which case any excess amount so retained by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such removal and repair) unless Tenant has removed said items, and (c) any and all amounts permitted by law or this Article 4. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which provide that Landlord may claim from a

 

8.


security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 4 above, and all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon termination of this Lease under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant.

Alternatively, in lieu of the Security Deposit described in the immediately preceding paragraph, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant may deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable and renewable letter of credit (“Letter of Credit”) in favor of Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D”, issued by a financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, in the principal amount of $80,588.10 (“Stated Amount”), to be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit. If the Letter of Credit delivered by Tenant is inconsistent with the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (including, without limitation, the wrong name or address for the Beneficiary), Landlord may so notify Tenant in writing, in which case Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be corrected within five (5) business days after such notice. Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit if the credit rating or financial condition of the issuer of the Letter of Credit is no longer acceptable to Landlord. Following any such draw by Landlord on the Letter of Credit solely because of the deterioration of the creditworthiness of the issuer of the Letter of Credit, Landlord will disburse such Letter of Credit proceeds to Tenant provided (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit from a financial institution satisfactory to Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D” within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s draw thereon, (ii) there exists no event of default with respect to any provision of this Lease, and (iii) Tenant pays all of Landlord’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with such disbursement; provided, however, if any of the three (3) foregoing conditions are not satisfied, the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlord’s property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord may then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds for the purposes set forth in clauses (1) through (5) of the next paragraph.

The Letter of Credit shall state that an authorized officer or other representative of Landlord may make demand on Landlord’s behalf for the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, and that the issuing bank must immediately honor such demand, without qualification or satisfaction of any conditions, except the proper identification of the party making such demand. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall indicate that it is transferable in its entirety by Landlord as beneficiary and that upon receiving written notice of transfer, and upon presentation to the issuing bank of the original Letter of Credit, the issuer or confirming bank will reissue the Letter of Credit naming such transferee as the beneficiary. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment to the issuing bank of any transfer costs imposed by the issuing bank in connection with any such transfer. If (A) the term of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord will expire prior to the last day of the Term and the Letter of Credit is not extended, or a new Letter of Credit for an extended period of time is not substituted, in either case at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, or (B) Tenant commits a default with respect to any provision of this Lease, including the filing of a voluntary petition under Title 11 of the

 

9.


United States Code (i.e., the Bankruptcy Code), or otherwise becomes a debtor in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, as now existing or hereinafter amended, or any similar law or statute, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon all or any portion of the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, and the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlord’s property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord may then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds (1) for the payment of any sum which is in default, (2) to reimburse Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease (including, without limitation, any costs incurred by Landlord to improve the Premises, any Improvement Allowance, and any brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees), (3) for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, (4) to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default or (5) as prepaid rent to be applied against Tenant’s Basic Rental obligations for the last month of the Term and the immediately preceding month(s) of the Term until the remaining proceeds are exhausted. If any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds are so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, post an additional Letter of Credit in an amount to cause the aggregate amount of the unused proceeds and such new Letter of Credit to equal the Stated Amount required in this Article 4 above. Landlord shall not be required to keep any proceeds from the Letter of Credit separate from its general funds. Should Landlord sell its interest in the Premises during the Term and if Landlord deposits with the purchaser thereof the Letter of Credit or any proceeds of the Letter of Credit, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Letter of Credit and said proceeds and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee for the return of the Letter of Credit or any proceeds therefrom. The Letter of Credit or any remaining proceeds of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord after expiration of the Term, after any deductions described in this Article 4 above, shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Term.

The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, the proceeds or any portion thereof, shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies provided under this Lease, it being intended that Landlord shall not be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Letter of Credit.

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or the proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent California Civil Code Section 1950.7 in any way: (a) is applicable to this Lease or the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof); or (b) controls Landlord’s rights to draw on the Letter of Credit

 

10.


or apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit to any amounts due under the Lease or any damages Landlord may suffer following termination of this Lease, then Tenant fully and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, it being agreed that Landlord may recover from the Letter of Credit (or its proceeds) all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon the termination of this Lease in accordance with this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

Subject to the remaining terms of this grammatical paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the amount of the Security Deposit or the initial Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit (as applicable) so that the new Security Deposit amount (or Letter of Credit Stated Amount) will be $54,836.96 effective as of November 1, 2013. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if an event of default has occurred at any time prior to the effective date of such reduction of the Security Deposit (or Letter of Credit), then Tenant shall have no further right to reduce the amount of the Security Deposit (or Letter of Credit) as described herein until such default has been cured by Tenant to Landlord’s satisfaction.

Upon Landlord’s receipt of the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit as provided in this Article 4 above, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant the existing Security Deposit or Letter of Credit then held by Landlord under this Article 4, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 5

HOLDING OVER

Should Tenant (or any subtenant, assignee or other party occupying the Premises by, through, under, or with the permission of Tenant), without Landlord’s written consent, hold over after termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, become either a tenant at sufferance or a month-to-month tenant upon each and all of the terms herein provided as may be applicable to such a tenancy and any such holding over shall not constitute an extension of this Lease. During such holding over, Tenant shall pay in advance, monthly, Basic Rental at a rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rate in effect for the last month of the Term of this Lease or one hundred fifty percent (150%) of Landlord’s then asking rate for comparable space in the Project, whichever is greater, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder including but not limited to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs. Nothing contained in this Article 5 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over of the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If Landlord provides Tenant with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice that Landlord has a signed proposal or lease from a succeeding tenant to lease the Premises, and if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the later of: (a) the date of expiration of such thirty (30) day period, or (b) the date of expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, loss, expense or liability, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims and attorney’s fees and costs.

 

11.


ARTICLE 6

OTHER TAXES

Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against or levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises. In the event any or all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with property of Landlord, or if the cost or value of any leasehold improvements in the Premises exceeds the cost or value of a Project-standard buildout as determined by Landlord and, as a result, real property taxes for the Project are increased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a written statement setting forth such amount, the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property or above-standard improvements. Tenant shall assume and pay to Landlord at the time Basic Rental next becomes due (or if assessed after the expiration of the Term, then within ten (10) days), any excise, sales, use, rent, occupancy, garage, parking, gross receipts or other taxes (other than net income taxes) which may be assessed against or levied upon Landlord on account of the letting of the Premises or the payment of Basic Rental or any other sums due or payable hereunder, and which Landlord may be required to pay or collect under any law now in effect or hereafter enacted. In addition to Tenant’s obligation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall pay directly to the party or entity entitled thereto all business license fees, gross receipts taxes and similar taxes and impositions which may from time to time be assessed against or levied upon Tenant, as and when the same become due and before delinquency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any sums payable by Tenant under this Article 6 shall not be included in the computation of “Tax Costs.”

ARTICLE 7

USE

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the use set forth in Article 1.G. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit the same to be used or occupied for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises in such a manner so as not to interfere with or infringe upon the rights of other tenants or occupants in the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to or affecting (a) the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project (excluding structural changes to the Project not related to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises), and (b) improvements installed or constructed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. Tenant shall not permit more than six (6) people per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises to occupy the Premises at any time. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which would invalidate or increase the cost of any insurance policy covering the Project and/or the property located therein and Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any organization which sets out standards, requirements or recommendations commonly referred to by major fire insurance underwriters, and Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charges for any such insurance policy assessed or increased by reason of Tenant’s

 

12.


failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 7. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable sustainability practices and shall not permit any use of the Premises which may affect the continued certification of the Project issued pursuant to the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard).

ARTICLE 8

CONDITION OF PREMISES

(a) Condition of Premises. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant has been and continues as of the date of this Lease to occupy the Premises as a subtenant of Landlord. Consequently, Tenant hereby agrees that except as expressly provided further in this Section 8(a) and Section 8(b) below, the Premises shall be taken “as is”, “with all faults”, “without any representations or warranties”, and Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has investigated and inspected the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to, cause of action based upon, or claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Project or the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Project or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant expressly warrants and represents that Tenant has relied solely on its own investigation and inspection of the Premises and the Project in its decision to enter into this Lease and let the Premises in the above-described condition. Nothing contained herein is intended to, nor shall, obligate Landlord to implement sustainability practices for the Project or to seek certification under, or make modifications in order to obtain, a certification from LEED or any other comparable certification. The existing leasehold improvements in the Premises as of the date of this Lease, together with the Refurbished Improvements described in Section 8(b) below may be collectively referred to herein as the “Tenant Improvements.” The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Project were at such time in satisfactory condition. Tenant hereby waives subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California or any successor provision of law. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(a) above, Landlord shall cause the HVAC System (as defined in Section 1 1 (a) but excluding any dedicated HVAC units installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises), electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems serving the Premises to be in good working order and the roof of the Project to be leak free as of the Commencement Date. In furtherance of the foregoing, any claims by Tenant under the preceding sentence relating to the electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems shall be made in writing not later than the tenth (10th) day after the Commencement Date and any claims by Tenant under the preceding sentence relating to the HVAC System and/or roof membrane shall be made in writing not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the Commencement Date. In the event Tenant fails to deliver a written claim to Landlord on or before such tenth (10th) day with respect to the electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems or thirtieth (30th ) day with respect to the HVAC System and the roof membrane, then Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect to such systems under this Section 8(a). Landlord’s obligations pursuant this Section 8(a) shall specifically exclude any obligation to repair any damage caused to the HVAC System, roof membrane, mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by Tenant or the Tenant’s agents, contractors or employees.

 

13.


(b) Refurbishment Allowance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled to renovate the tenant improvements existing in the Premises as of the date hereof in accordance with this Section 8(b). In connection therewith, Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant refurbishment allowance (the, “Refurbishment Allowance”) in the amount of Ninety-Two Thousand Six Hundred Thirty and No/100 Dollars ($92,630.00) (calculated based upon Five and No/100 Dollars ($5.00) per rentable square feet within the Premises) for the costs relating to the design and construction of certain renovations to the tenant improvements in the Premises that are to be permanently affixed to the Premises (the “Refurbished Improvements”).

(i) Except as set forth in this Section 8(b), the Refurbishment Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord for the following items and costs only (collectively, the “Refurbishment Allowance Items”): (A) payment of the fees of the architect and engineer(s) retained by Tenant (if any), and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the review of the plans and specifications prepared for the Refurbished Improvements (the, “Refurbishment Drawings”) if any, (B) the payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Refurbished Improvements, (C) the cost of construction of the Refurbished Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions, (D) the cost of any changes in the existing Project when such changes are required by the Refurbishment Drawings, such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (E) the cost of any changes to the Refurbishment Drawings or Refurbished Improvements required by applicable building codes; and (F) sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees.

(ii) Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Architect”) to prepare any necessary Refurbishment Drawings for the Refurbished Improvements. If necessary (as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion), Tenant shall also retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC and life safety work of the Refurbished Improvements. Tenant shall submit any Refurbishment Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval.

(iii) The contractor which shall construct the Refurbished Improvements shall be a contractor designated and retained by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Contractor”). Promptly after Landlord’s approval of the Refurbishment Drawings for the Refurbished Improvements, Tenant shall cause the Contractor to construct the Refurbished Improvements in the Premises in accordance with the approved Refurbishment Drawings.

 

14.


(iv) Provided that Tenant is not in default on any of its obligations under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure period, upon completion of the Refurbished Improvements, Landlord shall make a disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance for Refurbishment Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows:

A. Disbursement. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (1) a request for payment of Tenant’s Contractor; (2) invoices from all subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers used by Tenant in connection with the Refurbished Improvements (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers, and the Tenant’s Contractor may be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises for the Refurbished Improvements; (3) executed conditional mechanics’ lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Section 3262(d) and either Section 3262(d)(3) or Section 3262(d)(4); and (4) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Promptly thereafter, assuming Landlord receives all of the applicable information described in items (1) through (4) above, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant (or at Landlord’s election to Tenant’s Contractor and/or Tenant’s Agents) in payment of the amounts so requested by Tenant (but in no event to exceed the amount of the Refurbishment Allowance), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the Refurbishment Drawings, or due to any substandard work. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

B. Other Terms. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Refurbishment Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Refurbishment Allowance Items. All Refurbishment Allowance Items for which the Refurbishment Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Refurbishment Allowance. In addition, all of Tenant’s Agents shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), except that subcontractors of Landlord’s selection shall be retained by the Tenant’s Contractor to perform all lifesafety, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, structural and heating, ventilation and air conditioning work. Except as set forth in this Section 8(b), the terms and conditions of Section 9(c), (d) and (e) below shall otherwise apply to the Refurbished Improvements and Tenant’s construction thereof.

(v) No Rent Abatement. Tenant acknowledges that the work to be performed by Tenant pursuant to this Section 8(b) above shall be performed during the initial Term, that Tenant shall be entitled to (but shall not be obligated to) conduct business throughout the course of construction of such renovations and that Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent, nor shall Tenant be deemed to be constructively evicted from the Premises, as a result of the construction of such renovations.

 

15.


ARTICLE 9

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

(a) Landlord’s Obligations. Landlord shall maintain the structural portions of the Project, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, elevator cabs and common areas, and shall also maintain and repair the basic mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems (provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation with respect to any such systems shall be to repair and maintain those portions of the systems located in the core of the Project or in other areas outside of the Premises, but Tenant shall be responsible to repair and maintain any distribution of such systems throughout the Premises).

(b) Tenant’s Obligations. Except as expressly provided as Landlord’s obligation in this Article 9, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair and in compliance with Landlord’s sustainability practices including, without limitation, compliance with any LEED rating system (or other certification standard) applicable to the Project. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Project resulting from the act or negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees or by the use of the Premises, shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord; provided, however, that for damage to the Project as a result of casualty or for any repairs that may impact the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems of the Project, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to select the contractor and oversee all such repairs. Landlord may make any repairs which are not promptly made by Tenant after Tenant’s receipt of written notice and the reasonable opportunity of Tenant to make said repair within fifteen (15) business days from receipt of said written notice, and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, which cost shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days from invoice from Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the design and function of all non-standard improvements of the Premises, whether or not installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, or to deduct the cost thereof from the rent.

(c) Alterations. Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, changes or additions in or to the Premises or the Project (collectively, “Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Without limitation as to other grounds for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed Alteration, Landlord may withhold its consent to a proposed Alteration if Landlord determines that such Alteration is not compatible with any existing or planned future certification of the Project under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard). Any Alterations approved by Landlord must be performed in accordance with the terms hereof, using only contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in writing and upon the approval by Landlord in writing of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the Alterations in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any Alterations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal laws, rules and regulations, pursuant to a valid building permit, and in conformance with Landlord’s

 

16.


construction rules and regulations. If Landlord, in approving any Alterations, specifies a commencement date therefor, Tenant shall not commence any work with respect to such Alterations prior to such date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may make strictly cosmetic changes to the finish work in the Premises (the “Cosmetic Alterations”) without Landlord’s consent, provided that the aggregate cost of any such alterations does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in any twelve (12) month period, and further provided that such alterations do not (i) require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, (ii) require any changes to, nor adversely affect, the systems and equipment of the Project, and (iii) affect the exterior appearance of the Project. Tenant shall give Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior notice of such Cosmetic Alterations, which notice shall be accompanied by reasonably adequate evidence that such changes meet the criteria contained in this Article 9. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord free and harmless from all liens and claims of lien, and all other liability, claims and demands arising out of any work done or material supplied to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant in connection with any Alterations.

(d) Insurance; Liens. Prior to the commencement of any Alterations (other than Cosmetic Alterations), Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood that all such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

(e) Costs and Fees; Removal. If permitted Alterations are made, they shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant given at the time of Tenant’s request for consent to such Alteration (provided Tenant requests that Landlord make such determination at the time of Tenant’s request for consent) or in the case of Cosmetic Alterations, by written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of such Cosmetic Alterations (provided Tenant requests that Landlord make such determination at the time of Tenant’s notice), require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove all partitions, counters, railings, Improvements and other Alterations from the Premises, and to repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal. Any and all costs attributable to or related to the applicable building codes of the city in which the Project is located (or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Project) arising from Tenant’s plans, specifications, improvements, Alterations or otherwise shall be paid by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. With regard to repairs, Alterations (other than Cosmetic Alterations) or any other work arising from or related to this Article 9, Landlord shall be entitled to receive an administrative/coordination fee (which fee shall vary depending upon whether or not Tenant orders the work directly from Landlord but shall in no event exceed three percent (3%) of the hard costs of such work) sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work. The construction of the initial Refurbished Improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of Section 8(b) above.

 

17.


ARTICLE 10

LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Project free from any mechanics’ liens, vendors liens or any other liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any such lien or claim or action thereon, together with costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim or action. Before commencing any work of alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ written notice of the proposed commencement of such work (to afford Landlord an opportunity to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility). In the event that there shall be recorded against the Premises or the Project or the property of which the Premises is a part any claim or lien arising out of any such work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and such claim or lien shall not be removed or discharged within ten (10) days of filing, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to pay and discharge said lien without regard to whether such lien shall be lawful or correct (in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such payment made by Landlord within ten (10) days following written demand), or to require that Tenant promptly deposit with Landlord in cash, lawful money of the United States, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of such claim, which sum may be retained by Landlord until such claim shall have been removed of record or until judgment shall have been rendered on such claim and such judgment shall have become final, at which time Landlord shall have the right to apply such deposit in discharge of the judgment on said claim and any costs, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord, and shall remit the balance thereof to Tenant.

ARTICLE 11

PROJECT SERVICES

(a) Basic Services. Landlord shall provide the existing equipment servicing the Premises in its “as is” condition in order to provide electric current, heat and air-conditioning therein. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that an independent heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (“HVAC System”) will service the Premises. Landlord shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for repair and maintenance of the HVAC System and in connection therewith, Landlord shall retain a service and maintenance contract for the HVAC System with a contractor designated by Landlord, provided the rates charged by such contractor shall be reasonably competitive with rates charged for comparable service at comparable buildings in Santa Clara, California. Tenant shall pay the cost of the service and maintenance contract for the HVAC System in the Premises, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) days of receipt of billings therefore from Landlord. Alternatively, Landlord may, at its option, elect to have the HVAC System for the Premises maintained in common with other equipment at the Project. In such event, within ten (10) business days after receipt of billings therefor and as Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay its prorata share of such maintenance costs, which share shall be established in an equitable manner by Landlord based upon the relative tonnage provided to the Premises, compared to the total tonnage under contract, or some other reasonable means of allocation as selected by Landlord. Landlord’s good faith judgment as to the allocation of the

 

18.


charges described in this paragraph above shall be conclusive. Included in the charges to be allocated to Tenant shall be, without limitation, the cost of the maintenance contract for the HVAC System. In addition, the costs for repair and replacement of the HVAC System not covered by the maintenance contract or any warranty or insurance shall be amortized (with interest imputed on the unpaid principal balance at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum) over the useful life of the repair or replacement (as reasonably determined by Landlord), and any such monthly amortization which falls within the Term shall be paid by Tenant in monthly installments, as Additional Rent, with each payment of Basic Rental thereafter. The electricity furnished to the Premises (including electricity to the HVAC System) shall, at Landlord’s election, be separately metered or submetered, and (i) if separately metered, then Tenant shall contract with, and make payments directly to, the entity providing such electricity or (ii) if submetered, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, the costs of all electric current consumed by Tenant in the Premises as shown by said submeter. The cost of any such separate meter or submeter and the installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for retaining a bonded janitorial contractor, which contractor shall provide services seven (7) days per week and be reasonably approved by Landlord, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide janitorial service to the Premises. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s efforts to cause the utilities for the Project to comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices and any LEED rating (or other applicable certification standard) applicable to the Project. Such efforts may include, without limitation, the use of energy efficient bulbs in task lighting, energy efficient lighting controls and measures to avoid over-lighting interior spaces. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may establish for the proper functioning and protection of any common systems of the Project. Except as provided in Section 11(d) below, Landlord shall not be liable for and there shall be no rent abatement as a result of, any stoppage, reduction or interruption of any such services caused by governmental rules, regulations or ordinances, riot, strike, labor disputes, breakdowns, accidents, necessary repairs or other cause. Except as specifically provided in this Article 11, Tenant agrees to pay for all utilities and other services utilized by Tenant and any additional building services furnished to Tenant which are not uniformly furnished to all tenants of the Project at the rate generally charged by Landlord to tenants of the Project for such utilities or services.

(b) HVAC Balance. If any lights, machines or equipment (including but not limited to computers and computer systems and appurtenances) are used by Tenant in the Premises which materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or generate substantially more heat in the Premises than would be generated by the building standard lights and usual office equipment, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery and equipment which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore temperature balance, including but not limited to modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

(c) Telecommunications. Upon request from Tenant from time to time, Landlord will provide Tenant with a listing of telecommunications and media service providers serving the Project, and Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with the providers of its choice. If Tenant wishes to contract with or obtain service from any provider which does not currently serve the Project or wishes to obtain from an existing carrier services which will require the

 

19.


installation of additional equipment, such provider must, prior to providing service, enter into a written agreement with Landlord setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to such provider. In considering the installation of any new or additional telecommunications cabling or equipment at the Project, Landlord will consider all relevant factors in a reasonable and non-discriminatory manner, including, without limitation, the existing availability of services at the Project, the impact of the proposed installations upon the Project and its operations and the available space and capacity for the proposed installations. Landlord may also consider whether the proposed service may result in interference with or interruption of other services at the Project or the business operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to incur any costs or liabilities in connection with the installation or delivery of telecommunication services or facilities at the Project. All such installations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Article 9. If Landlord approves the proposed installations in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord will deliver its standard form agreement upon request and will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly enter into an agreement on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms with a qualified, licensed and reputable carrier confirming the terms of installation and operation of telecommunications equipment consistent with the foregoing.

(d) Abatement Event. An “Abatement Event” shall be defined as an event that prevents Tenant from using the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of any failure to provide services or access to the Premises, where (i) Tenant does not actually use the Premises or such portion thereof, and (ii) such event is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall give Landlord notice (“Abatement Notice”) of any such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues beyond the “Eligibility Period” (as that term is defined below), then the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs and Tenant’s obligation to pay for parking shall be abated entirely or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs and Tenant’s obligation to pay for parking for the entire Premises shall be abated entirely for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. The term “Eligibility Period” shall mean a period of five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any Abatement Notice(s).

 

20.


ARTICLE 12

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

(a) Right of Entry. Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice (except that no notice shall be required in the case of an emergency or regularly scheduled service) for the purpose of examining or inspecting the same, serving or posting and keeping posted thereon notices as provided by law, or which Landlord deems necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Project, showing the same to prospective tenants during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any time that an Event of Default exists, lenders or purchasers of the Project, in the case of an emergency, and for making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when such an entry by Landlord is necessary or permitted hereunder, Landlord may enter by means of a master key, or may forcibly enter in the case of an emergency, in each event without liability to Tenant and without affecting this Lease, so long as Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any damage to the Premises and any interference with Tenant’s business operations within the Premises.

(b) Maintenance Work. Landlord reserves the right from time to time, but subject to payment by and/or reimbursement from Tenant as otherwise provided herein: (i) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace, relocate and control for service to the Premises and/or other parts of the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, cabling, appurtenant fixtures, equipment spaces and mechanical systems, wherever located in the Premises or the Project, (ii) to alter, close or relocate any facility in the Premises or the common areas or otherwise conduct any of the above activities for the purpose of complying with a general plan for fire/life safety for the Project or otherwise, and (iii) to comply with any federal, state or local law, rule or order. Landlord shall attempt to perform any such work with the least inconvenience to Tenant as is reasonably practicable, but in no event shall Tenant be permitted to withhold or reduce Basic Rental or other charges due hereunder as a result of same, make any claim for constructive eviction or otherwise make any claim against Landlord for interruption or interference with Tenant’s business and/or operations.

(c) Rooftop. If Tenant desires to use the rooftop of the Project for any purpose, including the installation of communication equipment to be used from the Premises, such rights will be granted in Landlord’s sole discretion and Tenant must negotiate the terms of any rooftop access with Landlord or the rooftop management company or lessee holding rights to the rooftop from time to time. Any rooftop access granted to Tenant will be at prevailing rates and will be governed by the terms of a separate written agreement or an amendment to this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

(a) Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, Arden Realty, Inc., their subsidiaries, partners, parental or other affiliates and their respective members,

 

21.


shareholders, officers, directors, employees and contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) harmless from any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Project or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Project and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Project and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord and the Landlord Parties, excepting where the damage is caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

(b) Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business, or loss of income therefrom, however occurring (including, without limitation, from any failure or interruption of services or utilities or as a result of Landlord’s negligence), or, except in connection with damage or injury resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, for damage that may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, customers, agents, or contractors, or any other person in, on or about the Premises directly or indirectly caused by or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water, or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, light fixtures, or mechanical or electrical systems, or from intrabuilding cabling or wiring, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project or from other sources or places and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible to Tenant. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages arising from any willful or negligent action or inaction of any other tenant of the Project.

(c) Security. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election whether or not to provide any type of mechanical surveillance or security personnel whatsoever in the Project is solely within Landlord’s discretion; Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall have no duty or liability in connection with the provision, or lack, of such services, and Tenant hereby agrees to hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless with regard to any such potential claim except to the extent arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties (provided that in such case, Landlord’s liability shall be limited to amounts not covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease). Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism, or like causes. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any such claims made by any employee, licensee, invitee, contractor, agent or other person whose presence in, on or about the Premises or the Project is attendant to the business of Tenant.

 

22.


ARTICLE 14

INSURANCE

(a) Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant, shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate, including products liability coverage if applicable, owners and contractors protective coverage, blanket contractual coverage including both oral and written contracts, and personal injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance of Tenant of the indemnity and exemption of Landlord from liability agreements set forth in Article 13 hereof; (ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance (all risks), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage where sprinklers are provided in an amount equal to the full replacement value new without deduction for depreciation of all (A) Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fixtures and other improvements in the Premises, including but not limited to all mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, telecommunication and other equipment, systems and facilities, and (B) trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed by or at the expense of Tenant; (iii) Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by law; and (iv) business interruption, loss of income and extra expense insurance covering any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment) and covering all other perils, failures or interruptions sufficient to cover a period of interruption of not less than twelve (12) months. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Term (including any option periods, if applicable), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

(b) Form of Policies. The aforementioned minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance thereof shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policy shall name Landlord, the Landlord Parties, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s lender(s) and such other persons or firms as Landlord specifies from time to time, as additional insureds with an appropriate endorsement to the policy(s). All such insurance policies carried by Tenant shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, from the insurance companies, or cause the insurance companies to furnish, certificates of coverage. The deductible under each such policy shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be endorsed to agree that Tenant’s policy is primary and that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and not contributing with any Tenant insurance requirement hereunder. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders in a timely manner, Landlord may (but

 

23.


shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest (at the rate set forth in Section 20(e) below) from the date such sums are expended. Tenant shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket policies expressly afford coverage to the Premises and to Tenant as required by this Lease.

(c) Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall, as a cost to be included in Operating Costs, procure and maintain at all times during the Term of this Lease, a policy or policies of insurance covering (i) loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation thereof, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage, and special extended coverage on the building, and (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance with at least the same limits required to be maintained by Tenant as set forth in Section 14(a) above. Additionally, Landlord may carry (A) Earthquake and/or Flood Damage Insurance; and (B) Rental Income Insurance; and (C) any other forms of insurance Landlord may deem appropriate or any lender may require. The costs of all insurance carried by Landlord shall be included in Operating Costs.

(d) Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant each agree to require their respective insurers issuing the insurance described in Sections 14(a)(ii), 14(a)(iv) and the first sentence of Section 14(c), to waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against the other party. Tenant hereby waives any right that Tenant may have against Landlord and Landlord hereby waives any right that Landlord may have against Tenant as a result of any loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under such policies.

(e) Compliance with Insurance Requirements. Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Term of this Lease, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way tend to increase the insurance rates upon the Project. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in premiums for insurance that may be carried during the Term of this Lease, or the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Project resulting from the foregoing, or from Tenant doing any act in or about the Premises that does so increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which causes an overload of electrical lines of the Premises, Tenant shall at its own cost and expense, in accordance with all other Lease provisions (specifically including, but not limited to, the provisions of Article 9, 10 and 11 hereof), make whatever changes are necessary to comply with requirements of the insurance underwriters and any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to such overloading. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all insurance requirements applicable to the Premises including, without limitation, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system.

 

24.


ARTICLE 15

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall have no power to, either voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Tenant is a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or limited liability company, the sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any class of stock or other ownership interest in such corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) in the aggregate shall be deemed a “Transfer” within the meaning and provisions of this Article 15. Tenant may transfer its interest pursuant to this Lease only upon the following express conditions, which conditions are agreed by Landlord and Tenant to be reasonable:

(a) That the proposed Transferee (as hereafter defined) shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld but, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny such consent if:

(i) The use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is (A) not generally consistent with the character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, or (B) a use which conflicts with any so-called “exclusive” then in favor of another tenant of the Project or any other buildings which are in the same complex as the Project, or (C) a use that is not compatible with the existing certification or a planned future certification of the Project under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard), or (D) a use which would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease (including but not limited to any Rules and Regulations then in effect);

(ii) The financial responsibility of the proposed Transferee is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or in any event not at least equal to the financial responsibility possessed by Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease;

(iii) The proposed Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof; or

(iv) Either the proposed Transferee or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the proposed Transferee (A) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (B) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project and Landlord has space in the Project that is reasonably sufficient to satisfy the proposed Transferee’s requirements.

(b) Upon Tenant’s submission of a request for Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s then standard processing fee and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the proposed Transfer, which the parties hereby stipulate to be $1,500.00, unless Landlord provides to Tenant evidence that Landlord has incurred greater costs in connection with the proposed Transfer;

 

25.


(c) That the proposed Transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall agree to perform faithfully and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease applicable to that portion of the Premises so transferred; and

(d) That an executed duplicate original of said assignment and assumption agreement or other Transfer on a form reasonably approved by Landlord, shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the execution thereof, and that such Transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof to Landlord and the execution and delivery of Landlord’s consent thereto. It shall be a condition to Landlord’s consent to any subleasing, assignment or other transfer of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises (“Transfer”) that (i) upon Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay and continue to pay Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium” (defined below), received by Tenant from the Transferee; (ii) any sublessee of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises shall agree that in the event Landlord gives such sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such sublessee shall thereafter make all sublease or other payments directly to Landlord, which will be received by Landlord without any liability whether to honor the sublease or otherwise (except to credit such payments against sums due under this Lease), and any sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns at their request should this Lease be terminated for any reason, except that in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (iii) any such Transfer and consent shall be effected on forms supplied by Landlord and/or its legal counsel; (iv) Landlord may require that Tenant not then be in default hereunder in any respect after any applicable notice and cure period; and (v) Tenant or the proposed subtenant or assignee (collectively, “Transferee”) shall agree to pay Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to the additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for maintenance and repair as a result of any change in the nature of occupancy caused by such subletting or assignment. In any event, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (1) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises paid for by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (2) any other out-of-pocket monetary concessions provided by Tenant to the Transferee, and (3) any brokerage commissions and legal fees actually paid for by Tenant in connection with the Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, Additional Rent or other consideration payable by a Transferee in connection with a Transfer in excess of the Basic Rental and Direct Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer and if such Transfer is for less than all of the Premises, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated on a rentable square foot basis. The calculation of “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by a Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee and any payment in excess of fair market value for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Any Transfer of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 shall be voidable by written notice from Landlord and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. In no event shall the consent by Landlord to any Transfer be construed as relieving Tenant or any Transferee from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any further Transfer, or as

 

26.


releasing Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder whether or not then accrued and Tenant shall continue to be fully liable therefor. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 15 or the acceptance of any Transferee hereunder, or a release of Tenant (or of any Transferee of Tenant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Article 15 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 15, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

Landlord shall grant or deny consent to a proposed Transfer by written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of an executed duplicate original of the Transfer document together with financial and other information relating to the Transferee as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 15, except as provided in the next grammatical paragraph below, in the event of a proposed assignment of this Lease by Tenant, or a single sublease of fifty percent (50%) or more of the square footage of the Premises for substantially all of the remainder of the Term, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice (“Recapture Notice”) to Tenant within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of a request for consent to a proposed Transfer, to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of the proposed Transfer. However, if Landlord delivers a Recapture Notice to Tenant, Tenant may, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Recapture Notice, deliver written notice to Landlord indicating that Tenant is rescinding its request for consent to the proposed Transfer, in which case such Transfer shall not be consummated and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises that was the subject of the Transfer. Tenant’s failure to so notify Landlord in writing within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election to allow the Recapture Notice to be effective. If this Lease is so terminated with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be prorated based on the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant as compared to the total number of rentable square feet previously contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon the request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 15, an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate (“Affiliate”) of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 15, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence may be referred to herein as an “Affiliated Assignee.” “Control,” as used in this Article 15, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, an entity.

 

27.


ARTICLE 16

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

If the Project is damaged by fire or other insured casualty and the insurance proceeds have been made available therefor by the holder or holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust covering the Premises or the Project, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord to the extent such insurance proceeds are available therefor and provided such repairs can, in Landlord’s sole opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord, without the payment of overtime or other premiums, and until such repairs are completed rent shall be abated in proportion to the part of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business (but there shall be no abatement of rent by reason of any portion of the Premises being unusable for a period equal to one (1) day or less). However, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, guests, invitees and the like, there shall be no abatement of rent, unless and to the extent Landlord receives rental income insurance proceeds. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Section 14(a)(ii)(A) above; provided, however, that if the cost of repair of improvements within the Premises by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as so assigned by Tenant, such excess costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of such damage. If repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord without the payment of overtime or other premiums, Landlord may, at its option, either (a) make such repairs in a reasonable time and in such event this Lease shall continue in effect and the rent shall be abated, if at all, in the manner provided in this Article 16, or (b) elect not to effect such repairs and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises. In addition, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease if the Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, if the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. Finally, if the Premises or the Project is damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 16 to the contrary, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage. A total destruction of the Project shall automatically terminate this Lease. Except as provided in this Article 16, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from such damage or destruction or the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant understands that Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or equipment, and that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds of insurance carried by Landlord relating to property damage. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or elects to repair, Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases its rights under the provisions of Sections 1932 and 1933 of the California Civil Code.

 

28.


ARTICLE 17

SUBORDINATION

This Lease is subject to, and Tenant agrees to comply with, all matters of record affecting the Real Property. This Lease is also subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust which affect the Real Property, including all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder or holders of any such mortgage or deed of trust shall advise Landlord that they desire or require this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents or instruments which Landlord or such lessor, holder or holders deem necessary or desirable for purposes thereof. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, the Project or the property or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided, however, that Landlord obtains from the lender or other party in question a written undertaking in favor of Tenant to the effect that such lender or other party will not disturb Tenant’s right of possession under this Lease if Tenant is not then or thereafter in breach of any covenant or provision of this Lease. Tenant agrees, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deed of trust, or leasehold estates (hereinafter, an “SNDA”). If Tenant fails to timely deliver an executed SNDA to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Article 17, then it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damages; consequently, without limiting any other rights or remedies of Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per day for each day thereafter until Tenant delivers to Landlord an SNDA pursuant to the terms hereof. Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust or any deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof as so requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease; Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request execute such further instruments or assurances as such purchaser may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment. Tenant agrees to provide copies of any notices of Landlord’s default under this Lease to any mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary whose address has been provided to Tenant and Tenant shall provide such mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such notice within which to cure any such default. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

 

29.


ARTICLE 18

EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole of the Premises or the Project or so much thereof as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken under power of eminent domain, or is sold, transferred or conveyed in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, at Landlord’s option. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and trade fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term hereof as provided hereunder or for the interruption of, or damage to, Tenant’s business. In the event of a partial taking described in this Article 18, or a sale, transfer or conveyance in lieu thereof, which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the rent shall be apportioned according to the ratio that the part of the Premises remaining useable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULT

Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or of any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder, or occurrences, shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Failure or refusal to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder within three (3) calendar days after notice to Tenant that the same is due or payable hereunder; said three (3) day period shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the notice requirements of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar or successor law;

(b) Except as set forth in items (a) above and (c) through and including (g) below, failure to perform or observe any other covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed within thirty (30) days following written notice to Tenant of such failure, provided, if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot be reasonably cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default. Such thirty (3 0) day notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar or successor law;

(c) Abandonment or vacating (accompanied by a failure to pay rent) or failure to accept tender of possession of the Premises or any significant portion thereof;

 

30.


(d) The taking in execution or by similar process or law (other than by eminent domain) of the estate hereby created;

(e) The filing by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder in any court pursuant to any statute of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement for the appointment of a receiver of all or a portion of Tenant’s property; the filing against Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of any such petition, or the commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant, or for any guarantor hereunder, or of any of the property of either, or a proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any guarantor hereunder, if such proceeding shall not be dismissed or trusteeship discontinued within thirty (30) days after commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such trustee or receiver; or the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Tenant hereby stipulates to the lifting of the automatic stay in effect and relief from such stay for Landlord in the event Tenant files a petition under the United States Bankruptcy laws, for the purpose of Landlord pursuing its rights and remedies against Tenant and/or a guarantor of this Lease;

(f) Tenant’s failure to cause to be released any mechanics liens filed against the Premises or the Project within twenty (20) days after the date the same shall have been filed or recorded; or

(g) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 7, 14, 17 or 25 within five (5) business days after notice from Landlord.

All defaults by Tenant of any covenant or condition of this Lease shall be deemed by the parties hereto to be material.

ARTICLE 20

REMEDIES

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease as provided in Article 19 hereof, Landlord may exercise all of its remedies as may be permitted by law, including but not limited to the remedy provided by Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, and including without limitation, terminating this Lease, reentering the Premises and removing all persons and property therefrom, which property may be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of all amounts permitted by law, including but not limited to (i) the worth at the time of award of the amount of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things

 

31.


would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, tenant improvement expenses, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (v) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. The term “rent” as used in this Section 20(a) shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in items (i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in item (e), below, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in item (iii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

(b) Nothing in this Article 20 shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s right to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to the termination of this Lease for personal injuries or property damage under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord’s re-entry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of or in connection with efforts to relet the Premises or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord does elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

(d) All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord by law, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord’s right to exercise any other right or remedy.

(e) Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lower of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition to such interest: (i) if Basic Rental is not paid on or before the fifth (5th) day of the calendar month for which the same is due, a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue or $100, whichever is greater, shall be immediately due and owing and shall accrue for each calendar month or part thereof until such rental, including the late charge, is paid in full,

 

32.


which late charge Tenant hereby agrees is a reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord shall suffer as a result of Tenant’s late payment and (ii) an additional charge of $25 shall be assessed for any check given to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant which is not honored by the drawee thereof; which damages include Landlord’s additional administrative and other costs associated with such late payment and unsatisfied checks and the parties agree that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damage in such event. Such charges for interest and late payments and unsatisfied checks are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

(f) In the event of any default, breach or violation of Tenant’s rights under this Lease by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedies shall be an action for specific performance or action for actual damages. Without limiting any other waiver by Tenant which may be contained in this Lease, Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any law granting it the right to perform Landlord’s obligation, or the right to terminate this Lease on account of any Landlord default.

ARTICLE 21

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

In the event of any transfer or termination of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Project by sale, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise whether voluntary or involuntary, Landlord shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord from and after the date of such transfer or termination, including furthermore without limitation, the obligation of Landlord under Article 4 and California Civil Code 1950.7 above to return the security deposit, provided said security deposit is transferred to said transferee. Tenant agrees to attorn to the transferee upon any such transfer and to recognize such transferee as the lessor under this Lease and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request, execute such further instruments or assurances as such transferee may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment.

ARTICLE 22

BROKER

In connection with this Lease, Tenant warrants and represents that it has had dealings only with firm(s) set forth in Article 1.H. of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other person or entity who is or might be entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection herewith and does hereby indemnify and agree to hold Landlord, its agents, members, partners, representatives, officers, affiliates, shareholders, employees, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all loss, liability and expenses that Landlord may incur should such warranty and representation prove incorrect, inaccurate or false.

 

33.


ARTICLE 23

PARKING

Tenant shall be entitled to use to use, on a first-come, first-served basis, commencing on the Commencement Date, up to the number of unreserved parking passes set forth in Article 1.I. of the Basic Lease Provisions, which unreserved parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility; provided, however, Tenant may elect to convert up to three (3) such unreserved parking passes to reserved parking spaces which such reserved parking spaces shall be designated by Landlord as “reserved for eASIC”. The manner in which such reserved spaces are designated for “reserved for eASIC” use and the exact locations for the reserved parking passes to which Tenant is entitled under this Lease shall be determined by Landlord in its sole but good faith discretion, provided such reserved parking spaces shall be reasonably proximate to the front entrance to the Project. Notwithstanding anything further to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall provide all signage and/or curb markings for the reserved spaces at Landlord’s cost in accordance with Landlord’s plans and specifications. Landlord’s actual cost to repair, replace and maintain such signage and/or curb markings shall be included in “Direct Costs.” Tenant shall not be required to pay for such parking passes during the initial Term. However, Tenant shall at all times during the Term, be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all reasonable and non-discriminatorily enforced rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations, and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may, from time to time, relocate any reserved parking spaces (if any) rented by Tenant to another location in the Project parking facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator or a lessee of the parking facility in which case such parking operator or lessee shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 24

WAIVER

No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other

 

34.


provision. No provision of this Lease may be waived by Landlord, except by an instrument in writing executed by Landlord. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant, whether or not similar to the act so consented to or approved. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. Any payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the total amount then due hereunder shall be deemed to be in partial payment only thereof and not a waiver of the balance due or an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any statement or endorsement to the contrary on any check or any other instrument delivered concurrently therewith or in reference thereto. Accordingly, Landlord may accept any such amount and negotiate any such check without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all balances due and owing and to pursue its other rights against Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether Landlord makes any notation on such instrument of payment or otherwise notifies Tenant that such acceptance or negotiation is without prejudice to Landlord’s rights.

ARTICLE 25

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord (which notice will not be given more frequently than two (2) times in any calendar year during the Term unless in connection with a proposed sale, financing or refinancing of the Project), execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is requested by Landlord): (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (b) the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (c) the amount of Tenant’s security deposit, if any; and (d) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Real Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute an admission by Tenant that all statements contained therein are true and correct. Furthermore, if Tenant fails to timely deliver an estoppel certificate to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Article 25 and such failure continues for three (3) business days after a second request by Landlord for an estoppel certificate, then without limiting any other rights and remedies of Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to $500 per day for each day thereafter until Tenant delivers to Landlord an estoppel certificate pursuant to the terms hereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) such charge compensates Landlord for the administrative costs caused by the delinquency, and (ii)

 

35.


Landlord’s damage would be difficult to compute and the amount stated above represents a reasonable estimate of such damage. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place and stead to execute any and all documents described in this Article 25 if Tenant fails to do so within the specified time period.

ARTICLE 26

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder or any claim, cause of action or obligation, contractual, statutory or otherwise by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties concerning, arising out of or relating to any matter relating to this Lease and all of the covenants and conditions or any obligations, contractual, statutory, or otherwise set forth herein, shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in and to the Project, and (b) the interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the then current value of the Project. No other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, Landlord’s obligations to Tenant, whether contractual, statutory or otherwise, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

ARTICLE 27

INABILITY TO PERFORM

This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of any prevention, delay, stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, acts of God, terrorism, evacuation or any other cause previously, or at such time, beyond the reasonable control or anticipation of Landlord (collectively, a “Force Majeure”) and Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall be forgiven and suspended by any such Force Majeure.

ARTICLE 28

HAZARDOUS WASTE

(a) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 28(c) below) to be brought, kept or used in or about the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, or invitees. Tenant indemnifies Landlord and the Landlord Parties from and against any breach by Tenant of the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, and agrees to defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Project, damages for the loss or restriction or use of rentable or usable

 

36.


space or of any amenity of the Project, damages arising from any adverse impact or marketing of space in the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees and costs, consultant fees, and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term of this Lease as a result of such breach. This indemnification of Landlord and the Landlord Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Project caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Project, then subject to the provisions of Articles 9, 10 and 11 hereof, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Project to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material and the contractors to be used by Tenant for such work must be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project and so long as such actions do not materially interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Project by the other tenants thereof; provided however, Landlord shall also have the right, by written notice to Tenant, to directly undertake any such mitigation efforts with regard to Hazardous Materials in or about the Project due to Tenant’s breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 28(a), and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the costs thereof.

(b) It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer if (i) the proposed transferee’s anticipated use of the Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Material contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such Transferee’s actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Hazardous Material.

(c) As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as “Hazardous Waste,” “Extremely Hazardous Waste,” or “Restricted Hazardous Waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a “Hazardous Material,” “Hazardous Substance,” or “Hazardous Waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iv) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos, (vii) listed under Article 9 or defined as Hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (viii) designated as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317), (ix) defined as a “Hazardous Waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 6903), or (x) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 9601).

 

37.


(d) As used herein, the term “Laws” means any applicable federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation relating to any Hazardous Material affecting the Project, including, without limitation, the laws, ordinances, and regulations referred to in Section 28(c) above.

(e) Landlord represents and warrants that, to the best of the Project manager’s actual knowledge as of the date of this Lease, there are currently no Hazardous Materials located on the Project in violation of applicable Laws. To the extent required by any Laws, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense (and not as an Operating Cost) (i) promptly commence a removal, encapsulation or other containment or remediation program reasonably selected by Landlord which is required by and complies with all Laws (the “Remediation Program”), and (ii) diligently prosecute the Remediation Program and take such other reasonable action to completion in such a manner as will make the Project and/or Premises free from any Landlord’s Hazardous Materials (defined below) in accordance with the standards promulgated in applicable Laws. The term “Landlord’s Hazardous Materials” shall mean Hazardous Materials which are present in, on, under or about the Project or Premises as of the date of this Lease or which are released or brought in, on, under or about the Project or Premises by Landlord or any agent, employee, or contractor of Landlord. Landlord’s Hazardous Materials shall specifically not include any Hazardous Materials released, disturbed, transported, stored, generated or used by Tenant or any agent, representative, contractor, invitee, vendor, customer or employee of Tenant in connection with or related to any dealings with Tenant at the Project after the date of this Lease. In the event that Landlord shall commence any such Remediation Program and such action is not based upon or related to any action or inaction of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees, then if the Premises must be closed for business during the performance of such Remediation Program, or if Tenant cannot reasonably conduct its normal business operations from the Premises, then, during the performance of such Remediation Program, all rental and other charges due to Landlord from Tenant shall abate commencing on the date Tenant ceases to conduct is normal business operations from the Premises and shall continue until the Remediation Program has been completed and Tenant can once again open for business or conduct its normal business operations in the Premises.

ARTICLE 29

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

(a) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and shall at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

(b) Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet

 

38.


work, moveable partitioning, telephone and data cabling and other articles of personal property in the Premises except to the extent (i) Landlord elects by notice to Tenant to exercise its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to it, and/or (ii) Landlord elects by written notice to Tenant not to require Tenant to remove any data cabling servicing the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost to repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal of any of such items from the Premises.

(c) Whenever Landlord shall reenter the Premises as provided in Article 20 hereof, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease (or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of Tenant’s default), as provided in this Lease, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account and at the expense and risk of Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of all or any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale as follows: first, to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for services rendered; second, to the payment of the cost of or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

(d) All fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Term, whether by Landlord or Tenant and whether at the expense of Landlord or Tenant, or of both, shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease or unless such removal is required by Landlord pursuant to Article 9 above. Such fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances shall include but not be limited to: all floor coverings, drapes, paneling, built-in cabinetry, molding, doors, vaults (including vault doors), plumbing systems, security systems, electrical systems, lighting systems, communication systems, all fixtures and outlets for the systems mentioned above and for all telephone, radio and television purposes, and any special flooring or ceiling installations. Nothing in this Section 29(d) is intended to prevent Tenant from removing its movable trade fixtures and equipment not attached to the Premises.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

(a) SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE WHICH SHALL PROVE TO BE INVALID, VOID, OR ILLEGAL SHALL IN NO WAY AFFECT, IMPAIR OR INVALIDATE ANY OTHER PROVISION HEREOF AND SUCH OTHER PROVISIONS SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. THIS LEASE AND THE EXHIBITS AND ANY ADDENDUM ATTACHED HERETO CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO

 

39.


WITH REGARD TO TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OR USE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE PROJECT, AND NO PRIOR AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING PERTAINING TO ANY SUCH MATTER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE FOR ANY PURPOSE. NO PROVISION OF THIS LEASE MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY DELETION OF LANGUAGE FROM THIS LEASE PRIOR TO ITS MUTUAL EXECUTION BY LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO HAVE ANY PARTICULAR MEANING OR TO RAISE ANY PRESUMPTION, CANON OF CONSTRUCTION OR IMPLICATION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE PARTIES INTENDED THEREBY TO STATE THE CONVERSE, OBVERSE OR OPPOSITE OF THE DELETED LANGUAGE.

(b) Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(i) In any action to enforce the terms of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs in such suit and such attorneys’ fees and costs shall be deemed to have accrued prior to the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing its rights under this Lease against Tenant following a bankruptcy by Tenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, legal fees, experts’ fees and expenses, court costs and consulting fees.

(ii) Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord’s part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by Tenant or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to save and hold Landlord harmless from any judgment rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof and from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation.

(iii) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION SEEKING SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY BREACH UNDER THIS LEASE, OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY HEREUNDER.

(c) Time of Essence. Each of Tenant’s covenants herein is a condition and time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

(d) Headings; Joint and Several. The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify any term or provision hereof. The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders and the obligations herein imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several as to each of the persons, firms or corporations of which Tenant may be composed.

 

40.


(e) Reserved Area. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the exterior walls of the Premises and the area between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor of the Project thereabove have not been demised hereby and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring and cabling leading through, under or above the Premises or throughout the Project in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and serving other parts of the Project are hereby excepted and reserved unto Landlord.

(f) NO OPTION. THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

(g) Use of Project Name; Improvements. Tenant shall not be allowed to use the name, picture or representation of the Project, or words to that effect, in connection with any business carried on in the Premises or otherwise (except as Tenant’s address) without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event that Landlord undertakes any additional improvements on the Real Property including but not limited to new construction or renovation or additions to the existing improvements, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any noise, dust, vibration or interference with access to the Premises or disruption in Tenant’s business caused thereby.

(h) Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof, and such other Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, the facilities thereof, or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of any such Rules and Regulations, or for the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant in the Project. A waiver by Landlord of any Rule or Regulation for any other tenant shall not constitute nor be deemed a waiver of the Rule or Regulation for this Tenant.

(i) Quiet Possession. Upon Tenant’s paying the Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other sums provided hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

(j) Rent. All payments required to be made hereunder to Landlord shall be deemed to be rent, whether or not described as such.

 

41.


(k) Successors and Assigns. Subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(l) Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be given by personal service evidenced by a signed receipt (or refusal to accept delivery) or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or via overnight courier, and shall be effective upon proof of delivery (or refusal to accept delivery), addressed to Tenant at the Premises or to Landlord at the management office for the Project, with a copy to Landlord, c/o Arden Realty, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Fourth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025, Attn: Legal Department. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except that, upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted by Tenant to such party hereafter designated by notice from Landlord to Tenant. Any notices sent by Landlord regarding or relating to eviction procedures, including without limitation three (3) day notices, may be sent by regular mail.

(m) Persistent Delinquencies. In the event that Tenant shall be delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days in the payment of rent on three (3) separate occasions in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by thirty (30) days written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the last such delinquency.

(n) Right of Landlord to Perform. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as is in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 20(e) above from the date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rent.

(o) Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name.

(i) Every part of the Project except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior building walls, the rooftop, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance), and any space in or adjacent to the Premises or within the Project used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

 

42.


(ii) Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Project and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as it may deem necessary or desirable.

(iii) Landlord may adopt any name for the Project and Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to change the name and/or address of the Project at any time.

(p) Signing Authority. If Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the Tenant entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease on behalf of such corporation, which copy of resolution shall be duly certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation to be a true copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to comply with the requirements set forth in this subparagraph (p), then each individual executing this Lease shall be personally liable, jointly and severally along with Tenant, for all of Tenant’s obligations in this Lease.

(q) Identification of Tenant.

(i) If Tenant constitutes more than one person or entity, (A) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, (B) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally, and (C) the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons or entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

(ii) If Tenant is a partnership (or is comprised of two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) pursuant to Article 15 hereof (any such partnership and such persons hereinafter referred to in this Section 30(q)(ii) as “Partnership Tenant”), the following provisions of this Lease shall apply to such Partnership Tenant:

A. The liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several.

B. Each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be

 

43.


executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to the Landlord, and by notices, demands, requests or other communication which may hereafter be given, by the individual or individuals authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of Partnership Tenant under Subparagraph (p) above.

C. Any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties.

D. If Partnership Tenant admits new partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed.

E. Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new partners, and, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new partner shall assume performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Partnership Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall terminate the provisions of clause (D) of this Section 30(q)(ii) or relieve any such new partner of its obligations thereunder).

(r) Reserved.

(s) Survival of Obligations. Any obligations of Tenant occurring prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

(t) Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space planning consultants and any proposed Transferees.

(u) Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. No conflicts of law rules of any state or country (including, without limitation, California conflicts of law rules) shall be applied to result in the application of any substantive or procedural laws of any state or country other than California. All controversies, claims, actions or causes of action arising between the parties hereto and/or their respective successors and assigns, shall be brought, heard and adjudicated by the courts of the State of California, with venue in the County in which the Project is located. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to personal jurisdiction by the courts of the State of California in connection with any such controversy, claim, action or cause of action, and each of the parties hereto consents to service of process by any means authorized by California law and consent to the enforcement of any judgment so obtained in the courts of the State of California on the same terms and conditions as if such controversy, claim, action or cause of action had been originally heard and adjudicated to a final judgment in such courts. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the laws and courts of California were freely and voluntarily chosen to govern this Lease and to adjudicate any claims or disputes hereunder.

 

44.


(v) Office of Foreign Assets Control. Tenant certifies to Landlord that (i) Tenant is not entering into this Lease, nor acting, for or on behalf of any person or entity named as a terrorist or other banned or blocked person or entity pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation of the United States Treasury Department or the Office of Foreign Assets Control, and (ii) Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublease to any such person or entity or anyone acting on behalf of any such person or entity. Landlord shall have the right to conduct all reasonable searches in order to ensure compliance with the foregoing. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any and all claims arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certification.

(w) Financial Statements. Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request (which request will not be made more frequently than two (2) times in any calendar year during the Term unless in connection with a proposed sale, financing or refinancing of the Project), Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant and financial statements for the two (2) calendar or fiscal years (if Tenant’s fiscal year is other than a calendar year) prior to the current financial statement year. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

(x) Exhibits. The Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

(y) Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent (and not dependent) and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to set off of any of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

(z) Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

(aa) Common Ownership. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it is Landlord’s current intention to cause the ownership of the Development to be held by the same entity. If, however, at any time during the Term, Landlord determines to separate ownership of the buildings in the Development or to separately finance the buildings in the Development (where the lender requires separate documentation), Tenant agrees to promptly after request from Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, execute commercially reasonable documents in order to separate Tenant’s lease of the Premises in the Project from the remainder of the Development. Any such documentation shall be on the exact same terms as specified in this Lease, but as applicable to the relevant portion of the Development.

 

45.


(bb) Non-Discrimination. Tenant herein covenants that Tenant and its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions:

“That there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry, in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.”

ARTICLE 31

SIGNAGE

(a) Interior Signage. Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder after any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right at its sole cost and expense, to install Project standard identification signs at each entry door to the Premises.

(b) Exterior Signage. In addition, provided Tenant is not in default hereunder after any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to continue to utilize Tenant’s existing one (1) building top sign currently located on the Project as of the date hereof (“Tenant’s Existing Signage”). Any change to Tenant’s Existing Signage shall be subject to Landlord’s approval as to size, design, location, graphics, materials, colors, reflecting light (if any) and similar specifications (the “Signage Specifications”) and shall be consistent with the exterior design, materials and appearance of the Project and the Project’s signage program and shall be further subject to all applicable local governmental laws, rules, regulations, codes and Tenant’s receipt of all permits and other governmental approvals and any applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby approves the Signage Specifications for Tenant’s Existing Signage that is currently located on the Project as of the date hereof. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of the Tenant’s Existing Signage and/or the Signage Specifications therefor, Landlord has made no representations or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of maintaining the approvals and permits for same. In the event Tenant does not maintain the necessary permits and approvals for Tenant’s Existing Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected. All costs associated with Tenant’s Existing Signage, including, without limitation, permits, maintenance, operation (including the cost of separately metering Tenant’s Signage if required by Landlord) and repair, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Tenant’s rights respecting Tenant’s Existing Signage as set forth in this Section 31(b) shall be personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliated Assignee and may not be assigned to any other assignee or sublessee, or any other person or entity. Upon the expiration of the Term, or other earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs

 

46.


associated with the removal of Tenant’s Existing Signage, including, but not limited to, the cost to repair and restore the Project to its original condition, normal wear and tear excepted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Existing Signage by on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may remove such Tenant’s Existing Signage on Tenant’s behalf and Tenant shall pay such expense to Landlord within thirty (30) days after presentation of a bill therefor, which obligation shall expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 32

TERMINATION OPTION

Provided Tenant fully and completely satisfies each of the conditions set forth in this Article 32, Tenant shall have the one time option (“Termination Option”) to terminate this Lease effective as of the last day of the forty-second (42nd) full calendar month of the initial Term only (the “Termination Date”). In order to exercise the Termination Option, Tenant must fully and completely satisfy each and every one of the following conditions: (a) Tenant must give Landlord written notice (“Termination Notice”) of its exercise of the Termination Option, which Termination Notice must be delivered to Landlord at least nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date, (b) at the time of the Termination Notice Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods, and (c) concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a termination fee (“Termination Fee”) equal to the sum of (i) the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of the (A) the Refurbishment Allowance utilized by Tenant, and (B) brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease, plus (ii) an amount equal to three (3) months of monthly Basic Rental calculated at the rate otherwise payable for the first three (3) months after the Termination Date. Amortization pursuant to subsection (i), above, shall be calculated on a sixty (60) month amortization schedule commencing as of the Commencement Date based upon equal monthly payments of principal and interest, with interest imputed on the outstanding principal balance at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease, consisting of the foregoing provisions and Articles, including all exhibits and other attachments referenced therein, as of the date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”    

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership

    By:  

ARDEN REALTY, INC.,

a Maryland corporation

Its: Sole General Partner

      By:    
      Print Name:    
      Title:    
“TENANT”    

eASIC CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

    By:   /s/ Brian McDonald
    Print Name:   Brian McDonald
    Title:   CFO
    By:    
    Print Name:    
    Title:    

 

47.


EXHIBIT “A”

PREMISES

 

LOGO

This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the Premises and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT “A”

- 1 -


EXHIBIT “B”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, no sign, advertisement or notice shall be displayed, printed or affixed on or to the Premises or to the outside or inside of the Project or so as to be visible from outside the Premises or Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove any non-approved sign, advertisement or notice, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person selected by Landlord and in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord.

2. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, waxing, cleaning, interior glass polishing, rubbish removal, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblackening, or coffee cart services, milk, soft drinks or other like services on the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from Tenant’s Premises. Under no circumstances is trash to be stored in the corridors. Notice must be given to Landlord for any large deliveries. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Project only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk. All damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of entrances or passenger elevators of the Project, any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all waste that is at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal.

4. Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, ceilings or floor or in any way deface the Premises except as necessary to hang customary office decorations. Tenant shall not place typed, handwritten or computer generated signs in the corridors or any other common areas. Should there be a need for signage additional to the Project standard tenant placard, a written request shall be made to Landlord to obtain approval prior to any installation. All costs for said signage shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

- 1 -


6. In no event shall Tenant place a load upon any floor of the Premises or portion of any such flooring exceeding the floor load per square foot of area for which such floor is designed to carry and which is allowed by law, or any machinery or equipment which shall cause excessive vibration to the Premises or noticeable vibration to any other part of the Project. Prior to bringing any heavy safes, vaults, large computers or similarly heavy equipment into the Project, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the dimensions and weights thereof and shall obtain Landlord’s consent thereto. Such consent shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that the safe, vault or other equipment complies, with regard to distribution of weight and/or vibration, with the provisions of this Rule 6 nor relieve Tenant from responsibility for the consequences of such noncompliance, and any such safe, vault or other equipment which Landlord determines to constitute a danger of damage to the Project or a nuisance to other tenants, either alone or in combination with other heavy and/or vibrating objects and equipment, shall be promptly removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, upon Landlord’s written notice of such determination and demand for removal thereof.

7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.

9. Tenant shall not install or use any blinds, shades, awnings or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises and shall not use any drape or window covering facing any exterior glass surface other than the standard drapes, blinds or other window covering established by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or control valves. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices including, without limitation, the sorting and separation of its trash and recycling into such categories as required by such sustainability practices.

11. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco in any form, or a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose. No auction shall be conducted on the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

- 2 -


12. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of Project or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with it by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

13. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants, their employees and visitors shall be permitted. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced in or permeate from or throughout the Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to use a microwave and to heat microwavable items typically heated in an office. No hot plates, toasters, toaster ovens or similar open element cooking apparatus shall be permitted in the Premises.

14. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved in advance by Landlord.

15. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof unless Landlord is first notified thereof, gives written approval, and is furnished a key therefor. Each tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, give to Landlord all keys and key cards of stores, offices, or toilets or toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant. Tenant shall not key or re-key any locks. All locks shall be keyed by Landlord’s locksmith only.

16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

17. Landlord reserves the right to control access to the Project by all persons after reasonable hours of generally recognized business days and at all hours on Sundays and legal holidays and may at all times control access to the equipment areas of the Project outside the Premises. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests after hours access and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules and charges pertaining to freight elevator usage, including the allocation and reservation of such usage for tenants’ initial move-in to their premises, and final departure therefrom. Landlord may also establish from time to time reasonable rules and charges for accessing the equipment areas of the Project, including the risers, rooftops and telephone closets.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

- 3 -


18. Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work shall, while in the Project and outside of the Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Office of the Project or its designated representative such as security personnel (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord, and the Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons).

19. All doors opening on to public corridors shall be kept closed, except when being used for ingress and egress. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of “fire wardens” developed by Landlord for the Project, or required by law. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the management office of the Project.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

23. No air-conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of all electricity used for air-conditioning in the Premises if such electrical consumption exceeds normal office requirements, regardless of whether additional apparatus is installed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

24. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Project, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

25. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 2% watts per net usable square foot in the Premises in respect of office lighting nor shall Tenant permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 1 % watts per net usable square foot of space in the Premises in respect of the power outlets therein, at any one time. In the event that such limits are exceeded, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove lighting fixtures and equipment and/or to charge Tenant for the cost of the additional electricity consumed.

26. Parking.

(a) Subject to the terms of Article 2 of the Lease, the Project parking facility shall be available twenty-four hours per day seven days per week, and three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year.

(b) Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the floor.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

- 4 -


(c) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(d) The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

(e) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking.

(f) Parking cards or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $30.00 for loss of any parking card. There shall be a security deposit of $30.00 due at issuance for each card key issued to Tenant.

(g) The monthly rate for parking is payable one (1) month in advance and must be paid by the third business day of each month. Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges and a charge at the prevailing daily rate will be due. No deductions or allowances from the monthly rate will be made for days parker does not use the parking facilities.

(h) Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

(i) Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the within rules to park in the Project parking facility, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from the Project parking facility at the parker’s expense. In either of said events, Landlord (or its operator) shall refund a prorata portion of the current monthly parking rate and the sticker or any other form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) will be returned to Landlord (or its operator).

(j) Project parking facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations.

(k) All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any personal property therein is assumed by the parker.

(l) Loss or theft of parking identification devices from automobiles must be reported to the Project parking facility manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the parker at that time.

(m) The parking facilities are for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

- 5 -


(n) Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any Tenant and/or its employees who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

(o) Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees with these Rules and Regulations.

(p) No vehicle shall be stored in the Project parking facility for a period of more than one (1) week.

27. The Project is a non-smoking Project. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the Premises or the Project, including the elevators in the Project, is prohibited.

28. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion), allow any employee or agent to carry any type of gun or other firearm in or about any of the Premises or Project.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

- 6 -


EXHIBIT “C”

NOTICE OF TERM DATES

AND TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE

 

TO:  

 

  DATE:  

 

 

   

 

   

 

RE: Lease dated                     , 20    , between                                                                                                                                        (“Landlord”), and                                                                                                                                                       (“Tenant”), concerning Suite                 , located at                                                                                                                                       .

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease, Landlord wishes to advise and/or confirm the following:

1. That the Premises have been accepted herewith by the Tenant as being substantially complete in accordance with the Lease and that there is no deficiency in construction.

2. That the Tenant has taken possession of the Premises and acknowledges that under the provisions of the Lease the Term of said Lease shall commence as of                                    for a term of                                    ending on                                   .

3. That in accordance with the Lease, Basic Rental commenced to accrue on                                   .

4. If the Commencement Date of the Lease is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a prorata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in said Lease.

5. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of said Lease. Your rent checks should be made payable to                                                                                                               at                                                                                                              .

6. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                                          square feet.

7. Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as adjusted based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is             %.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

TENANT:

                                                             ,

a                                                           

 

By:                                                  
  Its:                                          

EXHIBIT ONLY

***DO NOT SIGN – INITIAL ONLY***

 

EXHIBIT “C”

- 1 -


EXHIBIT “D”

LETTER OF CREDIT

Arden Realty Limited Partnership

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

16479 Dallas Parkway, Suite #500

Addison, TX 75001

ATTN: Letter of Credit Department

RE: Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.                                      for U.S. $                                

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our irrevocable Letter of Credit No.                              in favor of ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (“Beneficiary”), for the account of eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

We undertake to honor from time to time your draft or drafts at sight on us not exceeding in the aggregate EIGHTY THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED EIGHTY-EIGHT AND 10/100 U.S. Dollars (U.S. $80,588,10) (“Stated Amount”). All drafts hereunder must be marked “Drawn under Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.             , dated             , 20            .”

Presentation of drafts drawn hereunder may be made at any time on or before the expiration date hereof at our offices located at                                                                                                                   . Presentation on or before noon of any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which all commercial banks in (city), (state) are authorized or required to be closed (“Banking Day”) shall result in payment to Beneficiary on the same date. Drafts presented after noon on any Banking Day shall result in payment to Beneficiary on the next Banking Day. We hereby waive any right that we may otherwise have to delay payment to a later date. If the expiration date is not a Banking Day, drafts presented on the first following Banking Day shall be deemed timely. Any notice of dishonor must be given within the applicable time period set forth above for payment.

Partial drawings are permitted, and this Letter of Credit shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

This Letter of Credit is valid through and including                                                      , 20        .

It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that it shall be automatically renewed for successive terms of one (1) year from the above-stated or any future expiration date, which shall become effective without amendment unless Beneficiary receives, not less than sixty (60) days before the above-stated or any future expiration date, written notice from us (in the manner below provided) that we have elected not to renew this Letter of Credit for any such additional term. If Beneficiary receives such notice of non-renewal from us, then Beneficiary may at any time prior to the then current expiration date hereof present its draft for payment hereunder.

 

EXHIBIT “D”

- 1 -


Any notice to Beneficiary in connection with this Letter of Credit shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand with receipt acknowledged, or by certified mail (return receipt requested), to Arden Realty limited Partnership, c/o General Electric Capital Corporation, 16479 Dallas Parkway, Suite #500, Addison, TX 75001, ATTN: Letter of Credit Department (or to such other address for any such notices which Beneficiary may hereafter specify) in a written notice delivered to the undersigned.

We agree that we shall have no duty or right to inquire as to the basis upon which Beneficiary has determined to present to us any draft under this Letter of Credit. We hereby waive any defense based upon any allegation of fraud.

We shall not be required or entitled to inquire as to the authority of the person signing any draft or other instrument contemplated hereunder on behalf of Beneficiary, and we shall accept such signature as conclusive evidence of authority.

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety and not in part to any transferee. Upon any such transfer, all references herein to the beneficiary shall be automatically changed to such transferee, and draft(s) may be issued by such transferee rather than the beneficiary.

This irrevocable Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices 1998 (“ISP98”), International Chamber of Commerce Publication 590 and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California.

All of the terms and conditions of this Letter of Credit are contained herein and shall not be altered except by reduction in the amount due to corresponding payments in like amount in compliance with the aforementioned terms. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, there are no conditions to this Letter of Credit.

Very truly yours,

 

By:  

 

Title:  

 

 

EXHIBIT “D”

- 2 -


EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

AMENDED AND RESTATED VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of September 12, 2014

by and between

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

312 Farmington Avenue

Farmington, CT 06032

as a Lender and Collateral Agent

HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1,

a Delaware corporation

312 Farmington Avenue

Farmington, CT 06032

as a Lender,

DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

1345 Avenue of Americas

New York, NY 10105 as a Lender,

FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

1345 Avenue of Americas

New York, NY 10105

as a Lender and collectively with Horizon, Horizon Trust, DBD, and FCO, Lenders

And

eASIC Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

as Borrower

 

LOAN A COMMITMENT AMOUNT: $2,000,000    Loan A Commitment Termination Date: September 30, 2013
LOANB COMMITMENT AMOUNT:  $4,000,000    Loan B Commitment Termination Date: September 30, 2013
LOAN C COMMITMENT AMOUNT: $2,000,000    Loan C Commitment Termination Date: September 15, 2014
LOAND COMMITMENT AMOUNT:  $1,000,000    Loan D Commitment Termination Date: September 15, 2014


WHEREAS, Borrower, Lenders and the Collateral Agent are parties to a certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 30, 2013, as amended (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Original Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Horizon provided a loan to eASIC as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan A) executed by eASIC in favor of Horizon, dated September 30, 2013, in the original principal amount of Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (the “Loan A Note”), (ii) DBD provided a loan to eASIC as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan B) executed by eASIC in favor of DBD, dated September 30, 2013, in the original principal amount of Four Million and 00/100 Dollars ($4,000,000.00) (the “Loan B Note” and collectively with the Loan A Note, the “Notes”) and (iii) Collateral Agent and Lenders have been granted a security interest in all assets of eASIC, except with respect to eASIC’s Intellectual Property.

WHEREAS, Horizon transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan A Note and the Loan Agreement to Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC (“Funding”) on or about June 28, 2013, and Funding subsequently sold all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan A Note and the Loan Agreement to Horizon Trust on or about June 28, 2013.

WHEREAS, DBD transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan B Note and the Loan Agreement to FCO on or about September 30, 2013.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Loan Agreement to, among other things, include an additional term loan facility.

NOW THEREFORE, the Lenders, Collateral Agent and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions and Construction.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Control Agreement” means an agreement acceptable to Lenders which perfects via control Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in Borrower’s accounts.

Affiliate” means any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly twenty percent (20%) or more of the stock of another entity, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Persons or any Affiliate of such Persons and each of such Person’s officers, directors, managers, joint venturers or partners.

Agreement” means this certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders dated as .of the date on the cover page hereto (as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented in writing signed by the Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders).

 

2.


Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including, without limitation, Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

Blocked Person” means any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Borrower” means the Borrower as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement and its permitted successors and assigns.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to close in New York or California.

Claim” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement

Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of New York, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the creation and/or perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, the term “Code” shall also mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such creation, perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

Collateral” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Collateral Agent” shall mean Horizon.

Commitment Fee” means, as applicable, the Commitment Fee Loans A and B or the Commitment Fee Loans C and D.

Commitment Fee Loans A and B” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c)(i) of this Agreement.

Commitment Fee Loans C and D” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

DBD” means DBD Credit Funding LLC, its successors and assigns.

Default” means any event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default hereunder.

 

3.


Default Rate” means the per annum rate of interest equal to five percent (5%) over the Loan Rate, but such rate shall in no event be more than the highest rate permitted by applicable law to be charged on commercial loans in a default situation.

Disclosure Schedule” means Exhibit A attached hereto.

Environmental Laws” means all foreign, federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

Equity Securities” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

ERISA” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

Event of Default” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8 of this Agreement.

FCO” means Fortress Credit Opportunities I LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Foreign Subsidiary” or “Foreign Subsidiaries” means any Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

Funding Certificate” means a certificate executed by a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Funding Date” means any date on which a Loan is made to or on account of Borrower under this Agreement.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time, consistently applied.

Good Faith Deposit” means, as applicable, the Good Faith Deposit Loans A and B or the Good Faith Deposit Loans C and D.

Good Faith Deposit Loans A and B” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Good Faith Deposit Loans C and D” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

4.


Governmental Authority” means (a) any federal, state, county, municipal or foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

Hazardous Materials” means all those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.

Horizon” means Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, its successors and assigns.

Horizon Trust” means Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, a statutory trust created and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to Borrower or any Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than one hundred eighty (180) days), (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, (f) all obligations or liabilities of others guaranteed by such Person, and (g) any other obligations or liabilities which are required by GAAP to be shown as debt on the balance sheet of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “Indebtedness” shall include all Indebtedness of Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

Indemnified Person” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor and divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor and the goodwill associated therewith), inventions, copyrights (including applications and registrations therefor and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof), mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, licenses, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by such Person and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

Interest Only Extension Milestone” means Borrower providing Lenders with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lenders that Borrower has achieved revenue (as determined in

 

5.


accordance with GAAP) of not less than Forty-Six Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($46,750,000) for the period commencing January 1, 2014 through and including December 31,2014.

Investment” means the purchase or acquisition of any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, or deposit with, any Person.

Landlord Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form provided by Lenders to Borrower or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Lender” means each Lender as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement and their successors and assigns, and “Lenders” means all such Lenders.

Lenders’ Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, documentation, administration, perfection and funding of the Loan Documents; and Lenders’ reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in drafting, amending, modifying, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal or review), including the exercise of any rights or remedies afforded hereunder or under applicable law, whether or not suit is brought, whether before or after bankruptcy or insolvency, including without limitation all fees and costs incurred by Lenders in connection with Lenders’ enforcement of its rights in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding filed by or against Borrower or its Property.

Lien” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, encumbrance or other lien with respect to any Property in favor of any Person.

Loan” means each advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement and, “Loans” means, collectively all such advances of credit.

Loan A” means the advance of credit by Horizon to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan A Commitment Amount.

Loan A Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan A Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan A Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan Amortization Date” means the Payment Date on which Borrower is required, pursuant to Section 2.2 (a) below, to commence making equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

 

6.


Loan B” means the advance of credit by DBD to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan B Commitment Amount.

Loan B Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan B Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan B Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan C” means the advance of credit by Horizon to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan C Commitment Amount.

Loan C Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan C Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan C Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan D” means the advance of credit by DBD to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan D Commitment Amount.

Loan D Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan D Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan D Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants, any Landlord Agreement, any Account Control Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

Loan Rate” means, as applicable, the “Loan Rate Loans A and B” or the “Loan Rate Loans C and D”.

Loan Rate Loans A and B” means, with respect to each of Loan A and Loan B, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of twelve 30-daymonths) equal to 11.0%.

 

7.


Loan Rate Loans C and D” “means, with respect to each of Loan C and Loan D, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of twelve 30-day months) equal to the greater of (a) 10.75% or (b) 10.75% plus the difference between (i) the one month LIBOR Rate (rounded to the nearest one hundredth percent), as reported in the Wall Street Journal, on the date which is five (5) Business Days before the Funding Date for such Loan (or, if the Wall Street Journal is not published on such date, the next earlier date on which it is published) and (ii) 0.25%.

Maturity Date” means, as applicable, the “Maturity Date Loans A and B” or the “Maturity Date Loans C and D”.

Maturity Date Loans A and B” means, with respect to each of Loan A and Loan B, April 1, 2017, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable, provided, however, that if Borrower achieves the Interest Only Extension Milestone, Borrower may elect to extend the maturity date until October 1, 2017, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable.

Maturity Date Loans C and D” means, with respect to each of Loan C and Loan D, April 1, 2018, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable.

Modified Scheduled Payments” has the meaning given such term in Section2.2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Notes” means the “Notes Loans A and B” and the “Notes Loans C and D”.

Notes Loans A and B” means, with respect to Loans A and B, each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

Notes Loans C and D” means, with respect to Loans C and D, each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, Lenders’ Expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by Borrower to Lenders of any kind and description (whether pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or by any other agreement between Lenders and Borrower (other than the Warrant), and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all Lenders’ Expenses, but excluding any inchoate indemnity obligations arising after the termination of this Agreement.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Original Loan Agreement” has the meaning given such term in the recitals hereto.

Payment Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

8.


Permitted Indebtedness” means and includes:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower to Lenders;

(b) Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule annexed hereto;

(d) Indebtedness currently existing or hereafter arising (including refinancings of existing Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000), consisting of a revolving credit facility in which the loans are limited to not more than Eighty-Five Percent (85%) of Borrower’s eligible accounts receivable, including amendments, restatements and refinancings thereof, provided, however, that if, at any time, Borrower’s aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) during the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period is less than Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000), then the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (d) shall be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) until such time that Borrower achieves aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of not less than Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000) during the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period, provided further, that Lenders will, in their sole discretion, consider increasing the maximum accounts receivable financing permitted pursuant to this clause (d) at the Borrower’s request from time to time in the event that Borrower’s accounts receivables are increased in an amount which will support increased accounts receivable financing;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Subordinated Debt;

(g) Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Liens permitted under clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Liens, up to an aggregate principal amount of Five Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($550,000) at any one time;

(h) Other Indebtedness not to exceed $10,000 at any time; and

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower.

Permitted Investments” means and includes any of the following Investments as to which Lender has a perfected security interest:

(a) Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent: (i) the deposit accounts of each such institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; and (ii)

 

9.


each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000);

(b) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance;

(c) Investments in open market commercial paper rated at least “A1” or “P1” or higher by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than one (1) year from the creation thereof;

(d) Investments in Borrower’s Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed Five Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (US$550,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal month;

(e) Investments in cash and cash equivalents;

(f) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.4;

(g) Investments in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of non-exclusive licenses of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in any fiscal year;

(k) Investments pursuant to Borrower’s board approved investment policy (if applicable) existing on the date hereof and provided to Lenders; and

(l) other Investments aggregating not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time.

Permitted Liens” means and includes:

 

10.


(a) the Lien created by this Agreement;

(b) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(c) Liens identified on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower); and

(e) Liens granted in connection with Indebtedness permitted under subsection (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and

(f) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(g) upon any equipment or other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof to secure (i) the purchase price of such equipment or other personal property, or (ii) capital lease obligations or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment or other personal property; provided that (A) such Liens are confined solely to the equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not exceed the acquisition price thereof, and (B) no such Lien shall be created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist in favor of Borrower’s officers, directors or shareholders holding five percent (5%) or more of Borrower’s Equity Securities;

(h) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(i) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (e), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(j) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another person, in the ordinary course of such person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring

 

11.


to another person, in the ordinary course of such person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Lender a security interest therein;

(k) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.6; and

(l) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred made in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions to secure solely payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 7.13 hereof.

Person” means and includes any individual, any partnership, any corporation, any business trust, any joint stock company, any limited liability company, any unincorporated association or any other entity and any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, and any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing.

Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible.

R&D Agreement” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.12 of this Agreement.

Responsible Officer” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

Scheduled Payments” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) (ii) of this Agreement.

Scheduled Payments Loans A and B” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Scheduled Payments Loans C and D” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Solvent” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11 of this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt” means Indebtedness now existing or hereafter arising entered into by Borrower or its Subsidiaries the incurrence of which by Borrower is consented to by Lenders and which is subordinated to all Indebtedness by Borrower to Lenders pursuant to a subordination agreement, intercreditor agreement, or similar agreement, in form and substance acceptable to Lenders in their sole discretion.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing body (otherwise than as the result of a default) is owned by Borrower directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

Transfer” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.4 of this Agreement.

 

12.


Warrant” means, as applicable, each “Warrant Loans A and B” or “Warrant Loans C and D”.

Warrant Loans A and B” means the separate warrant or warrants dated on or about September 30, 2013, in favor of each of Horizon and DBD, or their respective designees, to purchase securities of Borrower.

Warrant Loans C and D” means the separate warrant or warrants dated on or about the date hereof in favor of each of Horizon and DBD, or their respective designees, to purchase securities of Borrower.

1.2 Construction. References in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” “Schedules” and “Annexes” are to recitals, articles, sections, exhibits, schedules and annexes herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. References in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to any document, instrument or agreement shall include (a) all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, (b) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all accounting terms used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed, and all accounting and financial computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP, and all terms describing Collateral shall be construed in accordance with the Code. The terms and information set forth on the cover page of this Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

2. Loans; Repayment.

2.1 Commitment.

(a) The Commitment Amount. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Horizon agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, Loan A. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, DBD agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, Loan B. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, Horizon agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Loan C Commitment Termination Date, Loan C. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, DBD agrees to lend to Borrower prior to the Loan D Commitment Termination Date, Loan D.

 

13.


(b) The Loans and the Notes. The obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of and interest on each Loan shall be evidenced by a Note issued to each Lender.

(c) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of each Loan shall be used solely for working capital or general corporate purposes of Borrower, including the repayment of Borrower’s Indebtedness owed to Silicon Valley Bank, in the approximate amount of $1,859,971.75 and Gold Hill Capital, in the approximate amount of $1,050,442.31 with the proceeds of Loan A and Loan B.

(d) Termination of Commitment to Lend. Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents, each respective Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount to Borrower hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) at each respective Lender’s sole election, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) with respect to Loan A, on the Loan A Commitment Termination Date and with respect to Loan B, on the Loan B Commitment Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of its Commitment Amount to Borrower shall terminate if, in such Lender’s reasonable discretion, there has been a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower (taken as a whole), whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, or there has been any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the business plan of Borrower presented to Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement.

2.2 Payments.

(a) Scheduled Payments.

(i) Loan A and Loan B. Borrower shall make (i) a monthly payment of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of each of Loan A and Loan B on the Payment Dates specified in the Note Loans A and B applicable to such Loan through April 1, 2015, and (ii) commencing on May 1, 2015, an equal payment of principal in an amount which would amortize the Loans A and B over the amortization period plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan A and B on the next twenty-four (24) Payment Dates as set forth in the Note Loans A and B applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “Scheduled Payments Loans A and B”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower has achieved the Interest Only Extension Milestone and elects by providing written notice to Lenders on or before February 28, 2015, then Borrower shall make (1) a monthly payment of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan A and B on the Payment Dates specified in the Note Loans A and B applicable to such Loan through October 1, 2015, and (2) commencing on November 1, 2015, an equal payment of principal in an amount which would amortize the Loans A and B over the amortization period plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan A and B on the next twenty-four (24) Payment Dates as set forth in the Note Loans A and B applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “Modified Scheduled Payments”).

(ii) Loan C and Loan D. Borrower shall make (i) a monthly payment of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of each of Loan C and

 

14.


Loan D on the Payment Dates specified in the Note Loans C and D applicable to such Loan through October I, 2015 and (ii) commencing on November I, 2015, an equal payment of principal in an amount which would amortize the Loans C and D over the amortization period plus accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan C and D on the next thirty (30) Payment Dates as set forth in the Note Loans C and D applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “Scheduled Payments Loans C and D”, and together with the Scheduled Payments Loans A and B, and the Modified Scheduled Payments, the “Scheduled Payments”).

(b) Interim Payment. Unless the Funding Date for a Loan is the first day of a calendar month, Borrower shall pay the per diem interest (accruing at the Loan Rate from the Funding Date through the last day of that month) payable with respect to such Loan on the first Business Day of the next calendar month.

(c) Payment of Interest. Borrower shall pay interest on each Loan at a per annum rate of interest equal to the Loan Rate, which shall be fixed on the Funding Date. All computations of interest (including interest at the Default Rate, if applicable) shall be based on a year of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans.

(d) Application of Payments. All payments received by Lenders prior to an Event of Default shall be applied as follows: (1) first, to each Lender’s pro rata portion of the Lenders’ Expenses then due and owing; and (2) second to all Scheduled Payments then due and owing (provided, however, if such payments are not sufficient to pay the whole amount then due, such payments shall be applied first to unpaid interest at the Loan Rate, then to the remaining amount then due). After an Event of Default, all payments and application of proceeds shall be made as set forth in Section 9.7.

(e) Late Payment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lenders a late payment fee equal to five percent (5%) of any Scheduled Payment not paid when due.

(f) Default Rate. Borrower shall pay interest at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate on any amounts required to be paid by Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including Scheduled Payments), payable with respect to any Loan, accrued and unpaid interest, and any fees or other amounts which remain unpaid after such amounts are due. If an Event of Default has occurred and the Obligations have been accelerated (whether automatically or by Lenders’ election), Borrower shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding accelerated balance hereunder from the date of the Event of Default until all Events of Default are cured, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

(g) Final Payment.

(i) Loan A Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to Horizon a payment in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “Loan A Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (i) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan A, (ii) an Event of Default and demand by any Lender of payment in full of Loan A or (iii) on the Maturity Date Loans A and B, as applicable.

 

15.


(ii) Loan B Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to DBD a payment in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (the “Loan B Final Payment”) upon the earlier of(i) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan B, (ii) an Event of Default and demand by any Lender of payment in full of Loan B or (iii) on the Maturity Date Loans A and B, as applicable.

(iii) Loan C Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to Horizon a payment in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “Loan C Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (i) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan C, (ii) an Event of Default and demand by any Lender of payment in full of Loan C or (iii) on the Maturity Date Loans C and D, as applicable.

(iv) Loan D Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to DBD a . payment in the amount of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (the “Loan D Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (i) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan D, (ii) an Event of Default and demand by any Lender of payment in full of Loan D or (iii) on the Maturity Date Loans C and D, as applicable.

2.3 Prepayments.

(a) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, then Borrower, in addition to any other amounts which may be due and owing hereunder, shall immediately pay to Lenders the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b) below, as if the Borrower had opted to prepay on the date of such acceleration.

(b) Optional Prepayment.

(i) Loan A and Loan B. Upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lenders, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all of Loan A and Loan B by simultaneously paying to each Lender an amount equal to (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of its respective Loan A and B; plus (ii) an amount equal to (A) if the respective Loan A and B is prepaid on or prior to the Loan Amortization Date for Loans A and B, four (4%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan, (B) if the respective Loan is prepaid after the Loan Amortization Date for Loans A and B but on or prior to the date that is twelve (12) months after the Loan Amortization Date for Loans A and B, two (2%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the respective Loan A and B, or (C) if the respective Loan A and B is prepaid more than twelve (12) months after the Loan Amortization Date, but prior to the Maturity Date Loans A and B, one (1%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the respective Loan A and B; plus (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the respective Loan A and Band plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder.

(ii) Loan C and Loan D. Upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lenders, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all of Loan C and Loan D by simultaneously paying to each Lender an amount equal to (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of its respective Loan C and D; plus (ii) an amount

 

16.


equal to (A) if the respective Loan C and D is prepaid on or prior to the date that is eighteen (18) months from the Funding Date of such Loan, four (4%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan, (B) if the respective Loan C and D is prepaid more than eighteen (18) months after the applicable Funding Date of such Loan but on or prior to the date that is thirty (30) months after the applicable Funding Date of such Loan, two (2%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the respective Loan C and D, or (C) if the respective Loan C and Dis prepaid more than thirty (30) months after applicable Funding Date of such Loan, but prior to the Maturity Date Loans C and D, one (1%) percent of the then outstanding principal balance of the respective Loan C and D; plus (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the respective Loan C and D and plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder.

2.4 Other Payment Terms.

(a) Place and Manner. Borrower shall make all payments due to Lenders in lawful money of the United States. All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be made, in immediately available funds, not later than 2:00 p.m. New York time, on the date on which such payment is due. Borrower shall make such payments to Lenders via wire transfer or ACH as instructed by Lenders from time to time.

(b) Date. Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Taxes.

(i) Unless otherwise required under applicable law, any and all payments made hereunder or under the Loans shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes; provided that if Borrower shall be required to deduct any taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.4(c)) the relevant Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) Borrower shall indemnify Lenders, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any taxes imposed or asserted directly on Lenders by any Governmental Authority on or attributable to amounts payable under this Agreement solely as a result of Lenders entering into this Agreement to the extent such taxes are paid by that Lender, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, however, that such indemnified taxes shall not include income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein, under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or in which its applicable lending office is

 

17.


located. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) As soon as practicable after any payment of taxes by the Borrower hereunder to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall deliver to Lenders the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Lenders.

(iv) If any Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement, such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, as reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

(v) If a Lender receives a refund in respect of taxes paid by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.4(c), which in the good faith judgment of such Lender is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay such refund, together with any other amounts paid by the Borrower in connection with such refunded taxes, to the Borrower, net of all out-of- pocket expenses (including any taxes to which such Lender has become subject as a result of its receipt of such refund) of such Lender incurred in obtaining such refund and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the applicable Lender, shall repay to such Lender amounts paid over pursuant to the preceding clause (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

2.5 Procedure for Making the Loans.

(a) Notice. Borrower shall notify Lenders of the date on which Borrower desires Lender to make any Loan at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, unless Lenders elect at their sole discretion to allow the Funding Date to be within five (5) Business Days of borrower’s notice. Borrower’s execution and delivery to Lenders of one or more Notes shall be Borrower’s agreement to the terms and calculations thereunder with respect to the Loan. Lenders’ obligation to make any Loan shall be expressly subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.

(b) Loan Rate Calculation. Prior to each Funding Date, Lenders shall establish the Loan Rate with respect to such Loan, which shall be set forth in the Note to be executed by Borrower with respect to such Loan and shall be conclusive in the absence of a manifest error.

(c) Disbursement. Lenders shall disburse the proceeds of each Loan by wire transfer to Borrower at the account specified in the Funding Certificate for such Loan.

 

18.


2.6 Good Faith Deposit; Legal and Closing Expenses; and Commitment Fee.

(a) Good Faith Deposit.

(i) Loan A and Loan B. Borrower has delivered to Horizon a good faith deposit in the amount of Sixty Five Thousand Dollars ($65,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit Loans A and B”). The Good Faith Deposit Loans A and B was credited to the Commitment Fee and to the expenses in Section 2.6(b) incurred in connection with the Original Loan Agreement.

(ii) Loan C and Loan D. Borrower has delivered to Horizon a good faith deposit in the amount of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit Loans C and D”). The Good Faith Deposit will be credited to the Commitment Fee and to the expenses in Section 2.6(b) incurred in connection with this Agreement. If the Funding Date does not occur, Lenders shall retain the Good Faith Deposit Loans C and D as compensation for their time, expenses and opportunity cost.

(b) Legal, Due Diligence and Documentation Expenses. Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Lenders the Lenders’ reasonable legal, due diligence and documentation expenses in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(c) Commitment Fee.

(i) Loan A and Loan B. Borrower has paid to Lenders concurrently with its execution and delivery of the Original Agreement, one commitment fee in the amount of Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000) (the “Commitment Fee Loans A and B”) to be shared pro rata by the Lenders. The Commitment Fee Loans A and B was retained by Lenders and deemed fully earned upon receipt.

(ii) Loan C and Loan D. Borrower shall pay to Lenders concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, one commitment fee in the amount of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) (the “Commitment Fee Loans C and D”) to be shared pro rata by the Lenders. The Commitment Fee Loans C and D shall be retained by Lenders and be deemed fully earned upon receipt.

3. Conditions of Loans.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing. At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lenders shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each Lender, all of the following (unless a Lender has agreed to waive such condition or document, in which case such condition or document shall be a condition precedent to the making of any Loan and shall be deemed added to Section 3.2 and 3.3):

(a) Loan Agreement. This Agreement duly executed by Borrower and Lenders.

(b) Warrant. The Warrants duly executed by Borrower.

 

19.


(c) Secretary’s Certificate. A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower with copies of the following documents attached: (i) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Borrower certified by Borrower as being complete and in full force and effect on the date thereof, (ii) incumbency and representative signatures, and (iii) resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

(d) Good Standing Certificates. A good standing certificate from Borrower’s state of incorporation and the state in which Borrower’s principal place of business is located, each dated as of a recent date.

(e) Certificate of Insurance. Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

(f) Consents. All necessary consents of shareholders and other third parties with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrant and the other Loan Documents.

(g) Legal Opinion. A legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel substantially covering the matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

(h) Account Control Agreements. Account Control Agreements for all of Borrower’s deposit accounts and accounts holding securities duly executed by all of the parties thereto, in the forms provided by or reasonably acceptable to each Lender.

(i) Other Documents. Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Making Loan A and Loan B. The obligation of Lender to make Loan A and Loan B is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Landlord Agreements. Borrower shall have provided Lenders with a Landlord Agreement for each location where Borrower’s books and records and the Collateral is located (unless Borrower is the fee owner thereof).

(c) Note Loans A and B. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note Loans A and B in the amount of the Loan A to Horizon, and a Note Loans A and B in the amount of Loan B to DBD.

(d) UCC Financing Statements. Lenders shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, including UCC financing statements or amendments to UCC financing statements, as Lenders shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Collateral Agent and Lenders pursuant to Section 4. Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent and Lenders to file any UCC financing statements, continuations of or amendments to UCC financing statements it deems necessary to perfect its security interest in the Collateral.

 

20.


(e) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(f) Subordination Agreement. A Subordination Agreement with respect to the Indebtedness constituting Permitted Indebtedness under subsection (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, executed by the lender providing such Indebtedness.

(g) Silicon Valley Bank Payoff Letter. A payoff letter from Silicon Valley Bank, reasonably satisfactory to Lenders, which letter shall (1) include the amount necessary to fully repay the Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Silicon Valley Bank, other than the Indebtedness covered in section (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, and (2) grant Borrower or Lenders the right to take all necessary steps to release any Liens filed in connection with such Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Silicon Valley Bank.

(h) Gold Hill Capital Payoff Letter. A payoff letter from Gold Hill Capital, reasonably satisfactory to Lenders, which letter shall (1) include the amount necessary to fully repay the Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Gold Hill Capital and (2) grant Borrower or Lenders the right to take all necessary steps to release any Liens filed in connection with such Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Gold Hill Capital.

(i) Other Documents. Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.3 Conditions Precedent to Malting Loan C and Loan D. The obligation of Lender to make Loan C and Loan Dis further subject to the following conditions:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Note Loans C and D. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note Loans C and Din the amount of the Loan C to Horizon, and a Note Loans C and D in the amount of Loan D to DBD.

(c) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(d) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct as of such Funding Date.

(e) Other Documents. Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees (not as a condition but as a covenant) to deliver to Lenders each item required to be delivered to Lenders as a condition to each Loan, if such Loan is advanced. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of any Loan prior to the receipt by a Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by such Lender of

 

21.


Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in such Lender’s sole discretion.

4. Creation of Security Interest.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants to Collateral Agent and each Lender a valid, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt, full and complete performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under each of the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant). The “Collateral” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Borrower in the following personal property of Borrower, including without limitation, all of the following:

(a) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included witl1in the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles (except to the extent included within the definition of Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letters of credit (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory

 

22.


notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including, without limitation, all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing; and

(f) Any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property to the extent such proceeds no longer constitute Intellectual Property; but

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary; or (ii) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

4.2 After-Acquired Property. If Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Borrower shall immediately notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders in writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Collateral Agent and each Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

4.3 Duration of Security Interest. Collateral Agent’s and each Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Obligations and termination of each Lender’s commitment to fund the Loans, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Collateral Agent and each Lender shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 4.3 as to such Lender, including duly authorizing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code.

4.4 Location and Possession of Collateral. The Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Borrower at its location listed on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule (except in accordance with Section 7.2 and other Collateral not valued in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate). Borrower shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Collateral Agent and Lenders for perfection of their security interest therein) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and

 

23.


use of the Collateral shall at all time be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

4.5 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required. Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, at the request of Collateral Agent, all financing statements and other documents Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders, to perfect and continue Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ perfected security interests in the Collateral and in order to consummate fully all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

4.6 Right to Inspect. Collateral Agent and each Lender (through any of their officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect Borrower’s books and records and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral up to once per fiscal year (unless an Event of Default has occurred that has not been waived in writing by Lenders).

4.7 Protection of Intellectual Property. Borrower shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do the same, and promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringements, and (ii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s written consent.

4.8 Lien Subordination. Lender agrees that the Liens granted to it hereunder shall be subordinate to the Liens to secure the Indebtedness permitted under clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Obligations hereunder shall not be subordinate in right of payment to any other obligations to any third parties, including, without limitation, other lenders, equipment lenders or equipment lessors and Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder shall not in any way be subordinate to the rights and remedies of any such third parties except as specifically set forth in a subordination or other agreement relating to the Indebtedness permitted under clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, executed by Lenders and the lender providing the Indebtedness permitted under clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Collateral Agent and Lenders agree to execute and deliver such agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Borrower from time to time which set forth the lien subordination described in this Section 4.8 and are reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent and Lenders.

5. Representations and Warranties. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Organization and Qualification. Borrower is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified and licensed or in which the Collateral is

 

24.


located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not, and/or would not reasonably be expected to, have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

5.2 Authority. Borrower has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its Property and to carry on its businesses as now conducted. Borrower has obtained all licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations necessary for the operation of its business.

5.3 Conflict with Other Instruments, etc. Neither the execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Borrower or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental instrumentality or any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

5.4 Authorization; Enforceability. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurring of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (i) the valid execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party, (ii) the performance of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, or (iii) the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral or the issuance of the Warrant. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

5.5 No Prior Encumbrances. Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Borrower’s current Intellectual Property. Borrower has not received any communications alleging that Borrower has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person. Borrower has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Borrower’s Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Borrower.

5.6 Name: Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral. Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the

 

25.


signature page hereof. Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth on the cover page of this Agreement. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. Borrower owns all Intellectual Property associated with the business of the Borrower and of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of any liens other than Permitted Liens.

5.7 Litigation. Except as indicated in the annexed Exhibit A, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower before any court, arbitral tribunal, regulatory organization, administrative agency or similar body. Borrower does not have knowledge of any threatened actions or proceedings against the Borrower.

5.8 Financial Statements. All financial statements relating to Borrower or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Collateral Agent or a Lender present fairly in all material respects Borrower’s financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s results of operations for the period then ended.

5.9 No Material Adverse Effect. As of the date of this agreement, no event has occurred and no condition exists which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower since December 31, 2012.

5.10 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any Loan Document (including the Disclosure Schedule), certificate or written statement furnished to Collateral Agent or any Lender contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading. There is no fact known to Borrower which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

5.11 Solvency, Etc. Borrower is Solvent (as defined below) and, after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, Borrower will be Solvent. “Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

5.12 Subsidiaries. Borrower has no Subsidiaries, except (i) eASIC Japan Co., LTD, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Japan, (ii) eASIC Limited, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Bermuda (“eAsic Bermuda”), (iii) eASIC Corporation SRL, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Romania (“eAsic Romania”) and (iv) eASIC (M) SDN BHD, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Malaysia (“eAsic Malaysia”). None of the Subsidiaries

 

26.


own any right, title or interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor and divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor and the goodwill associated therewith), inventions, copyrights (including applications and registrations therefor and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof), mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, methods, processes, !mow how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, or any memoranda, notes, or records with respect to any research and development, whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by Borrower or a Subsidiary and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code). Borrower has provided Lenders with true, correct and complete copies of the Contract Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of March 16, 2005 between Borrower and eASIC Bermuda, the Research and Development Agreement dated as of March 15, 2005 between eAsic Bermuda and eAsic Romania and the Research and Development Agreement between eAsic Bermuda and eAsic Malaysia (such agreements, collectively, the “R&D Agreements”), as well as of the organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries, and the Disclosure Schedule contains a true, correct and complete list of all such assets covered by the R&D Agreements. There are no other agreements or undertakings between Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or among the Subsidiaries.

5.13 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes. Neither Borrower nor its assets is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which Borrower is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower.

5.14 Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants.

(a) No Violation. To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer, employee or consultant of Borrower is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement or any other material contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by Borrower because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by Borrower or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to Borrower’s knowledge, the continued employment of Borrower’s officers, employees and consultants does not subject Borrower to any material liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement, or covenant.

 

27.


(b) No Present Intention to Terminate. To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer of Borrower, and no employee or consultant of Borrower whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with Borrower.

5.15 No Plan Assets. Borrower is not an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) Borrower is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with Borrower are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRS Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

5.16 Blocked Person. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, as of the date hereof and at all times throughout the term of this Agreement, including after giving effect to any transfers of interests permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, (a) none of the funds or other assets of Borrower or of any of its affiliates constitute (or will constitute) property of, or are (or will be) beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Blocked Person; (b) no Blocked Person has (or will have) any interest of any nature whatsoever in Borrower or in its affiliates, with the result that the investment in the respective party (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by applicable law or the Loans are in violation of applicable Jaw; and (c) none of the funds of Borrower or of its affiliates have been (or will be) derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in the respective party (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by applicable law or the Loans are in violation of applicable law.

5.17 Bank Holding Company. Borrower is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

5.18 Payment of Taxes. All federal and other material tax returns, reports and statements (including any attachments thereto or amendments thereof) of Borrower filed or required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed (or extensions have been have been obtained and such extensions have not expired), and all taxes shown on such tax returns or otherwise due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Borrower and upon its properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except for the payment of any such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges which are being diligently contested by Borrower in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made under GAAP. To the knowledge of Borrower, no tax return of Borrower is currently under an audit or examination, and Borrower has not received written notice of any proposed audit or examination, in each case, where a material amount of tax is at issue. Borrower is not an “S corporation” within the meaning of Section 1361(a)(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

28.


6. Affirmative Covenants. Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations, covenants and agrees that:

6.1 Good Standing. Borrower shall maintain its corporate existence and its good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower. Borrower shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

6.2 Government Compliance. Borrower shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower.

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Collateral Agent: (a) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a company prepared balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, certified by Borrower’s president, treasurer or chief financial officer (each, a “Responsible Officer”); (b) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an unqualified opinion on such financial statements of a nationally recognized or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lenders; provided that, such audited financial statements for the fiscal years ending 2012 and 2013 shall not be required until December 31, 2014; and (c) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the first to occur of (1) the end of borrower’s fiscal year or (2) the date of Borrower’s board of directors’ adoption, Borrower’s operating budget and plan for the next fiscal year; and (d) such other financial information as any Lender may reasonably request from time to time. From and after such time as Borrower becomes a publicly reporting company, promptly as they are available and in any event: (x) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10-K; and (y) at tl1e time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10-Q. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lenders (i) promptly upon becoming available, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders; and (ii) immediately upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any material legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or the commencement of any action, proceeding or governmental investigation involving Borrower is commenced that is reasonably expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000).

6.4 Certificates of Compliance. Each time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Section 6.3 above, Borrower shall deliver to each Lender an Officer’s Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of, and certifying to the matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

 

29.


6.5 Notice of Defaults. As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the discovery of a Default or an Event of Default, Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise to such Default or Event of Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.6 Taxes. Borrower shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Collateral Agent and the Lenders with satisfactory proof indicating that Borrower has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or Joss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Borrower). In addition, Borrower shall not change its jurisdiction of residence for taxation purposes.

6.7 Use; Maintenance. Borrower shall keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral in good operating condition and repair and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation. With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Collateral Agent and Lenders have any security interest in any residual Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), Borrower shall keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease.

6.8 Insurance. Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts, as Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Collateral Agent. All property policies shall have a lender’s Joss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show Collateral Agent as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give Collateral Agent at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling its policy At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any property policy, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged

 

30.


property; provided that (i) any such replaced or repaired property (a) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (b) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent and Lenders have been granted a security interest and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default all proceeds payable under such property policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under Section 6.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in Section 6.8, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent deems prudent. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, Borrower shall furnish to Collateral Agent certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Lender that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

6.9 Security Interest. Assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Collateral Agent and Lenders pursuant to this Agreement (i) constitute and will continue to constitute a security interest (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Lien under this Agreement, including Indebtedness covered in Section (d)) and (ii) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Borrower (except to the extent of such Permitted Liens, including Indebtedness covered in Section (d)).

6.10 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

6.11 Equity Investment. Borrower shall permit Lenders or their respective assignees, at each Lender’s sole discretion, to collectively (based on all Loans A and B and Loans C and D hereunder) purchase up to an aggregate amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of the securities sold in Borrower’s next round of equity financing at the same price and on the same terms as paid and received by the lead investor of the equity financing (but excluding an initial public offering, if such offering is the next round of equity financing). In the event that any Lender declines to purchase its full pro rata portion of Borrower’s securities pursuant to this Section 6.11, the other Lender may purchase more than its pro rata portion of the securities to be offered hereunder, provided that the aggregate amount of securities purchase by Lenders pursuant to this Section 6.11 does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Borrower agrees that it shall notify each Lender promptly upon the execution by Borrower of a term sheet or letter of intent setting forth the terms and conditions of such financing and in any event within five (5) days of such execution.

6.12 Subsidiaries. Borrower shall, upon Lenders’ request, cause any Subsidiary of Borrower (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) to provide Collateral Agent and Lenders with a guaranty of the Obligations and a security interest in such Subsidiary’s assets to secure such guaranty.

 

31.


6.13 Bermuda Subsidiary. Upon Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s request, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders all documents that Collateral Agent and Lenders deem necessary or advisable to file and perfect Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding capital stock of eASIC Bermuda, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Bermuda.

6.14 Keeping of Books. Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

7. Negative Covenants. Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations, covenants and agrees that Borrower shall not:

7.1 Chief Executive Office. Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule without fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Collateral Agent.

7.2 Collateral Control. Subject to its rights under Sections 4.4 and 7.4, remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule (as updated from time to time by Borrower) or in the ordinary course of borrower’s business.

7.3 Liens. Create, incur, allow or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to _receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent or Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except (a) as otherwise permitted in Section 7.4 hereof and (b) as permitted in the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.4 Other Dispositions of Collateral. Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “Transfer”), except for: (i) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment made in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Transfers permitted under subclause (a) of the definition of Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral made in the ordinary course of business; (iv) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (v) other Transfers made in the ordinary course of business not specifically enumerated herein not to exceed $10,000 in any fiscal year.

7.5 Distributions. (i) Pay any dividends or make any distributions on its Equity Securities; (ii) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not

 

32.


to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year); (iii) return any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (iv) make any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (v) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided, however, Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in Borrower’s common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares.

7.6 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of another Person unless in connection with any such merger or consolidation, all Obligations to Lenders are repaid on or before the consummation of any such transaction, and Lender’s obligations to extend credit to Borrower hereunder are terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary has provided a secured guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or into Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom.

7.7 Change in Business or Ownership. Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) (i) other than by the sale by Borrower of Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering or (ii) to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital investors prior to the execution of a definitive agreement relating to such change of ownership and such venture capital investors have cleared each Lender’s “know your customer” checks.

7.8 Transactions With Affiliates/Subsidiaries. (i) Enter into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except (a) upon terms at least as favorable to Borrower as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Borrower; and (b) equity or debt financings with Borrower’s investors, provided any such debt financings are Subordinated Debt; (ii) create a Foreign Subsidiary, or (iii) create a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, unless such Subsidiary guarantees the Obligations and grants a security interest in its assets to secure such guaranty.

7.9 Indebtedness Payments. (i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any revolving credit agreement constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) or lease obligations, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (iii) repay any notes to officers, directors or shareholders, provided that Borrower shall be permitted to convert any such notes into equity securities of the Borrower.

7.10 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

7.11 Investments. Make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

 

33.


7.12 Compliance.

(a) Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to: (i) become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; (ii) become a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of either a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended; (iii) become subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money; or (iv) fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; (v) fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or could reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse change.

(b) Lenders hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and each Lender’s policies and practices, each Lender is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and its principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and its principals and such other information that will allow such Lender to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Borrower will not, nor will Borrower permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Blocked Person. Borrower shall immediately notify each Lender if Borrower has knowledge that Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Borrower will not, nor will Borrower permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

7.13 Maintenance of Accounts. (i) Maintain any deposit account or account holding securities owned by Borrower except accounts with respect to which Collateral Agent and Lenders are able to take such actions as they deem necessary to obtain a perfected security interest in such accounts through one or more Account Control Agreements; or (ii) grant or allow any other Person (other than Collateral Agent or Lenders) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Collateral Agent or Lenders) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or accounts holding securities other than in favor of the lender providing Borrower with Indebtedness permitted under subsection (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

34.


Borrower and its subsidiaries may maintain one or more deposit accounts with financial institutions outside of the United States over which Collateral Agent and Lenders do not maintain Account Control Agreements, provided, that (i) eASIC Malaysia, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Malaysia, may maintain not more than Three Hundred Thousand Dollars (USD$300,000) in the aggregate at any time on deposit in accounts over which Lenders do not maintain Account Control Agreements, (ii) all Subsidiaries other than eASIC Malaysia may maintain not more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (USD$250,000) in the aggregate at any time on deposit in accounts over which Lenders do not maintain Account Control Agreements and (iii) Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent and each Lender with a list of all such accounts not less than once per fiscal quarter.

7.14 Negative Pledge Regarding Intellectual Property. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien of any kind upon any Intellectual Property or Transfer, or permit any Subsidiary to Transfer, any Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business and, in the case of any foreign Subsidiary, any Transfer of Intellectual Property to the Borrower or eASIC Bermuda pursuant to any R&D Agreement.

7.15 R&D Agreements. Cancel or terminate any R&D Agreement or consent to or accept any cancellation thereof, amend or otherwise modify any R&D Agreement or give any consent, approval or waiver thereunder, agree in any manner to any other amendment, modification or change of any term or condition of any R&D Agreement or take any other action in connection with any R&D Agreement that, in each case, would impair the value of the interest or rights of Borrower thereunder with respect to Intellectual Property, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.

7.16 Subsidiary Organizational Documents. Amend or modify the organizational documents of any of the Subsidiaries, or consent to or accept any amendment or modification thereof, grant any waiver thereunder, or agree in any manner to any other amendment, modification or change of any term or condition of any such organizational documents or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.

8. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Failure to Pay. If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or when declared due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents: (i) any Scheduled Payment on the relevant Payment Date or on the relevant Maturity Date, or (ii) any other portion of the Obligations within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from a Lender that such payment is due.

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults. If Borrower fails to perform any obligation arising under Sections 6.5 or 6.8 or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

35.


8.3 Other Covenant Defaults. If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 or 8.4 through 8.14), in any of the other Loan Documents and Borrower has failed to cure such default within fifteen (15) days of the occurrence of such default. During this fifteen (15) day period, the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Loan will be made during the cure period).

8.4 Material Adverse Change. If there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s business, or if there is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations owing to Lender or a material impairment of the value or priority of Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

8.5 Investor Abandonment. If Lenders determines in their reasonable good faith judgment, that it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors not to continue to fund the Borrower in the amounts and within the timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable.

8.6 Seizure of Assets, Etc. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower.

8.7 Service of Process. The service of process upon Collateral Agent or any Lender seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of the Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by such Collateral Agent or Lender, or the delivery upon Collateral Agent or any Lender of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of the Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or such Lender, or the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Collateral Agent or a Lender) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities.

8.8 Default on Indebtedness. One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or a default shall exist under any financing agreement with a Lender or any Lender’s Affiliates, provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.8 caused by the occurrence of a default under such other agreement shall be cured or

 

36.


waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Lender receiving written notice from the party asserting such default of the cure or waiver of the default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Lender has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could, in the good faith judgment of Lenders, be materially less advantageous to Borrower.

8.9 Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), which judgment or judgments are not covered by insurance, shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of twenty (20) days or more.

8.10 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty, representation, statement, certification, or report made to Collateral Agent or any Lender by Borrower or any officer, employee, agent, or director of Borrower, without regard to any materiality qualifiers contained therein.

8.11 Breach of Warrant. If Borrower shall breach any material term of any warrant.

8.12 Unenforceable Loan Document. If any Loan Document shall in any material respect cease to be, or Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.13 Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding. If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of Borrower or for any substantial part of its Property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in such proceeding.

8.14 Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding. If Borrower shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of Borrower or for any substantial part of its Property, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

9. Lender’s Rights and Remedies.

 

37.


9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, no Lender shall have any further obligation to advance money or extend credit to or for the benefit of Borrower. In addition, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by law and, in addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, Collateral Agent and each Lender may, at its election, without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Acceleration of Obligations. Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including (i) any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Sections 8.12, 8.13 or 8.14 all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Lender);

(b) Protection of Collateral. Make such payments and do such acts as Collateral Agent considers necessary or reasonable to protect Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent so requires and to make the Collateral available to Collateral Agent as Collateral Agent may designate. Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent, each Lender and their designees and agents to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which in Collateral Agent’s determination appears or is claimed to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent and each Lender a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(c) Preparation of Collateral for Sale. Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Collateral Agent, each Lender and their agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid, royalty-free license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including without limitation, labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided that such license shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s exercise of its remedies hereunder;

(d) Sale of Collateral. Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Collateral Agent determines are commercially reasonable; and

 

38.


(e) Purchase of Collateral. Credit bid and purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale.

Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

9.2 Set Off Right. Lenders may set off and apply to the Obligations any and all indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other assets of Borrower in Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s possession or control.

9.3 Effect of Sale. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to the extent permitted by law, Borrower covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take any benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force, nor claim, take nor insist upon any benefit or advantage of or from any law now or hereafter in force providing for the valuation or appraisement of the Collateral or any part thereof prior to any sale or sales thereof to be made pursuant to any provision herein contained, or to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction; nor, after such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right under any statute now or hereafter made or enacted by any state or otherwise to redeem the property so sold or any part thereof, and, to the full extent legally permitted, except as to rights expressly provided herein, hereby expressly waives for itself and on behalf of each and every Person, except decree or judgment creditors of Borrower, acquiring any interest in or title to the Collateral or any part thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement, all benefit and advantage of any such law or laws, and covenants that will not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted and delegated to Collateral Agent or a Lender, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such power, law or laws had been made or enacted. Any sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Borrower in and to the Property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against Borrower, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming the Property sold or any part thereof under, by or through Borrower, its successors or assigns.

9.4 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent (which appointment is coupled with an interest), the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name to file any notices of security interests, financing statements and continuations and amendments thereof pursuant to the Code or federal law, as may be necessary to perfect, or to continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interests in the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent (which appointment is coupled with an interest) on the occurrence of an Event of Default, the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower with full power of substitution, for it and in its name: (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 4 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if Collateral Agent were Borrower itself; (b) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that

 

39.


come into Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s possession or under Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s control; (c) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral; (d) in Collateral Agent’s discretion to file any claim or take any other action or proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower or otherwise, which Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Collateral Agent and Lenders in and to the Collateral; (e) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (f) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any account or drafts against account debtors; (g) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (h) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (i) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent, a Lender or a third party as the Code permits; and G) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Collateral Agent were the outright owner of the Collateral.

9.5 Lenders’ Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Collateral Agent may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.8 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Collateral Agent deems prudent. Any amounts paid or deposited by Collateral Agent shall constitute Lenders’ Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Collateral Agent shall not constitute an agreement by Collateral Agent to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including without limitation, Lenders’ Expenses, incurred by Collateral Agent or any Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of the Obligations hereunder not performed when due.

9.6 Remedies Cumulative. Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Collateral Agent or any Lender shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

9.7 Application of Collateral Proceeds. The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at the time of or received by Collateral Agent or any Lender after the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder) shall be paid to and applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses,

 

40.


liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made hereunder by Collateral Agent and Lenders, including, without limitation, Lenders’ Expenses;

(b) Second, to the payment to Lenders of the amount then owing or unpaid on the Loans for any accrued and unpaid interest, the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, the principal balance of the Loans, and all other Obligations with respect to the Loans (provided, however, if such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due, owing or unpaid upon the Loans, then to the unpaid interest thereon, then to the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, then to the principal balance of the Loans, and then to the payment of other amounts then payable to Lender under any of the Loan Documents); and

(c) Third, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to Borrower, its successors and assigns, or to the Person lawfully entitled to receive the same.

9.8 Reinstatement of Rights. If Collateral Agent or any Lender shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Collateral Agent and Lenders shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder with respect to the Property subject to the security interest created under this Agreement.

10. Waivers; Indemnification.

10.1 Demand; Protest. Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 Lender’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and each Lender complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause other than Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

10.3 Indemnification and Waiver. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated;

(a) General Indemnity. Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Collateral Agent and each Lender for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, Lenders’ Expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Collateral Agent and each Lender from time to time arising in connection with the

 

41.


enforcement or collection of sums due under the Loan Documents, and in connection with any amendment or modification of the Loan Documents or any “work-out” in connection with the Loan Documents. Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Collateral Agent, each Lender, and each of their respective successors, assigns, agents, attorneys, officers, directors, equity holders, servants, agents and employees (each an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of any applicable Governmental Authority), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of Borrower) (each, a “Claim”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise, the falsity of any representation or warranty of Borrower or Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than Claims caused by any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of equipment or product included in the Collateral, (ii) any Claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials on the premises owned, occupied or leased by Borrower, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort, or (v) any Claim asserted as to or arising under any Account Control Agreement or any Landlord Agreement; provided, however, Borrower shall not indemnify Collateral Agent, and Indemnified Person, or any Lender for any liability incurred by Collateral Agent, any Indemnified Person, or any Lender as a direct and sole result of Collateral Agent or any Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s written demand, Borrower shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of Collateral Agent and Lenders, each of its members, partners, and each of their respective, agents, employees, directors, officers, equity holders, successors and assigns against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 10.3(a). Borrower shall not settle or compromise any Claim against or involving Collateral Agent or any Lender without first obtaining Collateral Agent’s or such Lender’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY LENDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

(c) Survival; Defense. The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive payment of all other Obligations pursuant to Section 12.8. At the election of any Indemnified Person, Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s reasonable discretion, at the sole cost and expense of

 

42.


Borrower. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

11. Notices. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by prepaid nationally recognized overnight courier, or by prepaid facsimile to Borrower or to Lender, as the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    eASIC Corporation
   2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
   Attention: Chief Financial Officer and
   Larry Borras, V.P. of Finance
   Fax: (408)-855-9201
   Ph: (408)-855-3039
with a copy to:    Cooley LLP
   3175 Hanover Street
   Palo Alto, CA
   Attention: James Strawbridge
   Fax: (650) 849-7400
   Ph: (650) 849-7026
If to Horizon or Horizon    Horizon Technology Finance Corporation
Trust:    312 Farmington Avenue
   Farmington, CT 06032
   Attention: Legal Department
   Fax: (860) 676-8655
   Ph: (860) 676-8654
If to DBD or to FCO:    DBD Credit Funding LLC
   c/o Fortress Investment Group
   1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor
   New York, NY 10105
   Attn: General Counsel- Credit Funds
   Fax: 917-639-9672
With a copy to:    Baker Botts L.L.P.
   30 Rockefeller Plaza
   New York, NY 10112
   Attn: Martin Toulouse
   Fax: (212) 408-2501
   Ph: (212) 408-2500

 

43.


The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

12. General Provisions.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without each Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in each Lender’s sole discretion. Each Lender shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in such Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder. Collateral Agent and each Lender may disclose the Loan Documents and any other financial or other information relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary to any potential participant or assignee of any of the Loans, provided that such participant or assignee agrees to protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information.

12.2 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.3 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.4 Entire Agreement; Construction; Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents dated as of the date hereof, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement among Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof. Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying on any representation or agreement made by Collateral Agent, any Lender or any employee, attorney or agent thereof, other than the specific agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(b) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of Borrower, Collateral Agent and each Lender as of the date hereof and their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender. Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders agree that they intend the literal words of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that no parol evidence shall be necessary or appropriate to establish Borrower’s, Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s actual intentions.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. Any and all discharges or waivers of, or consents to any departures from any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of each Lender. Any and all

 

44.


amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of Collateral Agent, each Lender and Borrower. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, waiver or consent affected in accordance with this Section 12.4 shall be binding upon Collateral Agent, Lenders and on Borrower.

12.5 Reliance by Lender. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Collateral Agent and Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

12.6 No Set-Offs by Borrower. All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts (including signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic means), each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or commitment to fund remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Collateral Agent and Lenders with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 10.3 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Collateral Agent or any Lender have run.

13. Relationship of Parties. Borrower and Lenders acknowledge, understand and agree that the relationship between Borrower, on the one hand, and Lenders, on the other, is, and at all time shall remain solely that of a borrower and lender. No Lender shall, under any circumstances, be construed to be a partner or a joint venturer of Borrower or any of its Affiliates; nor shall any Lender, under any circumstances, be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty or any other duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender undertakes or assumes any responsibility or duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform Borrower or any of its Affiliates of any matter in connection with its or their Property, any Collateral held by Collateral Agent or any Lender or the operations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Collateral Agent or any Lender in connection with such matters is

 

45.


solely for the protection of Collateral Agent and Lenders and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

14. Confidentiality. All information (other than periodic reports filed by Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender in writing or through inspection pursuant to this Agreement that is marked confidential shall be considered confidential. Collateral Agent and each Lender agrees to use the same degree of care to safeguard and prevent disclosure of such confidential information as Collateral Agent and such Lender uses with its own confidential information, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. Neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall disclose such information to any third party (other than to (a) Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s members, partners, attorneys, governmental regulators, or auditors, (h) to Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s subsidiaries and affiliates and prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans, (c) on a confidential basis, to any rating agency or (d) to prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans or any actual or prospective party (or its Affiliates) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Obligations, all subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein or as required by law, regulation, subpoena or other order to be disclosed) and shall use such information only for purposes of evaluation of its investment in Borrower and the exercise of Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s rights and the enforcement of its remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information that (a) was known to the public prior to disclosure by Borrower under this Agreement, (b) becomes known to the public through no fault of Collateral Agent or any Lender, (c) is disclosed to Collateral Agent or any Lender by a third party having a legal right to make such disclosure, or (d) is independently developed by Collateral Agent or any Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ agreement of confidentiality shall not apply if Collateral Agent or any Lender has acquired indefeasible title to any Collateral or in connection with any enforcement or exercise of Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, including the enforcement of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

15. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. EACH OF BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

46.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

eASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Richard Deranleau

Name:  

Richard Deranleau

Title:  

VP Finance & CFO

 

LENDERS:         
HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, as Lender and Collateral Agent      

DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC

By:   

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

      By:   

/s/ Constantine M. Dakolias

Name: Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.       Name: Constantine M. Dakolias
Title: Chief Executive Officer       Title: President

HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1

By: Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, its agent

     

FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP

By: Fortress Credit Opportunities I GP LLC, its general partner

By:   

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

      By:   

/s/ Constantine M. Dakolias

Name: Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.       Name: Constantine M. Dakolias
Title: Chief Executive Officer       Title: President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]


LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A    Disclosure Schedule
Exhibit B    Funding Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Note Loans A and B
Exhibit D    Form of Note Loans C and D
Exhibit E    Form of Legal Opinion
Exhibit F    Form of Officer’s Certificate


EXHIBIT A

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

Borrower hereby certifies the following information to Lenders:

Section 1. Information For UCC Financing Statements and Searches and Deposit Accounts and Accounts Holding Securities.

(a) The exact corporate name of Borrower as it appears in its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date is: eASIC CORPORATION.

(b) Borrower’s state of incorporation is: Delaware.

(c) The organizational ID number of Borrower from its jurisdiction of incorporation is:             .

(d) Borrower’s taxpayer identification number is:                             .

(e) The following is a list of all corporate names, dba or trade names used by Borrower in the past five years: None.

(f) The following is a list of all Subsidiaries of Borrower:

 

    eASIC Japan Co. Ltd.

 

    eASIC Bermuda Limited

 

    eASIC Corporation SRL

 

    eASIC(M) SDN. BHD.

(g) The address of Borrower’s headquarters and chief executive office is:

    eASIC Corporation

    2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100

    Santa Clara, CA 95054

(h) The following is a list of all States where Borrower’s headquarters and chief executive office has been located in the past five years: California.

(i) The following is a list of all States where Borrower’s property and assets have been located in the past five years: California.

(j) The following is a list of all of Borrower’s accounts (bank name, address and account names and numbers):


Depository Bank

  

Bank Address

  

Type of Account

  

Acct. No.

Silicon Valley Bank       Checking   
Silicon Valley Bank       Collateral   
Foreign Accounts         

Owner and

Depository Bank

        

Account Owner: eASIC Corporation SRL

 

Banca Romana de Dezvoltare, Groupe Societe Generale       Current Account   
Banca Romana de Dezvoltare, Groupe Societe Generale       Current Account   
Banca Romana de Dezvoltare, Groupe Societe Generale       Saving Deposit   
Banca Romana de Dezvoltare, Groupe Societe Generale       Saving Deposit   


Account Owner: eASIC Japan Co., Ltd.

 

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation       Savings   
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ       Savings   

Account Owner: eASIC (M) SDN, BHD.

 

HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad       Checking   

(k) The following is a list of all of Borrower’s accounts holding securities (broker/bank name, address and account names and numbers): None.

Permitted Indebtedness

Silicon Valley Bank: Revolving loan facility up to $8,000,000, which will remain outstanding.

Permitted Liens

Silicon Valley Bank – Blanket lien, excluding intellectual property. Negative pledge on intellectual property.

Collateral (Section 4.4) (continued on next page)

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

  

City

  

State/Country

  

Nature of

Possession

Amkor Technology

EASIC (M) SDN.BHD,

UPS (Suzhou) Limited

KESM TEST

      Santa Clara
Penang
Suzhou
Selangor
   CA

Malaysia

China

Malaysia

   WIP and FG Inventory

FG Inventory

FG Inventory

WIP and FG Inventory


a. Bermuda Subsidiary: 73 Front Street, 4th Floor, Hamilton HM 12 Bermuda;

 

b. Japanese Subsidiary: 3-17-6 Shinyokohama, Yokohama-City, Kanagawa, Japan;

 

c. Romanian Subsidiary; 37 St. Lazar Street, Floor 1-3,1asi, lasi County, 700049 Romania; and

 

d. Malaysian subsidiary: Lot 6.02, Level 6, Menara KWSP, 38 Jalan Sultan Ahmad Shah, Penang 10050 Malaysia.

Litigation (Section 5.7)

eASIC is pursuing a claim against its former customer, Vocentrix (Hong Kong) Limited) (“Vocentrix”) in the High Court of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Court with respect to a development contract in 2009/2010 between the parties for work completed by eASIC, but for which eASIC was only partially paid by Vocentrix. eASIC has reserved/written off any unpaid booked revenue relating to this matter to-date, but is still pursuing a cash collection for damages and breach of contract in the amount of approximately $3,820,000.

Subsidiary IP (Section 5.12)

eASIC Limited, an entity formed pursuant to the laws of Bermuda, holds certain good will, transferred pursuant to (i) the Research and Development Agreement dated March 15, 2005 between eASIC Limited and s.c. eASIC Corporation SRL and (ii) the Research and Development Agreement dated August 15, 2005 between eASIC Limited and eASIC (M) SDN. BHD.


EXHIBIT B

FUNDING CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                of eASIC Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), does hereby certify to HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION (“Horizon”), HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1 (“Horizon Trust”), FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP (“FCO”), and DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC (“DBD”, and collectively with Horizon, Horizon Trust and FCO the “Lenders”) in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August    , 2014 by and among Borrower, Lenders and Horizon as Collateral Agent (the “Loan Agreement”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied, unless waived by each Lender.

5. No material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, has occurred.

6. The proceeds for Loan C shall be disbursed as follows:

Disbursement from Horizon:

Loan Amount

   $

Less:

  

Legal Fees

   $

Balance of Commitment Fee

   $
    Net Proceeds due from Horizon:    $

7. The proceeds for Loan D shall be disbursed as follows:

Disbursement from DBD:

Loan Amount

   $

Less:

  

Legal Fees

  

Loan D Warrant Price

   $

Balance of Commitment Fee

   $
    Net Proceeds due from DBD:    $


Disbursement from Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP (“Drawbridge”):

 

    Warrant D Purchase Price    $
Net Proceeds due from Drawbridge:    $

8. The aggregate net proceeds of Loan C in the amount of $                shall be transferred by Horizon to Borrower’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:

9. A portion of the aggregate net proceeds of Loan D in the amount of $                shall be transferred by DBD to Borrower’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:

10. A portion of the aggregate net proceeds of Loan D in the amount of $                shall be transferred by Drawbridge to Borrower’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:

Number: ABA Number:

Dated: August    , 2014

 

BORROWER:
eASIC CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT C

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

[(Loan A/B)]

 

$                Dated: September             , 2013

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, eASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to [HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation/ DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company] (“Lender”) the principal amount of             Dollars ($            ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of Loan [A/B] (the “Loan”) made to Borrower by Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement (as defined below), and to pay all other amounts due with respect to the Loan on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement.

Interest on the principal amount of this Note from the date of this Note shall accrue at the Loan Rate or, if applicable, the Default Rate. The Loan Rate for this Note is    % per annum based on a year of twelve 30-day months. If the Funding Date is not the first day of the month, interim interest accruing from the Funding Date through the last day of that month shall be paid on the first calendar day of the next calendar month. Commencing             201    , through and including             201    , on the first day of each month (each an “Interest Payment Date”) Borrower s all make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan in the amount of             Dollars ($            ). Commencing             201    , and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter (each a “Principal and Interest Payment Date”), Borrower shall make to Lender twenty-four (24) equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the then outstanding principal amount due hereunder each in the amount of             Dollars ($            ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower has achieved the Interest Only Extension Milestone (as defined in the Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September             , 2013 by and among Borrower, Lender and [HORIZON/DBD] (the “Loan Agreement”)), then (1) commencing             201    , through and including             201     (each a “Subsequent Interest Payment Date”), on the first day of each month Borrower shall make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan in the amount of             Dollars ($            ) and (2) commencing on             201    , and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter (each a “Subsequent Principal and Interest Payment Date” and, collectively with each Subsequent Interest Payment Date, each a “Subsequent Payment Date”), Borrower shall make to Lender twenty-four (24) equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the !ben outstanding principal amount due hereunder each in the amount of             Dollars ($            ). On             201    , Borrower shall make a payment of             Dollars ($            ) to Lender (the “Final Payment”), provided, however, that if Borrower achieves the Interest Only Extension Milestone, the Final Payment shall be paid on             . If not sooner paid, all outstanding amounts hereunder and under the Loan Agreement shall become due and payable on             , provided, however, that if Borrower achieves the Interest Only Extension Milestone (as defined in the Loan Agreement), all outstanding amounts hereunder and under the Loan Agreement shall become due and payable on             .

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement.


The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

This Note is referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Loan to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid, except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Loan, interest on the Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

Any reference herein to Lender shall be deemed to include and apply to every subsequent holder of this Note. Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for provisions concerning optional and mandatory prepayments, Collateral, acceleration and other material terms affecting this Note.

This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine but with reference to Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law, which by its terms applies to this Note) whose laws Borrower expressly elect to apply to this Note. Borrower agrees that any action or proceeding brought to enforce or arising out of this Note may be commenced in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or in the District Court of the United States for the Southern District of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
eASIC CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE (LOAN A/B)]


EXHIBIT D

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

[(Loan C/D)]

 

$                Dated: August             , 2014

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, eASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to [HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation/ DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company] (“Lender”) the principal amount of             Dollars ($            ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of Loan [C/D] (the “Loan”) made to Borrower by Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement (as defined below), and to pay all other amounts due with respect to the Loan on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement.

Interest on the principal amount of this Note from the date of this Note shall accrue at the Loan Rate or, if applicable, the Default Rate. The Loan Rate for this Note is    % per annum based on a year of twelve 30-day months. If the Funding Date is not the first day of the month, interim interest accruing from the Funding Date through the last day of that month shall be paid on the first calendar day of the next calendar month. Commencing             201    , through and including             201    , on the first day of each month (each an “Interest Payment Date”) Borrower shall make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan in the amount of             Dollars ($            ). Commencing on             201    , and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter (each a “Principal and Interest Payment Date”), Borrower shall make to Lender thirty (30) equal payments of principal plus accrued interest on the then outstanding principal amount due hereunder each in the amount of             Dollars ($            ). On             201    , Borrower shall make a payment of             Dollars ($            ) to Lender (the “Final Payment”).If not sooner paid, all outstanding amounts hereunder and under the Loan Agreement shall become due and payable on.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated on or about the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Lender, [HORIZON/FORTRESS], Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 and Fortress Credit Opportunities I LP (the “Loan Agreement”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

This Note is referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Loan to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid, except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.


This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Loan, interest on the Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

Any reference herein to Lender shall be deemed to include and apply to every subsequent holder of this Note. Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for provisions concerning optional and mandatory prepayments, Collateral, acceleration and other material terms affecting this Note.

This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine but with reference to Section 5-1401of the New York General Obligations Law, which by its terms applies to this Note) whose laws Borrower expressly elect to apply to this Note. Borrower agrees that any action or proceeding brought to enforce or arising out of this Note may be commenced in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or in the District Court of the United States for the Southern District of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
eASIC CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE (LOAN C/D)]


EXHIBIT E

ITEMS TO BE COVERED BY OPINION OF BORROWER’S COUNSEL

1. Borrower is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified and authorized to do business in the State of California.

2. Borrower has the full corporate power, authority and legal right, and has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and given all notices to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and perform the terms thereof.

3. The Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and constitute valid, legal and binding agreements, and are enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4. To our knowledge, there is no action, suit, audit, investigation, proceeding or patent claim pending or threatened against Borrower in any court or before any governmental commission, agency, board or authority which might have a material adverse effect on the business, condition or operations of Borrower or the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

5. The Shares (as defined in the Warrant) issuable pursuant to exercise or conversion of the Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by Borrower and, when issued in accordance with the terms thereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

6. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been duly authorized and reserved and, when issued in accordance with the terms of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

7. The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Warrant in accordance with the terms thereof will not be, inconsistent with Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to Borrower, and do not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other agreement or instrument of which Borrower is a party or by which it is bound or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

TO: HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION

        HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1

        DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC

        FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August             , 2014 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) by and among eASIC CORPORATION (“Borrower”), HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, as a Lender and Collateral Agent (“Horizon”), HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1 as a Lender (“Horizon Trust”), FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP, as a Lender (“FCO”) and DBD CREDIT FUNDING LLC, as a Lender (“DBD” and collectively with Horizon, Horizon Trust and FCO, “Lenders”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings given such terms in the Loan Agreement. The undersigned Responsible Officer of Borrower hereby certifies to Lender that:

 

1. No Event of Default or Default has occurred under the Loan Agreement. (If a Default or Event of Default has occurred, specify the nature and extent thereof and the action Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.) Except as set forth below, no event has occurred and no condition exists which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or operations of Borrower since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate provided to Lenders.

 

2. The information provided in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule is currently true and accurate, except as noted below.

 

3. Borrower is in compliance with the provisions of Section 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement, except as noted below.

 

4. Attached herewith are the [monthly financial statements pursuant to Section 6.3(a) of the Loan Agreement/annual audited financial statements pursuant to Section 6.3(b) of the Loan Agreement]. These have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and are consistent from one period to the next except as noted below.

NOTES TO ABOVE CERTIFICATIONS:

 

  

 

  

 

 

BORROWER:
eASIC CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 


FIRST AMENDMENT OF AMENDED AND RESTATED VENTURE LOAN AND

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT OF AMENDED AND RESTATED VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 10th, 2014 (“Amendment Effective Date”), is entered into by and among eASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“eASIC” or “Borrower”), HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1 (“Horizon Trust”), as assignee of HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION (“Horizon”), HORIZON, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Lenders (as hereinafter defined) (the “Collateral Agent”), HORIZON CREDIT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HCII”) , FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP (“FCO”), and FORTRESS CREDIT FUNDING V LP (“FCF” and, collectively with Horizon Trust, HCII and FCO, “Lenders”), as assignee of DBD Credit Funding LLC (“DBD”).

RECITALS

A. eASIC, Lenders and the Collateral Agent are parties to a certain Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 12, 2014 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Horizon provided a loan to eASIC as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan A) executed by eASIC in favor of Horizon, dated September 30, 2013, in the original principal amount of Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (the “Loan A Note”), (ii) DBD provided a loan to eASIC as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan B) executed by eASIC in favor of DBD, dated September 30, 2013, in the original principal amount of Four Million and 00/100 Dollars ($4.000,000.00) (the “Loan B Note”), (iii) Horizon provided a loan to eASIC as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan C) executed by eASIC in favor of Horizon, dated September 12, 2014, in the original principal amount of Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (the “Loan C Note”), and (iv) DBD provided a loan to eASIC as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan D) executed by eASIC in favor of DBD, dated September 12, 2014, in the original principal amount of One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (the “Loan D Note”) and, collectively with the Loan A Note, Loan B Note and Loan C Note, the “Notes”) and (iii) Lenders have been granted a security interest in all assets of eASIC, except with respect to eASIC’s Intellectual Property (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

B. Horizon transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan A Note and the Loan Agreement to Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC (“Funding”) on or about June 28, 2013, and Funding subsequently sold all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan A Note and the Loan Agreement to Horizon Trust on or about June 28, 2013.

C. DBD transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan B Note and the Loan Agreement to FCO on or about September 30, 2013.

D. Horizon transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan C Note and the Loan Agreement to HCII on or about September 12, 2014.

E. DBD transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loan D Note and the Loan Agreement to FCF on or about September 12, 2014.


F. Borrower has now requested that Collateral Agent and Lenders agree to revise the Loan Agreement to amend Section 7.13 of the Loan Agreement to permit Borrower to hold up to Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000) in foreign deposit accounts not subject to account control agreements in favor of Collateral Agent.

G. Collateral Agent and Lenders are willing to grant such request, but only to the extent, and in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, Collateral Agent, and Lenders hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Interpretation. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Loan Agreement. Other rules of construction set forth in the Loan Agreement, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, apply to this Agreement and are hereby incorporated by reference.

2. Confirmation. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Loan Agreement sets forth the legal, valid, binding and continuing obligations of Borrower to Lenders, (ii) the Obligations to Lenders under the Loan Agreement are secured by validly perfected security interests in all assets of Borrower, except with respect to Borrower’s Intellectual Property and as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, and (iii) Borrower has no cause of action, claim, defense or set-off against the Lenders in any way regarding or relating to the Loan Agreement or Lenders’ actions thereunder through the date of this Agreement and to the extent any such cause of action, claim, defense or set-off ever existed, it is waived and Lenders are released from any claims of Borrower. Borrower represents and warrants that, except as provided in Section 4 below, no Default or Event of Default has occurred under the Loan Agreement.

3. Amendment to Loan Agreement.

Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders hereby agree that Section 7.13 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“7.13 Maintenance of Accounts. (i) Maintain any deposit account or account holding securities owned by Borrower except accounts with respect to which Collateral Agent and Lenders are able to take such actions as they deem necessary to obtain a perfected security interest in such accounts through one or more Account Control Agreements; or (ii) grant or allow any other Person (other than Collateral Agent or Lenders) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Collateral Agent or Lenders) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or accounts holding securities other than in favor of the lender providing Borrower with Indebtedness permitted under subsection (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower and its subsidiaries

 

- 2 -


may maintain one or more deposit accounts with financial institutions outside of the United States (“Foreign Accounts”) over which Collateral Agent and Lenders do not maintain Account Control Agreements, provided, that (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may maintain not more than Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars (USD$800,000) in the aggregate at any time on deposit in Foreign Accounts over which Lenders do not maintain Account Control Agreements; and (ii) Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent and each Lender with a list of all such Foreign Accounts not less than once per fiscal quarter.”

4. Waiver of Default. Collateral Agent and Lenders acknowledge that at times Borrower has exceeded the $250,000 foreign account threshold contained in Section 7.13 of the Loan Agreement (as in effect immediately prior to this Agreement). Collateral Agent and Lenders waive any violations of the Loan Agreement related to such foreign account threshold from inception (September 30, 2013) until the date of this Agreement.

5. Conditions to Effectiveness. Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ consent and agreement contained herein are expressly conditioned on the following:

(a) Borrower executing and delivering to Collateral Agent and Lenders an executed copy of This Agreement;

(b) Borrower delivering to Collateral Agent and Lenders a fully-executed version of the Eleventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Silicon Valley Bank dated on or about the date hereof; and

(c) Borrower’s payment of Lenders’ legal expenses in the amount of Two Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000.00) incurred in connection with the drafting, negotiation and execution of this Agreement.

6. Effect of Agreement. On and after the date hereof, each reference to the Loan Agreement in the Loan Agreement or in any other document shall mean the Loan Agreement as amended by this Agreement. Except as expressly provided hereunder, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power, or remedy of Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan Agreement. Except to the limited extent expressly provided herein, nothing contained herein shall, or shall be construed to (nor shall Borrower ever argue to the contrary) (i) modify the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) modify, waive, impair, or affect any of the covenants, agreements, terms, and conditions thereof; or (iii) waive the due keeping, observance and/or performance thereof, each of which is hereby ratified and confirmed by Borrower. Except as amended above, the Loan Agreement remains in full force and effect.

7. Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance hereof.

 

- 3 -


8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to conflicts of law rules.

9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by electronic or facsimile transmission, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

10. Integration. This Agreement and the Loan Documents constitute and contain the entire agreement of Borrower, the Collateral Agent, and Lenders with respect to their respective subject matters, and supersede any and all prior agreements, correspondence and communications.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lenders have caused this FIRST AMENDMENT OF AMENDED AND RESTATED VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
eASIC, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vashista

Name:  

Ronnie Vashista

Title:  

President & CEO

LENDERS:
HORIZON FUNDING TRUST 2013-1

By: Horizon Technology Finance

Corporation, its agent

By:  

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

Name:   Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
HORIZON CREDIT II LLC
By: Horizon Technology Finance
Corporation, its sole member
By:  

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

Name:   Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
FORTRESS CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES I LP
By: Fortress Credit Opportunities I GP
LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Douglas J. Cardoni

Name:   Douglas J. Cordoni
Title:   Chief Administrative Officer

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement – eAsic]


FORTRESS CREDIT FUNDING V LP

by: Fortress Credit Funding V GP LLC, its
general partner

By:

/s/ Douglas J. Cardoni

Name: Douglas J. Cardoni
Title: Chief Administrative Officer

COLLATERAL AGENT:

HORIZON TECHNOLOGI FINANCE CORPORATION

By:

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

Name: Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment of Amended and Restated Loan Agreement – eAsic]


EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of September 29, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP (except for non-compliance with FAS123R in the monthly reporting). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

  2.1 Promise to Pay.

Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  2.1.1 Growth Capital Advances.

(a) Availability. Bank shall make a growth capital loan available to Borrower in two (2) tranches (“Tranche A” and “Tranche B”; each advance under Tranche A and Tranche B hereinafter referred to individually as a “Growth Capital Advance” and collectively as “Growth Capital Advances”) not exceeding the Growth Capital Line. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) Bank will fund Tranche A on the Effective Date in a single advance not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) (the “Tranche A Advance”), and (ii) provided that Borrower has achieved the Tranche B Advance Milestone prior to the date of such Growth Capital Advance under Tranche B (each a “Tranche B Advance”, and collectively, the “Tranche B Advances”), Tranche B will be available during the Tranche B Draw Period in up to three (3) Tranche B Advances in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). Each Tranche B Advance must (i) be in an amount at least equal to the lesser of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or the amount that has not yet been drawn under Tranche B of the Growth Capital Line and (ii) only be used to finance Eligible Purchase Orders. After repayment, no Growth Capital Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment. Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance as follows:

(i) Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advances. For each Growth Capital Advance made before the Conversion Date (each a “Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance”, and collectively, the “Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advances”),

 

1.


Borrower shall make monthly payments of accrued interest only commencing on the last calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date on which such Growth Capital Advance occurs (or commencing on the Funding Date if the Funding Date is the last calendar day of the month) and on the last calendar day of each month thereafter during the Growth Capital Interest Only Period. Commencing on the last calendar day of the first (1st) month on which the Conversion Date occurs and continuing on the last calendar day of each month thereafter during the Growth Capital Repayment Period, Borrower shall make equal monthly payments of principal and accrued interest, which would fully amortize each such Growth Capital Advance over the Growth Capital Repayment Period.

(ii) Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advances. For each Growth Capital Advance made on or after the Conversion Date (each a “Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance”, and collectively, the “Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advances”), Borrower shall make equal monthly payments of principal and interest, which would fully amortize such Growth Capital Loan Advance over the Growth Capital Repayment Period commencing on the last calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date on which such Growth Capital Advance occurs (or commencing on the Funding Date if the Funding Date is the last calendar day of the month) and continuing on the last calendar day of each month thereafter during the Growth Capital Repayment Period. By way of example only, if a Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance is made on April 15, 2012, then Borrower would make twenty-seven (27) equal monthly payments of principal and interest commencing on April 30, 2012 and on the last calendar day of each month thereafter, each in an amount which would fully amortize such Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance over the Growth Capital Repayment Period.

All unpaid principal and accrued interest on each Growth Capital Advance shall be due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Final Payment. With respect to each Growth Capital Advance, on the earlier of (i) the Growth Capital Maturity Date with respect to each Growth Capital Advance, or (ii) the acceleration of such Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall pay, in addition to the outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all other amounts due on such date with respect to such Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to the Final Payment.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus (ii) the Final Payment, plus (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Growth Capital Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Voluntary Prepayment. At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Growth Capital Advances, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to exercise its option to prepay the Growth Capital Advances at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of the prepayment (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Advances through the date the prepayment is made; (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Growth Capital Advances; (C) the Final Payment and (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement.

 

2.


  2.1.2 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

  2.1.3 Letters of Credit Sublimit.

(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) may not exceed the lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount.

(b) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission (other than those directly resulting from Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct), in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

 

3.


(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

 

  2.1.4 Foreign Exchange Sublimit.

As part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “FX Forward Contract”) on a specified date (the “Settlement Date”). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “FX Reserve”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “FX Reduction Amount”). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank for any amounts not paid by Borrower in connection with FX Forward Contracts will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

 

  2.1.5 Cash Management Services Sublimit.

Borrower may use the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “Cash Management Services”), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances, minus the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

 

  2.2 Overadvances.

If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount (such sum being an “Overadvance”) exceeds the lesser of either the

 

4.


Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such Overadvance. Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any amount of the Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

  2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate.

(i) Growth Capital Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the greater of either (A) the Prime Rate (fixed as of the Funding Date of each Growth Capital Advance), plus two percent (2.00%) or (B) six percent (6.00%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(ii) Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, plus one and one half of one percent (1.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Debit of Accounts. Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Collections. Subject to the terms of Section 2.6(b), at all times that Borrower is not operating under a Streamline Period, Collections deposited into the Cash Collateral Account (or Lockbox, as applicable) will be credited on a daily basis, within three (3) days of receipt of such amounts by Bank, to the outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line, but if there is an Event of Default, Bank may apply Collections to the Obligations in any order it chooses.

(f) Payment; Interest Computation. Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual

 

5.


number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.

 

  2.4 Fees.

Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) (the “Commitment Fee”), on the Effective Date;

(b) Good Faith Deposit. Borrower has paid to Bank a good faith deposit of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses, accrued on or before the Effective Date, will be applied to the Commitment Fee;

(c) Letter of Credit Fee. Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit, each anniversary of the issuance during the term of such Letter of Credit, and upon the renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank;

(d) Final Payment. The Final Payment, when due pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.1.1(c), 2.1.l(d) and 2.1.1(e); and

(e) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

  2.5 Payments.

All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

  2.6 Cash Collateral Account; Lockbox; Account Collection Services.

(a) Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to (i) remit payments (including, but

 

6.


limited to, check collections) with respect to the Accounts and (ii) wire transfer all automatic clearing house and wire payments with respect to the Accounts, to a cash collateral account that Bank controls (the “Cash Collateral Account”). It will be considered an immediate Event of Default if the Cash Collateral Account is not set-up and operational within five (5) days after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as and when directed by Bank from time to time, at Bank’s option and at the sole and exclusive discretion of Bank (regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred) and subject to Bank’s quarterly review of Borrower’s check collections, Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit all other checks and other payments with respect to the Accounts to a lockbox account established with Bank (the “Lockbox”). It will be considered an immediate Event of Default if the Lockbox is not set-up and operational within forty-five (45) days from the date of such direction by Bank.

(b) Until the Cash Collateral Account is established, the proceeds of the Accounts shall be paid by the Account Debtors to an address consented to by Bank. Upon receipt by Borrower of proceeds of the Accounts paid by the Account Debtors, Borrower shall immediately transfer and deliver same to Bank, along with a detailed cash receipts journal. Provided (i) no Event of Default exists or an event that with notice or lapse of time will be an Event of Default and (ii) during a Streamline Period, within three (3) days of receipt of such amounts by Bank, Bank will deposit into Borrower’s depository account with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates the proceeds of the Accounts. This Section does not impose any affirmative duty on Bank to perform any act other than as specifically set forth herein. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof are Collateral and if an Event of Default occurs, Bank may apply the proceeds of such Accounts to the Obligations.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

  3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.

Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreement;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the Stock Pledge Agreement;

(e) undated and blank Stock Powers for shares of Bermuda Subsidiary;

(f) Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

7.


(g) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(h) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(j) a copy of its Registration Rights Agreement/Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(k) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(l) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

  3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.

Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report or Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report or Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

 

8.


  3.3 Post-Closing Conditions.

Unless otherwise provided in writing, within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the original stock certificates of Bermuda Subsidiary.

 

  3.4 Covenant to Deliver.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

  3.5 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Growth Capital Advances. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance. Together with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Growth Capital Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Growth Capital Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Growth Capital Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

(b) Advances. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.3 or 2.1.5), Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

  4.1 Grant of Security Interest.

Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

 

9.


  4.2 Priority of Security Interest.

Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from the Warrant) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from the Warrant) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

 

  4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements.

Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Any such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as is as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

  5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority.

Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each

 

10.


of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

  5.2 Collateral.

Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and its Subsidiaries and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which Borrower and each Subsidiary owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower or any Subsidiary owns or

 

11.


purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not a party to, nor are bound by, any Restricted License.

 

  5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

  5.4 Litigation.

There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

  5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition.

All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

  5.6 Solvency.

The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

12.


  5.7 Regulatory Compliance.

Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

  5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments.

Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

  5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.

Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  5.10 Use of Proceeds.

Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the proceeds of the Tranche B Advances shall be used solely for financing Eligible Purchase Orders.

 

13.


  5.11 Full Disclosure.

No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

  5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.”

For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

  6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

  6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

Provide Bank with the following:

(a) at all times that any Advances are outstanding, a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) each week; provided, however, that during a Streamline Period, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) shall be required to be provided to Bank within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, rather than on a weekly basis;

 

14.


(b) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger;

(c) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(d) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(e) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a consolidated statement of the cash balances maintained in each Foreign Deposit Account;

(f) within ten (10) days of approval by the Board of Directors of Borrower, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors;

(g) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidating financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

(h) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, company prepared consolidating financial statements covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such fiscal year certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank;

(i) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

 

15.


(j) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made generally available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(k) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more; and

(l) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

  6.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts. Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Aggregate Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts. Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank may, in its good faith business judgment, require that all proceeds of Accounts be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to an account maintained with Bank to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.3(e) and 2.6 hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof.

 

16.


(d) Returns. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower with a value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification. Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.

(f) No Liability. Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  6.4 Remittance of Proceeds.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (1) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.3(e) and 2.6 hereof, and (2) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of surplus, worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will maintain all proceeds of Collateral in an account maintained with Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

  6.5 Taxes; Pensions.

Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

17.


  6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records.

At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such audits shall be conducted no more than once every twelve (12) months. Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Initial Audit will be conducted within sixty (60) days prior to the initial Advance. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

  6.7 Insurance.

Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

  6.8 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and investment accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates except for its foreign deposit accounts with

 

18.


the banks or financial institutions listed on the Perfection Certificate (individually, a “Foreign Deposit Account”, and collectively, the “Foreign Deposit Accounts”); provided, that the Foreign Deposit Accounts shall not contain deposits having a value of more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time, except for the Foreign Deposit Accounts of Borrower’s Malaysia Subsidiary, which Malaysia Subsidiary may maintain an average monthly balance of deposits, tested as of the last day of each month, having a value not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain its primary operating accounts at Comerica Bank (the “Comerica Bank Accounts”) without executing and delivering Control Agreements with respect to such accounts, provided that Borrower shall close all Comerica Bank Accounts and transfer all funds in the Comerica Bank Accounts to Bank and Bank’s Affiliates not later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

 

  6.9 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property and each of its Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property and each of its Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

19.


  6.10 Litigation Cooperation.

From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower; provided however, that any information provided to Bank shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.10 herein, and Borrower shall not be required to disclose any information that is of a highly confidential nature or otherwise subject to attorney-client privilege.

 

  6.11 Further Assurances.

Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

  7.1 Dispositions.

Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; and (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (e) of property, valued in amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, to Borrower’s Subsidiaries consistent with past practices of Borrower and solely within the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

 

  7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations.

(a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Responsible Officer ceases to hold such office with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors is not made within thirty (30) days after his departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

20.


Borrower shall not, without at least twenty (20) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

  7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.

Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower; provided, however, only advance written notice to Bank (but not any consent from Bank) will be required for any of the restricted actions in this Section 7.3 if (i) all Obligations are being repaid in full as a condition to consummation of such action, and (ii) Bank has no further obligation hereunder to make any further Advances or Growth Capital Advances.

 

  7.4 Indebtedness.

Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

  7.5 Encumbrance.

Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

21.


  7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts.

Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

 

  7.7 Distributions; Investments.

(a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock per fiscal year; provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

  7.8 Transactions with Affiliates.

Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) sales of equity securities to existing investors and (b) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

  7.9 Subordinated Debt.

(a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

  7.10 Compliance.

Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

22.


  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

 

  8.1 Payment Default.

Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

  8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9(b), or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

  8.3 Continued Investor Support.

Bank determines in its good faith judgment that it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to not continue to fund the Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable;

 

  8.4 Priority of Bank’s Security Interest.

There is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;

 

  8.5 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is

 

23.


filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

 

  8.6 Insolvency.

(a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

  8.7 Other Agreements.

There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); or (b) any default by Borrower or guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

 

  8.8 Judgments.

One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

 

  8.9 Misrepresentations.

Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

  8.10 Subordinated Debt.

Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing the subordination of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

24.


  8.11 Governmental Approvals.

Any Governmental Approval material to Borrower’s business shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

  9.1 Rights and Remedies.

While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

25.


(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

  9.2 Power of Attorney.

Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full (not including inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from the Warrant) and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in

 

26.


fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed (not including inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from the Warrant) and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

  9.3 Protective Payments.

If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

  9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds.

Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

  9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral.

So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral other than those losses directly resulting from Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.

Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No

 

27.


waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

  9.7 Demand Waiver.

Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:    eASIC Corporation
   2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100
   Santa Clara, California 95054
   Attn: Larry Borras
   Fax: (408) 855-9201
   Email: lborras@easic.com
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   2400 Hanover Street
   Palo Alto, California 94304
   Attn: Matthew Wright
   Fax: (650) 320-0016
   Email: mwright@svb.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts

 

28.


in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties

 

29.


agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date.

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from the Warrant).

 

  12.2 Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant).

 

  12.3 Indemnification.

Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  12.4 Time of Essence.

Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

  12.5 Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

30.


  12.6 Correction of Loan Documents.

Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties, provided that Bank provides prompt written notice to Borrower of such correction.

 

  12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration.

No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

  12.8 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

  12.9 Survival.

All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.3 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

  12.10 Confidentiality.

In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as

 

31.


such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly prohibited by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12.11 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses.

In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

  12.12 Electronic Execution of Documents.

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

  12.13 Captions.

The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  12.14 Construction of Agreement.

The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

  12.15 Relationship.

The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

32.


  12.16 Third Parties.

Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

 

  13.1 Definitions.

As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

 

33.


Bermuda Subsidiary” means eASIC Limited, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of Bermuda.

Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof

Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base” is eighty percent (80.0%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.5.

Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

 

34.


Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Collections” are all funds received by Bank from or on behalf of an Account Debtor for Advances under the Revolving Line.

Comerica Bank Accounts” is defined in Section 6.8(a).

Commitment Fee” is defined in Section 2.4(a).

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Conversion Date” means, for each Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance, the first (1st) day after the end of the Growth Capital Interest Only Period for such Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance.

Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension” is any Growth Capital Advance, Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

35.


Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account” IS Borrower’s deposit account, account number             , maintained with Bank.

Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless (i) such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and (ii) Bank approves of in writing;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

 

36.


(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise—sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts).

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

37.


(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty percent (30.0%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Eligible Purchase Orders” are Purchase Orders made by Borrower in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties, and are otherwise acceptable to Bank in all respects. The determination of which Purchase Orders are eligible hereunder is a matter of Bank’s discretion in each instance.

Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the date set forth in Sections 2.l.l(c), 2.1.1(d) and 2.1.l(e), equal to two percent (2.00%) of the aggregate amount of the Growth Capital Advances made under this Agreement.

Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Deposit Account” and “Foreign Deposit Accounts” are defined in Section 6.8(a).

Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

 

38.


FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

FX Reduction Amount” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Good Faith Deposit” is defined in Section 2.4(a).

Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Growth Capital Advance” and “Growth Capital Advances” are defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Growth Capital Interest Only Extension Requirements” means, as of any date of determination, Bank’s receipt and approval of evidence satisfactory to Bank that (i) Borrower has generated positive Net Income of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date, measured as of the last day of such fiscal quarter and (ii) Borrower has maintained not less than Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) in cash (inclusive of any proceeds from the Credit Extensions) at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates during the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date and as of the date of determination.

 

39.


Growth Capital Interest Only Period” is the Effective Date through December 31, 2011; provided however, that such Growth Capital Interest Only Period may be extended as follows: (a) provided that Borrower delivers evidence satisfactory to Bank on or before January 15, 2012, showing that, in Bank’s discretion, Borrower satisfies the Growth Capital Interest Only Extension Requirements as of December 31, 2011, the Growth Capital Interest Only Period shall be extended through March 31, 2012, and (b) further provided that Borrower delivers evidence satisfactory to Bank on or before April 15, 2012, showing that, in Bank’s discretion, Borrower satisfies the Growth Capital Interest Only Extension Requirements as of March 31, 2012, the Growth Capital Interest Only Period shall be further extended through June 30, 2012.

Growth Capital Line” is Growth Capital Advances in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) outstanding at any time.

Growth Capital Maturity Date” is the last day of the Growth Capital Repayment Period of the applicable Growth Capital Advance, but no later than June 30, 2014.

Growth Capital Repayment Period” as to (i) each Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance, is a period of time equal to the number of consecutive complete calendar months from the month on which the Conversion Date occurs and continuing through the Growth Capital Maturity Date, and (ii) each Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance, is a period of time equal to the number of consecutive complete calendar months from the month on which the Funding Date of such Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance occurs (or commencing on the Funding Date if the Funding Date is the last calendar day of the month) and continuing through the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Audit” is Bank’s initial inspection of the Collateral and Borrower’s Books with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

40.


(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.3.

Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.3(b).

Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the Stock Pledge Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Malaysia Subsidiary” means eASIC (M) Sdn Bhd, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of Malaysia.

Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

 

41.


Net Income” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance” is defined in Section 2.2.

Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Bank (including proceeds of Accounts and payment of the Obligations in full) for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Credit Extensions or, if the balance of the Credit Extensions has been reduced to zero, for credit to its deposit accounts.

Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

42.


(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

 

43.


(j) Investments in joint ventures, strategic alliances, licensing and similar arrangements customary in Borrower’s industry in an aggregate amount not to exceed Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000), and which do not require Borrower to assume or otherwise become liable for the obligations of any third party not directly related to or arising out of such arrangement or, without prior written consent of the Bank, require Borrower to transfer ownership of non-cash assets to such joint venture or other entity.

Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

44.


(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 and 8.8; and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance” and “Post-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advances” are defined in Section 2.1.1(b)(ii).

Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advance” and “Pre-Conversion Date Growth Capital Advances” are defined in Section 2.1.1(b)(i).

Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

Purchase Order” shall mean either (i) a signed purchase order made by Borrower in connection with Borrower’s wafer inventory purchases from a third-party or (ii) a committed customer forecast from Borrower detailing Borrower’s requirements for Borrower’s wafer inventory purchases from a third-party.

Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made

Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

45.


Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer (who is Ronnie Vasishta, as of the Effective Date), President (who is Ronnie Vasishta, as of the Effective Date), Senior Director of Finance (who is Larry Borras, as of the Effective Date), or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower (if and when such office filled).

Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is September 29, 2012.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined m the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

Stock Pledge Agreement” is that certain Stock Pledge Agreement, dated the Effective Date, from Borrower for the benefit of Bank.

Streamline Period” shall mean any time that Borrower maintains not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

 

46.


Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Tranche A” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Tranche A Advance” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Tranche B” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Tranche B Advance” and “Tranche B Advances” are defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Tranche B Advance Milestone” means the date on which Bank receives and approves evidence satisfactory to Bank that (i) Borrower has received, on or after the Effective Date, at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) in net proceeds from its Series G round of preferred equity financing (and including the issuance of convertible notes to existing investors), on terms acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion, and (ii) Borrower’s actual total revenue for the fiscal quarter ending May 31, 2010 is greater than or equal to seventy percent (70%) of the forecasted total revenue for the fiscal quarter ending May 31, 2010 (based on the June 1, 2010 projections plan previously delivered to Bank).

Tranche B Draw Period” is the period of time from January 15, 2011 through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2012 or (b) an Event of Default.

Transaction Report” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

 

47.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

 

EASIC CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
Name:   Ronnie Vasishta
Title:   President & CEO
BANK  
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Matthew Wright
Name:   Matthew Wright
Title:   RM

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; or (b) property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as such term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporation entitled to vote. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

Exhibit A – Page 1


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:     
FROM: EASIC CORPORATION      

The undersigned authorized officer of eASIC Corporation (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate (“CC”)

  

Monthly within 30 days

   Yes No

Annual financial statement (Company Prepared)

  

FYE within 30 days

   Yes No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

  

FYE within 180 days

   Yes No

Annual Board-Approved financial projections

  

Annually within 10 days of approval

   Yes No

Transaction Reports

  

Weekly at all times that any Advances are outstanding

   Yes No

Statements of Cash Balances at Foreign Deposit Accounts

  

Monthly within 30 days

   Yes No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

  

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

   Yes No

Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings

  

Monthly within 30 days

   Yes No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 
 
 

[Signatures Appear on the Following Page]

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


EASIC CORPORATION

 

By:     
Name:     
Title:     

BANK USE ONLY

 

Received by:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Verified:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Compliance Status:    Yes    No
 

 

Exhibit B – Page 2


EXHIBIT D

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

Fax To:       Date:     

 

Loan Payment:

 

From Account#    
  (Deposit Account #)
Principal $    
Authorized Signature:    
Print Name/Title:    

EASIC CORPORATION

 

To Account#    
  (Loan Account#)
and/or Interest$    
Phone Number:    
 

 

GROWTH CAPITAL ADVANCE:

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this growth capital loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account#       To Account#    
(Loan Account#)       (Deposit Account #)

 

Amount of Growth Capital Advance$    

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for a growth capital advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:        Phone Number:    
Print Name/Title:        

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the growth capital loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:         Amount of Wire:$     
Beneficiary Bank:         Account Number:     
City and State:           

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA)#:        Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):    
(For International Wire Only)       

 

Intermediary Bank:         Transit (ABA)#:    
For Further Credit to:     

 

Special Instruction:     

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements{s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:    
Print Name/Title:    
Telephone#:    
2nd Signature (if required):    
Print Name/Title:    
Telephone#:    
 

 

Exhibit D – Page 1


EXHIBIT E

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

Exhibit E – Page 1


Silicon Valley Bank

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:    EASIC CORPORATION    DATE: September 22, 2010
BANK:    SILICON VALLEY BANK   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

Ronnie Vasishta   President/CEO   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta   x
      ¨
      ¨
      ¨

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

2.


RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money. Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank

Foreign Exchange Contracts. Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants. Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:   /s/ Larry Borras
Name:   Larry Borras
Title:   Secretary

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                                               of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 20th day of January, 2011, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank’) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITAL

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) modify the definition of “Tranche B Advance Milestone”, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following term and definition set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Tranche B Advance Milestone” means the date on which Bank receives and approves evidence satisfactory to Bank that (i) Borrower has received, on or after the Effective Date, at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) in net proceeds from its Series G round of preferred equity Financing (and including the issuance of convertible notes to existing investors), on terms acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion, and (ii) Borrower’s actual total revenue for the Testing Fiscal Quarter is greater than or equal to seventy percent (70%) of the forecasted total revenue for the Testing Fiscal Quarter (based on the August 6, 2010 projections plan previously delivered to Bank),

 

1.


(b) The following term and its definition is hereby added, in proper alphabetical order, to Section 13.l of the Loan Agreement:

Testing Fiscal Quarter” means the Borrower’s most recent fiscal quarter immediately prior to Borrower’s request for a Tranche B Advance.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order,

 

2.


judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of; or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

RM

BORROWER

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

President/CEO

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 28th day of September, 2012, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 20, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 13 (Definitions). The following term and definition set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Revolving Line Maturity Date is December 28, 2012.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

1.


3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof; binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

2.


5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of Three Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($3,750), and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

RM

BORROWER

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

CEO

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 2nd day of January, 2013, but effective as of December 28th 2012, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITAL

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 20, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, and as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 13 (Definitions). The following term and definition set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Revolving Line Maturity Date is January 31, 2013.

 

1.


3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2, above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

2.


4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of One Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($1,250), and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

 

BORROWER

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

CEO

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 15 day of February, 2013, but effective as of January 31, 2013, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 20, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, and as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 2, 2013, but effective as of December 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 13 (Definitions). The following term and definition set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is April 30, 2013.

 

1.


3. Limitation of Amendment.

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2, above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

2.


4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of Three Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($3,750), and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

RM

BORROWER:

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

CEO

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 6th day of May, 2013, but effective as of April 30, 2013, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 20, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Consent Agreement dated April 29, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 2, 2013, but effective as of December 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, and as amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 15, 2013, but effective as of January 31, 2013 by and between Bank and Borrower (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower contemplates obtaining a secured term loan (the “Silver Lake Loan”) from Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as agent and as lender (“Silver Lake”), in an aggregate principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (the “Silver Lake Loan Maximum”).

D. Borrower has requested that Bank (a) consent to the Silver Lake Loan and (b) amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

E. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to consent to the Silver Lake Loan and amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

1.


2. Silver Lake Loan.

2.1 Consent. Subject to the express terms of Section 7 and 8 below, Bank hereby (a) consents to the Silver Lake Loan, (b) agrees that the Silver Lake Loan shall constitute “Permitted Indebtedness” under the Loan Agreement to the extent the aggregate principal amount advanced under the Silver Lake Loan does not exceed the Silver Lake Loan Maximum, and (c) agrees that the Lien in favor of Silver Lake to secure the Silver Lake Loan shall be considered a “Permitted Lien” under the Loan Agreement to the extent the aggregate principal amount secured thereby does not exceed the Silver Lake Loan Maximum. The consent set forth in this Section shall not be deemed or otherwise construed to constitute a consent or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document in connection with any other transaction other than as specifically set forth in this Amendment.

2.2 Covenants and Defaults. Bank and Borrower hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) Borrower shall not amend, modify or supplement any of the Silver Lake Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) in a manner which would (i) increase the principal amount of Silver Lake Loan, (ii) increase any applicable interest rate with respect to the Silver Lake Loan by more than 200 basis points (excluding increases based solely on (A) changes to the prime rate or any other index and (B) the imposition of the default rate of interest in accordance with the Silver Lake Loan Documents), (iii) change the terms of principal or interest repayment with respect to the Silver Lake Loan, (iv) change the payment schedule with respect to the Silver Lake Loan, (v) add express conditions that directly restrict the payment of the Obligations, (vi) change the maturity date with respect to the Silver Lake Loan from that set forth in the Silver Lake Loan Documents in effect as of the Silver Lake Loan Documents Execution Date (as defined below), or (vii) change the definition of Collateral set forth in the Silver Lake Loan Documents from the definition in effect as of the Silver Lake Loan Documents Execution Date (as defined below); (b) the occurrence of a default under the Silver Lake Loan Documents (if such default is not waived, or otherwise cured within any applicable grace period provided therein) shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement; and (c) any breach of the Silver Lake Subordination Agreement (as hereinafter defined) by Silver Lake shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement (if such breach is not otherwise cured within any applicable grace period).

3. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

3.1 Execution of Silver Lake Loan Documents; Payoff of Indebtedness under Gold Hill Loan. Provided that Borrower and Silver Lake have fully executed the Silver Lake Loan Documents and such Silver Lake Loan Documents are in full force and effect (the date on which the Silver Lake Loan Documents have been fully executed being called, the “Silver Lake Loan Documents Execution Date”), Bank and Borrower agree that Borrower shall pay all, but not less than all, of the Indebtedness owing to Gold Hill under the Gold Hill Loan (the “Gold Hill Payoff”) on the date that is one (1) day immediately prior to the day on which the funding of the Silver Lake Loan occurs, resulting in Borrower’s receipt of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the first tranche of the Silver Lake Loan.

3.2 Payoff of Obligations Related to Growth Capital Advances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Agreement, on a date not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the Silver Lake Loan Documents Execution Date, Bank and

 

2.


Borrower agree that Borrower shall prepay all, but not less than all, of (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Advances through the date the prepayment is made; (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Growth Capital Advances; (C) the Final Payment and (D) all other sums relating to the Growth Capital Advances, if any, that shall have become due and payable under the Loan Agreement.

3.3 Section 13 (Definitions). The following term and definition set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is June 14, 2013.

4. Limitation of Consent and Amendments.

4.1 The consent set forth in Section 2 and the amendments set forth in Section 3 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

4.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4.3 In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to the Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

5. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

5.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

5.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

3.


5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made;

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

5.8 True, complete and correct copies of all of the documents relating to, evidencing or securing the Silver Lake Loan the Silver Lake Loan, including all amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto (the “Silver Lake Loan Documents”) will be delivered in accordance with Section 8 of this Amendment, and attached as Exhibit A.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective on April 30, 2013 upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of One Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($1,875), and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

8. Post-Closing Matters. Borrower shall deliver to Bank within one (1) Business Day of the Silver Lake Loan Documents Execution Date (i) copies of the Silver Lake Loan Documents, and (b) the Subordination Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, duly executed by Silver Lake (the “Silver Lake Subordination Agreement”). Following the Silver Lake Loan Documents Execution Date, Borrower shall promptly pay Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Silver Lake Subordination Agreement, and the review of the Silver Lake Loan Documents.

[Signature page follows.]

 

4.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

VP

BORROWER:

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

President & CEO

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 14th day of June, 2013, but effective as of June 14, 2013, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated September 29, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 20, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Consent Agreement dated April 29, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated September 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 2, 2013, but effective as of December 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 15, 2013, but effective as of January 31, 2013 by and between Bank and Borrower, and as amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 6, 2013, but effective as of April 30, 2013 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.


2. Amendment to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 13 (Definitions). The definition of “Revolving Line Maturity Date” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is July 28, 2013.

3. Limitation of Amendment.

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2, above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

2


4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of June 14, 2013 upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of One Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($1,875), and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

 

BORROWER:

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

President & CEO

 

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 19th day of July, 2013, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated September 29, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 20, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Consent Agreement dated April 29, 2011 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated September 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 2, 2013, but effective as of December 28, 2012 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 15, 2013, but effective as of January 31, 2013 by and between Bank and Borrower, as amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 6, 2013, but effective as of April 30, 2013, and as amended by that certain Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated June 14, 2013 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

1.


2. Amendment to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 13 (Definitions). The definition of “Revolving Line Maturity Date” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is September 27, 2013.

3. Limitation of Amendment.

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2, above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

2.


4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500), and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Ryan Edwards

Name:  

Ryan Edwards

Title:  

VP

BORROWER:

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

President & CEO

 

[Signature Page to Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 30th day of September, 2013, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower contemplates obtaining a secured term loan from Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Horizon”), in its capacity as collateral agent and as lender and DBD Credit Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DBD”), in its capacity as a lender (such secured term loan being called, the “Horizon/DBD Loan”), in an aggregate principal amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) (the “Horizon/DBD Loan Maximum”).

D. Borrower has requested that Bank (a) consent to the Horizon/DBD Loan and (b) amend the Loan Agreement to (i) increase the Revolving Line, (ii) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (iii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

E. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to consent to the Horizon/DBD Loan and amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Horizon/DBD Loan.

2.1 Consent. Subject to the express terms of Section 7 below, Bank hereby (a) consents to the Horizon/DBD Loan, (b) agrees that the Horizon/DBD Loan shall constitute “Permitted Indebtedness” under the Loan Agreement (pursuant to the terms of the Horizon/DBD

 

1.


Subordination Agreement (as defined below)) to the extent the aggregate principal amount advanced under the Horizon/DBD Loan does not exceed the Horizon/DBD Loan Maximum, and (c) agrees that the Liens in favor of Horizon, in its capacity as collateral agent and as lender, and DBD, in its capacity as a lender, to secure the Horizon/DBD Loan shall be considered a “Permitted Lien” under the Loan Agreement (pursuant to the terms of the Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement) to the extent the aggregate principal amount secured thereby does not exceed the Horizon/DBD Loan Maximum. The consent set forth in this Section shall not be deemed or otherwise construed to constitute a consent or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document in connection with any other transaction other than as specifically set forth in this Amendment.

2.2 Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement. Borrower has read, reviewed and approved all of the terms of the Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement shall be included in the term “Loan Documents” as defined in the Loan Agreement.

2.3 Covenants and Defaults. Bank and Borrower hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) Borrower shall not amend, modify or supplement any of the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) in a manner which would (i) increase the principal amount of Horizon/DBD Loan, (ii) increase any applicable interest rate with respect to the Horizon/DBD Loan by more than 200 basis points (excluding increases based solely on (A) changes to the prime rate or any other index and (B) the imposition of the default rate of interest in accordance with the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents), (iii) change the terms of principal or interest repayment with respect to the Horizon/DBD Loan, (iv) change the payment schedule with respect to the Horizon/DBD Loan, (v) add express conditions that directly restrict the payment of the Obligations, (vi) change the maturity date with respect to the Horizon/DBD Loan from that set forth in the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents in effect as of the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents Execution Date (as defined below), or (vii) change the definition of Collateral set forth in the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents from the definition in effect as of the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents Execution Date (as defined below); (b) the occurrence of a default under the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents (if such default is not waived, or otherwise cured within any applicable grace period provided therein) shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement; and (c) any breach of the Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement by Horizon and/or DBD shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement (if such breach is not otherwise cured within any applicable grace period).

3. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

3.1 Payoff of Indebtedness under Gold Hill Loan. Bank and Borrower agree that Borrower shall use the proceeds of the first tranche of the Horizon/DBD Loan to pay all, but not less than all, of the Indebtedness owing to Gold Hill under the Gold Hill Loan (the “Gold Hill Payoff”).

3.2 Payoff of Obligations Related to Growth Capital Advances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Agreement, Bank and Borrower agree that Borrower shall use the proceeds of the first tranche of the Horizon/DBD Loan to prepay all, but not less than all, of (A) the Growth Capital Advances; (B) all accrued and unpaid interest with

 

2.


respect to the Growth Capital Advances through the date the prepayment is made; (C) all unpaid principal with respect to the Growth Capital Advances; (D) the Final Payment and (E) all other sums relating to the Growth Capital Advances, if any, that shall have become due and payable under the Loan Agreement.

3.3 Section 6.6 (Access to Collateral; Books and Records). The second sentence of Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such sentence in its entirety, and replacing it with the following:

Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such audits shall be conducted no more than once every six (6) months.

3.4 Section 6.12 (Financial Covenants). Section 6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 6.12 to the Loan Agreement immediately after Section 6.11 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

6.12 Financial Covenants. Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Minimum Revenue. Commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 2013, and as of the last day of each quarter thereafter, total gross revenue, measured on a cumulative basis for period then ended, of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Quarter Ending

  Minimum Revenue

September 30, 2013

  $6,240,000

December 31, 2013

  $8,122,000

March 31, 2014

  $10,400,000

June 30, 2014

  $10,800,000

September 30, 2014

  $11,200,000

December 31, 2014

  $11,600,000

March 31, 2015 and thereafter

 

To be determined based on Borrower’s

FY 2015 board- approved plan*

* Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall establish the applicable minimum revenue financial covenant for the quarter ending on March 31, 2015 and each subsequent quarter ending during Borrower’s fiscal year 2015 based

 

3.


upon Borrower’s board-approved plan for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, delivered in accordance with Section 6.2, and such covenant shall be set in a manner (but not in amounts) consistent with the covenant set as of September 30, 2013 through the quarter ending on December 31, 2014.

3.5 Section 12.1 (Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date). Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety by adding the following sentence immediately at the end of such Section:

If such termination is at Borrower’s election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000), provided, that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank.

3.6 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following terms and definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is September 30, 2015.

(b) The definition of “Eligible Accounts” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clauses (e) and (v) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such Accounts are: (a) otherwise Eligible Accounts, and such Account is approved by Bank in writing, in its sole discretion, on a case-by-case basis, or (b) Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty percent (30.0%) of all Accounts, except for (i) Ericsson for which such percentage is seventy percent (70.0%), and (ii) Seagate for which such percentage is sixty percent (60.0%), for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(c) Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to add the following term and definition in the appropriate order to preserve the alphabetical listing of the term in such section:

Eligible Foreign Accounts” are Accounts for which the Account Debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and which (a) otherwise satisfy the definition of Eligible Accounts and (b) are due and owing from any of the

 

4.


following Account Debtors: (i) Jabil Circuits, (ii) Arm Ltd., (iii) Ericsson, (iv) Texas Instruments, (v) Flextronics, (vi) Seagate, (vii) Innotech, (viii) Nanjing Ericsson Panda Communications Company Ltd., (ix) Beyonics Technology (SENAI) Sdn Bhd, (x) Beyonics Technology Electronics (Suzhou) Co. Ltd., (xi) Cal-Comp Electronics, and (xii) Shenzen Kaifa Technology.

3.7 Exhibit B (Compliance Certificate). The Compliance Certificate attached to the Loan Agreement as Exhibit B is replaced in its entirety with the Compliance Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Compliance Certificate shall mean the Compliance Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Limitation of Consent and Amendments.

4.1 The consent set forth in Section 2 and the amendments set forth in Section 3 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

4.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4.3 In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to the Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

5. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

5.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

5.


5.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and on September 26, 2013 remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made;

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

5.8 Attached as Schedule 1 are true, complete and correct copies of all of the documents relating to, evidencing or securing the Horizon/DBD Loan the Horizon/DBD Loan, including all amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto (the “Horizon/DBD Loan Documents”).

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable renewal fee in the amount of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), (c) Bank’s receipt of the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents, (c) Bank’s receipt of the Subordination Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2 and dated as of even date herewith, duly executed and delivered by Borrower, Horizon and DBD (the “Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement”) and (d) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment, the Horizon/DBD Subordination Agreement and the review of the Horizon/DBD Loan Documents.

[Signature page follows.]

 

6.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

VP

BORROWER:

EASIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

09-26-2013

 

[Signature Page to Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

  SILICON VALLEY BANK     Date:                                         

FROM:

  EASIC CORPORATION      

The undersigned authorized officer of eASIC Corporation (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

 

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate (“CC”)

   Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No

Annual financial statement (Company Prepared)

   FYE within 30 days   Yes        No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

   FYE within 180 days   Yes        No

Annual Board-Approved financial projections

   Annually within 10 days of approval   Yes        No

Transaction Reports

   Weekly at all times that any Advances are outstanding   Yes        No

Statements of Cash Balances at Foreign Deposit Accounts

   Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   Within 5 days after filing with SEC   Yes        No

Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings

   Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No

 

Financial Covenant

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

Maintain on a Quarterly Basis:

     

Minimum Revenue

     

September 30, 2013

  $6,240,000   $               Yes        No

December 31, 2013

  $8,122,000   $               Yes        No

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


March 31, 2014

  $10,400,000   $               Yes        No

June 30, 2014

  $10,800,000   $               Yes        No

September 30, 2014

  $11,200,000   $               Yes        No

December 31, 2014

  $11,600,000   $               Yes        No

March 31, 2015

 

To be determined based on

Borrower’s FY 2015 board-approved plan

  $               Yes        No

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certificate above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EASIC CORPORATION

 

By:     
Name:     
Title:     

BANK USE ONLY

 

Received by:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Verified:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Compliance Status:    Yes    No
 

 

2.


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                                          

Minimum Revenue (Section 6.12(a))

 

Required:    Commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 2013, and as of the last day of each quarter thereafter, total gross revenue, measured on a cumulative basis for period then ended, of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Quarter Ending

  Minimum Revenue

September 30, 2013

  $6,240,000

December 31, 2013

  $8,122,000

March 31, 2014

  $10,400,000

June 30, 2014

  $10,800,000

September 30, 2014

  $11,200,000

December 31, 2014

  $11,600,000

March 31, 2015 and thereafter

 

To be determined based on Borrower’s

FY 2015 board-approved plan

Actual:                                                          

 

A.

   Total gross revenue for the quarter then ended on a cumulative basis    $                

Is line A equal to or greater than the required amount above?

 

                     No, not in compliance

                       Yes, in compliance

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


NINTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS NINTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this _1st_ day of July, 2014, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) increase the Revolving Line, (ii) increase the Advance Rate, (iii) adjust the minimum revenue financial covenant set forth in Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement, and (iv) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 2012 and 2013 Audited Financial Statements. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 6.2(g) of the Loan Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall deliver to Bank its audited financial statements for fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 on or before December 31, 2014.

2.2 Section 2.1 (Promise to Pay). Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Sections 2.1.3 (Letters of Credit Sublimit), 2.1.4 (Foreign Exchange Sublimit) and 2.1.5 (Cash Management Services Sublimit) thereof in their entirety and marking them “Reserved.”

 

1.


2.3 Section 2.2 (Overadvances). Section 2.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

2.2 (Overadvances). If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any amount of the Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.4 Section 2.4(c) (Letter of Credit Fee). Section 2.4(c) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and marking it “Reserved.”

2.5 Section 3.5 (Procedures for Borrowing). Section 3.5(b) is hereby amended by deleting the following parenthetical in its entirety:

“(other than Advances under Sections 2.1.3 or 2.1.5)”

2.6 Section 4.1 (Grant of Security Interest). Section 4.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraphs immediately after the first paragraph as follows:

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs

 

2.


due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

2.7 Section 4.2 (Priority of Security Interest). Section 4.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

2.8 6.12 (Financial Covenants). Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

6.12 Financial Covenants. Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Minimum Revenue. Commencing with the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2014, and as of the last day of each calendar quarter thereafter, aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP), measured on a cumulative basis for the calendar quarter then ended, of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Quarter Ending

  

Required Minimum Revenue

June 30, 2014    $9,610,000
September 30, 2014    $10,240,000
December 31, 2014    $10,960,000
March 31, 2015 and thereafter    To be determined based on

Borrower’s FY 2015 board-approved plan*

* Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall establish the applicable minimum revenue financial covenant for the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2015 and each subsequent calendar quarter ending during Borrower’s fiscal year 2015 based upon Borrower’s board-approved plan for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, delivered in accordance with Section 6.2, and such covenant shall be set in a manner (but not in amounts) consistent with the covenant set as of June     , 2014 through the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2014.

 

3.


2.9 Section 9.1 (Rights and Remedies). Section 9.1(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(c) demand that Borrower (1) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (2) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

2.10 Section 12.1 (Termination Prior to Maturity Date). Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

12.1 Section 12.1 Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So Jong as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

2.11 Section 12.9 (Survival). Section 12.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and making it “Reserved”.

2.12 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety: “Cash Management Services”, “FX Business Day”, “FX Reduction Amount”, “FX Reserve”, “Letter of Credit Application”, and “Settlement Date”.

(b) The following terms and their respective definitions are hereby added in alphabetical order to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct

 

4.


deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Horizon Subordination Agreement” means, with respect to the Horizon/DBD Loan, that certain Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of June     , 2014, by and among Bank, Borrower, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, as assignee of Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, as a lender, and in its capacity as collateral agent for the Subordinated Creditors (as defined therein) and Fortress Credit Opportunities I LP, as assignee of DBD Credit Funding LLC, as a lender, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

(c) The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Borrowing Base” is eighty-five percent (85.0%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“FX Forward Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

“Loan ‘Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreement, the Horizon Subordination Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000); provided, however, that if, at any time, Borrower’s aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) during the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period is less than Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand

 

5.


Dollars ($8,500,000), then the Revolving Line shall automatically reduce to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) until such time that Borrower achieves aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of not less than Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($8,500,000) during the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period.

2.13 Exhibit B (Compliance Certificate). The Compliance Certificate attached to the Loan Agreement as Exhibit B is replaced in its entirety with the Compliance Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Compliance Certificate shall mean the Compliance Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

3.3 In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to the Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

6.


4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and on September 26, 2013 remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made;

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of a non-refundable amendment fee in the amount of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), (c) Bank’s receipt of the Horizon Subordination Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 and dated as of even date herewith, duly executed and delivered by Borrower, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, as assignee of Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, as a lender, and in its capacity as collateral agent for the Subordinated Creditors (as defined therein) and Fortress Credit Opportunities I LP, as assignee of DBD Credit Funding LLC, as a lender, and (d) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment and the Horizon Subordination Agreement.

[Signature page follows.]

 

7.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

Director

BORROWER:
EASIC CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

President/CEO

 

[Signature Page to Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK   Date:                                         
FROM:           EASIC CORPORATION  

The undersigned authorized officer of eASIC Corporation (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                                  with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

 

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate (“CC”)    Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No
Annual financial statement (Company Prepared)    FYE within 30 days   Yes        No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days*   Yes        No
Annual Board-Approved financial projections    Annually within 10 days of approval   Yes        No
Transaction Reports    Weekly at all times that any Advances are outstanding   Yes        No
Statements of Cash Balances at Foreign Deposit Accounts    Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC   Yes        No
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No
*FYE 2012 and 2013 annual financial statements due 12/31/2014     

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

    

Actual

    

Complies

 

Maintain on a Quarterly Basis:

        

Minimum Revenue

        

June 30, 2014

   $ 9,610,000       $                      Yes        No   

September 30, 2014

   $ 10,240,000       $                      Yes        No   

December 31, 2014

   $ 10,960,000       $                      Yes        No   

 

Exhibit B – Page 1.


March 31, 2015

   To be
determined
based on
Borrower’s FY
2015 board-
approved plan
   $                      Yes        No   

 

Amount of Revolving Loan

 

Aggregate Revenue

   Revolving Loan      Applies  

Aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period ³ $8,500,000

   $ 8,000,000         Yes        No   

Aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period < $8,500,000

   $ 5,000,000         Yes        No   

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certificate above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EASIC CORPORATION

 

By:     
Name:     
Title:     

BANK USE ONLY

 

Received by:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Verified:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Compliance Status:    Yes    No
 

 

Exhibit B – Page 2.


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                         

Minimum Revenue (Section 6.12(a))

 

Required: Commencing with the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2014, and as of the last day of each calendar quarter thereafter, aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP), measured on a cumulative basis for calendar quarter then ended, of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Quarter Ending

  

Required Minimum Revenue

June 30, 2014    $9,610,000
September 30, 2014    $10,240,000
December 31, 2014    $10,960,000
March 31, 2015 and thereafter    To be determined based on Borrower’s
FY 2015 board-approved plan

Actual:                                         

 

A.    Aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the quarter then ended on a cumulative basis      $               

Is line A equal to or greater than the required amount above?

 

                     No, not in compliance                         Yes, in compliance

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


TENTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS TENTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of the 12th day of September, 2014, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower, Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1 (“Horizon Trust”), as assignee of Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“Horizon” and, in its capacity as collateral agent for each Existing Subordinated Horizon Creditor (as hereinafter defined), the “Horizon Collateral Agent”), and Fortress Credit Opportunities I LP (“FCO”; together with Horizon Collateral Agent and Horizon Trust, each an “Existing Subordinated Horizon Creditor”, and collectively, the “Existing Subordinated Horizon Creditors”), as assignee of DBD Credit Funding LLC (“DBD”) are parties to a certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 30, 2013 (as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Existing Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Horizon provided a loan to Borrower as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan A) executed by Borrower in favor of Horizon dated September 30, 2013, in the original principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (the “Subordinated Horizon Loan A Note”) (such term loan hereinafter being called the “Subordinated Horizon Loan A”), (ii) DBD provided a loan to Borrower as evidenced by a certain Secured Promissory Note (Loan B) executed by Borrower in favor of DBD dated September 30, 2013, in the original principal amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) (the “Subordinated Horizon Loan B Note” and collectively with the Subordinated Horizon Loan A Note, the “Existing Subordinated Horizon Notes”) (such term loan hereinafter being called the “Subordinated Horizon Loan B”) and (iii) each Existing Subordinated Horizon Creditor has been granted a security interest in substantially all personal property assets of Borrower, except with respect to Borrower’s Intellectual Property (such loan transaction hereinafter being called the “Subordinated Horizon Loan Transaction”). Bank consented to the Subordinated Horizon Loan Transaction pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated September 26, 2013 by and between Borrower and Bank (the “Eighth Amendment”).

D. Horizon transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Subordinated Horizon Loan A Note and the Existing Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement to Horizon Funding 2013-1 LLC (“Horizon Funding”) on or about June 28, 2014, and Horizon Funding subsequently sold all of its right, title and interest in and to the Subordinated Horizon Loan A Note and the Existing Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement to Horizon Trust on or about June 28, 2014. DBD transferred all of its right, title and interest in and to the Subordinated Horizon Loan B Note and the Existing Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement to FCO on or about September 30, 2013.


E. Bank, Horizon and DBD previously entered into that certain Subordination Agreement dated as of September 30, 2013, which was subsequently amended., restated and replaced by that certain Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of June 9, 2014 by and among Bank and the Existing Subordinated Horizon Creditors (as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Existing Horizon Subordination Agreement”).

F. The Existing Subordinated Horizon Creditors and DBD (collectively, the “Subordinated Horizon Creditors”) and Borrower contemplate increasing the aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Horizon Loan Transaction from an aggregate principal amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) to Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000) (the “Increased Horizon Loan Maximum”) by entering into that certain Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 12, 2014 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Restated Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement”) (such secured term loans not exceeding the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum, in the aggregate, as evidenced by the Restated Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement, hereinafter being called the “Subordinated Horizon Loans”). The Restated Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement will amend, restate and replace the Existing Subordinated Horizon Loan Agreement in its entirety.

G. Borrower has requested that Bank (i) consent to the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum as it relates to the Subordinated Horizon Loans and (ii) amend the Loan Agreement to make certain revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

H. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to consent to the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum and amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Increased Horizon Loan Maximum.

2.1 Consent. Subject to the express terms of Section 7 below, Bank hereby (a) consents to the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum as it relates to the Subordinated Horizon Loans, (b) agrees that the Subordinated Horizon Loans shall constitute “Permitted Indebtedness” under the Loan Agreement (pursuant to the terms of the Restated Horizon Subordination

 

2.


Agreement (as defined below)) to the extent the aggregate principal amount advanced under the Subordinated Horizon Loans does not exceed the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum, and (c) agrees that the Liens in favor of the Horizon Collateral Agent and the Subordinated Horizon Creditors to secure the Subordinated Horizon Loans shall be considered a “Permitted Lien” under the Loan Agreement (pursuant to the terms of the Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement) to the extent the aggregate principal amount secured thereby does not exceed the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum. The consent set forth in this Section shall not be deemed or otherwise construed to constitute a consent or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document in connection with any other transaction other than as specifically set forth in this Amendment.

2.2 Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement. Borrower has read, reviewed and approved all of the terms of the Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement shall be included in the term “Loan Documents” as defined in the Loan Agreement.

2.3 Covenants and Defaults. Bank and Borrower hereby acknowledge and agree that (a) Borrower shall not amend, modify or supplement any of the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents (as defined below) in a manner which would (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Horizon Loans beyond the Increased Horizon Loan Maximum, (ii) increase any applicable interest rate with respect to the Indebtedness owing under the Subordinated Horizon Loans by more than 200 basis points (excluding increases based solely on (A) changes to the prime rate or any other index and (B) the imposition of the default rate of interest in accordance with the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents), (iii) change the terms of principal or interest repayment with respect to the Indebtedness owing under the Subordinated Horizon Loans, (iv) change the payment schedule with respect to the Indebtedness owing under the Subordinated Horizon Loans, (v) add express conditions that directly restrict the payment of the Obligations, (vi) change the maturity date with respect to the Indebtedness owing under the Subordinated Horizon Loans from that set forth in the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents in effect as of September 12, 2014 (the “Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents Execution Date”) or (vii) change the definition of Collateral set forth in the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents from the definition in effect as of the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents Execution Date; (b) the occurrence of a default under the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents (if such default is not waived, or otherwise cured within any applicable grace period provided therein) shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement; and (c) any breach of the Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement by Horizon Collateral Agent and/or any of the Subordinated Horizon Creditors shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement (if such breach is not otherwise cured within any applicable grace period).

3. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

3.1 Section 12.1 (Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival). Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence immediately at the end of such Section:

If such termination is at Borrower’s election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank, in addition to the

 

3.


payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000), provided, that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank.

3.2 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following terms and its definition are hereby added in alphabetical order to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of September 12, 2014, by and among Bank, Borrower, Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, as a lender, and in its capacity as collateral agent for the Subordinated Creditors (as defined therein), Horizon Funding Trust 2013-1, DBD Credit Funding LLC and Fortress Credit Opportunities I LP, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

4. Limitation of Consent and Amendments.

4.1 The consent set forth in Section 2 and the amendments set forth in Section 3 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

4.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4.3 In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to the Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

5. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.


5.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

5.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and on September 26, 2013 remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made;

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights; and

5.8 Attached as Schedule 1 are true, complete and correct copies of all of the documents relating to, evidencing or securing the Subordinated Horizon Loans, including all amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto (the “Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents”).

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Bank’s receipt of the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents, (c) Bank’s receipt of the Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2 and dated as of even date herewith, duly executed and delivered by Borrower, Horizon Collateral Agent and each of the Subordinated Horizon Creditors, and (d) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses

 

5.


in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment, the Restated Horizon Subordination Agreement and the review of the Subordinated Horizon Loan Documents.

[Signature page follows.]

 

6.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:   /s/ Matthew Wright
Name:   Matthew Wright
Title:   Director

 

BORROWER:

 

EASIC CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Ronnie Vasishta
Name:   Ronnie Vasishta
Title:   CEO

 

[Signature Page to Tenth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 4th day of December, 2014, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and EASIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100, Santa Clara, California 95054.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 6.6 (Access to Collateral; Books and Records). The second sentence of Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such sentence in its entirety, and replacing it with the following:

Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such audits shall be conducted no more than once every twelve (12) months.


2.2 Section 6.8 (Operating Accounts). Section 6.8(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and investment accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates except for its foreign deposit accounts with the banks or financial institutions listed on the Perfection Certificate (individually, a “Foreign Deposit Account”, and collectively, the “Foreign Deposit Accounts”); provided, that the Foreign Deposit Accounts shall not contain deposits having a value of more than Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000) in the aggregate at any time.

2.3 Section 6.12 (Financial Covenants). Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

6.12 Financial Covenants. Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Minimum Revenue. Commencing with the calendar quarter ending December 31, 2014, and as of the last day of each calendar quarter thereafter, aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP), measured on a cumulative basis for the calendar quarter then ended, of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Quarter Ending

  

Required Minimum Revenue

December 31, 2014    $10,960,000
March 31, 2015    $15,394,000
June 30, 2015    $16,119,000
September 30, 2015    $16,457,000
December 31, 2015    $17,780,000
March 31, 2016    $18,000,000
June 30, 2016    $18,000,000
September 30, 2016    $18,000,000
December 31, 2016    $18,000,000

2.4 Section 8.2 (Covenant Default). Section 8.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

2


(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9(b), 6.12, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

2.5 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The definition of “Revolving Line Maturity Date” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is September 25, 2016.

(b) The definition of “Eligible Accounts” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (v) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty percent (30.0%) of all Accounts, except for (i) Ericsson and Arrow for which such percentage is seventy percent (70.0%), and (ii) Seagate and Cal-Comp for which such percentage is sixty percent (60.0%), for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

2.6 Eleventh Amendment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Bank on or before September 26, 2016, a non-refundable amendment fee of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) which has been fully earned by Bank as of December 4, 2014 (the “Eleventh Amendment Fee”). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, in the event the Loan Agreement is terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement, then in addition to the payment of the early termination fee (and any other fees and expenses then-owing) as more fully described in Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement, Borrower shall pay the Eleventh Amendment Fee to Bank on the date of such termination; provided that no Eleventh Amendment Fee shall be charged if the credit facility under the Loan Agreement is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank.

2.7 Exhibit B (Compliance Certificate). The Compliance Certificate attached to the Loan Agreement as Exhibit B is replaced in its entirety with the Compliance Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Compliance Certificate shall mean the Compliance Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and

 

3


agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

3.3 In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to the Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and on September 26, 2013 remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

4


5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, and (b) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

Name:  

Matthew Wright

Title:  

Director

BORROWER:
EASIC CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

Name:  

Ronnie Vasishta

Title:  

CEO


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK   Date:                                         
FROM:           EASIC CORPORATION  

The undersigned authorized officer of eASIC Corporation (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                              with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

 

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate (“CC”)    Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No
Annual financial statement (Company Prepared)    FYE within 30 days   Yes        No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days*   Yes        No
Annual Board-Approved financial projections    Annually within 10 days of approval   Yes        No
Transaction Reports   

Weekly at all times that any Advances

are outstanding

  Yes        No
Statements of Cash Balances at Foreign Deposit Accounts    Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC   Yes        No
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 30 days   Yes        No
*FYE 2012 and 2013 annual financial statements due 12/31/2014     

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

    

Actual

    

Complies

 

Maintain on a Quarterly Basis:

        

Minimum Revenue

        

December 31, 2014

   $ 10,960,000       $                      Yes        No   

March 31, 2015

   $ 15,394,000       $                      Yes        No   

June 30, 2015

   $ 16,119,000       $                      Yes        No   

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


September 30, 2015

   $ 16,457,000       $                      Yes        No   

December 31, 2015

   $ 17,780,000       $                      Yes        No   

March 31, 2016

   $ 18,000,000       $                      Yes        No   

June 30, 2016

   $ 18,000,000       $                      Yes        No   

September 30, 2016

   $ 18,000,000       $                      Yes        No   

December 31, 2016

   $ 18,000,000       $                      Yes        No   

 

Amount of Revolving Loan

 

Aggregate Revenue

   Revolving
Loan
     Applies  

Aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period ³ $8,500,000

   $ 8,000,000         Yes        No   

Aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the most recently ended three (3) calendar month period < $8,500,000

   $ 5,000,000         Yes        No   

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EASIC CORPORATION

 

By:     
Name:     
Title:     

BANK USE ONLY

 

Received by:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Verified:     
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:     
Compliance Status:       Yes        No
 

 

 

Exhibit B – Page 2


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                         

Minimum Revenue (Section 6.12(a))

 

Required: Commencing with the calendar quarter ending December 31, 2014, and as of the last day of each calendar quarter thereafter, aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP), measured on a cumulative basis for the calendar quarter then ended, of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Quarter Ending

  

Required Minimum Revenue

December 31, 2014    $10,960,000
March 31, 2015    $15,394,000
June 30, 2015    $16,119,000
September 30, 2015    $16,457,000
December 31, 2015    $17,780,000
March 31, 2016    $18,000,000
June 30, 2016    $18,000,000
September 30, 2016    $18,000,000
December 31, 2016    $18,000,000

Actual:             

 

A.    Aggregate revenue (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the calendar quarter then ended on a cumulative basis      $               

Is line A equal to or greater than the required amount above?

 

                     No, not in compliance                         Yes, in compliance

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit B


EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

 

LOGO

   eASIC Corporation  
   2585 Augustine Drive, Suite 100  
   Santa Clara, CA 95054  
   Tel: (408) 855-9200  
   Fax: (408) 855-9201  
   www.easic.com  

 

December 11, 2014   
Matt Ng   

 

  

 

  

Dear Matt,

eASIC Corporation (“eASIC” or the “Company”) is pleased to formally offer you a full time position as VP, Legal, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. You will be reporting to Richard Deranleau, CFO and SVP, Finance. You will be responsible for duties commensurate with this position. Throughout the term of your employment, you will devote on a full time basis such business time and energies to the business and affairs of the Company as needed to carry out your duties and responsibilities. As an exempt employee, you are required to exercise your specialized expertise, independent judgment and discretion to provide high-quality services.

eASIC is offering you a semi-monthly salary of $10,000 (which is equivalent to $240,000 annually), less applicable withholding in accordance with eASIC’s normal payroll procedures. Your anticipated started date is January 5, 2015, contingent upon the successful completion of background investigation and/or reference check. eASIC reserves the right to conduct background investigations and /or reference checks on all of its potential employees.

You are eligible to participate in the Company bonus plan at a rate of 40% of your annual salary paid annually, if you and eASIC meet the established annual performance objectives. Details of the incentive bonus will be provided separately.

You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s health benefits, paid time off (PTO), holiday pay, and other employee benefits, in accordance with the Company’s employee policies as developed, adopted and modified from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify or cancel such benefits at any time.

Your primary work location will be Santa Clara, California. However, the Company reserves the right in its discretion to assign you to perform duties at any other location or that may differ in any manner whatsoever from any duties described in this agreement.

In connection with your employment with the Company, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase seventy-five thousand (75,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Shares”)). The option shall have an exercise purchase price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Twenty-five percent of the Shares shall vest upon your completion of one year of continuous service from your start date, and the remaining shares shall vest each month of continuous service thereafter over the next three (3) years. The Shares will continue to vest only so long as you continue to be employed by the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law and will be subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

As an eASIC employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations and sign and comply with the Company’s standard agreement relating to proprietary rights (the “Inventions Agreement”). This letter, the “Inventions Agreement”, the Company policy for all employees, and your Stock Option Agreement between you and eASIC, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and you.

 

Page 1


You should be aware that your employment with eASIC is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, simply by notifying the Company. Similarly, eASIC is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time for any reason, as long as not otherwise prohibited by law. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by a Company officer.

You and the Company agree that any dispute between you (including any claims you may have against any officer, director, or employee of the Company or any subsidiary thereof), including without limitation any dispute arising directly or indirectly out of termination of the employment relationship created hereunder, shall be resolved under the Company dispute Resolution Procedure where Arbitration shall be the exclusive final remedy for dispute between the parties.

For purposes of federal immigration law (Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986), you are required to provide documentary evidence of your eligibility for employment in the United States. Please bring the appropriate documentation as listed on the enclosed I-9 form with you on your first day. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

The aforementioned are the terms and conditions of your employment and any other representation which may have been made to you are superseded by this offer. If the above terms and conditions are in accordance with your understanding, please sign this letter where indicated below and return it to Halina Nabielec (Human Resources). This offer, if not accepted, will expire on December 17, 2014.

eASIC intends to be the technology leader in the Structured ASIC, Configurable Logic, and FPGA segments of the IC design implementation and manufacturing market and hopes that you will join us in this mission. Matt, all of us at eASIC look forward to having you join us. I am confident that your contribution will be an asset in our success. If you have any questions about this letter or your offer, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Sincerely,

 

By:  

/s/ Ronnie Vasishta

  Ronnie Vasishta
  President & CEO

This offer of employment is expressly conditioned upon, and shall not be effective in the absence of your agreement and acceptance.

By signing below, I acknowledge and agree to and accept employment with eASIC Corporation on the terms set forth in this agreement. I acknowledge and understand that my employment with eASIC is subject to a satisfactory background investigation and providing acceptable proof of my identity and of my current and unrestricted right to work in the United States within three (3) business days of my date of hire.

 

/s/ Matt Ng

  

12/17/14

 

1/12/15 or earlier

Matt Ng    Date   Confirmed Start Date

A representative from our Human Resources team will be in contact with you prior to your first day, to schedule an agreeable time to conduct New Employee Orientation with you.

 

Page 2


EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

eASIC Japan Co. Ltd.

   Japan

eASIC Limited

   Bermuda

eASIC Corporation SRL

   Romania

eASIC (M) SDN. BHD.

   Malaysia

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 19, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of eASIC Corporation and its subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

February 19, 2015